Skip to main content

Full text of "Report of program activities : National Heart and Lung Institute"

See other formats


ANNUAL  REPORT 

OF 

PROGRAM  ACTIVITIES 

U   :  NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 

Fiscal  Year  1973 

Part  II 


U.S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  HEALTH,  EDUCATION,  AND  WELFARE 
Public  Health  Service   National  Institutes  of  Health 


INTRAMURAL  RESEARCH 

NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 

July  1,  1972  -  June  30,  1973 


INTRAMURAL  RESEARCH 

Project  Reports 
Cardiology  Branch 

Summary 1 

1.    Phosphorylation  of  human  platelet  myosin  and  contractile 

proteins  from  other  sources 11 

2(c)   Characterization  of  cardiac  contractile  proteins  from 

patients  with  idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis 12 

3(c)   Echocardiographic  findings  in  patients  with  idiopathic 

hypereosinophilic  syndromes 13 

4.  Effect  of  lidocaine  and  of  elevating  arterial  pressure  on 
the  incidence  of  spontaneous  ventricular  fibrillation  in 

dogs  during  coronary  occlusion 14 

5.  Effect  of  nitroglycerin  on  the  incidence  of  spontaneous 
ventricular  fibrillation  during  coronary  occlusion  in  dogs-   16 

6(c)  Echocardiographic  assessment  of  secondary  cardiomyopathies-  17 
7(c)   ASH  masquerading  as  coronary  artery  disease  and  idiopathic 

myocardial  hypertrophy 18 

8(c)   Electrocardiographic  findings  in  100  patients  with 

asjonmetric  septal  hypertrophy 19 

9(c)   Familial  incidence  and  genetic  transmission  of  IHSS 20 

10(c)   Coronary  collateral  function  in  patients  without  coronary 

artery  disease 21 

11.  Visualization  of  acute  myocardial  infarction  by  the 
Radionuclide  Gallium-67 22 

12.  Lack  of  deleterious  effects  of  vagally  mediated  brady- 
cardia during  acute  myocardial  ischemia  in  the  dog 23 

13(c)   Effects  of  nitroglycerin  on  coronary  collateral  function 

in  patients  with  coronary  occlusive  disease 24 

14.    Failure  of  nitroglycerin  to  alleviate  acute  myocardial 

ischemia  or  improve  collateral  flow  when  M^02  is  held  con- 
stant in  the  heart-lung  preparation 26 

15(c)   Quantification  of  ventricular  regularization  in  atrial 

f  ibrillation — —   27 

16(c)   Quantitative  assessment  of  left  ventricular  function  in 

man  utilizing  roentgen  videodensitometry 29 

17.    Adrenergic  influences  on  ventricular  fibrillation  threshold 

and  post-occlusion  arrhythmias 30 

18(c)   Factors  affecting  the  operative  mortality  in  aortic 

valATular  disease 3  2 

19(c)   Mitral  valve  position  in  patients  with  asymmetric  septal 

hypertrophy 33 

20.    A  video  scanner-analog  computer  system  for  the  analysis  of 

routine  echocardiograms 35 

21(c)   Long-term  effects  of  operation  on  obstruction  and  LV 

hypertrophy  in  IHSS 36 

22(c)   Distribution  of  the  cardiomyopathy  in  IHSS 37 

23(c)   Non- invasive  determination  of  the  pressure  gradient  in 

patients  with  idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis 39 

24(c)   Echocardiographic  diagnosis  of  IHSS  by  detection  of 

asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy 41 

25(c)   The  clinical  characteristics  of  obstructive  and  non- 
obstructive asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy 42 


26(c)   A  real  time  system  for  two-dimensional  echocardiography 43 

27(c)   Effects  of  operation  on  the  cardiac  response  to  exercise 

in  patients  with  IHSS 45 

28.    Reduction  in  extent  of  myocardial  infarction  when  nitro- 
glycerin and  methoxamine  are  administered  during  coronary 
occlusion 46 

29(c)   Preoperative  predictors  of  the  long-term  results  of  wave 

replacement  in  patients  with  aortic  regurgitation 47 

30(c)   Characterization  of  the  cardiac  response  to  exercise  and 
effects  of  propranolol  in  patients  with  asymmetric  septal 
hy  pe  r  t  r  ophy 4  9 

31.  Cholinergic  innervation  of  the  cardiac  conduction  system: 
autonomic  and  functional  correlations 51 

32.  Electrical  stability  of  acutely  ischemic  myocardium:   Inde- 
pendent influences  of  heart  rate  and  vagal  tone 53 

33.  The  electrical  stability  of  acutely  ischemic  myocardial 
effects  of  nitroglycerin 55 

34.  The  role  of  prostaglandins  in  the  control  of  coronary 
vascular  tone 56 

35.  Physiological  and  biochemical  characteristics  of  a  new 

group  of  inotropic  agents:   Analogues  of  angiotensin  II 58 

36(c)   Differences  in  distribution  of  morphologic  abnormalities 

in  patients  with  obstructive  and  non-obstructive  asymmetric 

septal  hypertrophy  (ASH) :  Light  and  electron  microscopic 

ob  s  e  rva  t  io  ns 5  9 

37(c)   Significance  of  multiple  intercalated  discs  in  hyper- 

trophied  human  myocardium 61 

38(c)  Postoperative  response  to  intense  upright  exercise  in 
patients  with  ventricular  septal  defect  and  pulmonary 
hypertension:  relation  of  impairment  to  age  at  operation 62 

39(c)   The  occurrence  of  a-glycogen  in  human  cardiac  muscle  cells-   63 

40(c)   Unusual  evolution  of  acquired  infundibular  pulmonary 
stenosis  in  patients  with  ventricular  sepal  defect: 
Clinical  and  morphologic  observations 64 

41(c)   Ultrastructural  features  of  myocardial  cell  degeneration  in 

patients  with  cardiac  hypertrophy 65 

42.    Effects  of  vagal  stimulation  on  survival  during  experi- 
mental acute  myocardial  infarction 66 

43(c)   Evaluation  of  the  ability  of  echocardiography  to  measure 

alterations  in  left  ventricular  volume 67 

44(c)   Use  of  biventricular  cineangiography  in  the  evaluation  of 

patients  with  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy 68 

45(c)   Echocardiography  during  upright  exercise 69 

46(c)   Sustained  effects  of  nitroglycerin  ointment  in  patients 

with  angina  pectoris 70 

47(c)   Deterioration  of  myocardial  function  following  aorto- 

coronary  bypass  operation 71 

48.     Increased  myocardial  ischemia  caused  by  reflexly  induced 

hypotension  during  coronary  occlusion  in  the  conscious  dog-   72 


ii 


Clinic  of  Surgery 

Summary 73 

49(c)  NU-5  atomic  powered  pacemaker — experimental  and  clinical 

evaluation 79 

50(c)   Long-term  follow-up  of  patients  with  congenital  aortic 

stenosis  treated  with  aortic  commissurotomy 80 

51.    The  pathophysiology  of  intimal  hyperlasia  of  the  venous 

graft  in  the  arterial  system 81 

52(c)   Silastic  ball  variance  detection 82 

53(c)   Light  and  electron  microscopic  evaluation  of  hypertrophied 
right  ventricular  outflow  tract  muscle  from  patients  with 

;  I  ■       congenital  heart  disease 83 

'"-']'.',  54(c)  Assessment  of  aortic  regurgitation  in  patients  with  the 

use  of  the  Doppler  Bidirectional  Velocitometer 84 

55,    Experimental  production  of  progressive  mitral  stenosis 85 

,  . ,  56.    The  effects  of  naloxone  hydrochloride  on  ventricular 

irritability ■ 86 

57(c)   Clinical  effects  of  abrupt  decrease  in  left  atrial  pressure 

on  renal  sodium  excretory  patterns 87 

58.  Systemic  and  renal  responses  to  a  graded  reduction  in 

cardiac  output —  '      88 

59.  Blood  volume  expansion  without  altering  hematocrit.  Renal 
effects  in  a  cross-transfusion  model 89 

60.  Systemic  and  renal  effects  of  methyl  prednisolone  following 

a  graded  reduction  in  cardiac  output 90 

61.  Apical-aortic  valvular  anastomosis  for  diffuse  left 
ventricular  outflow  tract  obstruction 91 

62.  Experimental  evaluation  of  the  membrane  oxygenator 92 

63.  Transcutaneous  measurement  of  aortic  regurgitation  with 

a  Doppler  Velocitometer 93 

64.  A  new  canine  model  for  echocardiographic  evaluation  of 
myocardial  function 94 

65.  A  comparison  of  left  ventricular  pressure,  aortic  flow  and 
echocardiography  in  determining  the  response  of  left 
ventricular  function  or  propranolol 95 

66.  Experimental  creation  of  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis 
ventricular  septal  defect  and  right  ventricular  hyper- 
tension in  puppies 96 

"   67(c)   A  review  of  eighteen  years  experience  with  total  correction 

of  tetralogy  of  Fallot  at  the  NIH 97 

68.  The  experimental  creation  of  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis 

and  demonstration  of  its  hemodynamic  relationships 99 

69.  Hemodynamic  and  anatomic  evaluation  of  experimental 

valvular  aortic  stenosis 101 

70.  Effects  of  aortic  stenosis  on  (A)  coronary  blood  flow  and 

(B)  regional  distribution  of  blood  flow 102 

71.  Hypothermic  asanguineous  circulatory  arrest  (HACA) 103 


E2C£erii^nX^]^JQieragei£tixs_Branch 

Summa  ry — -^ — ■        105 

72.  A  new  radiochemical  esterolytic  assay  for  human  urinary 
urokinase 117 

73.  Clinical  biochemistry  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  system 119 

74.  Peptide  biochemistry 122 

75.  Studies  on  the  enzymes  involved  in  the  activation  of  human 
plasma  kallikrein:   PF/dil  and  Hageman  Factor 124 

76(c)   Antigen-antibody-induced  release  of  mediators  from 

passively  sensitized  human  lung:  Studies  on  histamine  and 
arginine  esterases 128 

77.  Biochemistry  of  the  kallikrein-kininogen-kinin  system 130 

78.  The  role  of  prostaglandins  in  the  vascular  system 133 

79.  Studies  on  the  isolation  and  characterization  of 
clostridial  electron  transfer  proteins  and  other  iron- 
sulfur  proteins 135 

80(c)   Effect  of  renal  infarction  on  aromatic  amino  acid  decar- 
boxylase levels  in  serum  and  kidney  tissue 138 

81.  Characterization  of  bovine  adrenal  dopamine  3-hydroxylase-   140 

82.  The  regulation  of  the  hydroxyindole  pathway  of  tryptophan 

me  tabolism 142 

83.  In  vivo  protein  synthesis  in  heart,  aorta,  and  mesenteric 
artery  of  normotensive  and  spontaneously  hypertensive  rats 

84.  Studies  on  5,6-  and  5, 7-dihydroxytryptamine — Agents  that 

cause  degeneration  of  serotonergic  neurons 147 

85.  Studies  on  serotonin  N-acetyl-transf erase  in  mammalian 

pineal  glands 149 

86.  Studies  on  tryptophan  hydroxylase — 153 

87.  Monoamine  metabolism  and  blood  pressure  of  spontaneously 
hypertensive  rats 155 

88.  Strain  differences  of  catecholamine  synthesizing  enzyme 
activity  in  the  rat 158 

89.  cAMP  dependent  protein  kinase  in  vascular  smooth  muscle 

and  its  relationship  to  calcium  uptake 160 

90(c)   The  effects  of  varying  salt  intake  and  of  acute  saline 

infusion  on  norepinephrine  and  dopamine  excretion  in  man —   162 

91(c)   Clinical  investigation  of  cardiovascular  drugs 164 

92.    The  role  of  endogenous  prostaglandin  synthesis  in  the 

control  of  the  coronary  circulation 167 

93(c)   The  role  of  renal  prostaglandins  in  sodium  homeostasis 

and  blood  pressure  regulation  in  man 170 

94(c)   Studies  on  the  biological  role  of  histamine:  Alteration  of 

histamine  metabolism  in  man  and  animals  by  salicylates  and 

other  inhibitors 172 

95(c)   The  biological  role  of  histamine  and  monoamines:  Studies 

of  histaminase  and  other  enzyme  activities  in  medullary 

thyroid  carcinoma  and  hyperlipoproteinemia 175 

96.  The  biological  role  of  histamine  and  other  amines: 
Participation  of  histamine  and  serotonin  in  inflammation —   179 

97.  Studies  on  the  biological  role  of  histamine  and  poly- 
amines:  Ornithine  decarboxylase  and  histaminase  activities 

in  rat  thymus  and  other  organs 182 


98(c)   Metabolism  of  hydroxyproline  and  collagen 185 

99(c)   Studies  on  the  interrelationships  between  the  renin- 
angiotensin  system,  urinary  and  plasma  kallikrein  and 
prostaglandins  in  normal  volunteers  and  hypertensive 

patients 188 

100.    Effects  of  tolbutamide  on  plasma  renin  activity  (P.R.A.) —   190 
101(c)   Urinary  and  plasma  kallikrein 192 

102.  Studies  on  renal  catecholamine  synthesis 195 

103.  Acute  effects  of  alphamethyldopa  on  plasma  renin  activity-   197 
104(c)   Effects  of  steroid,  thyroid  and  protein  hormones,  electro- 
lytes and  psychodelic  agents  on  neural  and  sensory 

f  unc  tion 199 

105(c)   Trace  metal  metabolism 206 

106(c)  Taste  and  olfaction 217 

Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

Summary 23  7 

107.  Metabolism  of  globin  mRNA  transcription  in  bone  marrow 

cells 239 

108.  The  mechanism  of  hemoglobin  biosynthesis  in  rabbit 
reticulocyte  cell-free  systems 240 

109(c)   Regulation  of  hemoglobin  chain  synthesis  in  beta- 

thalassemia 242 

110.  Evolutionary  homology  of  components  of  the  protein 
synthesizing  machinery 244 

111.  The  mechanism  of  hemoglobin  switching  in  sheep  and  goats —   246 

112.  Mechanism  of  action  of  the  enzjnne  RNA-directed  DNA 

p  o  lyme  r  as  e 248 

Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 

Summary 251 

113.  Discrete  cell  temperature  measurement  study 259 

114.  Development  of  stopped-flow  micro-calorimetry  for  the 
study  of  biochemical  and  cellular  reactions;  applications 

to  clinical  biochemistry 262 

115.  The  development  of  methods  for  investigating  the  mechanism 
of  biochemical  reactions  important  in  cardiology,  pul- 
monary and  respiratory  function,  and  in  the  circulation 265 

116.  An  automated  method  for  rapid  bacterial  and  mammalian  cell 
growth  and  assay 269 

117.  Fluorescent  complexes  of  proteins 273 

118.  Methodology  in  fluorescence  measurements 276 

119.  Applications  of  fluorescence  in  biochemistry 279 

120.  Countercurrent  chromatography:  Liquid-liquid  partition 
chromatography  without  solid  support  (Part  II) 282 

121.  Countercurrent  chromatography:  Liquid-liquid  partition 
chromatography  without  solid  support  (Part  I) 286 

122(c)  Development  of  the  spiral  coil  membrane  blood  oxygenator 
and  systems  for  long-term  temporary  support  of  pulmonary 
and  cardiovascular  systems 290 

123.  Blood  flow  measurement  using  nuclear  magnetic  resonance 

te  chniques 295 

124.  Peltier-seebeck  equilibrator 298 

125.  Pseudo  differentiator 300 

126.  Measurement  of  picomole  amounts  of  carbon  dioxide 301 


127.  Calorimetric  measurement  of  carbon  dioxide 303 

Laboratory  of  Kidney  and  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

Summary 307 

128.  The  effect  of  chlorpropamide  on  the  water  permeability 
response  of  the  toad  bladder  to  vasopressin 313 

129.  A  study  of  the  leakage  of  cyclic  AMP  from  the  toad 

urinary  bladder 315 

130.  A  study  of  the  concentration  of  cyclic  AMP  in  the  urinary 
bladder  of  the  toad 317 

131.  Function  of  the  early  distal  tubule  of  frog 320 

132.  Function  of  the  thick  ascending  limb  of  Henle's  loop 322 

133.  The  study  of  ion  transport  in  renal  cortical  collecting 
tubules 3  25 

134.  Mechanism  of  salt  and  water  transport  by  proximal  renal 

t  ubu  1  e  s 328 

135.  Volume  regulation  in  duck  erythrocytes.   Hormonal  control 

of  cation  transport  in  duck  erythrocytes 330 

136.  Effect  of  cardiac  glycosides  on  the  excitation-contraction 
system  in  mammalian  skeletal  muscle 334 

Pulmonary  Branch 

Summary  -  Section  on  Pulmonary  Biochemistry 339 

137(c)   Sites  of  action  and  physiologic  importance  to  some 

mediators  of  the  type  I  allergic  reaction  in  man 341 

138.  Models  of  lung  growth 343 

139.  Mechanism  of  collagen  and  non-collagen  protein  synthesis 

in  rabbit  lung  cell-free  systems 345 

140(c)   The  composition  and  synthesis  of  collagen  in  human  lung 347 

Laboratory  of  Chemistry 

Summary 3  49 

141.  A  study  of  organic  and  bio-organic  systems  by  magnetic 
resonance 355 

142.  Mass  spectrometry  and  structure  of  natural  products 358 

143.  Structural  characterization  of  natural  products 361 

144.  X-ray  crystallographic  studies  of  molecules  of  interest 
for  theoretical  reasons  and  for  understanding  of  modes 

of  physiological  actions 364 

145.  Theoretical  and  computational  investigations  of  the 
limitations  of  small-angle  X-ray  scattering 367 

146.  The  characterization  of  natural  materials 368 

Laboratory  of  Biochemistiry 

Summary 371 

147.  Studies  on  the  anaerobic  metabolism  of  the  branched- 

148.  Biochemical  genetics  of  NH^-assimilatory  enzymes  in 

149.  Kinetics  and  mechanisms  of  biochemical  reactions 392 

150.  1.  Anaerobic  metabolism  of  certain  amino  acids  and  other 

nitrogen  compounds  with  especial  reference  to  the  role 
of  B]^2  coenzyme  and  to  electron  transfer  and  phosphory- 
lation reactions  involved. 
2.   Methane  biosynthesis  and  one-carbon  compound 

metabolism 398 

vi 


151.  1.      Studies   on  pyridoxal-P   and  B-.^   coenz3rrae-dependent 

amino  mutases. 
2.      Studies   on  3,5-diaralnohexanoate  dehydrogenase 402 

152.  Menadlone-dependent  p-nltrophenylphosphatase  of 

Clostridium  stlcklandll 405 

153.  Ciliary  structure  and  function. 

1.  Motility:   Energy  transducing  proteins. 

2.  Mlcrotuble  structure:   a.  Mutants  resistant  to  drugs 
which  Inhibit  normal  microtubule  assembly,   b. 
Tubulin  affinity  labeling  with  podophyllotoxln 
derivatives 407 

154.  Enzyme  structure  and  mechanisms  of  action  and  control 411 

155.  Regulatory  proteins  of  glutamlne  synthetase  from  E^.  coll 
separation,  purification,  and  regulatory  mechanisms 418 

156.  1.  Components  Involved  In  the  adenylylation  and 

deadenylylatlon  of  glutamlne  synthetase  from 
Pseudomonas  putlda 
2.  Preparation  and  characterization  of  E-adenylylated 

glutamlne  synthetase 470 

157.  1.  Kinetic  reaction  mechanism  of  the  y-glutamyl  trans- 

ferase activity  of  E^.  coll  glutamlne  synthetase. 
2.  Purification  and  properties  of  the  Pjj  regulatory 
protein  associated  with  the  E^.  coll  ATP:  Glutamlne 
synthetase  adenylyl  transferase 422 

158.  Regulation  of  nitrogen  metabolism  In  E^  coll  W.   The 
application  of  continuous  culture  techniques 425 

159.  1.   Stereochemical  studies  of  enzymatic  reactions 

2.   Synthetic  studies  of  organic  compounds  of  biological 

Interest 429 

160.  DNA  synthesis  In  E^  coll 433 

f'161.     Studies  on  the  binding  site  of  mouse  myeloma  protein, 

specific  for  the  2,4-dlnltrophenyl  (DNP)  group 436 

162.  Adenosine  triphosphate  -  actln  Interactions.   Application 
of  a  contact-labeling  technique  to  elucidation  of  the 

protein  binding  site 438 

163.  Studies  on  the  self-radlolysls  of  chymotrypsln,  labeled 
with  a  trltlated  dllsopropylphosphoryl  (DIP)  group.   Re- 
lationship of  free-radical  distribution  to  binding  site 
composition 440 

164.  Proteolytic  fragmentation  of  fibrinogen 442 

165.  Structure  of  enzymatic  fragments  of  fibrinogen 444 

166.  The  Interaction  of  actln  and  myosin 446 

167.  Control  of  the  Interaction  of  actln  and  myosin  by  native 
tropomyosin ' 449 

168.  Resolution  and  characterization  of  the  electron  transport 
chain  of  E.  coll 451 

169.  The  enzymatic  propertels  of  SH]^  blocked  myosin  and  its 
interaction  with  actln  and  ATP 454 

170.  Membrane  biochemistry:  Chemical  composition  and  molecular 
organization  of  the  amoeba  plasma  membrane 457 


vii 


171.  Membrane  biochemistry:  Mechanism  of  membrane  fusion  in 

amoeba  in  relation  to  endocytosis 460 

172.  Cytology  of  Acanthamoeba 463 

Laboratory  of  Chemical  Pharmacology 

Summary 465 

173.  Acetaminophen-induced  liver  necrosis.  I.  Relationship 
between  hepatic  necrosis  and  the  covalent  binding  of  an 
acetaminophen  metabolite  to  liver  macromolecules 473 

174.  Acetaminophen-induced  liver  necrosis.  II.  Protective  role 

of  glutathione 474 

175.  Acetaminophen-induced  liver  necrosis.  III.  Relationship 
between  severity  of  liver  necrosis  and  urinary  metabolites 

of  acetaminophen 479 

176(c)   Acetaicinophen-induced  liver  necrosis.  IV.  Clinical 

177.  Acetaminophen-induced  necrosis.  V.  N-oxidation  of 
acetanilide  analogues 485 

178.  The  role  of  cytochrone  P-450  in  N-hydroxylation  of  N- 
acetylarylamines.   Studies  with  2-acetylaminofluorene 

179.  Role  of  drug-metabolism  in  the  hemolysis  caused  by  aniline 

in  rats 489 

180.  Role  of  the  methemoglobinemia  in  hemolysis  caused  by 

aniline  and  acetanilide  in  rats 493 

181.  Furosemide-induced  hepatic  and  renal  tubular  necrosis. 
I.  Occurrence  of  tissue  lesions  and  modulation  of  the 
toxicity  by  treatments  which  alter  drug-metabolizing 

act  ivi  ty 496 

182.  Furosemide-induced  hepatic  necrosis.  II,  Comparison  of 
necrosis  with  covalent  binding  of  furosemide 498 

183.  Drug-induced  necrosis  in  the  kidney:  Comparison  of 

mercuric  chloride,  p-aminophenol  and  furosemide 500 

184.  Possible  role  of  cytochrome  c^  reductase  and  cytochrome 
P-450  in  the  covalent  binding  of  halome thanes  to  micro- 
somal protein  -  studies  using  specific  antibody  against 
cytochrome  c^  reductase  and  by  specific  destruction  of 
cytochrome  P-450 502 

185.  Mechanism  of  renal  toxicity-induced  by  chloroform 507 

186.  Relationship  between  covalent  binding  of  aromatic  hydro- 
carbons to  lungs  and  production  of  bronchial  necrosis 510 

187.  Biochemical  changes  after  acetaminophen  and  furosemide- 
induced  liver  injury 516 

188(c)   Isoniazid-related  hepatitis  in  man:   Significance  of  ab- 
normal liver  function  tests  during  prophylactic  therapy 
and  correlation  of  susceptibility  with  acetylator  pheno- 
ty  pe 5 18 

189.  Isoniazid-induced  hepatic  damage:  Investigations  of  the 
possible  formation  of  an  alkylating  metabolite 521 

190.  The  influence  of  pretreatment  of  rats  on  isoniazid 
metabolism 524 

191.  Spironolactone  and  testicular  cytochrome  P-450:   Decrease 
of  cytochrome  P-450  and  progesterone  17a-hydroxylase  after 
spironolactone  administration 527 

viii 


192.  Toxic  effects  of  l,l'-dlinethyl-4,4'-dipyrldilium  di- 

chloride  (paraquat)  in  the  rat  and  rabbit 530 

193.  Mechanism  of  dimethylnitrosamine-lnduced  liver  toxicity 533 

194.  Covalent  binding  as  a  basis  of  toxicity  of  chloramphenicol: 
Possible  modification  of  structure  to  diminish  toxicity  of 
chloramphenicol  without  loss  of  antibacterial  activity 535 

195.  Drug  metabolism  in  fetal  tissue 537 

196.  Interaction  between  nitrofurazone  and  various  tissues 

197.  Effect  of  chronic  treatment  with  phenobarbital  or  3- 
methylcholanthrene  on  cytochrome  P-450  and  metabolic 

activity  in  testes,  adrenals,  lungs  and  liver 541 

198.  Studies  on  the  role  of  NADH  in  the  metabolism  of  drugs 

by  cytochrome  P-450  enzymes  in  liver  microsomes 547 

199.  Development  of  a  histochemical  method  for  the  assay  of 
glutathione  in  tissues 550 

200.  The  role  of  electrolytes  in  binding,  mobilization  and  re- 
lease of  norepinephrine  in  adrenergic  neurons 552 

201.  Does  sodium  inhibit  calcium-dependent  mobilization  of 
neurotransmitter  at  an  intracellular  or  extracellular 

site  of  action 555 

202.  The  effects  of  exogenous  metabolites  of  glycolysis  on  the 
retention  of  norepinephrine  by  rat  heart  slices 557 

203.  Studies  on  the  potentiation  of  CCl/-induced  hepatotoxicity 
in  rats  by  pretreatment  with  ethyl  alcohol,  isopropanol, 

or  acetone 559 

204.  Mechanisms  involved  in  thyprotective  action  of  Dibenamine 
pretreatment  against  the  hepatotoxicity  of  CCl, 562 

205.  Diene  conjugation  and  lipid  peroxidation  as  a  mechanism 

of  hepatotoxicity 564 

206.  Temperature-dependent  toxicity  of  adrenergic  agonists  in 

mice 566 

207.  Studies  on  the  in  vivo  covalent  binding  of  CCl,  and  CCl^Br-  568 

208.  Studies  on  covalent  binding  as  related  to  hepatotoxicity: 
comparison  of  CCL,  and  CBrCln 574 

209.  Covalent  binding  as  a  biochemical  mechanism  for  toxicities: 
Covalent  binding  of  stllbene  to  liver  microsomes 579 

210.  The  mechanisms  of  hydrazine  toxicity 581 

211.  The  role  and  mechanism  of  action  of  hormones  in  the  control 
of  cellular  processes:  I.  The  study  of  the  effects  of 
carbamylcholine  on  cyclic  3' ,5'-guanosine  monophosphate 

levels  in  the  lung 584 

212.  The  role  and  mechanism  of  action  of  hormones  in  the  control 
of  cellular  processes.   II.  The  role  of  GTP  in  the 
prostaglandin  E-,  activiation  of  the  human  blood  platelet 
adenyl  cyclase 587 

213.  Purification  and  characterization  of  the  enzymatic  ion 
transport  system 589 

214.  Comparative  pharmacology  of  receptor  systems  in  smooth 


ix 


215.  Studies  on  the  chemical  nature  of  the  pharmacological 
receptor  systems  in  vascular  smooth  muscle.   I.  Labeling 
studies  of  proteins  associated  with  the  a-adrenergic 

receptor  in  rabbit  aorta 595 

216.  Biochemical  studies  of  the  interaction  of  oxidant 
pollutants  with  the  lung.   I.  The  effect  of  N0„  on  phospho- 
lipid bilayers 597 

217.  Physicochemical  studies  of  lung  surfactant  lipoprotein 599 

218.  Physicochemical  studies  of  complexes  between  drugs  and 
biomolecules.   XI.   Fluorescence  polarization  as  a  tech- 
nique for  measuring  drug  binding  to  plasma  albumin 602 

219.  Physicochemical  studies  of  complexes  between  drugs  and 
biomolecules.  XHI.  Spin  label  studies  of  horse  erythro- 
cyte carbonic  anhydrases  C  and  D 604 

220.  Physicochemical  studies  of  complexes  between  drugs  and 
biomolecules.  XIV.  A  spin  label  study  of  avidin 606 

221.  Physicochemical  studies  of  complexes  between  drugs  and 
biomolecules.   XV.  A  spin  label  study  of  azoester 
(methyl  phenyldiazene  carboxylate)  induced  damage  to 

human  erythrocyte  ghost  membranes 608 

Office  of  the  Director,  Intramural  Research 

222.  Mathematical  theory  of  renal  function 611 

223.  Computer  simulation  of  renal  function 614 

ODIR  -  Section  of  Pathology 

Summary 61 7 

224(c)   Alcoholism — an  important  but  unemphasized  factor  predis- 
posing to  infective  endocarditis  with  reemphasis  on  the 
syndrome  of  pneumococcal  endocarditis,  meningitis  and 
pneumonitis  in  alcoholics 625 

225(c)   The  quadricuspid  semilunar  valve 626 

226(c)   A  new  cause  of  a  diastolic  murmur  after  replacement  of 

the  aortic  valve  with  a  caged  ball  prosthesis 627 

227(c)   Calcification  of  prosthetic  valve  anuli:   A  late  compli- 
cation of  cardiac  valve  replacement 628 

228(c)   Mitral  valvular  disease.   A  clinicopathologic  survey 

of  the  conditions  causing  the  mitral  valve  to  function 

ab  no  rma  1  ly 629 

229(c)  Pathologic  anatony  of  the  cardiomyopathies  (idiopathic 
dilated  and  hypertrophic  types,  infiltrative  types  and 
endomyocardial  disease  with  and  without  eosinophilia) 630 

230     Lesions  observed  in  arterial  autogenous  vein  grafts 

light  and  electron  microscopic  evaluation 631 

231(c)   Cardiovascular  pathology  in  hyperlipoproteinemia 

anatomic  observations  in  41  necropsy  patients  with 

normal  or  abnormal  serum  lipoprotein  patterns 632 

232(c)   Structural  features  of  cardiac  myxomas 633 

233(c)   Operative  treatment  of  hypertrophic  obstructive  cardio- 
myopathy.  The  case  against  mitral  valve  replacement 634 

234(c)   The  pathologic  anatomy  of  cardiac  valve  replacement 635 


235(c)   Structural  alterations  in  tissue  cardiac  valves 

implanted  in  hiamans  and  calves 636 

236(c)  Non-rheumatic  valvular  cardiac  disease.  A  clinico- 
pathologic  survey  of  27  different  conditions  causing 
valvular  dysfunction 637 

237(c)   Ankylosing  spondylitis  and  aortic  regurgitation 

description  of  the  characteristic  cardiovascular  lesion 

from  study  of  8  necropsy  patients 638 

238(c)   Cardiac  ultrastructural  changes  induced  by  daunorubicin 

therapy 639 

239(c)  Early  human  arteriosclerosis 641 

240(c)   The  coronary  arteries  and  myocardium  in  acute  myocardial 

infarction  and  shock 643 

241(c)   Pathology  of  Sipple's  syndrome 645 

242(c)   Chylomicrons  and  the  formation  of  foam  cells  in  type  I 

hyperlipoproteinemia 647 

243(c)   Ultrastructural  studies  of  Tangier  disease 648 

244(c)   Ultrastructure  and  cytochemistry  of  glycogen  in  cardiac 

d  is  eas  es 649 

245(c)   Intermyo fibrillar  and  nuclear-myo fibrillar  connections 
in  human  and  canine  myocardium.  An  ultrastructural 
study 650 

246(c)  Plasma  membrane  extensions  in  intercalated  discs  of  human 
myocardium  and  their  relationship  to  partial  dissociation 
of  the  discs 651 

247(c)  Fatal  tachyarrhythmias  associated  with  myofibrillar  loss, 
mitochondrial  hyperplasia  and  fatty  change  in  myocardium. 
A  new  clinico-pathologic  syndrome  in  children 652 

ODIR  -  Section  on  Experimental  Atherosclerosis 

Summary 653 

248.  Blood  velocity  profiles  and  hemodynamic  stresses  in  the 
aorta  and  its  major  branches,  including  the  large  coronary 
arteries 657 

249.  Vascular  mechanics:   arterial  wall  properties 658 

250.  The  topography  of  experimental  atherosclerotic  lesions 

in  the  dog  and  pig 661 

251.  Development  of  canine  and  miniature  swine  experimental 
atherosclerotic  animal  colonies 663 

252.  Endothelial  nuclear  orientation  and  morphology  and  its 
relation  to  hemodynamic  factors- 665 

253.  An  arterial  life  support  system  for  study  of  plasma 

protein  transvascular  transport  mechanics 667 

254.  Re-endothelialization  of  eroded  vascular  interface 669 

255.  Growth  and  metabolism  of  the  aortic  smooth  muscle  cell 
and  its  response  to  various  factors  implicated  in  the 
pathogenesis  of  atherosclerosis 671 

256.  The  rate  and  mechanisms  of  regression  of  various 
crystalline  lipids  placed  in  the  arterial  wall 672 

257.  Quantitation  of  4  separate  isotopes  following  oxygen 
combustion  of  plasma  lipoproteins  or  aorta 674 

258.  Aortic  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins 675 


xl 


259  Characterization  of  canine  plasma  lipoproteins  in  the 

normal  and  hyperlipemic  animal 677 

260  Triglyceride  lipase  associated  with  the  aortic  endo- 

thel  ium 679 

Molecular  Disease  Branch 

S  ummary 681 

261(c)   NHLI  Type  II  coronary  intervention  study 693 

262(c)   The  study  of  the  lipid  storage  disease  metachromatic 

leulcodys  trophy 696 

263(c)   Enzymatic  studies  in  tissue  lipid  storage  diseases 700 

26A(c)    Glycolipids  and  other  lipid  constituents  of  normal 

human  liver 705 

265(c)    Tissue  lipidoses:  Abnormal  biochemistry  in  tissue  lipid 

storage  diseases 708 

266(c)    The  biochemistry  and  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins: 

The  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins  in  the  rat 711 

267      The  biochemistry  of  plasma  lipoproteins:  The  structure 

of  plasma  lipoproteins  in  the  rat 713 

268(c)    The  biochemistry  of  plasma  lipoproteins:  The  structure 

of  very  low  density  lipoproteins 715 

269(c)    The  biochemistry  and  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins: 

Post-heparin  lipolytic  enzymes  and  their  role  in  normal 

and  abnormal  lipid  transport  and  clearance 718 

270  Structure-function  relationships  of  the  plasma  apolipo- 

pr  o  t  eins 722 

271  1. Chemistry  and  physical  properties  of  human  parathyroid 

hormone  (HPTH) . 
2. Mass  spectroscopic  identification  of  the  methyl  and 
phenyl  thiazolinone  and  thiohydantoin  amino  acids  ob- 
tained from  the  automated  edman  degradation  of  poly- 
peptides and  proteins. 
3. Chemistry  of  the  high  density  lipoprotein,  apo-Lp-G-I 

(A-I ) 7  24 

272(c)    The  biochemistry  and  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins: 
The  turnover  and  function  of  very  low  density,  low 

density  and  high  density  lipoproteins 731 

273(c)    Tissue  lipidoses:  Microscopic  studies  in  tissue  lipid 

storage  diseases 735 

274(c)    The  biochemistry  and  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins: 

Studies  of  familial  hyperlipoproteinemia 738 

275  The  biochemistry  and  metabolism  of  plasma  lipoproteins:  A 

study  of  a  differentiated  mouse  liver  cell  line 747 

276  The  effect  of  insulin  and  dexamethasone  on  the  metabolism 

of  mammalian  cells  in  culture 751 

277  Release  of  histamine  from  mast  cells 754 

278  Adipose  tissue  metabolism:  Lipoprotein  lipase 756 

279  Role  of  cyclic  AMP  and  cyclic  CMP  in  modulation  of  growth, 
differentiation  and  aging  of  cells  in  culture 758 

280  Effects  of  hormones  on  metabolism  of  adipose  tissue 

studied  in  vitro 760 


xll 


281  Investigation  of  the  control  of  cyclic  A^G'  phospho- 
diesterase (PDL)  activity  in  fat  cells 762 

282  Metabolism  of  Guanosine  3  *, 5 '-monophosphate  in  lung 76A 

283  Adipose  tissue  hormone-sensitive  lipase:  Mechanisms  for 
regulation  of  activity 767 

Laboratory  of  Biochemical  Genetics 

284  Gene  expression  in  neuroblastoma  x  glioma  hybrid  cells 777 

285  Biochemical  assays  for  action  potential  or  receptor 
ionophores 778 

286  Selection  for  cells  of  neuronal  origin  synthesizing 

specific  transmitters 779 

287  Development  of  cell  lines  with  neuronal  phenotypes 780 

288  Study  of  acetylcholine  receptors  on  muscle  cells  grown 

in  vitro 781 

289  Probing  neuronal  acetylcholine  receptors  with  a— 

bungaro  toxin 782 

290  The  acetylcholine  receptors  of  the  nervous  system  in 

Aplysia 783 

291  Development  of  cell  lines  with  neuronal  properties 785 

292  Development  of  cell  lines  expressing  neuronal  phenotypes 
by  treating  embryonic  neuronal  tissue  with  ethylnitro- 

sourea 786 

293  The  storage  and  release  of  molecules  required  for  synaptic 
communication 787 

294  Ultrastructural  investigation  of  the  neuronal  properties 
of  somatic  cell  hybrids  between  neuroblastoma  and  other 

cell  types 788 

295  Cell  recognition  and  adhesion  as  early  events  in  synapse 
formation 790 

296  Glycolipids  of  neuroblastoma  and  neuroblastoma  x  glioma 

hybrid  cells 791 

297  Dissociated  cell  culture  assay  of  nerve  growth  factor 792 

298  Neural  models  for  a  two  dimensional  nerve  net 793 

299  Chemistry  and  function  of  microtubules 795 

300  A  general  method  for  mapping  mammalian  genes  using  somatic 

cell  hybrids 797 

301  Development  of  an  in  vitro  model  of  the  Lesch-Nyhan 

Syndrome 798 

302  Genetic  analysis  of  A  particles  using  somatic  cell  hybrids-   799 

303  Genetic  analysis  of  adenosine  3',5'-cyclic  monophosphate 

(cAMP)  in  mammalian  cells 800 

304  Disseminated  intravascular  coagulation 801 

305  Genetic  analysis  of  differentiated  functions  using  somatic 

cell  hybrids 803 

306  The  biology  of  cyclic  AMP  in  E.  coli 804 

307  Mechanisms  in  protein  synthesis 806 

308  Cultured  cell  systems  for  neurobiology 808 

309  A  histof luorescence  study  of  cultured  chromaffin  cells 810 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
CARDIOLOGY  BRANCH 
NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  experimental  interests  of  the  Cardiology  Branch  developed  over  the  past 
few  years  have  continued.   These  relate  to  the  pathogenesis,  pathophysiology, 
and  treatment  of  coronary  artery  disease;  the  ultras true tural  and  molecular 
mechanisms  responsible  for  impaired  contractile  function  of  the  heart;  the  de- 
velopment of  the  potential  capabilities  of  echocardiography;  and  the  applica- 
tion of  echocardiographic  and  electron  microscopic  techniques  to  define  the 
basic  developmental  pathophysiology,  genetics,  and  epidemiology  of  asymmetric 
septal  hypertrophy,  or  ASH  (idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis). 

CORONARY  ARTERY  DISEASE 

Mechanisms  of  Sudden  Death  and  Pharmacologic  Treatment  of  Acute  Myocardial 
Infarction 

I)  Atropine  in  Acute  Myocardial  Infarction.  Approximately  60%  of  deaths 
caused  by  acute  myocardial  infarction  (AMI)  occur  within  the  first  two  hours 
of  onset  of  symptoms  and  before  medical  aid  arrives.   Since  bradycardia  1)  oc- 
curs in  a  high  percentage  of  patients  seen  soon  after  the  onset  of  AMI,  and  2) 
is  believed  to  predispose  to  the  development  of  ventricular  ectopic  rhythms 
and  ventricular  fibrillation  (VF) ,  it  has  been  suggested  that  a  substantial 
decrease  in  the  number  of  prehospital  arrhythmic  deaths  would  result  if  atro- 
pine were  administered  shortly  after  onset  of  ischemic  pain  in  patients  with 
bradycardia.  We  have  performed  several  studies  to  test  this  hypothesis. 

1)  When  AMI  is  produced  in  conscious  closed-chest  dogs  by  inflation  of  a 
balloon  cuff  previously  implanted  around  the  left  anterior  coronary  artery 
(LAD),  arrhythmias,  including  VF,  tend  to  develop  more  frequently  in  dogs  treat- 
ed with  atropine  than  in  randomly  selected  control  dogs.  We  also  found  that 
the  type  of  ventricular  ectopic  beats  occurring  during  the  early  phase  of  AMI 
in  dogs  can  be  characterized  as  malignant  arrhythmias  (those  that  when  present 
often  lead  to  VF  and  death)  and  benign  arrhythmias  (those  that  never  are  asso- 
ciated with  the  eventual  development  of  VF) .  Using  this  information,  we  demon- 
strated that  while  benign  arrhythmias  are  successfully  suppressed  by  increasing 
heart  rate  with  either  atropine  or  atrial  pacing,  these  interventions  rarely 
abolish  malignant  arrhythmias.  We  next  determined  the  influence  of  pronounced 
and  persistent  bradycardia,  produced  by  vagal  stimulation,  on  the  incidence  of 
benign  and  malignant  arrhythmias  during  AMI.   In  the  same  closed-chest  dog  prep- 
aration heart  rate  was  held  between  80  and  100  beats /min  in  the  control  group 
and  between  40  and  60  in  the  bradycardia  group.  Our  findings  demonstrated  that 
the  overall  incidence  of  arrhythmias  as  well  as  the  incidence  of  malignant  ar- 
rhythmias was  not  increased  by  bradycardia  during  AMI.  Moreover,  when  arrhyth- 
mias occurred  in  the  bradycardia  group,  they  were  more  short-lived,  with  sig- 
nificantly fewer  arrhythmias  present  45  minutes  after  AMI  in  the  bradycardia 
as  compared  to  the  normal  heart  rate  dogs.   Thus  a)  bradycardia  appears  to  ex- 
ert a  favorable  influence  on  the  incidence  of  ventricular  arrhythmias  during 
experimental  AMI,  b)  increasing  heart  rate  with  atropine  tends  to  have  a  dele- 
terious effect  on  arrhythmias,  c)  not  all  ventricular  arrhythmias  are  potenti- 


ally  lethal,  and  d)  interventions  may  have  very  different  effects  on  benign 
and  malignant  arrhythmias,  a  finding  indicating  that  the  clinical  efficacy  of 
antiarrhythmic  drugs  cannot  be  based  on  the  assumption  that  a  decrease  in  over- 
all arrhythmia  incidence  is  equivalent  to  a  reduction  in  mortality. 

2)  Additional  studies  were  designed  to  determine  the  mechanisms  responsible 
for  the  apparent  protective  effects  of  bradycardia  and  deleterious  effects  of 
increasing  heart  rate  on  serious  ventricular  arrhythmias  during  AMI. 

a)  First,  we  found  a  highly  significant  direct  correlation  between  per 
cent  increase  in  heart  rate  produced  by  atropine  and  per  cent  increase  in  is- 
chemic injury  (as  determined  by  ST  segment  elevation  recorded  from  intramyo- 
cardial  electrodes)  over  a  heart  ratf  range  of  30  to  180  beats/min.   This  find- 
ing indicates  that  the  increase  in  MVO2  produced  by  a  faster  rate  is  sufficient 
to  unfavorably  alter  the  critical  balance  between  myocardial  oxygen  demand  and 
supply,  thereby  producing  increased  ischemia. 

b)  Previous  studies  from  other  laboratories  showed  that  bradycardia  and 
that  acute  myocardial  ischemia  lower  VF  threshold  and  increase  disparity  of 
myocardial  refractory  periods,  findings  indicating  diminished  electrial  stabil- 
ity and  leading  to  the  now  commonly  accepted  concept  that  increasing  heart  rate 
during  AMI  protects  against  serious  ventricular  arrhythmias.   However,  the  elec- 
trophysiologic effects  of  a  faster  heart  rate  during  AMI  were  not  explored,  an 
important  omission  since  elevating  heart  rate  during  AMI  increases  the  degree 
of  ischemic  injury.  We  thus  measured  VF  threshold  and  disparity  of  refractory 
periods  during  AMI  in  open-chest  dogs.  As  we  suspected,  fibrillation  threshold 
was  lower  at  faster  heart  rates  and  disparity  of  refractory  periods  was  great- 
er.  Thus,  lower  heart  rates  during  AMI  lead  to  electrophysiologic  changes  that 
protect  against  the  development  of  serious  ventricular  arrhythmias.   In  addi- 
tion, we  found  that  vagal  stimulation  per  se,  independent  of  changes  in  heart 
rate,  enhanced  electrical  stability  of  the  ventricle.  This  was  an  unexpected 
result,  since  it  commonly  is  believed  that  vagal  innervation  of  the  ventricles 
is  not  physiologically  important.   To  localize  the  cholinergic  pathways  respon- 
sible for  this  stabilizing  electrophysiologic  effect,  vinblastine,  a  neurotoxic 
agent,  was  injected  into  the  para-aortic  area  adjacent  to  the  AV  node.   This 
area  contains  cholinergic  ganglia  that  supply  postganglionic  fibers  to  the  ven- 
tricle.  Five  to  7  days  later,  vagal  stimulation  caused  atrial  slowing  but  did 
not  change  VF  threshold,  signifying  that  vagal  efferents  to  the  atria  were  in- 
tact but  those  to  the  ventricle  (responsible  for  increasing  electrical  stabil- 
ity) were  functionally  inoperative.   The  anatomic  correlate  of  this  electro- 
physiologic finding  was  obtained  by  studying  the  morphologic  relationship  of 
the  ventricular  conducting  system  and  cholinergic  nerves  within  the  ventricu- 
lar septum.   In  control  dogs  Purkinje  fibers  were  encapsulated  by  numerous 
cholinergic  nerves.  However,  few  cholinergic  fibers  were  found  in  vinblastine 
treated  dogs.   We  conclude  that  1)  stimulation  of  the  vagus  nerve  decreases 
vulnerability  of  the  ventricle  to  fibrillation,  and  2)  this  action  is  mediated 
by  a  rich  network  of  cholinergic  nerves  intimately  related  to  Purkinje  fibers 

in  the  ventricular  septum. 

3)  To  determine  whether  the  electrophysiologic  effects  of  vagal  stimulation 
are  of  functional  significance,  the  incidence  of  VF  is  being  assessed  in  dogs 
with  and  without  vagal  stimulation  during  30  min  of  LAD  occlusion.   In  one 


series  of  experiments  heart  rate  is  allowed  to  slow  in  the  vagally  stimulated 
dogs.  While  87%  of  the  control  dogs  have  fibrillated  after  30  minutes  of  AMI, 
only  407o  of  the  vagally  treated  dogs  have.  Moreover,  when  heart  rate  is  held 
constant  (to  assess  the  effects  of  vagal  stimulation  per  se ) ,  88%  of  control 
dogs  have  developed  VF  during  coronary  occlusion,  vihile   only  45%  of  the  vagally 
stimulated  dogs  have. 

II,  Nitroglycerin  and  Acute  Myocardial  Infarction.  Nitroglycerin  (TNG)  gen- 
erally is  believed  contraindicated  in  the  treatment  of  AMI  because  of  the  po- 
tential deleterious  effects  of  a  decrease  in  blood  pressure  (and  thereby  coro- 
nary perfusion  pressure)  and  reflex  increase  in  heart  rate.   If  TNG  dilates 
coronary  collateral  vessels,  however,  its  net  effect  may  be  beneficial.  We 
have  now  completed  several  studies,  the  results  of  which  suggest  that  TNG  may 
favorably  alter  the  course  of  AMI. 

1)  We  first  demonstrated  that  hypotension,  either  reflexly  induced  (by  stim- 
ulating the  carotid  baroreceptors)  or  induced  by  hemorrhage,  increases  the  de- 
gree of  ischemic  injury  occurring  during  AMI.   In  contrast,  when  identical  lev- 
els of  hypotension  are  produced  by  TNG,  the  degree  of  ST  elevation  (and  presum- 
ably, the  degree  of  ischemia)  is  reduced  during  15  minutes  of  coronary  occlu- 
sion. Moreover,  v^en  arterial  pressure  is  held  constant  by  simultaneous  infu- 
sion of  the  alpha  receptor  agonists  methoxamine  or  phenylephrine,  the  current 
of  injury  is  reduced  further.   To  confirm  that  the  beneficial  action  on  ST  seg- 
ments reflects  a  decrease  in  myocardial  ischemia,  another  series  of  randomly 
treated  closed-chest  dogs  was  studied.   In  these  animals  the  effects  of  TNG 
and  methoxamine  on  development  of  myocardial  infarction  was  examined  after  5 
hrs  of  coronary  occlusion.   Ten  minutes  after  onset  of  occlusion,  ST  elevation 
was  measured  in  each  of  several  previously  implanted  intramyocardial  electrodes, 
and  dogs  were  randomized  into  control  and  treated  groups.   Treated  dogs  received 
iv  TNG  during  the  remainder  of  the  5  hr  occlusion,  and  arterial  pressure  was 
maintained  at  preinfusion  levels  with  iv  methoxamine.   Six  of  13  control  dogs 
died;  2  of  14  treated  dogs  died.  After  24  hours  severity  of  infarct  was  as- 
sessed in  survivors  by  measurement  of  creatine  phosphokinase  (CPK)  content  of 
myocardium  subjacent  to  each  electrode.   In  controls,  a  significant  reduction 

in  CPK  occurred  in  48  of  57  electrode  sites  where  ST  elevation  was  present  af- 
ter 10  minutes  of  occlusion.  Only  19  of  69  such  sites  showed  significant  CPK 
reduction  in  treated  dogs  (p  <  .001).  We  conclude  that  in  experimental  coro- 
nary occlusion  TNG  reduces  myocardial  ischemia,  an  effect  greatly  potentiated 
by  preventing  the  decrease  in  coronary  perfusion  pressure  and  reflex  tachy- 
cardia with  methoxamine. 

2)  It  currently  is  believed  that  TNG  does  not  significantly  increase  myocar- 
dial blood  flow  in  patients  with  diseased  coronary  arteries.  Thus,  relief  of 
angina  pectoris  by  TNG  is  ascribed  to  a  lowering  of  myocardial  oxygen  demands. 
The  studies  just  presented,  however,  demonstrated  that  even  when  2  of  the  more 
important  determinants  of  myocardial  oxygen  consumption  were  held  constant 
(arterial  pressure  and  heart  rate),  TNG  still  reduced  ischemic  injury.  There- 
fore, to  determine  \Aiether  TNG  can  increase  blood  flow  to  ischemic  regions,  the 
capacity  of  coronary  collaterals  to  supply  blood  to  areas  of  potential  ischemia 
was  assessed  before  and  after  TNG  in  dogs  in  which  MVO2  was  held  constant,  and 

in  patients  undergoing  saphenous  vein  bypass  surgery.   In  the  animal  experiments. 


we  found  that  whenever  TNG  reduced  the  current  of  injury  recorded  by  epicardial 
electrodes  after  LAD  occlusion,  the  reduction  in  ischemic  injury  always  corre- 
lated with  an  increase  in  retrograde  coronary  flow,  a  measure  of  the  capacity 
of  the  collaterals  to  supply  blood  to  ischemic  myocardium.   In  patients  under- 
going coronary  artery  bypass  operation,  flow  and  pressure  measurements  were 
made  from  the  distally  (but  not  proximally)  attached  vein  graft  while  the  fi- 
brillating  heart  was  sustained  by  cardiopulmonary  bypass.   Following  TNG  coro- 
nary collateral  resistance  fell.   Thus,  TNG  can  reduce  ischemic  injury  during 
experimental  AMI  as  a  result  of  increased  collateral  flow.   Moreover,  TNG  also 
is  capable  of  diminishing  resistance  to  collateral  flow  in  man  despite  severe 
multivessel  disease. 

3)  We  next  studied  the  electrophysiologic  effects  of  TNG  during  AMI  produced 
in  the  open-chest  dog.   VF  threshold  was  measured  during  ischemia  in  the  pres- 
ence and  absence  of  TNG  infusion,  and  during  ischemia  when  phenylephrine  was 
administered  with  TNG  to  maintain  arterial  pressure  at  control  levels.   We 
found  that  TNG  enhanced  electrical  stability  of  the  heart  during  AMI;  moreover 
when  arterial  pressure  was  restored  by  simultaneous  infusion  of  phenylephrine, 
VF  threshold  during  AMI  returned  to  control  values. 

4)  Finally,  a  highly  malignant  model  of  AMI  in  dogs  was  developed  to  deter- 
mine whether  the  beneficial  effects  of  TNG  on  ischemic  injury,  collateral  re- 
sistance, and  electrical  stability  could  alter  the  incidence  of  VF  and  death 
during  AMI.   Twelve  of  13  control  dogs  died  from  VF  during  30  minutes  of  AMI; 
in  contrast,  only  7  of  14  dogs  treated  with  TNG  and  methoxamine  died  (p  <  .05). 
As  a  result  of  these  studies,  we  conclude  that  the  long-standing  clinical  ca- 
veat not  to  administer  TNG  to  patients  with  AMI  may  be  in  error;  indeed,  TNG 
may  be  uniquely  valuable  in  the  treatment  of  AMI,  having  the  potential  to  di- 
minish ischemic  injury  and  reduce  the  incidence  of  fatal  arrhythmias. 

Surgical  Therapy  of  Coronary  Artery  Disease 

Despite  the  enormous  number  of  aorto-coronary  bypass  grafts  being  performed 
worldwide,  little  is  known  of  the  effects  of  operation  on  overall  and  regional 
myocardial  function.   We  have  studied  22  consecutive  patients  who  underwent 
cardiac  catheterization  before  and  one  week  to  9  months  after  aorto-coronary 
bypass.   We  found  that  all  patients,  regardless  of  whether  grafts  were  patent 
or  occluded,  improved  clinically.   In  many  angina  was  relieved  totally.   How- 
ever, overall  LV  performance  deteriorated  in  10  of  these  patients  and  improved 
in  only  one.   In  patients  whose  grafts  were  occluded,  ejection  fraction  de- 
creased an  average  of  187o  (p  "^   .05).   Twenty-eight  LV  wall  segments  were  sup- 
plied by  patent  grafts;  function  improved  in  6,  was  unchanged  in  13,  and  dete- 
rioBted  in  9.   Twenty-two  segments  were  supplied  by  occluded  grafts;  none  im- 
proved, 14  were  unchanged,  and  8  deteriorated.   We  conclude  that  regardless  of 
graft  patency,  most  patients  improve  clinically.  Despite  this,  deterioration 
of  myocardial  function  is  not  uncommon,  even  when  grafts  are  patent.   It  there- 
fore is  apparent  that  aorto-coronary  bypass  operations  may  precipitate  myocar- 
dial damage.   Thus,  the  commonly  employed  argument  that  operation  should  be 
performed  in  the  asymptomatic  or  minimally  symptomatic  patient  to  save  viable 
muscle  may  not  be  valid. 


Diet-Drug  Intervention  Study 

One  of  the  most  important  aspects  of  the  coronary  artery  disease  problem  is 
the  development  of  a  potent  preventive  approach.  Evaluation  of  one  such  ap- 
proach has  been  initiated  in  collaboration  with  the  Lipid  Metabolism  Branch 
and  is  knovn  as  the  NHLI  Type  II  Coronary  Intervention  Study.   The  primary 
question  we  hope  to  answer  is  whether  lowering  blood  cholesterol  with  diet  and 
cholestyramine  in  patients  with  Type  II  hyperlipoproteinemia  beneficially  ef- 
fects the  atherosclerotic  process.  The  major  criterion  we  will  employ  to  an- 
swer this  question  is  whether  there  is  regression  of  anatomic  disease  or  evi- 
dence for  slower  progression,  conclusions  that  will  be  based  on  coronary  arte- 
riograms. The  program  is  now  well  under  way  and  some  of  the  information  that 
has  emerged  to  date  is  detailed  in  another  section  of  the  Annual  Report. 

ASYMMETRIC  SEPTAL  HYPERTROPHY,  OR  ASH  (IHSS) 

Over  the  past  dozen  years  our  understanding  of  the  disease  spectrum  embrac- 
ing IHSS  has  advanced  considerably.   Originally,  it  was  considered  that  all  pa- 
tients with  IHSS  had  a  dynamic  form  of  subaortic  stenosis.   Subsequently,  it 
was  recognized  that  LV  outflow  obstruction  was  only  one  manifestation,  and  an 
inconstant  one,  of  a  disease  that  is  basically  a  cardiomyopathy.   Further  ad- 
vances in  our  understanding  of  the  genetic,  epidemiologic,  and  pathophysiologic 
aspects  of  this  disease  were  frustrated  by  lack  of  a  sensitive  noninvasive 
method  for  disease  detection.  We  have  found,  however,  that  echocardiography 
is  an  extraordinarily  powerful  technique  for  diagnosing  IHSS.  Employing  both 
echocardiography  and  ultrastructural  analysis  of  myocardium  obtained  from  pa- 
tients undergoing  cardiac  surgery,  we  have  determined  the  cause  of  the  disease 
and  defined  its  pathophysiologic  spectrimi. 

1)  Asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH) ,  characterized  by  a  ventricular  sep- 
tum of  at  least  1.3  times  the  thickness  of  the  posterior-basal  LV  free  wall, 
was  found  by  echocardiographic  examination  in  all  patients  with  typical  ob- 
structive IHSS.  Moreover;  a)  when  family  members  who  clinically  were  believed 
to  have  a  non-obstructive  type  of  cardiomyopathy  were  studied,  ASH  was  detected 
in  all,  b)  ASH  was  detected  in  other  patients  diagnosed  previously  as  having 
idiopathic  non-obstructive  LVH,  and  c)  ASH  was  not  present  in  patients  with  any 
other  form  of  heart  disease,  with  the  exception  of  an  occasional  patient  with 
chronic  pulmonary  or  right  ventricular  hypertension  (primary  pulmonary  hyper- 
tension or  pulmonary  stenosis),  entities  which  can  be  easily  distinguished  on 
clinical  grounds  from  patients  with  ASH.  These  findings  confirm  the  hypothesis 
that  IHSS  is  only  one  manifestation  of  a  disease  spectrum  in  which  obstruction 
may  or  may  not  occur.  They  also  demonstrate  that  ASH  is  the  characteristic 
anatomic  marker  of  this  disease. 

2)  IHSS  is  thought  to  occur  as  a  familial  abnormality  in  only  25-357o  of  pa- 
tients. Reliability  of  this  estimate  is  uncertain,  however,  because  of  the 
previous  lack  of  a  sensitive  and  specific  marker  of  the  disease.  We  therefore 
studied  the  pattern  of  inheritance  of  IHSS  in  30  families,  using  ASH  (detected 
echocardiographically)  as  the  disease  marker.  Of  the  30  families,  at  least  one 
affected  relative  was  found  in  28.   In  the  remaining  two  families  we  studied 
only  one  and  two  members  respectively.  Forty-six  percent  of  105  first  degree 
relatives  had  ASH;  an  equal  percentage  of  males  and  females  were  affected. 


Penetrance  was  complete  in  nine  of  10  parental  pairs  available  for  analysis. 
These  findings  are  compatible  with  the  concept  that  ASH  is  always  familial  and 
is  transmitted  as  an  autosomal  dominant  trait  with  a  high  degree  of  penetrance. 

3)  With  the  capacity  to  establish  the  diagnosis  of  ASH  noninvasively,  we 
defined  the  clinical  spectrum  of  this  disease.  We  found  that  less  than  10%   of 
patients  with  ASH  have  the  obstructive  form  (i.e.,  classic  IHSS).  Approximate- 
ly 207o  of  all  patients  with  ASH  would  have  been  considered  entirely  normal. 

An  additional  607o  of  patients  with  ASH  had  some  minor  abnormalities  (moderate 
fatigue  or  dyspnea  on  exertion,  or  a  nondescript  soft  systolic  murmur,  or  non- 
specific ST  and  T  wave  abnormalities  on  EKG) ;  specific  diagnosis  would  not  have 
been  possible,  however,  without  echocardiographic  demonstration  of  ASH.   More- 
over, analysis  of  multiple  clinical  parameters  failed  to  distinguish  symptomat- 
ic nonobstructed  ASH  patients  from  the  obstructed  group  with  two  exceptions: 
in  nonobstructed  ASH  the  murmur  was  softer  with  little  variation  following  pro- 
vocative maneuvers,  and  a  bisferious  carotid  pulse  was  absent.  Angina  and  syn- 
cope, symptoms  usually  considered  characteristic  of  obstruction,  also  were 
common  in  patients  without  obstruction.  We  conclude  that  a)  the  classic  ob- 
structive form  of  ASH  (IHSS)  constitutes  a  relatively  small  portion  of  the  en- 
tire disease  spectrum;  b)  most  patients  with  ASH  are  asymptomatic  or  have  only 
mild  symptoms;  c)  when  symptoms  are  present,  they  cannot  be  used  to  distinguish 
between  patients  with  and  without  obstruction;  d)  the  absence  of  typical  phys- 
ical findings  makes  clinical  diagnosis  of  nonobstructive  ASH  difficult;  and  e) 
echocardiography  is  the  simplest  and  most  reliable  means  of  establishing  the 
diagnosis. 

4)  Some  clinicians  consider  IHSS  to  be  a  diffuse  cardiomyopathy  and  suggest 
that  operation  to  eliminate  obstruction  is  ill-advised.   However,  our  echocar- 
diographic studies  demonstrated  that  ventricular  hypertrophy  in  IHSS  is  typi- 
cally nonuniform  in  distribution  with  greatest  hypertrophy  invariably  involv- 
ing the  ventricular  septum.   To  determine  whether  pathologic  changes  are  lim- 
ited to  the  ventricular  septum  or  are  more  diffusely  distributed,  light  and 
electron  microscopic  studies  were  performed  on  myocardium  obtained  at  opera- 
tion from  8  patients  with  obstructive  ASH  and  4  patients  with  nonobstructive 
ASH  who  were  either  severely  limited  or  had  died  of  their  disease.  Morphologic 
abnormalities  were  grouped  into  2  categories:  1)  intracellular  abnormalities 
(disarray  of  myofibrils  and  myofilaments),  2)  cell-to-cell  abnormalities  (dis- 
organization of  muscle  cells,  abnormal  cell  contacts).   The  septum  of  all  pa- 
tients contained  many  muscle  cells  that  displayed  extensive  intracellular  and 
cell-to-cell  abnormalities.   In  the  nonobstructed  patients,  cell-to-cell  ab- 
normalities also  were  present  in  the  free  LV  wall.   In  contrast,  cell-to-cell 
abnormalities  were  not  seen  in  the  free  LV  wall  of  any  of  the  obstructed  pa- 
tients.  Thus,  a  wide  distribution  of  the  cardiomyopathic  process  seems  to  be 
characteristic  of  severely  symptomatic  patients  who  do  not  have  obstruction; 
symptoms  in  these  patients  can  be  attributed  to  decreased  contractility  and 
decreased  diastolic  compliance.   In  severely  symptomatic  patients  who  have  LV 
outflow  obstruction,  however,  the  more  bizarre  cellular  manifestations  of  the 
cardiomyopathic  process  appear  confined  to  the  septum;  we  believe  symptoms  in 
these  patients  are  due  mainly  to  outflow  obstruction  and  the  resuling  increase 
in  ventricular  pressure  work. 

This  belief  is  reinforced  by  results  of  our  operative  experience  obtained 


in  collaboration  with  the  Surgical  Branch.   This  experience  now  includes  68 
patients  operated  on  for  IHSS.   Preoperatively,  all  patients  had  large  intra- 
ventricular pressure  gradients  at  rest  or  with  provocation  and  were  in  func- 
tional classes  III  and  IV.  After  septal  myotomy  and  myectomy  no  resting  gra- 
dient was  present  in  49  of  53  patients  studied;  the  remaining  4  had  minimal 
obstruction.  LVEDP  fell  in  most  patients  in  whom  it  was  elevated  preoperative- 
ly, and  symptomatic  improvement  occurred  in  all.   Of  significance,  all  patients 
but  one  have  maintained  their  increased  functional  capacity  during  followup 
periods  ranging  from  one  to  13  years  (mean  4.5  years).   In  addition,  16  patients 
have  been  studied  two  to  11  years  after  operation  (mean  6.5  years)  by  echocar- 
diography or  catheterization.  No  patient  has  evidenced  recurrence  of  LV  out- 
flow obstruction.   It  therefore  is  apparent  that  LV  outflow  obstruction  is  a 
major  cause  of  symptoms  in  such  patients.  Moreover,  our  results  suggest  that 
the  cardiomyopathic  process  in  patients  with  the  obstructive  form  of  the  dis- 
ease is  either  not  progressive,  or  that  the  rate  of  progression  is  very  slow. 

5)  In  an  attempt  to  further  extend  the  capabilities  of  echocardiography  in 
characterizing  the  patient  with  ASH,  we  studied  the  echocardiograms  of  patients 
with  obstructive  ASH  to  determine  whether  the  distance  between  the  hypertrophied 
ventricular  septum  and  the  abnormally  positioned  anterior  leaflet  of  the  mitral 
valve  present  during  systole  (a  characteristic  feature  of  IHSS)  can  be  used  to 
quantitatively  predict  pressure  gradient.  A  computed  "obstruction  index"  (in- 
corporating the  degree  and  duration  of  narrowing)  was  found  to  correlate  excel- 
lently with  simultaneously  determined  LV  outflow  pressure  gradients.  By  em- 
ploying the  obstructive  index  we  can  predict  pressure  gradient  from  echocardio- 
graphic  data  alone  to  within  107o  of  the  value  simultaneously  determined  at  cath- 
eterization. 

6)  Obstruction  in  IHSS  is  produced  by  an  abnormal  forward  movement  of  the 
anterior  mitral  leaflet  during  systole.   The  primary  cause  of  the  abnormal  leaf- 
let motion,  and  thereby  the  obstruction,  would  appear  to  be  the  massively  hyper- 
trophied septum.   Thus,  pathologic  studies  have  shown  that  the  septum  can  cause 
displacement  of  the  papillary  muscles,  which  would  result  in  traction  on  the 
anterior  leaflet  and  lead  to  its  abnormal  anterior  position  during  systolic 
ejection.  In  addition,  we  have  performed  echocardiographic  studies  which  have 
demonstrated  that,  compared  to  normal,  the  mitral  valve  in  patients  with  IHSS 
lies  more  anteriorly  even  at  the  onset  of  systole  (i.e.,  prior  to  ejection),  a 
finding  also  compatible  with  a  tethering  effect.  The  resulting  narrowed  out- 
flow tract  at  onset  of  ejection  may  predispose  to  the  production  of  a  high  ve- 
locity jet  between  the  septum  and  anterior  mitral  leaflet,  resulting  in  a 
Venturi  effect  and  thereby  contributing  to  the  leaflet's  systolic  anterior  move- 
ment. If  such  a  mechanism  is  operative,  it  may  explain  why  patients  with  ob- 
struction do  not  have  extensive  involvement  of  the  LV  by  the  myopathic  process, 
vrtiile  patients  without  obstruction  do.  Thus,  if  two  preconditions  are  necessary 
for  obstmction,  i.e.,  a  narrow  outflow  tract  at  onset  of  systole  and  a  high 
velocity  jet  during  ejection,  it  is  likely  that  the  velocity  of  fiber  shorten- 
ing in  patients  with  diffuse  LV  disease  will  not  be  sufficient  to  cause  the 
anterior  mitral  leaflet  to  move  anteriorly  and  abut  against  the  septum.  Addi- 
tional echocardiographic  studies  performed  in  the  operating  room  demonstrated 
that  immediately  after  left  ventriculomyectomy  1)  the  mitral  valve  moves  into 

a  more  normal  posterior  position,  2)  the  abnormal  systolic  movement  of  the  mi- 
tral valve  is  abolished,  and  3)  the  outflow  gradient  disappears. 


VALVULAR  HEART  DISEASE 
Elucidation  of  the  Determinants  of  Irreversible  Myocardial  Failure 

1)  Although  most  patients  with  rheumatic  valvular  disease  improve  following 
operative  intervention,  there  are  patients  in  whom  a  dilated  heart  does  not 
regress  in  size  and  in  whom  any  improvement  in  symptoms  is  minimal.   We  there- 
fore initiated  a  study  to  define  prospectively  1)  whether  a  particular  group- 
ing of  preoperative  functional  derangements  leads  to  prohibitive  operative 
risks,  and  2)  what  types  of  derangements  can  be  reversed  or  improved  by  opera- 
tive abolition  of  the  mechanical  defect.  Evaluation  of  myocardial  function 
includes  exercise  testing  and  calculation  of  ventricular  volumes,  ejection  frac- 
tion, mean  VCF,  etc.  (as  determined  by  cardiac  catheterization  and  echocardio- 
graphy).  In  addition,  biopsies  are  being  obtained  for  electron  microscopic 
analysis  as  well  as  biochemical  assessment  of  the  contractile  proteins.   Our 
preliminary  data  indicate  that  significant  improvement  in  exercise  capacity  can 
occur  in  patients  with  extremely  large  preoperative  ventricular  volumes  and 
very  low  ejection  fractions;  these  same  patients,  in  the  absence  of  such  a 
prospective  protocol,  might  have  been  denied  operation  in  the  past  because  of 
their  poor  preoperative  hemodynamic  status.   Ultrastructural  analysis  has  iden- 
tified some  patients  with  severe  degrees  of  myocardial  cell  atrophy  associated 
with  extensive  deposition  of  collagen.   Further  analysis  and  experimental  stud- 
ies are  being  performed  to  determine  whether  such  ultrastructural  changes  are 
good  markers  of  irreversible  myocardial  failure,  and  whether  excessive  deposi- 
tion of  fibrous  tissue  represents  a  cause  or  an  effect  of  irreversible  cardiac 
decompensation. 

2)  In  addition  to  the  above  prospective  study,  a  retrospective  analysis  of 
89  patients  with  pure  aortic  regurgitation  operated  upon  between  1962  and  1971 
was  carried  out.   Our  goal  was  to  determine  whether  any  preoperative  risk  fac- 
tors could  be  correlated  with  operative  mortality  and  subsequent  survival.  Al- 
though analysis  is  still  preliminary,  several  factors  have  emerged  as  powerful 
predictors  of  survival.   Thus,  when  one  simply  analyzes  the  preoperative  ECG 
and  employs  Estes  point  score  for  assessment  of  LVH,  567=  of  patients  who  had 
point  scores  >  6  were  dead  by  36  months;  in  contrast,  only  357o  of  patients  were 
dead  who  had  point  scores  of  less  than  6.   Similar  correlations  were  obtained 
with  LV  end-diastolic,  left  atrial,  and  pulmonary  arterial  pressures.   These 
data  may  well  form  the  basis  of  future  decisions  regarding  the  optimal  time  for 
operative  intervention  in  patients  with  aortic  regurgitation. 

MOLECULAR  MECHANISMS  RESPONSIBLE  FOR  CARDIAC  CONTRACTION 
AND  FOR  ALTERATIONS  IN  CONTRACTILITY  PRODUCED  BY  DISEASE 

The  new  Section  on  Molecular  Cardiology  has  initiated  research  in  two  major 
areas.   The  first  concerns  regulation  of  contractile  proteins,  particularly 
those  found  in  human  blood  platelets  and  fibroblasts.  A  membrane  free  prepara- 
tion from  human  blood  platelets  which  incorporates  -^^p  from  i(  labeled  ATP  has 
been  purified.   The  -^^p  is  uniquely  incorporated  into  a  specific  light  chain 
on  the  myosin  molecule  and  its  incorporation  is  markedly  influenced  by  the  pres- 
ence of  cyclic  AKP.   Present  studies  concern  the  control  of  this  phosphoryla- 
tion and  its  significance. 


8 


The  second  major  project  centers  on  defining  the  molecular  defect  in  the 
cardiac  contractile  proteins  of  patients  suffering  from  asymmetric  septal  hy- 
pertrophy (IHSS),  a  genetic  disease  characterized  by  bizarre,  malaligned  myo- 
cardial cells.   The  contractile  proteins  from  operative  specimens  of  several 
patients  have  been  purified.   Particular  attention  is  being  paid  to  the  myosin 
molecule:   a)  Are  the  light  chains  from  this  myosin  those  of  fetal  or  adult 
muscle?  b)  Is  the  "C-protein",  which  is  thought  to  influence  alignment  of  myo- 
sin molecules,  present  and  functioning?   In  addition  to  characterizing  the 
structure  and  enzymatic  activity  of  myosin,  actin  and  tropomyosin  and  their 
interrelationships  also  aie  being  studied. 


Serial  No.       NHLI-1 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Molecular  Cardiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Phosphorylation  of  Human  Platelet  Myosin  and  Contractile  Pro- 
teins from  Other  Sources 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-18 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  S.  Adelstein,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:   Mary  Anne  Conti,  B.A. 
William  Anderson,  B.A. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Human  platelet  myosin,  which  is  markedly  similar  to  mus- 
cle myosin  in  structure  and  function,  contains  at  least  two  light  chains   (mol. 
wts.  18,000  and  14,000)  as  well  as  a  heavy  chain  (mol.  wt.  200,000).   Purified 
extracts  from  washed  platelets  incorporate  -^^P  from  ^-labeled  ATP  into  the 
18,000  molecular  weight  light  chain.   No  incorporation  is  found  into  the  myo- 
sin heavy  chain,  platelet  actin  or  tropomyosin.   If  inorganic  -^^P  is  substi- 
tuted for  AT  P,  insignificant  incorporation  occurs  into  the  light  chain.   The 
incorporated  ^^p  appears  to  be  covalently  bound  through  an  ester  linkage  to 
serine  or  threonine  since  incubation  at  pH  11.8  released  all  the  counts,  where- 
as incubation  at  pH  1.0  did  not. 

The  phosphorylated  light  chain  has  been  purified  using  gel  filtration  and 
its  amino  acid  composition  has  been  determined. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  dependence  of  this  phosphorylating  system  on 
Cyclic-AMP  is  being  studied.   The  entire  system  (i.e.,  protein  kinase  and  phos- 
phatase) all  of  which  appears  to  be  present  in  the  platelet,  is  being  purified. 
Primary  studies  on  the  phosphorylated  light  chain,  in  order  to  determine  the 
exact  location  of  the  phosphorylated  residue  have  been  initiated.   Finally, 
the  role  phosphorylation  plays  in  controlling  muscle  contraction  in  platelets 
as  well  as  in  other  cells,  e.g.  fibroblasts,  neuroblastoma  cells  as  well  as 
cultured  cardiac  cells,  will  be  explored. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


// 


Serial  No,   NHLI-2(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Molecular  cardiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Characterization  of  Cardiac  Contractile  Proteins  from 

Patients  With  Idiopathic  Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  S.  Adelstein,  M.D„ 

Other  Investigators:   Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 
Barry  J,  Maron,  M.D. 
Stephen  E,  Epstein,  M.D, 
Mary  Anne  Conti,  B.S. 
William  Anderson,  Jr.,  B.A. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Studies  in  this  laboratory  have  been  initiated  to 
characterize  the  contractile  proteins  from  hearts  of  patients  suffering  from 
IHSS.   Using  small  amounts  of  tissue  removed  during  operation,  actin,  myosin 
and  tropomyosin  have  been  extracted  and  partially  purified.   The  myosin  was 
purified  using  gell  filtration  and  a  single  peak  containing  all  the  ATPase 
activity  was  faind. 

Initial  studies  on  the  myosin  molecule  have  focused  on  the  number  and  molecular 
weight  of  the  heavy  and  light  chains  as  well  as  its  ATPase  activity. 

Efforts  at  present  are  being  made  to  grow  these  cells  in  vitro  and  to  compare 
their  properties  to  other  cardiac  cells  grown  in  vitro  and  removed  furing 
operative  procedures. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  The  contractile  proteins  of  hearts  from  patients 
suffering  from  IHSS  will  be  characterized  both  as  to  structure  and  function. 
Myosin  will  be  studied  to  see  whether  its  light  cha  ins  are  similar  to  adult  or 
embryonic  cardiac  myosin.   The  interaction  of  myosin  and  actin  as  well  as  the 
ability  of  myosin  to  form  aggregates  will  also  be  studied. 

This  latter  property  (ability  of  myosin  molecules  to  aggregate)  will  be  studied 
by  using  uranylacetate  staining  with  the  aid  of  the  electron  microscope.  These 
findings  will  be  correlated  with  biochemical  studies  on  the  content  of  "C" 
protein,  a  newly  found  muscle  protein  thought  to  influence  the  aggregation  of 
myosin. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publica  t  ions :  None 


/*»- 


Serial  No,       NHLI-3(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Echocardiographic  Findings  in  Patients  With  Idiopathic 
Hypereosinophilic  Syndromes 

Previous  Serial  No,:  None 

Principal  Investigator:  Jeffrey  S„  Borer,  M,D, 

Other  Investigators:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M„Do 
David  C.  Dale,  MoD, 

Cooperating  Units:   National  Institute  of  Allergies  and  Infectious  Diseases 

Project  Description:  Echocardiography  (ECHO)  is  an  increasingly  important 
tool  in  the  diagnosis  and  classification  of  primary  and  secondary  cardiomyo- 
pathies. This  report  deals  with  echocardiographic  evaluation  of  8  men,  aged 
7  to  67,  with  chronic  idiopathic  hypereosinophilic  syndromes  (IHS) ,  IHS  had 
been  present  from  5  to  140  months.  No  patient  was  referred  originally  because 
of  cardiac  disease.  Only  one  had  clinical  evidence  of  cardiac  dysfunction. 
Six  of  the  8  patients,  with  eosinophil  counts  ranging  from  6900  to  94,000,  had 
definite  ECHO  abnormalities.  Most  prominent  was  significant  S3mimetrical 
thickening  of  the  septum  and  left  ventricular  free  wall,  mean  thickness  being 
14.3  mm+1,2  (SEM)  (normal  9,4  mm+,2,  p  ,01),  The  other  2  patients,  with  eo- 
sinophil counts  of  3900  and  9500,  had  no  abnormality  but  their  septal  and 
free  wall  thicknesses  were  at  the  upper  limit  of  normal.  Instantaneous  left 
ventricular  transverse  dimension  and  velocity  of  circumferential  fiber 
shortening  were  measured  in  every  patient.  No  uniform  abnormality  in  maximum 
velocity  of  circumferential  fiber  shortening  was  found.  However,  in  2  patients, 
1  symptomatic,  abnormalities  in  diastolic  relaxation  consistent  with  a  restric- 
tive defect  were  seen.  The  symptomatic  patient  also  had  transverse  dimension 
slightly  below  the  lower  limit  of  normal.   In  about  1/3  of  fatal  idiopathic 
hypereosinophilic  syndrome  cases  pathologic  studies  reveal  endo-  and  myocardial 
fibrosis,  mural  thrombi  and  ventricular  hypertrophy,  with  either  constricted  or 
dilated  left  ventricular  cavities.  Heretofore,  it  was  believed  that  cardiac 
involvement  in  idiopathic  hypereosinophilic  sjmdrome  leads  rapidly  to  death. 
The  present  study  suggests  that  ECHO  may  be  of  value  in  reassessing  the 
prevalence  and  natural  history  of  cardiac  involvement  in  idiopathic  hypereo- 
sinophilic syndromes.  Moreover,  ECHO  may  provide  an  objective  parameter  for 
evaluation  of  therapy  in  idiopathic  hypereosinophilic  sjmdromes. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications:   None 

1  /3 


Serial  No.   NHT.T-4 

1.  Cardiology 

2*  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effect  of  Lidocaine  and  of  Elevating  Arterial  Pressure  on  the 
Incidence  of  Spontaneous  Ventricular  Fibrillation  in  Dogs 
During  Coronary  Occlusion 

Principal  Investigator:   Jeffrey  S.  Borer,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:   Lura  Harrison,  Ph.D. 
Richard  Levy,  B.A. 
Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 
Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   Two  of  the  major  goals  in  the  therapy  of  acute  myocardial 
infarction  (AMI)  are  reducing  the  high  mortality  occurring  from  ventricular 
fibrillation  (VF)  during  the  early  phase  of  AMI,  and  reducing  the  extent  of 
ischemic  injury.   Although  lidocaine  is  commonly  used  clinically  to  prevent 
VF  after  AMI,  its  relative  efficacy  has  been  questioned,  particularly  early 
during  AMI  when  mechanisms  causing  arrhythmias  are  believed  to  be  different 
from  those  present  several  hrs  later  (i.e.  vdien  patients  are  usually  admitted 
to  hospital).   In  addition,  we  previously  showed  phenylephrine- induced 
elevation  of  mean  arterial  pressure  (AP)  diminishes  ischemic  injury  during 
AMI  in  dogs.   Whether  such  an  effect  reduces  the  incidence  of  arrhythmias, 
however,  is  unknown.   The  present  study  was  designed  to  determine  the  effects 
of  lidocaine  and  of  elevating  AP  on  the  incidence  of  VF  during  30  min  of 
coronary  occlusion  in  open-chest  dogs.   AMI  was  produced  by  ligating  the  LAD 
and  first  septal  perforating  coronary  arteries.   Dogs  were  randomly  assigned 
to  one  of  3  groups:   a)  control,  b)  lidocaine  (2  mg/kg  bolus,  followed  by  70  or 
100  ug/kg/min  infusion),  or  c)  elevated  AP  (phenylephrine  infused  to  maintain 
AP>25  and<50  mm  Hg  above  pretreatment  levels).   After  10  min  of  pretreatment 
according  to  the  assigned  regimen,  the  coronary  arteries  were  occluded. 
In  contrast  to  pre\ious  studies,  our  preliminary  data  suggest  that  lidocaine 
reduces  the  incidence  of  VF  during  the  early  phase  of  AMI;  on  the  other  hand, 
elevating  AP  appears  to  have  no  protective  effect.   Whether  deleterious  effects 
on  pump  function  produced  by  increasing  AP  counterbalanced  potential  protective 
effects  in  this  model  (in  which  massive  anterior  wall  infarction  was  produced), 
and  v^ether  a  protective  effect  can  be  demonstrated  in  the  presence  of  less 
extensive  infarction  are  unknown. 


l¥ 


Serial  No.        NHLI-4 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 
Honors  and  Awards:  None 
Publications:  None 


/5- 


Serial  No.       NHLI-5 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effect  of  Nitroglycerin  on  the  Incidence  of  Spontaneous 

Ventricular  Fibrillation  During  Coronary  Occlusion  in  Dogs 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Jeffrey  S.  Borer,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   Two  of  the  major  challenges  in  the  treatment  of  patients 
with  acute  myocardial  infarction  (AMI)  are  to  reduce  the  incidence  of  prehos- 
pital deaths  and  to  diminish  the  extent  of  ischemic  damage.   We  previously 
showed  that  nitroglycerin  (TNG)  reduces  ischemic  injury  and  increases  ventri- 
cular fibrillation  threshold  during  experimental  AMI.   To  determine  the 
functional  significance  of  these  beneficial  myocardial  and  electrophysiologic 
effects,  high  occlusions  of  the  LAD  and  septal  perforating  coronary  arteries 
were  produced  in  open-chest  dogs  for  30  min.   Prior  to  occlusion,  dogs  were 
randomized  into  2  groups:   1)  control,  and  2)  TNG  treated  (0,45  meg  as  a 
bolus  followed  by  0,3  mcg/min).   Mean  arterial  pressure  in  the  TNG  group  was 
maintained  at  pretreatment  levels  with  iv  methoxamine.   After  10  min.  of 
pretreatment  according  to  the  assigned  regimen,  the  coronary  arteries  were 
occluded  and  treatment  was  continued.   Twelve  of  13  control  dogs  died  from 
ventricular  fibrillation;  in  contrast,  only  7  of  14  dogs  treated  with  TNG  and 
methoxamine  died  (p<0.05).   We  conclude  that  TNG  may  be  uniquely  valuable  in 
the  treatment  of  the  prehospital  and  hospital  phases  of  AMI,  having  the 
potential  to  diminish  ischemic  injury  and  reduce  the  incidence  of  fatal 
arrhythmias. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publication:   None 


/(> 


Serial  No.  NHLI-6(c) 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Echocardiographic  Assessment  of  Secondary  Cardiomyopathies 

Previous  Serial  Number;  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Jeffrey  S.  Borer,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  L,  Henry,  M.D. 

Stephen  £•  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Cardiomyopathic  changes  frequently  occur  as  concomitants 
of  several  systemic  diseases.  Detection  by  conventional  clinical  techniques 
is  relatively  insensitive,  however,  and  diagnosis  generally  is  made  late  in 
the  course  of  the  disease.   In  the  present  study,  echocardiography  is  being 
utilized  a)  to  define  abnormalities  of  cardiac  anatomy  and  function  in  patients 
with  several  diseases  frequently  associated  with  cardiomyopathies,  b)  to 
determine  the  evolution  of  these  abnormalities  with  time,  and  c)  to  assess 
the  relative  sensitivity  of  echocardiographic  and  clinical  techniques  in 
detecting  cardiac  disease.  Patients  with  the  following  diseases  are  being 
studied:  amyloidosis,  chronic  idiopathic  hypereosinophilia,  chronic  alco- 
holism, systemic  lupus  erythematosus,  hemochromatosis,  progressive  systemic 
sclerosis,  carcinoid  syndrome,  rheumatoid  arthritis,  malignant  neoplasia  and 
several  neuromyopathies.  Thus,  far,  initial  evaluation  has  been  performed  in 
40  patients.  From  our  preliminary  results  it  is  clear  that  certain  cardio- 
myopathic changes  are  apparent  from  the  echocardiogram  before,  and  in  some 
cases  long  before,  they  are  apparent  by  clinical  assessment. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications;  None 


17 


Serial  No.  NHLI-7(c) 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   ASH  Masquerading  as  Coronary  Artery  Disease  and  Idiopathic 
Myocardial  Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   Echocardiography  is  the  most  specific  and  sensitive 
means  of  detecting  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH) ,  the  characteristic 
anatomic  abnormality  in  IHSS.   With  this  technique  we  have  found  that  left 
ventricular  outflow  obstruction  (classic  IHSS)  occurs  in  less  than  20%  of 
patients  falling  into  this  disease  spectrum.   Thus,  clinical  diagnosis  in  the 
majority  of  patients,  who  have  the  nonobstructive  form  of  the  disease,  is 
difficult,  since  the  typical  physical  findings  present  in  patients  with 
obstructive  ASH  are  absent.   Indeed,  we  have  found  13  patients  with  echocardi- 
ographically  detected  ASH  who  have  been  carried  in  our  clinic  with  the  diagnoses 
of  coronary  artery  disease  or  idiopathic  myocardial  hypertrophy.   Five  patients 
had  exertional  chest  pain  and  abnormal  electrocardiograms,  often  with 
"diagnostic"  Q  waves  compatible  with  old  transmural  infarction;  these  patients 
were  diagnosed  as  having  coronary  artery  disease.   Eight  patients  presented 
with  LVH  detected  on  either  the  electrocardiogram,  physical  examination,  or 
both.   IHSS  was  not  suspected,  and  catheterization,  performed  in  several 
patients,  was  nondiagnostic;  these  patients  were  diagnosed  as  having  idiopathic 
myocardial  hypertrophy.   Correct  diagnosis  in  all  of  these  patients  could  only 
be  made  by  echocardiographic  studies.   We  conclude  that  ASH  is  a  more  common 
disease  than  previously  suspected  and  that  it  can  masquerade  in  several 
different  clinical  costumes. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   None 


/^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-8(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Electrocardiographic  Findings  in  100  Patients  with  Asymmetric 
Septal  Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   The  typical  physical  findings  present  in  patients  with 
classic  obstructive  IHSS  makes  clinical  diagnosis  relatively  easy.  However, 
less  than  207o  of  patients  falling  into  the  IHSS  disease  spectrum  have  left 
ventricular  outflow  obstruction.  Thus,  considerable  difficulty  exists  in  es- 
tablishing the  correct  diagnosis  in  the  majority  of  patients  with  this  disease. 
The  problem  is  compounded  by  the  fact  that  ECG  findings  in  patients  with  IHSS 
often  are  "characteristic"  of  coronary  artery  and  other  cardiac  diseases.  This 
study  was  undertaken  to  define  the  spectrum  of  ECG  abnormalities  present  in 
patients  with  nonobstructive  and  obstructive  IHSS.   Obstruction  was  considered 
present  vflien  the  LV  outflow  gradient  exceeded  30  mm  Hg  at  rest  or  with  provo- 
cation. 

The  following  ECG  abnormalities  were  found:   atrial  fibrillation  (5%),  right 
atrial  enlargement  (67o) ,  left  atrial  enlargement  (287o) ,  WPW  syndrome  (67o) ,  first 
degree  A-V  block  (77o) ,  right  bundle  branch  block  (17o),  left  bundle  branch  block 
(57=),  left  atrial  hypertrophy  (227o) ,  abnormal  axis  [  0  to  -90°  (277o),  -90°  to 
-180°  (17o),  +90°  to  +180°  (27c)],  abnormal  Q  waves  (247o),  abnormal  T  waves  (547.) 
and  left  ventricular  hypertrophy  by  Estes  criteria  (407o) .  Abnormalities  were 
present  in  957.  of  patients  with  obstruction  but  in  only  547o  without  obstruction. 
Abnormalities  that  were  more  common  in  the  obstructive  than  nonobstructive  group 
were:   atrial  fibrillation,  first  degree  A-V  block,  left  atrial  hypertrophy, 
left  atrial  enlargement,  abnormal  Q  waves,  abnormal  T  waves  and  left  ventricu- 
lar hypertrophy.  We  conclude  that  1)  patients  with  obstruction  are  more  likely 
to  have  abnormal  ECG's  than  patients  without  obstruction,  2)  there  is  no  ECG 
feature  that  is  either  diagnostic  of  ASH,  that  eliminates  it  from  consideration 
or  distinguishes  obstructive  from  nonobstructive  patients,  and  3)  any  patient 
with  an  unusual  ECG  of  unknown  cause  should  be  suspected  of  having  ASH. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 

1  l<P 


Serial  No.  NHTJ-9(c> 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual   Project   Report 
July   1,    1972   through  June   30,    1973 

Project  Title:      Familial   Incidence   and  Genetic  Transmission   of   IHSS 

Principal   Investigator:      Chester  E.   Clark,  M,D. 

Other   Investigators:     Walter  L.  Henry,   M„Do 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D, 

Cooperating  Units:      None 

Project   Description:      The   pattern   of   inheritance    of  asymmetric   septal  hj^per- 
trophy    (ASH),    the   characteristic  anatomic  abnormality   in  IHSS,   was   studied  by 
echocardiography   in   thirty  families.     The   probands  were   four  outpatients  and 
twenty-six  patients  admitted   serially   for  diagnostic  evaluation.     Twenty- 
eight   of   thirty   families   contained  at   least   one  member,    in  addition  to  the 
proband,   with  ASH„      Forty-six  percent   of   105   first  degree   relatives   studied 
had  ASH;   an  equal  percentage   of  males  and   females  were   affected.   Penetrance 
was   complete   in  nine   of   the    ten  parental  pairs  available   for  analysis. 
Clinical  parameters  were   unreliable   for  detecting  ASH  since   only   167c.  had 
classic   IHSS.     The  history  was  negative   in  607.,   and   the  EKG  was  normal   in 
50%  of  those  with  ASH  on  echocardiogram.     On   the  basis   of   this   study  we   con- 
cluded  that  ASH  is  always   familial  and   is   transmitted  as  an  autosomal 
dominant   trait  with  a   high  degree   of  penetrance. 

Proposed  Course   of  Project:     Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:      None 

Publications:     None 


A) 


Serial  No.  NHLI-lO(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Coronary  Collateral  Function  in  Patients  Without  Coronary 
Artery  Disease 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:   Lawrence  Michael is,  M.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   Intercoronary  anastomoses  frequently  play  a  vital  role 
in  sustaining  coronary  blood  flow  to  regions  of  myocardium  whose  source  of 
blood  supply  has  been  compromised  by  coronary  occlusive  disease.  Uncertainty 
has  remained,  however,  whether  anastomoses  must  develop  de  novo  following  an 
ischemic  insult  or  whether  they  are  capable  of  sustaining  some  degree  of  col- 
lateral flow  even  in  the  absence  of  localized  myocardial  ischemia.   Studies  in 
various  animal  species  have  shown  considerable  variability  in  the  extent  of 
normal  intercoronary  anastomoses,  depending  upon  the  particular  species  studied. 
We  therefore  have  investigated  the  function  of  intercoronary  collaterals  in  hu- 
mans by  measuring  back  pressure  and  back  flow  in  occluded  coronary  arteries  at 
the  time  of  aortic  valve  replacement.   Only  those  individuals  are  studied  who 
have  angiographically  documented  normal  coronary  arteries.   Following  aortotomy 
all  patients  routinely  have  perfusion  cannulae  placed  in  the  right  and  left 
coronary  ostia.   The  experimental  measurements  are  made  via  a  t-connection  in 
these  coronary  perfusion  lines  during  brief  proximal  occlusion  of  each  of  the 
perfusion  lines  prior  to  and  following  intravenous  nitroglycerin.   Preliminary 
data  indicate  that  back  pressure  and  back  flow  is  usually  quite  small  in  these 
individuals,  suggesting  that  such  patients  have  relatively  poor  coronary  col- 
lateral function.   A  practical  corollary  of  this  preliminary  observation  is 
that  perfusion  of  the  entire  myocardium  in  most  non-ischemic  individuals  under- 
going aortic  valve  surgery  most  likely  cannot  be  achieved  by  perfusing  just  one 
coronary  artery. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Project  continuing. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


I?/ 


Serial  No.    NHLI-11 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical   Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,   Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Visualization  of  Acute  Myocardial  Infarction  by  the  Radionuclide 
Gallium-67 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

Robert  J.  Kramer,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  John  W.  Hirshfeld,  M.D. 
Gerald  S.  Johnson,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Department  of  Nuclear  Medicine 
Clinical  Center,  NIH 

Project  Description:   ^^Ga  has  been  shown  to  accumulate  in  a  variety  of  inflam- 
matory and  neoplastic  lesions,  thereby  permitting  identification  of  these  ab- 
normalities by  radioisotope  imaging.  We  have  found  that  °'Ga  also  accumulates 
selectively  in  recently  infarcted  myocardium.  AMI  was  induced  in  dogs  by  liga- 
tion of  the  left  anterior  descending  coronary  artery.   "'Ga  (3  mCi)  was  injec- 
ted iv.   Hearts  were  removed  24  hours  later,  and  isotope  localization  was  eval- 
uated by  an  Anger  camera  and  by  autoradiography.   In  5  of  7  dogs,   Ga  was  found 
to  accumulate  preferentially  in  regions  of  visible  infarction.   Tissue  creatine 
phosphokinase  (CPK) ,  determined  in  4  of  these  dogs,  was  markedly  reduced  in  the 
infarcted  region.   The  infarcts  of  2  dogs  without  preferential  "'Ga  uptake  show- 
ed lesser  degrees  of  CPK  reduction.    Ga  localization  in  regions  of  AMI  was 
also  demonstrable  by  scanning  3  intact,  closed-chest  dogs.   Hearts  of  2  animals 
with  transient  (20  min.)  ischemia  showed  neither  ^'Ga  accumulation  nor  CPK  de- 
pression.  Thus,  °'Ga  localization  discriminates  infarcted  from  normal  or  only 
transiently  ischemic  myocardium.   Unlike  potassium  and  its  analogs,  "'Ga  scan- 
ning does  not  depend  on  resolution  of  "cold"  areas  nor  would  it  introduce  am- 
biguities due  to  flow  limitation  of  isotope  delivery.   For  these  reasons  "'Ga 
may  prove  particular  useful  in  the  imaging  of  AMI  in  man. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Project  completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   Manuscript  in  prepastion. 


SiSi. 


Serial  No.     NHLI-12 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Lack  of  Deleterious  Effects  of  Vagally  Mediated  Bradycardia 
During  Acute  Myocardial  Ischemia  in  the  Dog 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Eldon  R.  Smith,  M.D. 
Gary  Famham,  M.D. 
Richard  B.  Karsh,  M.D. 
David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   Recent  electrophysiologic  data  have  brought  into  question 
the  concept  that  in  acute  myocardial  ischemia  (AMI)  vagally  mediated  bradycardia 
leads  to  serious  ventricular  arrhythmias.   To  evaluate  this  concept  more  criti- 
cally, AMI  was  produced  for  one  hour  in  48  sedated,  closed-chest  dogs  by  infla- 
tion of  a  balloon  cuff  previously  implanted  around  the  LAD  coronary  artery. 
Heart  rate  (HR)  was  controlled  by  electrical  stimulation  of  the  cervical  vagi. 
In  20  bradycardia  dogs  HR  was  maintained  between  40  and  60  bpm;  in  27  control 
dogs,  HR  was  held  between  80  and  95.   Ventricular  arrhythmias  were  classified 
as  benign  (R-Rpvc  interval  >  0.43  sec)  or  malignant  (R-Rpvc  S  0-^3  sec).   Es- 
cape idioventricular  rhythms  frequently  observed  in  bradycardia  dogs  were  not 
counted  unless  R-Rpvc  was  <  1.0.   Except  after  ventricular  fibrillation  (VF) 
sustained  hypotension  was  not  observed  in  any  animal.   The  number  of  dogs  with 
arrhythmias  of  each  type  is  listed  below.   The  number  of  arrhythmias  occurring 
within  10  min  of  release  of  occlusion  is  in  parentheses. 

None    Benign   Malignant   VF 

BD  (total  21)   11(6)    5(4)      5(10)     0(1) 

CD    (total   27)        11(8)  8(5)  8(13)  0(1) 

We  conclude  that  normotensive  animals  do  not   experience  an   increased   incidence 
of  ventricular  arrhythmias  when  myocardial   ischemia  is  accompanied  by  vagally 
mediated  bradycardia. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:      Project  completed. 

Honors  and  Awards:      None 

Publications:      ARTICLE  PUBLISHED   IN  A  PERIODICAL: 

Goldstein,    R.E.,    Karsh,    R.B.,    Smith,    E.R.,    Orlando,    M. 
Norman,    D.,    Farnham,    G.S.,    Redwood,    D.R.    and    Epstein,    S.E.: 
Circulation       In    press. 

P3 


Serial  No.    NHLI-13(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  Nitroglycerin  on  Coronary  Collateral  Function  in 
Patients  with  Coronary  Occlusive  Disease 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Edward  B.  Stinson,  M.D. 
James  L.  Scherer,  M.D. 
Todd  Grehl,  M.D. 
Ronald  Senegan,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Department  of  Cardiovascular  Surgery 

Stanford  University  School  of  Medicine 

Department  of  Radiology 
Clinical  Center,  NIH 

Project  Description:   Beneficial  effects  of  nitroglycerin  during  myocardial 
ischemia  are  well  documented.   Nevertheless,  little  is  known  concerning  the 
direct  influence  of  nitroglycerin  on  coronary  collateral  function  in  humans 
with  diseased  coronary  arteries.  We  therefore  measured  the  ability  of  col- 
laterals to  sustain  retrograde  flow  and  back-pressure  (peripheral  coronary 
pressure,  or  PCP)  before  and  after  nitroglycerin  in  patients  undergoing  sa- 
phenous vein  bypass.  Measurements  were  made  via  the  dis tally  (but  not  proxi- 
mally)   attached  vein  graft  while  the  fibrillating  heart  was  sustained  by  car- 
diopulmonary bypass  and  while  the  coronary  artery  into  which  the  vein  graft 
opened  was  totally  occluded  proximal  to  the  site  of  graft  attachment.  Nitro- 
glycerin (100  (ig  bolus  and  100  to  150  (ig/min)  was  infused  into  the  ascending 
aorta.   Baseline  measurements  in  27  patients  revealed:   aortic  pressure  mean 
80+4  (S.E.)  mm  Hg,  PCP  30  +  3  mm  Hg,  retrograde  flow  6.9  +  1.9  ml/min,  and 
calculated  collateral  resistance  of  63  +  18  mm  Hg/ml/min.  Following  nitrogly- 
cerin, aortic  pressure  decreased  19  +  27o  but  retrograde  flow  was  not  consis- 
tently changed;  thus  calculated  collateral  resistance  fell  significantly  by 
an  average  of  267o  (P  <  .05).   Similarly,  a  fall  in  calculated  collateral  re- 
sistance (mean  487o)  was  noted  in  6  individuals  in  whom  aortic  pressure  changes 
were  attenuated  by  altering  systemic  flow.   Peripheral  coronary  pressure  de- 
creased consistently  after  nitroglycerin,  but  less  than  that  expected  from  the 
fall  in  aortic  pressure.  When  expressed  as  a  fraction  of  aortic  pressure, 
peripheral  coronary  pressure  actually  increased  9.5  +  4.07o  (P  <  .02),  a  find- 
ing consistent  with  enhanced  flow  through  collateral  channels.   In  conclusion, 
although  their  clinical  significance  is  uncertain,  our  data  indicate  that 

1  -2^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-13(c) 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

nitroglycerin  is  capable  of  diminishing  resistance  to  collateral  flow  despite 
severe  multivessel  involvement.   Comparison  of  these  physiologic  data  with  pre- 
operative angiographic  results  revealed  a  close  correlation  between  the  size 
and  extent  of  coronary  collaterals,  as  assessed  by  a  newly  devised  angiographic 
grading  system,  and  physiologic  evidenc  of  collateral  function.   In  particular, 
the  size  and  extent  of  collaterals  showed  a  clear-cut  inverse  correlation  with 
calculated  coronary  vascular  resistance.   Thus  the  radiographic  appearance  of 
coronary  collaterals  appears  to  be  an  accurate  predictor  of  coronary  collateral 
function  during  coronary  bypass  surgery. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Project  completed. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications.  Manuscript  in  preparation. 


5ir 


Serial  No.      NHLI-14 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Failure  of  Nitroglycerin  to  Alleviate  Acute  Myocardial  Ischemia 
or  Improve  Collateral  Flow  When  MVO2  is  Held  Constant  in  the 
Heart-Lung  Preparation. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:   B.  Gregory  Brown,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M,D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Experimental  Atherosclerosis,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   Nitroglycerin  reduces  S-T  segment  elevation  after  acute 
coronary  occlusion  in  the  intact  dog,  an  effect  not  mediated  by  changes  in  ar- 
terial pressure  or  heart  rate.   To  determine  whether  increased  coronary  collat- 
eral flow  contributed  to  this  effect,  canine  heart-lung  preparations  were  stud- 
ied at  5,  10,  and  15  minutes  following  acute  LAD  occlusion.  Total  coronary  flow, 
coronary  A-V  O2  differen9e,  and  MVO2  were  measured  continuously.   Heart  rate, 
arterial  pressure,  and  MVO2  were  held  constant,  thereby  excluding  peripherally 
mediated  nitroglycerin  action.   Retrograde  flow  was  collected  from  the  distal 
segment  of  the  ligated  LAD.  Epicardial  S-T  segment  elevation  was  measured  with 
an  8-lead  electrode  positioned  on  the  ischemic  zone.  Seven  dogs  served  as  con- 
trols and  4  dogs  received  nitroglycerin  at  11  minutes  (100  \ig   bolus,  then  75 
|i,g/min) .  We  found  that  1)  the  magnitude  of  retrograde  flow  was  a  strong  deter- 
minant of  S-T  segment  change,  suggesting  that  coronary  collaterals  protect 
against  ischemic  injury  and  2)  although  nitroglycerin  increased  total  coronary 
flow  from  105  to  143  ml/min  (P  <  .02),  it  had  no  significant  effect  on  retro- 
grade flow  or  S-T  segment  elevation.   Since  nitroglycerin  does  not  alter  col- 
lateral function  or  ischemic  ECG  changes  when  MV02is  constant,  our  data  suggest 
that  nitroglycerin  probably  alleviates  acute  ischemj.a  in  the  intact  dog  by  al- 
tering the  peripheral  hemodynamic  determinants  of  MVO2  or  retrograde  flow. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Project  continuing. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-15(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS -NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Quantification  of  Ventricular  Regularization  in  Atrial  Fibril- 
lation 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-124 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Leonard  Grauer,  M.D. 

Paul  Tecklenberg,  M.D. 
James  Ware,  Ph.D. 
Martin  Miller,  B.A. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  Biometrics  Branch,  NHLI 

Laboratory  of  Applied  Studies,  DCRT 
Clinic  of  Surgery,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   The  ventricular  response  in  patients  with  atrial  fibril- 
lation is  characteristically  irregular.  Detailed  scrutiny  of  R-R  interval 
lengths  however,  has  shown  a  tendency  in  certain  individuals  for  the  length  of 
adjacent  R-R  intervals  to  be  equal.  Detection  of  this  subtle  evidence  of  non- 
random  ventricular  response  may  be  particularly  useful  in  evaluating  alterations 
in  the  cardiac  conduction  system  after  digitalis  or  other  pharmacologic  agents 
and  possibly  in  predicting  the  development  of  digitalis  excess.  For  this  rea- 
son we  have  developed  a  statistical  method  to  quantify  the  extent  to  \>^ich  equal 
adjacent  R-R  interval  lengths  exceed  random  expectation.  This  method  will  then 
be  applied  to  electrocardiograph  records  (2000  consecutive  R-R  intervals)  ob- 
tained from  patients  in  stable  atrial  fibrillation  when  digoxin  therapy  is  with- 
held and  after  digoxin  is  reinstituted.   Results  of  the  R-R  intervals  length 
analysis  will  be  compared  with  simultaneously  determined  serum  digoxin  levels. 
Similar  studies  of  the  degree  of  regularization  of  the  ventricular  response 
will  also  be  conducted  after  atropine  and  during  exercise.   The  purpose  of  our 
study  is  1)  to  observe  the  frequency  and  extent  of  ventricular  regularization 
during  atrial  fibrillation  in  the  absence  of  digitalis  toxicity,  2)  to  observe 
whether  ventricular  regularization  might  provide  an  index  of  digitalis  activity 
(in  addition  to  and  possibly  independent  of  the  influence  of  digitalis  on  mean 
ventricular  rate),  and  3)  to  evaluate  the  ability  of  influences  other  than  dig- 
italis to  modify  ventricular  regularization.   Such  information  may  be  helpful 
in  analyzing  the  degree  of  ventricular  regularization  in  individuals  suspected 
of  manifesting  digitalis  toxicity  and  in  guiding  the  course  of  digitalis  therapy 
in  individuals  where  response  of  the  mean  ventricular  rate  is  not  wholly  ade- 
quate as  a  measure  of  digitalis  action. 


Ay 


Serial  No.    NHLI- 15(c) 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Recently,  mathematical  techniques  and  computer  programs  have  been  refined. 
Use  of  simulated  data  has  confirmed  the  sensitivity  and  specificity  of  our 
index  of  regularization.   When  actual  patient  data  are  analyzed  by  these  meth- 
ods, our  techniques;  suggest  that  certain  patients  display  a  consistent  tendency 
toward  regularization  in  the  absence  of  any  clinical  overt  evidence  of  digitalis 
toxicity.   At  present  this  observation  is  being  explored  in  greater  depth. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


3ii 


Serial  No.   NH LI- 16(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Quantitative  Assessment  of  Left  Ventricular  Function  in  Man 
Utilizing  Roentgen  Videodensitometry 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Leonard  E.  Grauer,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:   William  H.  Schuette,  B.E.E. 
Willard  C.  Whitehouse,  B.S. 
Samuel  B.  Itscoitz,  M.D. 
David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Biomedical  Engineering  and  Instrumentation  Branch 

Division  of  Research  Services,  Television  Engineering 
Section,  Clinical  Center 

Project  Description;   Left  ventricular  ejection  fraction,  the  ratio  between 
stroke  volume  and  end-diastolic  volume,  is  widely  used  as  an  index  of  ventri- 
cular function  in  patients  with  myocardial  and  valvular  heart  disease.  How- 
ever, as  conventionally  determined,  the  calculation  of  end-diastolic  and  end- 
systolic  ventricular  volumes  involves  planimetry  of  appropriate  frames  of  the 
left  ventricular  cineangiogram,  which  is  a  time  consuming  and  cumbersome  under- 
taking. Because  of  the  difficulties  of  this  method,  an  automated  technique  has 
been  developed  that  allows  for  the  direct  measurement  of  ejection  fraction. 

This  technique  determines  the  rate  of  wash-out  of  roentgen  dense  contrast 
material  from  the  left  ventricle  during  cineangiography.  A  densitomer  placed 
over  the  image  of  the  left  ventricle  continuously  measures  the  changes  in  con- 
trast density  during  the  cine  run.   The  degree  to  which  the  contrast  is  cleared 
from  the  left  ventricle  with  each  systole  is  a  function  of  the  ejection  fraction 
and  can  be  determined  by  finding  the  number  of  cardiac  cycles  (N)  necessary  to 
wash  out  507o  of  the  contrast.   The  ejection  fraction  is  then  equal  to  i-e"^'"'-'''^ 
(the  equation  for  an  exponential  curve).   Preliminary  results  with  this  method 
show  an  excellent  correlation  with  data  obtained  by  planimetry  techniques. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


Af 


Serial  No.      NHLI-17 

1,  Cardiology 

2,  Clinical  Physiology 

3,  Bethesda,  Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Adrenergic  Influences  on  Ventricular  Fibrillation  Threshold 
and  Post-occlusion  Arrhythmias 

Previous  Serial  Number;   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Lura  Harrison,  Ph.  D. 

Other  Investigators:   Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:  The  adrenergic  neurohormones  have  been  implicated  in 
disturbances  of  cardiac  rhythm.   Several  reports  have  documented  the 
effectiveness  of  beta  blocking  drugs  against  certain  experimental  and  clinical 
arrhythmias.   This  study  was  undertaken  to  evaluate  the  role  of  a  beta 
blocking  drug,  propranolol,  in  controlling  ventricular  fibrillation  during 
normal  conditions  and  following  coronary  artery  occlusion.   Thoracotomies 
were  performed  on  anesthetized  dogs.   The  heart  was  exposed  and  the  left 
anterior  descending  coronary  artery  was  carefully  dissected.   Stimulating 
electrodes  were  placed  on  the  left  ventricle.   Ventricular  fibrillation 
threshold  (VFT)  was  determined  by  introducing  a  train  of  premature  stimuli 
into  the  left  ventricle.   The  train  of  stimuli  was  introduced  after  the  QRS 
complex  and  extended  throughout  the  vulnerable  period.   VFT  was  measured 
during  control  conditions  and  following  a  5  minute  occlusion  of  the  anterior 
descending  coronary  artery.   D,L-propranolol  (0.05  mg/Kg)  was  administered 
and  control  and  post-occlusion  VFT  were  measured  again.   A  second  series  of 
animals  were  administered  D-propranolol  (0.05  mg/Kg).   Mean  VFT  during  control 
conditions  was  55  ma  (8  dogs).   After  administration  of  D,L-propranolol, 
mean  VFT  was  125  ma.   Mean  post-occlusion  VFT  was  25  ma  prior  to 
administration  of  D,L-propranolol  and  25  ma  after  D,L-propranolol.  Adminis- 
tration of  D-propranolol  raised  control  VFT  from  a  mean  value  of  41  ma  to 
45  ma.   Thus,  D,L-propranolol  produced  marked  elevations  in  VFT  during  control 
conditions  but  did  not  alter  mean  VFT  during  cardiac  ischemia.   D-propranoIol, 
which  has  very  little  beta  blocking  activity,  produced  insignificant  changes 
in  VFT. 

Seven  dogs  were  administered  6-hydroxydopamine.   6-OHDA  depletes  myocardial 
norepinephrine  stores.   VFT  determinations  were  carried  out  72  hours  following 
6-OHDA  administration.   Mean  VFT  was  72  ma  during  control  and  61  ma  after 
D,L-propranolol  (0.1  mg/Kg).   Following  occlusion  of  the  left  anterior 
descending  coronary  artery,  mean  VFT  was  30  ma  before  D,L-propranolol  and  26  ma. 
after  propranolol.   It  appears  that  the  beta  blocking  properties  of  D,L- 
propranolol  are  important  in  the  elevation  of  VFT  during  control  conditions. 

1  30 


Serial  No.     NHLI-17 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1972 

Eighteen  animals  were  subjected  to  occlusion  of  the  left  anterior  descending 
coronary  artery  at  its  origin.   The  first  septal  artery  was  also  occluded. 
Ten  of  these  animals  served  as  controls  while  the  other  8  were  treated  with 
6-OHDA  72  hours  prior  to  study.   Each  animal  was  observed  for  a  period  of  30 
minutes  or  until  ventricular  fibrillation  occurred.   Two  of  the  8  6-OHDA- 
treated  dogs  fibrillated  during  the  30  minute  study  period.   Eight  of  10 
control  dogs  fibrillated.   It  appears  that  the  adrenergic  neurohormones  play 
a  role  in  development  of  spontaneous  post-occlusion  ventricular  fibrillation. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications :   None 


5/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-l8(c) 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Factors  Affecting  the  Operative  Mortality  in  Aortic  Valvular 
Disease 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-131(c) 

Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Chester  E,  Clark,  M.D. 

Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 
Samuel  B.  Itscoitz,  M.D. 
Leonard  E.  Grauer,  M.D. 
David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 
D.  Luke  Glancy,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 
Edward  B.  Stinson,  M.D. 
Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery 

Project  Description:   The  purpose  of  this  study  is  to  define  prospectively 
those  preoperative  factors  that  indicate  an  increased  operative  risk  or  that 
irreversible  myocardial  dysfunction  has  occurred.   All  patients  18  years  old 
or  over  admitted  to  the  Cardiology  Branch  for  aortic  valve  replacement  will 
be  evaluated.   Patients  with  significant  involvement  of  other  valves  will  not 
be  considered.   Preoperative  and  6-month  postoperative  assessment  will  be 
based  mainly  on  data  obtained  by  cardiac  catheterization  (including  coronary 
arteriography)  and  echocardiography.   Evaluation  of  myocardial  function  will 
include  ventricular  volumes,  LV  mass,  mean  dv/dt,  mean  VCF,  Vj^^jj  and  maxyog. 
These  data,  as  well  as  operative  risk,  will  also  be  correlated  with  EKG, 
x-ray,  phonocardiogram,  and  exercise  testing. 

Forty-six  patients  have  been  assessed  preoperatively .  Twenty-five  of 
the  forty-six  have  been  studied  also  at  the  6-month  postoperative  assessment 
point.   We  expected  a  sample  size  of  50-100  patients.   Preliminary  results 
suggest  that  many  patients  who  in  the  past  would  not  have  been  offered  surgery 
because  of  a  suspected  high  risk,  in  fact  do  well  following  operation. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 
Publications:   None 


3S- 


Serial  No.   NHLI-19(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Mitral  Valve  Position  in  Patients  with  Asymmetric  Septal 
Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units :   None 

Project  Description:   For  over  a  decade,  it  has  been  recognized  that  an  unusual 
form  of  obstruction  to  left  ventricular  outflow  occurs  in  idiopathic  hyper- 
trophic subaortic  stenosis  (IHSS) .   Pathological  and  echocardiographic  reports 
indicated  that  the  basic  abnormality  in  this  disease  was  a  cardiomyopathy 
characterized  by  marked  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH) .   Initially  most 
investigators  considered  the  obstruction  to  be  caused  by  obliteration  of  the 
left  ventricular  outflow  tract  by  vigorously  contracting  and  hypertrophied 
muscle.   Recently,  however,  it  has  become  clear  that  the  obstruction  is 
caused  by  the  anterior  leaflet  of  the  mitral  valve  which,  during  systole, 
moves  forward  into  the  outflow  tract  and  against  the  interventricular  septum. 
It  also  has  been  observed  that  many  individuals  with  IHSS  have  the  cardiomyo- 
pathy but  do  not  develop  outflow  obstruction.   To  determine  why  some  patients 
with  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  do  and  others  do  not  have  obstruction,  we 
measured  the  position  of  the  mitral  valve  at  the  onset  of  systole  (i.e., 
immediately  before  the  abnormal  forward  motion) .  Mitral  valve  position  was 
defined  as  a  ratio  of  the  posterior  wall-mitral  valve  distance  divided  by  the 
septal-mitral  valve  distance.   In  normals,  the  mitral  valve  is  positioned  near 
the  posterior  wall  (ratio  0.28  +  0.01).   In  patients  with  ASH,  the  valve  is 
positioned  much  closer  to  the  septum  (ratio  0.85  +  0.08).  When  these  patients 
were  subdivided  according  to  the  degree  of  left  ventricular  outflow  obstruction, 
we  found  that  the  proximity  of  the  mitral  valve  to  the  ventricular  septum  just 
prior  to  ejection  was  directly  related  to  the  magnitude  of  the  gradient  that 
occurred  during  systolic  ejection.  We  conclude  that  mitral  valve  position  at 
the  onset  of  systole  is  a  major  factor  determining  the  presence  and  severity 
of  left  ventricular  outflow  obstruction  in  patients  with  asj^mmetric  septal 
hypertrophy.   This  finding  is  compatible  with  the  concept  that  the  hypertrophied 
septum  results  in  forward  tethering  of  the  anterior  mitral  leaflet  during 
isometric  systole;  the  narrowed  outflow  tract  results  in  a  high  velocity  jet 
during  early  systolic  ejection  which,  via  a  Venturi  effect,  causes  the  mitral 
leaflet  to  move  even  further  forward  resulting  in  LV  outflow  obstruction. 

1  55 


Serial  No.   NHLI-19(c) 


PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 
Honors  and  Awards :   None 
Publications:   None 


3/ 


Serial  No„     NHLI-20 


1,     Cardiology 

2„      Clinical  Physiology 

3.      Bethesda,  Md . 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  A  Video  Scanner -Ana  log  Computer  System  for  the  Analy-sis  of 
Routine  Echocardiograms 

Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L,  Henry,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:  James  Griffith,  M,S.E»E, 

Cooperating  Units:  Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineering  Section 

Biomedical  Engineering  and  Instrumentation  Branch 
Division  of  Research  Service 

Project  Description:  A  major  reason  for  the  expanding  use  of  echocardiography 
(ECHO)  in  cardiac  diagnosis  is  that  rapidly  moving  cardiac  structures  can  be 
visualized  with  ease  and  safety.  Typically,  ECHO  studies  have  been  limited  to 
qualitative  observations  because  detailed  quantitative  measurements  of  cardiac 
structure  motion  have  been  possible  only  through  laborious  and  time-consuming 
manual  information  processing.  Therefore,  we  developed  a  video  scanner-analog 
computer  system  that  greatly  simplifies  ECHO  analysis.  Up  to  8  non-overlapping 
cardiac  structures  first  are  traced  manually  from  routine  ECHO's  onto  trans- 
parent paper.  This  traced  record  then  is  converted  by  a  television  (TV) 
camera  into  a  TV  picture  consisting  of  524  video  lines.  These  video  lines 
are  processed  sequentially  by  8  individual  signal  detectors,  each  generating 
a  digital  value  proportional  to  the  distance  of  each  traced  signal  from  the 
beginning  to  the  video  line.  The  digital  data  is  converted  to  analog  form, 
processed  using  analog  computer  techniques,  and  recorded  on  a  strip  chart. 
Using  this  system,  we  analyzed  20  routine  ECHO's  and  compared  the  results  with 
manual  analysis.  Mean  velocity  of  circumferential  fiber  shortening  (VCF) , 
maximum  VCF,  instantaneous  transverse  LV  dimension  (TLVD) ,  instantaneous 
estimated  LV  volume  ([TLVlfl  )  and  the  derivative  of  mitral  valve  motion  were 
all  accurately  obtained  (i>0.95).   In  addition,  other  physiological  data  recor- 
ded on  the  ECHO  record,  such  as  EKG  and  pressures,  may  also  be  analyzed  in 
conjunction  with  cardiac  structure  motion  (allowing,  for  instance,  the 
construction  of  force -velocity  curves).  The  use  of  this  system  to  analyze  in 
detail  the  motion  of  a  variety  of  individual  and  paired  cardiac  structures 
allows  important  cardiac  diagnostic  information  to  be  obtained  easily  from 
routine  echocardiograms. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  The  developmental  work  is  completed.  The  system  now 
is  being  used  routinely. 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications:  None 


5r 


Serial  No,     NHLI-21(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical   Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,   Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project   Report 
July   1,    1972   through  June   30,    1973 

Project   Title:      Long-Terra  Effects   of  Operation   on  Obstruction  and  LV 
Hypertrophy   in   IHSS 

Principal  Investigator:      Walter  L.   Henry,   M.D, 

Other  Investigators:      Stephen  E.   Epstein,  MoD, 
Chester  E.   Clark,  M„D. 
Edward  B.   Stinson,  M.Do 
Andrew  G„  Morrow,   MoD„ 

Cooperating  Units:      Clinic   of   Surgery,   NHLI 

Project  Description:      Surgical  myectomy   for   IHSS   results   in   symptomatic 
improvement  and   loss   of  LV   outflow  obstruction.     To  determine    the  mechanism 
by  which  the   obstruction  disappears,   and   the   long-term  effects  of   operation, 
we   used  echocardiography  to  measure   mitral  valve   postion,   mitral  valve 
systolic  motion,   and    left  ventricular   free   wall   thickness    in  2   groups   of 
patients  with   IHSS:    13   patients  who  had  myectomy  performed   2   to   11  years 
(mean  6.5  years)    previously,    and   27   nonoperated   patients.      Preoperative 
hemodynamic   data   were    comparable    in  both   groups.     The   prominent    forward 
mitral  valve  motion   in  raidsystole,    indicative   of   obstruction,    was   present   in 
each  nonoperated  and  absent    in  each   operated   patient.     Mitral  valve   position 
at   onset   of   systole  was  determined  by   calculating   the    ratio   of  mitral  valve- 
posterior   left  ventricular  wall  distance   to   septal-mitral  valve   distance.      In 
normals,    the  mitral  valve   is  positioned  near  the   posterior   left  ventricular 
wall    (ratio  0.28+.01),     While   the  mitral  valve   is  anteriorly  positioned   in 
both   IHSS  groups   it    is  more   anterior   in  nonoperated   patients    (ratio   1.04  + 
106)    than   in  operated  patients    (ratio    .66+,04,   p    .01).      Intraoperative   studies 
in  6  patients  revealed   the  mitral  valve   to  assume  a  more   posterior  position 
immediately  after  myectomy;    this   coincided  with  disappearance   of   the  midsys- 
tolic   forward  mitral  valve  movement.      Left  ventricular   free  wall   thickness 
was   13.2+.05  mm  in   the  nonoperated  patients    (normal   9.4+. 02),   and   11, 5+. 04  mm 
in   the   operated    (p    .05).     We   conclude   the  mitral  valve   is   tethered   forward   in 
IHSS.      Septal  myectomy   relieves   this   tethering  and   thereby  abolishes    the  mid- 
systolic   forward  mitral  valve  motion  and  hence    left  ventricular   outflow  ob- 
struction.    Abnormal  mitral  valve   position  and  motion  did  not  recur  postop- 
eratively during   long-term   followup.     Finally,    left  ventricular   free  wall 
thickening  appears   to   regress  postoperatively. 


26 


Serial  No.     NHTJ-22(c> 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July   1,    1972   through  June   30,    1973 

Project  Title:     Distribution  of  the   Cardiomyopathy   in   IHSS 
Previous   Serial  Number:     NHLI-130(c) 
Principal   Investigator:     Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:      Chester  E.   Clark,  MoD. 

Stephen  E,  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:      Although   symptoms   in  patients  with  IHSS  are   usually  re- 
lated  to   left  ventricular    (LV)   outflow  obstruction  caused  by  a   disproportion- 
ately hypertrophied  ventricular  septum,    IHSS  is  believed  to  be  a   diffuse   car- 
diomyopathy involving  the  entire  LV.     The   fact   that   several  patients   in  whom 
LV  outflow  obstruction   spontaneously  disappeared  have   died  as  a   result   of 
severe   diffuse   congestive  heart   failure   supports   such  a  view.     Based  on  the 
concept   that  IHSS   is  a   diffuse   cardiomyopathy  it  has  been   suggested   that   sur- 
gical intervention   is  not  justified   since   the   diffuse  myocardial  deterioration 
will  presumably  continue  and  eventually  result   in  congestive  heart   failure 
despite   the   surgically-induced  abolition   of  the  LV  outflow  gradient.     This 
view  of  operative   therapy  is  reasonable   if  the  hypothesis   regarding  the 
diffuse  nature   of  IHSS  is   correct.     However,    long-term  postoperative   follow-up 
of  over  65  patients  at   the   NIH  suggests   that   the  marked   symptomatic   improvement 
occurring   shortly  after   surgery   in  almost  all  patients  has  been  maintained   for 
many  years. 

To  determine  whether  IHSS  is  a  diffuse   cardiomyopathy  or  is   localized  to  the 
interventricular   septum,   we  are  measuring  LV  posterior  wall  thickness   in 
sjmiptomatic   IHSS  patients,  asj^mptomatic   family  members  and   long-term  post- 
operative  IHSS  patients.     This   study  has  become   feasible   since   the    technique 
of  echocardiography  enables   septal  and  LV  posterior  wall  thickness   to  be 
measured  non-invasively  as   often  as   is  necessary.     Our  working  hypothesis   is 
that   if  the  disease   is  not  a   diffuse  and  progressive   cardiomyopathy,   the  mean 
LV  posterior  wall  thickness  would  be  normal  both  early  in  the   course   of  the 
disease   before   LV  outflow  obstruction  develops    (for  example   in  patients  who  have 
echo  evidence   of   septal  hypertrophy  but  no  other  manifestations   of  IHSS)   and   in 
IHSS  patients  who  have  had  relief  of  the   obstruction  by  surgery.     While   our 
data  are   still  preliminary,    several   trends  are   emerging.     Thus   far,  mean 
posterior  LV  wall  thickness   in   sjraiptomatic   patients  with  IHSS  is   greater  than 
normals  and  essentially  equal  to  mean  posterior  LV  wall  thickness   in  patients 
with  other   forms  of  LV  outflow   obstruction.      In  contrast,   LV  posterior  wall 
thickness   in  16   long-term  postoperative   IHSS  patients  are  all  within  the   range 
of  normal.      In  addition,   we  have   identified   several  asymptomatic   family  members 
of  IHSS  patients   in  whom  the   interventricular   septum  is  hypertrophied;   unlike 

1  37 


NHLI-22(c) 
the   symptomatic   propositi,   however,    the   LV  posterior  wall   is  normal.  Moreover, 
mitral  valve  echocardiograms  are  normal   in   these   subjects,    suggesting   that   LV 
outflow  obstruction   is  not   present. 

These   preliminary  observations  are   consistent  with  the  hypothesis   that   the 
basic  abnormality   in   IHSS   is  not  a   diffuse   and   progressive   cardiomyopathy. 
Rather,    it  would  appear   that   the    specific   pathologic    process   of   IHSS  may  be 
limited   to   the    septum  and   that  non-specific   hypertrophy   of  the    remainder  of 
the   LV   occurs   only  after  LV  outflow  obstruction  has   developed.      If   this 
hypothesis   is   correct,    it  would  have   important   implications   regarding  both   the 
basic   pathophysiology  of   IHSS  and   its   surgical   therapy. 

Proposed  Course   of  Project:      Several  complete   families   of  patients  with   IHSS 
will  be   studied  as  well  as   those   postoperative   IHSS  patients  who  have   survived 
5  years   or   longer.      In  addition,   arrangements  have   been  made    to  correlate    pre- 
operative and   intraoperative  echocardiographic   studies  with  electron-microscopic 
studies  performed   on   septal  and   free  wall  biopsies. 

Honors  and  Awards:      None 

Publications:  None 


38 


Serial  No.     NHLI-23(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 
'3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Non-Invasive  Determination  of  the  Pressure  Gradient  in 

Patients  with  Idiopathic  Hypertrophic  Subaortic  Stenosis 
Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-149(c) 
Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:  Chester  Clark,  M.D. 
D,  Luke  Clancy,  M,D, 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M,D, 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:  The  variable  obstruction  to  left  ventricular  outflow  in 
idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis  is  thought  to  be  caused  by  an 
abnormal  forward  movement  of  the  anterior  mitral  valve  leaflet  during  ventricu- 
lar systole  resulting  in  narrowing  of  the  aortic  outflow  tract  between  the 
anterior  mitral  valve  leaflet  and  the  asymmetrically  hypertrophied  interven- 
tricular septum.  This  abnormal  leaflet  motion  has  been  demonstrated  angio- 
graphically  and  subsequently  confirmed  by  echocardiography.  The  latter 
technique  is  particularly  useful  since  it  allows  a  beat-by-beat  recording  of 
both  the  anterior  mitral  leaflet  motion  and  the  mitral  valve -septal  distance. 
The  abnormal  systolic  mitral  valve  motion  has  been  described  previously  as 
only  being  seen  when  an  LV  outflow  gradient  is  present  and  disappearing  when 
the  gradient  is  absent. 

These  echo  observations  were  made  on  the  day  prior  to  cardiac  catheterization 
and  are  difficult  to  interpret  in  view  of  both  the  highly  variable  nature  of 
the  LV  outflow  obstruction  and  some  of  our  own  angiograms  that  show  the  leaflet 
abnormality  in  patients  without  a  resting  LV  outflow  pressure  gradient.  More 
importantly,  no  studies  have  been  published  correlating  mitral  valve-septal 
distance  with  the  degree  of  LV  outflow  obstruction  in  quantitative  terms. 

In  order  to  determine  whether  the  mitral  leaflet  motion  or  the  mitral  valve- 
septal  distance  can  be  used  as  a  non -invasive  assessment  of  the  degree  of  LV 
outflow  obstruction,  echocardiograms  were  obtained  in  patients  with  idiopathic 
hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis  during  diagnostic  cardiac  catheterization^ 
Anterior  mitral  leaflet  motion  and  the  mitral  valve-septal  distances  were 
measured  by  echocardiography  and  compared  with  simultaneously  recorded  LV 
outflow  pressure  gradients  under  a  variety  of  conditions.  Using  data  obtained 
from  56  individual  cardiac  cycles  in  ten  patients  with  variable  pressure 
gradients,  it  has  been  possible  to  compute  an  obstruction  index  which  incor- 
porates the  degree  of  narrowing  of  the  septal -mitral  valve  distance  as  well 
as  the  duration  that  this  narrowing  occurs.  This  index  was  plotted  against  the 


39 


NHLI-23(c) 
simultaneously  determined  LV   outflow  pressure   gradients   over  a   range   of 
pressure   gradients  between   0  and   160;    the   oDrrelation  coefficient  was   0.97 
(P    .001).     This  non-invasive    technique    provides   us  with  a   powerful   tool   to 
determine   the  natural  history   of   idiopathic  hypertrophic   subaortic   stenosis 
as  well  as   the   acute   and   long-term  effects   of  pharmacologic   and   surgical 
interventions. 

Proposed   Course   of  Project:      Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:      None 

Publications:     Article    to  be   published   in  a    periodical:   NEW  ENGLAND  JOURNAL 
OF  MEDICINE. 


Vfe» 


Serial  No.  NHLI-24(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Echocardiographic  Diagnosis  of  IHSS  by  Detection  of 
Asynnnetric  Septal  Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-132(c) 

Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 

Joyce  McKay,  B.S. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   IHSS  is  a  disease  characterized  by  variable  subaortic 
obstruction  to  left  ventricular  outflow  that  in  most  patients  can  be  diagnosed 
at  the  bedside  by  characteristic  physical  findings.   In  other  patients,  par- 
ticularly those  without  resting  pressure  gradients,  the  physical,  electrocar- 
diographic, and  roentgenographic  findings  may  be  unimpressive  and  the  diagnosis 
difficult  unless  cardiac  catheterization  is  performed.  Recently  we  have  found 
that  echocardiography,  a  noninvasive  technique,  can  be  used  to  measure  septal 
and  LV  posterior  free-wall  thickness.   The  present  study  was  undertaken  to 
determine  if  echocardiography  could  be  used  to  detect  asj^mmetric  septal  hyper- 
trophy, a  finding  that  at  postmortem  examination  has  been  shown  to  be  a  sensi- 
tive and  specific  abnormality  in  patients  with  IHSS.  Up  to  the  present  time, 
12  normals,  14  patients  with  LV  outflow  obstruction  (exclusive  of  patients 
with  IHSS) ,  and  62  patients  with  a  wide  variety  of  cardiac  abnormalities  have 
been  studied.   In  these  patients  the  mean  septal-posterior  free  wall  ratio  was 
1.06  with  only  one  of  88  patients  having  a  ratio  greater  than  1.3.   In  contrast, 
11  patients  with  catheterization-documented  IHSS  had  a  mean  septal-posterior 
free  wall  ratio  of  1.6;  every  patient  had  a  value  exceeding  1.3.   In  some 
patients,  the  septal-free  wall  ratio  was  the  only  evidence  of  IHSS  short  of 
catheterization.   The  ratio  has  been  found  to  be  abnormal  even  in  patients  who 
at  catheterization  have  no  resting  gradient.   Thus,  this  ratio  is  a  sensitive 
and  specific  method  for  noninvasively  diagnosing  IHSS  and  is  well  suited  for 
both  family  screening  studies  and  followup  studies  of  affected  individuals. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   ARTICLE  PUBLISHED  IN  A  PERIODICAL 

Henry,  W.L.,  Clark,  C.E.  and  Epstein,  S.E.:   Asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy. 
Echocardiographic  identification  of  the  pathognomonic  anatomic  abnormality 
of  IHSS.   Circulation  47:  225-233,  1973. 

1  ^/ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-25(c) 

1,  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical   Physiology 
3o      Bethesda,   Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Clinical  Characteristics  of  Obstructive  and  Nonobstructive 
Asyranietric  Septal  Hypertrophy 

Principal  Investigator:   Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:  Chester  E.  Clark,  M„D, 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  MoD. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   Since  the  early  descriptions  of  IHSS,  patients  have  been 
described  with  features  suggestive  of  the  disease  but  in  whom  no  resting  or 
provocable  left  ventricular  outflow  obstruction  could  be  demonstrated.   These 
findings  have  been  interpreted  as  indicating  that  IHSS  is  only  one  manifesta- 
tion of  a  disease  spectrum,  i.e.,  hypertrophic  cardiomyopathy  in  which 
obstruction  may  or  may  not  occur.   Recently  we  have  confirmed  this  hypothesis 
by  using  echocardiography  to  identify  a  specific  anatomic  abnormality,  the 
presence  of  which  is  independent  of  outflow  obstruction.   Asymmetric  septal 
hypertrophy  (ASH),  characterized  by  a  ventricular  septum  at  least  1,3  times  as 
thick  as  the  posterior-basal  left  ventricular  free  wall,  was  found  in  all 
patients  vh  ose  disorder  falls  within  the  IHSS  disease  spectrum.   One  hundred 
patients  with  ASH  were  examined.   Analysis  of  multiple  clinical  parameters 
failed  to  distinguish  the  nonobstructive  ASH  patients  from  the  obstructive 
group  with  two  exceptions:  in  nonobstructive  ASH  the  murmur  was  softer  with 
little  variation  following  provocative  maneuvers  and  a  bisferious  carotid 
pulse  was  absent.  Angina  and  syncope,  symptoms  usually  considered  character- 
istic of  obstruction,  were  also  common  in  patients  without  obstruction.   We 
conclude  1)  obstructive  and  nonobstructive  ASH  patients  cannot  be  distinguished 
symptoraatically,  2)  the  absence  of  typical  physical  findings  makes  the  clinical 
diagnosis  of  nonobstructive  ASH  difficult,  and  3)  echocardiography  is  the 
simplest  and  most  reliable  means  of  establishing  the  diagnosis  in  patients  with 
ASH. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 
Honors  and  Awards:  None 
Publications:  None 


^^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-26(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  A  Real  Time  System  for  Two-Dimensional  Echocardiography 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:  Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     James  Griffith,  M.S.E.E. 

Cooperating  Units:   Electrical  and  Electronic  Engineering  Section 

Biomedical  Engineering  and  Instrumentation  Branch,  DRS 

Project  Description:   During  the  past  several  years  one-dimensional  echo- 
cardiography has  proven  to  be  a  useful  tool  in  cardiac  diagnosis.   Two- 
dimensional  echocardiography  promises  to  be  even  more  useful,  particularly  in 
patients  with  congenital  heart  disease. 

A  system  has  been  developed  for  obtaining  real  time,  two-dimensional  echo- 
grams using  a  hand  held  instrument  that  rapidly  scans  a  thirty  degree  sector 
from  a  fixed  spot  on  the  patient's  chest.   This  design  was  used  because  in 
many  individuals,  satisfactory  ultrasound  signals  only  can  be  obtained  from  a 
limited  window  located  between  ribs,  lateral  to  the  sternum  and  medial  to  the 
lungs.   In  addition  the  system  is  rather  small  and  thus  an  operator  easily  can 
alter  its  orientation  until  the  desired  cardiac  structures  are  seen  on  the 
display. 

The  scanning  device  uses  the  same  pulsed-echo  transducer  and  signal  proces- 
sing techniques  used  for  one-dimensional  systems.  A  sector  is  scanned  by 
tilting  the  transducer  back  and  forth  with  a  crank  and  lever  system  powered  by 
a  small  DC  motor.   Tachometer  feedback  controls  motor  speed  so  that  frame  rate 
does  not  change  appreciably  with  variation  in  pressure  between  the  transducer 
and  patient.   To  monitor  transducer  angle,  a  rotary  variable  differential 
transformer  (RVDT)  is  also  attached  to  the  motor  through  a  level  system  iden- 
tical to  the  one  driving  the  transducer.   Because  of  the  scanner's  design,  the 
transducer  can  be  pressed  directly  against  the  patient's  chest,  using  a  layer 
of  acoustic  coupling  gel  to  ensure  good  ultrasonic  coupling. 

The  echos  received  from  the  scanned  sector  are  displayed  on  a  CRT  screen. 
This  display  is  produced  by  electronically  synchronizing  the  transmitted  pulses 
and  the  transducer's  angular  position.   This  synchronization  allows  the  elec- 
tron beam  in  the  display  system  to  scan  the  CRT  in  such  a  way  that  its  position 
is  always  proportional  to  the  position  from  which  the  echos  are  being  received. 
Thus,  the  scan  is  displayed  on  the  CRT  screen  in  real  time.   A  television  camera 


^s 


Serial  No.   NHTJ-26fc) 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

(focused  on  the  display  CRT)  and  a  video  tape  are  used  to  record  the  data. 
This  recording  system  allows  visualization  of  individual  cardiac  structures, 
including  fast  moving  structures  like  the  mitral  valve.  Another  important 
strength  of  the  video  system  is  that  data  are  available  for  instant  replay  and 
analysis. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continued  design  improvement  may  require  6  months 
to  one  year.   During  this  time,  experience  in  diagnosing  a  variety  of  cardiac 
diseases  will  be  gained.   In  addition,  other  two-dimensional  systems  will  be 
evaluated. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


^^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-27(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  Operation  on  the  Cardiac  Response  to  Exercise  in 
Patients  with  IHSS 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   John  W.  Hirshfeld,  Jr. ,  M.D, 

Other  Investigators:     Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 

David  R,  Redwood,  M.D, 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   Operative  resection  of  a  portion  of  the  abnormally  and 
disproportionally  hypertrophied  ventricular  septum  in  patients  with  IHSS  abol- 
ishes left  ventricular  outflow  obstruction,  reduces  left  ventricular  end-dia- 
stolic  pressure,  and  uniformly  results  in  marked  symptomatic  improvement. 
However,  improved  hemodynamics  have  been  demonstrated  only  at  rest  in  the 
catheterization  laboratory,  and  the  conclusions  that  operation  improves  symp- 
toms are  based  on  historical  information,  a  notoriously  unreliable  means  of 
assessing  the  results  of  cardiac  surgeiy  ,   We  therefore  have  initiated  a  study 
to  characterize  the  circulatory  response  to  mild  and  intense  levels  of  exer- 
cise before  and  after  operation  as  well  as  to  determine  the  effects  of  opera- 
tion on  objectively  determined  exercise  capacity. 

Patients  with  catheterization  documented  IHSS,  who  because  of  severe  symp- 
toms are  referred  for  operation,  are  being  studied  preoperatively  in  the  exer- 
cise laboratory.   Cardiac  output,  oxygen  consumption,  and  pulmonary  and  system- 
ic arterial  pressures  are  determined  at  rest,  at  a  low  level  of  exercise,  and 
during  an  exhausting  level  of  treadmill  exercise.  At  another  time  the  patient's 
maximal  exercise  capacity  (measured  in  terms  of  total  body  oxygen  consumption) 
is  determined.   These  studies  will  be  repeated  six  months  after  operation.   At 
the  present  time  9  patients  have  been  studied  before  operation  and  are  await- 
ing postoperative  assessment. 

Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


Vi" 


Serial  No.      NHLI-28 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md . 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project   Report 
July   1,    1972    through  June    30,    1973 

Project  Title:      Reduction   in  Extent   of  Myocardial    Infarction  When   Nitro- 
glycerin and  Methoxamine   are  Administered  During  Coronary 
Occlusion 

Principal   Investigator:      John  H.   Hirshfeld,    Jr.,   M.D. 

Other   Investigators:     Jeffrey  S.   Borer,  M.D, 
Michael  Barrett,   M.D, 
Robert  E.   Goldstein,   M.D, 
Stephen  E.   Epstein,  M.D. 

Project  Description:      Nitroglycerin    (TNG)    reduces    ST   segment   elevation   in 
dogs   during   15  minutes   of  coronary   occlusion.     Moreover,   when   the   TNG-induced 
fall   in  blood   pressure    (BP)    is  abolished   by   simultaneous  administration   of 
methoxamine,   a    further  decrease    in   ST   elevation  ensues.      The   present    study 
examined   the   effects   of  TNG  and  methoxamine    on   the   development    of  myocardial 
infarction  after   5  hours   of  coronary   occlusion   in   30  closed-chest    sedated 
dogs.     Acute   coronary   occlusion  was   produced   by   inflating  a    cuff  previously 
implanted  around    the   LAD  coronary  artery.     After   10  minutes   of   ischemia    (the 
intensity  of  which  was  estimated  by  measuring   ST   segment   elevation   recorded 
by   intramyocardial  electrodes),    dogs  were   randomized    into  control  and    treated 
groups.     Treated   dogs   received   iv  TNG  during   the    remainder   of   the    5  hour 
occlusion.      BP  was  maintained  at   preinfusion   levels  with   iv  methoxamine.    Six 
control  dogs  died  and  each   of   the    10   survivors  developed   grossly  visible 
extensive    transmural   infarction.      In   contrast,    only   3   treated   dogs   died  and 
10  of   the    12    survivors  had  minimal   or  no  visual  evidence   of   infarction.   This 
marked  reduction   in   the    severity  of   the    ischemic    insult   was  more    quantitative- 
ly documented   in   survivors   24  hrs  after   infarction  by  measurement    of   creatine 
phosphokinase    (CPK)    content    of  myocardium   subjacent    to  each  electrode.      In 
controls,   a    significant   reduction    (p^,05)    in  CPK  occurred  at   48   of    57   elec- 
trode   sites  where    ST  elevation  was    observed  after    10  minutes   of   occlusion. 
Only   19  of   69  such   sites    showed    significant  CPK  reduction   in   the    treated   dogs 
(p^.OOl)  .     Each  control   dog  had  multiple    sites  where   CPK  was  ^407,  of  CPK  in 
nonischemic   areas,   but    only   2    treated  dogs  displayed    such  CPK   loss.      Three 
treated  dogs  manifested   no  CPK  reduction.      Thus,   administration   of  TNG,   with 
support  of  BP  by  methoxamine,   markedly  reduces    the   extent   and    severity   of    in- 
farction occurring  after   5  hours  of  coronary  occlusion. 

Proposed  Course    of  Project:   Project   completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:     None 


^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-29(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Preoperative  Predictors  of  the  Long-Term  Results  of  Valve  Re- 
placement in  Patients  with  Aortic  Regurgitation. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   John  Hirshfeld,  Jr.,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:     Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

D.  Luke  Clancy,  M.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   The  long  term  results  of  aortic  valve  replacement  in  all 
patients  operated  upon  at  the  NIH  for  pure  aortic  regurgitation  have  been  re- 
viewed.  Of  the  89  patients  in  the  series,  50%  died  within  four  years  of  oper- 
ation:  there  were  14  operative  and  31  late  deaths.   These  results  are  disap- 
pointing and  suggest  that  earlier  operation  might  be  advisable  in  some  patients. 
We  therefore  extended  our  studies  to  determine  whether  preoperative  prognostic 
indices  could  be  developed  to  identify  those  patients  who  were  entering  into 
a  subgroup  that  would  be  at  particular  high  risk  following  operation. 

Survival  curves  for  patients  with  different  preoperative  clinical  and  hemo- 
dynamic parameters  were  constructed  and  compared.   Symptoms,  functional  class, 
heart  size,  or  cardiac  output  did  not  correlate  with  long  term  survival.   How- 
ever, several  powerful  prognostic  indices  were  identified.   1)  The  severity  of 
left  ventricular  (LV)  hypertrophy  was  graded  from  the  ECG  by  the  Estes  method. 
Sixty-five  percent  of  patients  with  a  point  score  of  6  or  less  were  living  at 
3  years;  this  contrasted  with  only  447o  of  patients  living  with  point  scores 
greater  than  6  (507o  were  dead  within  14  months) .   2)  Of  patients  whose  LV  end- 
diastolic  pressure  was  normal,  74%  were  alive  at  3  years;  however,  only  40%  of 
patients  whose  LVEDP  was  greater  than  20  mm  Hg  were  alive  at  3  years  (50%  were 
dead  within  20  months).   3)  Of  patients  with  a  normal  pulmonary  arterial  sys- 
tolic pressure  (PAP),  79%  were  alive  at  3  years;  in  contrast,  of  patients  with 
PAP  greater  than  40  mm  Hg,  only  39%  suirvived  3  years  (50%  were  dead  within  the 
first  6  months). 

These  data  indicate  that  subgroups  of  patients  with  aortic  regurgitation  can 
be  identified  preoperatively  who  will  have  markedly  different  prognoses  follow- 
ing aortic  valve  replacement.  If  similar  information  can  be  generated  to  de- 
fine survival  of  unoperated  patients,  it  might  be  possible  to  develop  more  sat- 
isfactory criteria  regarding  optimal  timing  of  operation  relative  to  the  course 
of  the  patient's  illness. 

1  V7 


Serial  No.   NHLI-29(c) 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications:   None 


Vg 


Serial  No.   NHLI-30(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Characterization  of  the  Cardiac  Response  to  Exercise  and 
Effects  of  Propranolol  in  Patients  with  Asymmetric  Septal 
Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   John  W.  Hirshfeld,  Jr.,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D, 
David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   The  cardiac  response  to  upright  exercise  in  patients  with 
asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH)  has  not  been  characterized.   In  addition, 
although  propranolol  is  used  for  the  symptomatic  treatment  of  many  patients 
with  this  disease,  it  recently  has  become  apparent  that  patients  present  with 
a  wide  hemodynamic  and  synq)tomatic  spectrum.   Thus,  left  ventricular  outflow 
obstruction  may  be  present  under  resting  conditions  (classic  IHSS),  it  may  ap- 
pear only  upon  provocation,  or  it  may  be  entirely  absent.  Moreover,  some  pa- 
tients have  angina  pectoris  as  a  limiting  symptom,  while  others  report  fatigue, 
shortness  of  breath,  or  presyncope.   The  present  study  was  undertaken  to  study 
the  circulatory  response  to  exercise  of  these  various  subgroups  and  to  deter- 
mine if  different  patterns  of  response  to  propranolol  exist. 

Cardiac  output,  oxygen  consumption,  and  pulmonary  arterial  pressures  are 
determined  at  rest,  at  a  low  level,  and  at  an  exhausting  level  of  treadmill 
exercise  before  and  after  propranolol.   In  a  separate  series  of  chronic 
studies,  maximal  exercise  capacity  (measured  as  maximal  total  body  oxygen 
consumption)  is  determined  and  the  effects  of  oral  propranolol  determined. 

Fourteeen  patients  have  been  studied  to  date;  9  had  LV  outflow  obstruction, 
5  did  not.   Propranolol  consistently  reduced  cardiac  output  during  exercise. 
The  drug  also  reduced  or  had  no  effect  on  maximal  exercise  capacity  of  all  pa- 
tients except  one.   This  patient  was  limited  by  severe  angina  pectoris  and  im- 
proved following  the  drug.   These  preliminary  data  indicate  that  relief  of  LV 
outflow  obstruction  produced  by  propranolol  does  not  result  in  an  improved 
cardiac  output  response  to  exercise.  Moreover,  they  suggest  that  propranolol 
may  improve  maximal  exercise  capacity  only  in  those  patients  who  have  severe 
angina  pectoris. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing. 

1  ^ 


Serial  No.   NHT  ,7-30^0') 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications:   None 


SO 


Serial  No.     NHLI-31 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Cholinergic  Innervation  of  the  Cardiac  Conduction  System: 
Autonomic  and  Functional  Correlations 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:     David  Jacobowitz,  Ph.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 
Theodore  Cooper,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Laboratory  of  Clinical  Science 

National  Institute  of  Mental  Health 

Project  Description:   Vagal  stimulation  increases  ventricular  fibrillation 
threshold  (VFT)  under  ischemic  and  nonischemic  conditions.   The  purpose  of  the 
present  study  was  to  localize  the  cholinergic  pathways  responsible  for  this 
important  stabilizing  effect.  VFT  was  defined  as  the  current  required  to  pro- 
duce VF  by  a  200  msec  pulse  delivered  to  the  ventricle  during  the  vulnerable 
period.   In  6  control  dogs,  vagal  stimulation  significantly  raised  VFT  from 
24  +  3  ma  to  88  +  8  (p  <  .03).   In  another  8  dogs,  vinblastine,  a  neurotoxic 
agent,  was  injected  into  the  para-aortic  area  adjacent  to  the  AV  node.   This 
area  contains  cholinergic  ganglia  that  supply  postganglionic  fibers  to  the 
ventricle.   Five  to  7  days  later,  vagal  stimulation  caused  atrial  slowing  but 
did  not  change  VFT.  Thus,  vagal  afferents  to  the  atrium  were  intact,  but 
those  to  the  ventricle,  responsible  for  increasing  electrical  stability,  were 
functionally  inoperative.   The  anatomic  correlate  of  this  electrophysiologic 
finding  was  obtained  by  sectioning  the  ventricular  septum  of  control  and  vin- 
blastine injected  dogs  and  staining  adjacent  sections  with  1)  pseudocholin- 
esterase,  to  localize  the  ventricular  conducting  system  and  2)  acetylcholin- 
esterase, to  identify  cholinergic  nerves.   In  control  dogs  many  Purkinje  fibers 
were  surrounded  by  cholinergic  nerves.   However,  few  of  these  cholinergic 
fibers  were  found  in  vinblastine  treated  dogs. 

Since  the  para-aortic  dissection  in  these  animals  also  caused  catechola- 
mine depletion  by  interrupting  ventricular  sympathetic  nerves,  another  group 
of  animals  was  studied.   Total  cardiac  sjrmpathectomy  was  performed  by  treat- 
ing the  animals  with  6-OH-dopamine  (20  mg/kg)  5  days  before  the  study.   Cate- 
cholamine depletion  raised  VFT  significantly  to  73  +  14  (p  <  .001).   However, 
vagal  stimulation  further  enhanced  electrical  stability  in  these  animals  by 
raising  VFT  to  108  +  21  ma.   In  a  single  animal  in  which  vinblastine  was 
injected  into  the  para-aortic  region  with  subsequent  cholinergic  denervation. 


r/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-31 


PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

vagal  stimulation  actually  lowered  the  VFT  from  40  ma  to  24  ma.   Analysis  of 
norepinephrine  content  in  the  ventricle  of  this  animal  revealed  that  normal 
catecholamine  stores  were  present  as  opposed  to  the  remainder  of  the  operated 
group.   The  lowering  of  VFT  by  vagal  stimulation  was  therefore  interpreted  as 
decreased  electrical  stability  of  the  heart  mediated  by  intact  sympathetic 
nerves  and  absent  cholinergic  fibers. 

We  conclude  that  1)  stimulation  of  the  vagus  nerve  decreases  vulnerability 
of  the  ventricle  to  fibrillation,  2)  this  action  is  mediated  by  a  rich  net- 
-work  of  cholinergic  nerves  intimately  related  to  Purkinje  fibers  in  the  ven- 
tricular septum,  and  3)  this  effect  is  independent  of  intact  catecholamine 
stores  which  in  fact  appear  to  have  opposite  effects. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   None 


.52- 


Serial  No.       NHLI-32 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 
3#   Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Electrical  Stability  of  Acutely  Ischemic  Myocardium; 
Independent  Influences  of  Heart  Rate  and  Vagal  Tone, 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-138 

Principal  Investigator:   Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Eldon  R.  Smith,  M.D. 

David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Previous  investigations  have  shown  that  a  slower  heart 
rate  (HR)  and  myocardial  ischemia  independently  diminish  the  electrical 
stability  of  the  heart.   It  therefore  was  suggested  that  increasing  heart  rate 
during  myocardial  infarction  might  diminish  the  incidence  of  serious  ventricular 
arrhythmias.   However,  since  increased  HR  during  experimental  acute  myocardial 
ischemia  augments  the  degree  of  ischemia,  an  evaluation  of  the  presumed 
"protective"  effects  of  increased  HR  on  the  electrical  stability  of  acutely 
ischemic  myocardium  was  undertaken.  The  differences  in  refractory  periods  (RP) 
of  eight  contiguous  areas  of  the  left  ventricle  were  determined  as  a  function 
of  HR,   In  non- ischemic  myocardium,  the  disparity  of  RP  was  less  at  a  HR  of 
180  than  60,   However,  in  ischemic  myocardium  the  disparity  increased  in  three 
of  six  animals  as  the  HR  was  increased  from  60  to  90,  in  seven  of  ten  animals 
as  HR  was  increased  from  60  to  120,  and  in  all  animals  when  the  HR  was  increased 
from  60  to  180,   The  increased  disparity  of  RP  is  believed  to  favor  development 
of  re-entrant  arrhythmia.  The  vulnerability  of  the  heart  to  develop  ventricular 
fibrillation  was  assessed  by  determining  ventricular  fibrillation  threshold 
(VFT).   During  ischemia,  VFT  was  not  only  an  inverse  function  of  HR  but  also 
was  found  to  be  independently  influenced  by  electrical  stimulation  of  the 
cervical  vagus  nerves.   In  the  absence  of  vagal  stimulation  VFT  was  lowered 
in  only  one  of  four  dogs  as  HR  was  increased  from  50  to  90,  but  decreased 
30%  (P<0.01)  as  HR  reached  120  and  74%  at  180  beats/min.   When  vagal 
stimulation  was  used  to  control  HR  VFT  was  lowered  37%  as  HR  was  increased 
from  50-60  to  90  (P<0.05).   We  conclude  that  increasing  HR  within  a 
physiologic  range  by  diminishing  vagal  tone  during  myocardial  ischemia  decreases 
electrical  stability  of  the  ventricle  by  1)  increasing  ischemia  consequent  to 
the  rate  induced  increase  in  myocardial  oxygen  requirements,  and  2)  a  direct 
electrophysiologic  action  of  the  vagus  on  the  ventricular  myocardium. 


S3 


Serial  No.       NHLI-32 


!•  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   ARTICLE  PUBLISHED  IN  A  PERIODICAL 

Kent,  Kenneth  M.,  Smith,  Eldon  R.,  Redwood,  David  R.,  and  Epstein, 
Stephen  E. :   Electrical  stability  of  acutely  ischemic  myocardium: 
Independent  influences  of  heart  rate  and  vagal  tone.   Circulation  47; 
291-298,  1973. 


SV 


Serial  No.        NHLI-33 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Electrical  Stability  of  Acutely  Ischemic  Myocardial 
Effects  of  Nitroglycerin 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:  Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Eldon  R.  Smith,  M.D, 

David  R.  Redwood,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D, 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Nitroglycerin  (TNG)  is  effective  in  reducing  the  size  of 
ischemic  injury  following  experimental  coronary  occlusion.   In  this  study  the 
effects  of  TNG  on  the  electrical  stability  of  acutely  ischemic  myocardium  was 
assessed.   Ventricular  fibrillation  (VF)  was  produced  in  5  open-chest  dogs  by 
delivering  a  200  msec  train  of  pulses  to  the  left  ventricle  during  the  vulner- 
able period.  Voltage  was  increased  until  VF  occurred,  VF  threshold  (VFT)  was 
defined  as  the  current  in  milliamps  (ma)  required  to  produce  VF.   Acute  myo- 
cardial ischemia  (AMI)  was  produced  by  occlusion  of  the  LAD  coronary  artery. 
Heart  rate  was  kept  constant  at  120/min  by  destruction  of  the  A-V  node  and 
ventricular  pacing.   VFT  was  measured  during  1)  nonischemia,  2)  ischemia,  3) 
ischemia  plus  nitroglycerin,  and  4)  ischemia  plus  nitroglycerin  and  simultane- 
ous infusion  of  phenylephrine  to  restore  mean  systemic  arterial  pressure  (SAP) 
to  control  levels.   Interventions  were  randomized.   In  the  absence  of  ischemia 
VFT  was  77+5  ma,  a  value  unaffected  by  either  TNG  or  phenylephrine.   Follow- 
ing 6  min  of  AMI,  VFT  was  reduced  to  30  +  6  ma  (p  <  .01).  When  TNG  was  infused 
at  200  |j,g/min  (causing  a  mean  decrease  in  SAP  of  26%),  VFT  after  6  min  of  AMI 
increased  from  30  +  6  to  55  +  3  ma  (p  <  .005),   Restoration  of  SAP  during  TNG 
infusion  by  phenylephrine  raised  VFT  further  to  75  +  6  ma,  a  value  identical 
to  that  present  in  the  absence  of  ischemia.  We  conclude  that  TNG  enhances 
electrical  stability  of  the  heart  during  experimental  AMI,  an  effect  probably 
related  to  reduction  of  ischemic  injury.  Since  VFT  increases  even  further  after 
SAP  is  restored  to  control  levels,  it  is  clear  that  this  beneficial  electrophys- 
iologic effect  is  caused  by  some  action  of  TNG  other  than  reduction  in  myocar- 
dial O2  consumption  mediated  by  decreased  afterload. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   Manuscript  in  preparation. 

1  ST' 


Serial  No.     NHLI-34 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Role  of  Prostaglandins  in  the  Control  of  Coronary  Vascular 
Tone 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Kenneth  M.  Kent,  Ph.D. ,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D. ,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:       Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   The  prostaglandins  are  a  ubiquitous  group  of  vasoactive 
agents  that  have  been  shown  to  be  physiologic  regulators  of  blood  flow  in  the 
kidney  and  adipose  tissue.   The  purpose  of  the  present  study  was  to  assess  the 
role  of  the  prostaglandins  in  the  regulation  of  coronary  blood  flow. 

Coronary  blood  flow  was  measured  in  anesthetized  open-chest  intact  dogs  and 
isolated  canine  heart  lung  preparations  by  direct  cannulation  of  the  left  main 
coronary  artery  (Gregg  cannula).   The  coronary  cannula  was  perfused  with  ar- 
terial blood  and  flow  was  measured  with  an  electromagnetic  flow  probe  in  the 
extracorporeal  circuit.   Prostaglandin  activity  was  estimated  in  coronary  sinus 
blood  by  ethyl  acetate  extraction,  separation  of  the  prostaglandins  on  a  silic- 
ic acid  column  and  conversion  of  prostaglandin  E2  to  B. 

Coronary  blood  flow  regulation  was  assessed  by  the  magnitude  of  the  hyper- 
emic  response  to  ischemia  and  hypoxia.   Excess  coronary  flow  following  ische- 
mia (reactive  hyperemia)  was  computed  by  electronic  integration  of  the  area 
under  the  coronary  flow  curve  after  occlusions  of  the  left  main  coronary  artery 
which  lasted  10,  15  and  20  seconds.   The  integral  of  the  flow  curve,  above  base- 
line flow,  following  occlusion  was  proportioned  to  the  length  of  the  occlusion: 
10  sec  occlusion  =  27  +  8  ml ;  15  sec  =  49  +  14  ml ;  20  sec  =62+18  ml.   Pros- 
taglandin synthesis  was  then  blocked  by  intracoronary  indomethacin,  10  ^xg/ml 
(concentration  sufficient  for  907.,  inhibition  of  prostaglandin  synthetase). 
After  indomethacin  the  reactive  hyperemia  was  significantly  decreased  (10  sec 
occlusion  =13+7  ml,  15  sec  =31+7  ml,  20  sec  =  31  +  ml;  p  <  0.025  for  all 
three  groups).   Likewise  the  coronary  vasodilator  response  to  hypoxia  was  sig- 
nificantly impaired.   Preliminary  studies  with  meclofenamate  10  |i,g/ml,  another 
prostaglandin  synthetase  blocking  agent,  have  demonstrated  similar  effects  on 
coronary  vasodilation  induced  by  ischemia  and  hypoxia. 

To  rule  out  the  possibility  that  the  decrease  in  hyperemia  responses  was 
due  to  nonspecific  actions  of  the  drugs,  the  coronary  vascular  reactivity  to 

1  Si 


Serial  No.       NHLI-34 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

two  vasodilator  agents  was  determined  before  and  after  indomethacin  and  meclo- 
fenamate.   The  dose  response  curves  to  adenosine  and  exogenous  prostaglandin 
E2  were  unchanged  after  indomethacin  and  meclofenamate. 

To  determine  whether  the  decrease  in  myocardial  flow  in  response  to  ische- 
mia or  hypoxia  was  due  to^a  drug  induced  decrease  in  metabolic  rate  and  myo- 
cardial O2  consumption  (MVO2) ,MV02  was  measured  after  intracoronary  adminis- 
tration of  indomethacin  and  meclofenamate.   Neither  drug  changed  MVO2  i^i  two 
experiments  in  intact  dogs. 

In  preliminary  experiments  ischemia  and  hypoxia  both  led  to  a  release  of 
a  prostaglandin -like  substance  (a  conversion  product  of  PGE2)  from  the  heart. 
This  response  was  absent  after  infusion  of  indomethacin  or  meclofenamate. 
These  results  suggest  that  the  coronary  vasodilation  response  to  ischemia  and 
hypoxemia  is  dependent  on  intact  prostaglandin  synthesis. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


S7 


Serial  No.      NHLI-35 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical   Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Physiological  and  Biochemical  Characteristics  of  a  New  Group 
of  Inotropic  Agents:   Analogues  of  Angiotensin  II. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-137 

Principal  Investigator:   Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D. ,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Theodore  Goodfriend,  M.D. 

Theodore  Cooper,  M.D. ,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:       Department  of  Pharmacology 

University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wisconsin 

Project  Description:   Angiotensin  II  and  analogues  of  this  compound  are  potent 
inotropic  agents  which  have  the  unique  property  of  increasing  contractility  of 
hypoxic  myocardium  without  subsequent  deterioration  of  muscle  function  as  found 
when  either  norepinephrine  or  ouabain  are  administered  under  hypoxic  condi- 
tions.  The  lack  of  contractile  deterioration  may  be  due  to  the  mitochondrial 
effects  of  the  angiotensins,  which  include  increasing  the  rate  of  phosphoryla- 
tion, increasing  respiratory  control,  and  increasing  resistance  to  "aging." 

The  above  studies  were  performed  in  isolated  myocardium  perfused  with  a 
modified  Krebs  solution.   To  test  the  effectiveness  of  these  compounds  in  in- 
tact blood  perfused  hearts,  a  blood  perfused  canine  heart-lung  preparation  was 
developed.   Unfortunately,  in  this  preparation,  the  cardioactive  analogues  of 
angiotensin  II  are  virtually  inactive.   The  inef fectivenss  is  probably  due  to 
either  the  large  amount  of  circulating  renin  in  this  preparation  with  the  re- 
sultant tachyphylaxis  of  angiotensin  receptors,  or  to  the  cleavage  of  these 
peptides  by  the  many  peptidases  present  in  whole  blood.   To  test  the  latter 
hypothesis,  the  contractile  effects  of  N-methyl  and  N-poly  serine  analogues 
were  studied  since  peptidase  cleavage  should  be  delayed.   However,  these  com- 
pounds also  were  ineffective  in  intact  hearts.   Although  these  compounds  rep- 
resent a  unique  group  of  inotropic  agents,  the  potential  beneficial  effects  in 
intact  hearts  appears  doubtful. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   ARTICLE  PUBLISHED  IN  A  PERIODICAL: 

Kent,  Kenneth  M. ,  Epstein,  Stephen  E.,  Cooper,  Theodore:   Potentiation 

of  the  contractile  effects  of  norepinephrine  in  hypoxia.   J.  Clin.  Invest. 

51:  2459-2464,  1972 


se 


Serial  No.   NHLI-36(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Differences  in  distribution  of  morphologic  abnormalities  in 
patients  with  obstructive  and  non-obstructive  asymmetric 
septal  hypertrophy  (ASH):  Light  and  electron  microscopic 
observations. 

Previous  Serial  Ntimber:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Barry  J.  Maron,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Victor  J»  Ferrans,  M.D,,  Ph.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 
William  C.  Roberts,  M.D. 
Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 
Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Pathology,  NHLI 
Clinic  of  Surgery,  NHLI 

Project  Description:  To  determine  whether  pathologic  changes  in  the  heart  of 
patients  with  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH)  are  limited  to  the 
ventricular  septum  (VS)  or  are  more  diffusely  distributed,  light  and  electron 
microscopic  studies  were  made  of  myocardium  obtained  at  operation  from 
8  patients  with  obstructive  ASH  (typical  IHSS)  and  4  patients  with  non- 
obstructive ASH  who   were  either  severely  limited  or  had  died  of  their 
disease.  Morphologic  abnormalities  were  grouped  into  two  categories: 

1)  intracellular  abnormalities  (disarray  of  myofibriles  and  myofilaments), 

2)  cell-to-cell  abnormalities  (disorganization  of  muscle  cells,  abnormal  cell 
contracts).   Septal  biopsies  of  all  patients  contained  many  muscle  cells  that 
displayed  extensive  intracellular  and  cell-to-cell  abnormalities.   In  the 
nonobstructed  patients,  intracellular  and  cell-to-cell  abnormalities  also  were 
present  in  biopsies  of  the  left  ventricular  (LV)  free  wall.   In  contrast, 
cell-to-cell  abnormalities  were  not  seen  in  the  free  LV  wall  of  any  of  the 
obstructed  patients.  These  findings  demonstrate  that  extensive  morphologic 
abnormalities  in  both  obstructive  and  nonobstructive  ASH  are  invariably 
present  in  the  ventricular  septum.   Extensive  involvement  of  the  free  wall, 
however,  appears  to  be  limited  to  the  nonobstructive  patients.  These  findings 
suggest  that  while  cardiac  function  is  impaired  by  a  severe  diffuse  cardio- 
myopathy in  the  nonobstructive  patients,  functional  limitation  of  the 
obstructive  patients  is  due  largely  to  LV  outflow  obstruction. 


Sf 


Serial  No.   NHLI-36(c) 
1*   Cardiology 
2»   Clinical  Physiology 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications:   None 


6o 


Serial  No.  NHTJ-RT^r^ 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Significance  of  Multiple  Intercalated  Discs  in  Hypertrophied 
Human  Myocardium 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Barry  J.  Maron,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Victor  J.  Ferrans,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Pathology 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:  Multiple  intercalated  discs  were  frequently  observed  in 
muscle  cells  from  patients  with  cardiac  hypertrophy  of  various  causes.  Evi- 
dence is  presented  that  these  structures  are  the  intercellular  junctions  of 
lateral  processes  of  muscle  cells.   The  sizes  and  shapes  of  these  processes 
showed  marked  variations,  depending  in  part  on  the  plane  of  sectioning. 

It  is  postulated  that  lateral  processes  develop  in  certain  cells  which  have 
side-to-side  intercellular  junctions  with  adjacent  cells,  and  that  localized 
mechanical  tensions  induce  their  growth.   These  tensions  may  be  due  to  shear- 
ing forces  exerted  at  side- to-side  junctions  when  contraction  occurs  at  differ- 
ent rates  or  magnitudes  in  adjacent  cells.   Such  forces  in  time  could  lead  to 
asymmetric  and  complementary  growth  of  sarcomeres  along  the  two  sides  of  the 
lateral  junctions,  to  reorientation  of  these  junctions,  and  to  the  eventual 
formation  of  lateral  processes. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:  None 


6f 


Serial  No.   NHLI-38(c) 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Postoperative  response  to  intense  upright  exercise  in  patients 
with  ventricular  septal  defect  and  pulmonary  hypertension: 
relation  of  impairment  to  age  at  operation. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Barry  J.  Maron 

Other  Investigators:   David  R.  Redwood,  M.D.,  John  W.  Hirshfeld,  Jr.,  M.D., 
Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D.,  Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D., 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery 

Project  Description:   The  cardiac  response  to  intense  upright  exercise  after 
closure  of  a  ventricular  septal  defect  (VSD)  associated  with  pulmonary  arterial 
(PA)  hypertension  is  unknown.   To  evaluate  such  pts,  11  asymptomatic  subjects 
were  studied  at  rest  and  during  intense  treadmill  exercise  3  to  15  yrs  (mean 
9.5)  after  operation.   Four  pts  had  operations  between  5  and  10  yrs  of  age; 
7  pts  between  12  and  28  yrs.   Pre-operative  mean  PA  pressure  (PAP)  ranged  from 
24  to  77  mm  Hg  (avg=53  ram  Hg),  pulmonary  to  systemic  flow  ratio  from  1.6  to  4.5, 
and  pulmonary  to  systemic  resistance  ratio  from  .17  to  .46.   Postoperative 
mean  PAP  was  normal  at  rest  in  10  pts  and  elevated  to  40  ram  Hg  in  1.   With 
intense  exercise  (sufficient  to  lower  PA02  saturation  to  30%)  cardiac  output 
(GO)  in  5  pts  was  below  the  normal  range  (i.e.  <6.9  L/min/M^),   The  defect  in 
each  of  these  had  been  corrected  after  10  yrs  of  age.   Moreover,  the  magnitude 
of  the  abnormality  in  the  CO  response  to  exercise  was  directly  related  to  age 
at  correction  (CO=8.7-.13x,  where  x==age  at  operation;  p<.01).   Four  pts 
manifested  an  abnormal  increase  in  mean  PAP  during  exercise  (range  49-70  mm  Hg; 
normal  ^35  ram  Hg).   This  abnormality  was  also  related  to  age  at  operation 
(PAP=23.3+l.lx;  p<.05).   These  results  indicate  that  in  pts  with  VSD  and 
preoperative  PA  hypertension  1)  late  postoperative  exercise  hemodynamics  may 
be  abnormal  and  2)  these  abnormalities  are  related  to  age  at  operation.   Since 
all  pts  were  asymptomatic,  the  clinical  significance  of  these  abnormalities 
remains  to  be  determined. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Comjieted, 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


^a 


Serial  No.   NHLI-39(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Occurrence  of  a-Glycogen  in  Human  Cardiac  Muscle  Cells 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Barry  J.  Maron,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Victor  J.  Ferrans,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Pathology 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   Rosettes  of  glycogen  were  found  in  cardiac  muscle  cells 
in  5  of  18  patients  with  aortic  valvular  disease  and  in  3  of  23  patients  with 
idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis.  Although  most  of  the  glycogen  in 
each  heart  was  of  the  monoparticulate  type,  focal  areas  containing  glycogen 
rosettes,  1700  to  2300  A  in  diameter,  were  observed  in  cells  that  were  hyper- 
trophied  but  that  otherwise  had  normal  ultrastructure,  and  in  cells  showing 
myofibrillar  degeneration.   Identification  of  these  rosettes  as  glycogen  was 
confirmed  by  staining  with  the  periodic  acid-thiosemicarbazide-silver  protein- 
ate  method  and  by  digestion  with  amylase.   It  is  suggested  that  these  rosettes 
represent  a  pathologic  alteration  of  glycogen  metabolism  in  hypertrophied  and 
degenerating  cardiac  muscle  cells. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications:   None 


63 


Project  Title: 


Serial  No.   NHLI-40(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Unusual  Evolution  of  Acquired  Infundibular  Pulmonary  Stenosis 
in  Patients  with  Ventricular  Septal  Defect:   Clinical  and 
Morphologic  Observations 


Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Barry  J.  Maron,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Victor  J.  Ferrans,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Robert  White,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Pathology 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Department  of  Radiology 

Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Project  Description:   Hemodynamic  and  cardiac  morphologic  studies  were  carried 
out  in  patients  with  ventricular  septal  defect  who  showed  unusual  evolution  of 
obstruction  to  right  ventricular  outflow.   Both  patients  developed  progressive 
infundibular  pulmonary  stenosis,  one  in  the  presence  of  a  spontaneously  closing 
ventricular  septal  defect  and  the  other  after  operative  closure  of  the  defect. 
Light  and  electron  microscopic  examination  of  resected  infundibular  muscle  re- 
vealed hypertrophy  and  abnormal  shapes  and  arrangements  of  cardiac  muscle  cells. 
These  abnormalities  resembled  those  found  in  left  ventricular  outflow  tract 
muscle  of  patients  with  idiopathic  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis.   It  is  sug- 
gested that  abnormal  muscle  cells  may  be  located  in  the  infundibular  area  of 
some  patients  with  ventricular  septal  defects;  growth  of  these  abnormal  cells 
in  the  right  ventricular  outflow  tract  may  then  lead  to  localized  hypertrophy 
and  to  development  of  progressive  infundibular  obstruction. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


6^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-41(c) 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Ultrastructural  Features  of  Myocardial  Cell  Degeneration  in 
Patients  with  Cardiac  Hypertrophy 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:  Barry  J.  Maron,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:     Victor  J.  Ferrans,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  on  Pathology 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   Numerous  attempts  to  demonstrate  a  biochemical  defect 
responsible  for  irreversible  myocardial  failure  have  been  unsuccessful.   To 
determine  whether  the  primary  defect  under  such  circumstances  is  physical 
rather  than  biochemical,  we  are  studying  the  ultrastructural  features  of  myo- 
cardial cell  degeneration  in  patients  undergoing  aortic  valve  replacement  and 
correlating  these  findings  with  postoperative  hemodynamic  and  functional  re- 
sults. Myofibrillar  degeneration  was  found  in  muscle  cells  obtained  from  the 
left  ventricle  in  4  of  14  patients.  Earliest  evidence  of  cellular  degenera- 
tion appears  to  be  selective  loss  of  myosin  filaments  and  proliferation  and 
spreading  of  Z  bands.  Later  morphologic  changes  include  proliferation  of  sar- 
coplasmic reticulum  and  Z  band-like  material  along  the  cell  membrane,  increased 
numbers  of  mitochondria  and  glycogen  granules,  appearance  of  a-glycogen,  loss 
of  thin  (actin)  filaments  and  thickening  of  the  basement  membrane.  Degenerat- 
ing cardiac  muscle  cells  are  usually  surrounded  by  increased  number  of  collagen 
fibrils.  Analysis  is  continuing  to  determine  whether  collagen  deposition  is  a 
secondary  phenomena  (serving  to  replace  degenerating  muscle  cells),  or  repre- 
sents a  primary  change  which,  perhaps  by  interfering  with  oxygen  delivery  to 
the  hypertrophied  myocardium,  leads  to  muscle  cell  degeneration. 

As  patients  return  for  their  six  months  postoperative  evaluation,  these  ul- 
trastructural alterations  will  be  correlated  with  vrtiether  or  not  improvement 
in  myocardial  function  occurred  following  valve  replacement. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


^S" 


Serial  No.     NHLI-42 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Md . 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  Vagal  Stimulation  on  Survival  During  Experimental 
Acute  Myocardial  Infarction 

Principal  Investigators:   Richard  W.  Myers,  M.D, 

Alan  S.  Pearlraan,  M,D, 

Other  Investigators:   Richard  Hyman,  B.S. 

Kenneth  M.  Kent,  M.D, ,  Ph.D. 
Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description:   It  is  commonly  believed  that  vagally  mediated  brady- 
cardia predisposes  to  ventricular  fibrillation  (VF)  during  acute  myocardial 
infarction  (AMI).  However,  both  bradycardia  and,  independently,  vagal 
stimulation  enhance  electrical  stability  of  the  myocardium  during  experimen- 
tal AMI.  To  determine  the  functional  significance  of  these  electrophysiolo- 
gic effects,  we  studied  the  influence  of  vagal  stimulation  on  spontaneous 
development  of  VF  during  AMI  in  open -chest  dogs.  AMI  was  produced  by 
ligating  the  LAD  and  first  septal  perforating  coronary  arteries  for  30  min. 
In  one  series  of  experiments,  dogs  were  divided  into  3  subgroups:  control 
dogs  without  vagal  stimulation  (heart  rates  150-180),  dogs  with  the  vagus 
stimulated  to  reduce  heart  rate  to  90-100,  and  dogs  with  vagus  stimulated  to 
reduce  heart  rate  to  60-70.  VF  occurred  significantly  later  after  coronary 
occlusion  in  both  groups  of  vagally  stimulated  dogs  when  compared  to  control 
animals  (p<.05):  mean  survival  time  was  29  minutes  in  dogs  with  HR  60-70,  23 
minutes  in  dogs  with  HR  90-100,  and  15  minutes  in  control  dogs.   Survival 
also  was  enhanced  in  vagally  stimulated  dogs,  averaging  70%,  407.,  and  107.  in 
the  three  groups  respectively.   In  the  second  series  of  experiments,  we 
determined  the  effect  of  vagal  stimulation  on  the  incidence  of  VF  during  AMI 
with  heart  rate  held  constant  by  RV  pacing.   Survival  times  were  22  minutes 
in  the  vagally  stimulated  dogs  and  11  minutes  in  the  control  group  (p^o05) . 
Similarly,  while  557.  of  the  vagally  stimulated  dogs  survived,  only  117.  of  the 
control  animals  survived  (p<.05) .  We  conclude  that  in  experimental  AMI  vagal 
stimulation,  with  or  without  accompanying  sinus  bradycardia,  protects  against 
development  of  VF. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


Serial  No.   NHLI-43(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Evaluation  of  the  Ability  of  Echocardiography  to  Measure  Al- 
terations in  Left  Ventricular  Volume 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   David  R.  Redwood,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:     Walter  L.  Henry,  M.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:  Recent  studies  to  determine  whether  echocardiography  can 
be  utilized  to  measure  end-systolic  and  end-diastolic  left  ventricular  (LV) 
volumes  have  shown  a  good  correlation  between  volumes  estimated  by  echo  (gen- 
erally based  on  the  cube  of  the  distance  between  the  interventricular  septum 
and  the  posterior  LV  wall)  and  volumes  estimated  by  LV  angiography.  However, 
the  sensitivity  of  the  echo  technique  in  detecting  alterations  in  LV  volumes 
has  not  been  studied,  bearing  in  mind  that  large  errors  nay  occur  with  result- 
ing decreased  sensitivity  since  volume  measured  by  echo  varies  as  the  cube  of 
the  transverse  dimension.  Accordingly,  we  are  studying  in  normal  volunteers 
the  effect  on  this  dimension  of  maneuvers  and  pharmacologic  agents  known  to 
alter  LV  volume,  namely  tilting,  atropine,  nitroglycerin,  phenylephrine  and 
methoxamine. 

Thus  far,  seven  subjects  have  been  studied  and  the  results  indicate  that  the 
anticipated  changes  in  LV  volume  are  readily  detectable  by  means  of  a  measure- 
ment of  the  transverse  LV  dimension  by  echocardiography.   If  these  preliminary 
results  are  confirmed,  the  method  may  be  applied  to  similar  determinations  of 
volume  changes  induced  by  various  interventions  in  patients  with  heart  disease. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuing. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


67 


Serial  No.    NHLI-44(c) 


1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Use  of  Biventricular  Cineangiography  in  the  Evaluation  of 
Patients  With  Asymmetric  Septal  Hypertrophy 

Principal  Investigator:   David  L.  Redwood,  MoD, 

Other  Investigators:  James  L.  Scherer,  M.D. 

Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Diagnostic  Radiology  Department 
Clinical  Center 

Project  Description:   Recent  echocardiographic  studies  have  demonstrated  that 
disproportionate  hypertrophy  of  the  interventricular  septum  is  the  hallmark  of 
a  disease  spectrum  recently  termed  asymmetric  septal  hypertrophy  (ASH).   For 
technical  reasons,  echoes  can  be  obtained  only  from  the  upper  part  of  the 
septum  and  from  the  basal  portion  of  the  posterior  left  ventricular  (LV)  free 
wall.   Pathologic  studies  have  shown,  however,  that  the  myopathic  process  in 
patients  with  ASH  is  distributed  nonuniformly ;  in  particular,  the  posterior 
basal  free  wall  of  patients  with  nonobstructive  ASH  usually  is  normal,  but 
other  portions  of  the  LV  free  wall,  which  cannot  be  detected  by  echo,  may  be 
grossly  hypertrophied.  The  present  study  was  therefore  designed  to  delineate 
the  extent  and  degree  to  which  the  hypertrophic  process  involves  the  septum 
and  LV  free  wall  in  patients  with  ASH. 

During  diagnostic  cardiac  catheterization  studies,  contrast  material  is 
injected  simultaneously  into  both  the  right  and  left  ventricles  with  the 
patient  positioned  in  the  steep  left  anterior  oblique  (LAO)  position.  Since 
the  right  and  left  borders  of  the  septum  are  visualized  simultaneously,  septal 
thickness  can  be  measured  as  can  thickness  of  a  segment  of  the  LV  free  wall. 
The  LV  cine  is  repeated  with  the  patient  in  the  lateral  position,  and  in  the 
shallow  LAO  position  to  explore  LV  free  wall  thickness  in  further  detail. 

Preliminary  results  in  7  patients  with  ASH  with  or  without  obstruction 
have  confirmed  the  finding  that  the  septum  is  hypertrophied  to  a  greater  ex- 
tent than  the  posterior  LV  free  wall.   We  plan  to  use  these  techniques  to 
determine  whether  the  extent  of  the  LV  involvement  by  the  cardiomyopathic 
process  can  be  assessed. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  Continuing 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:  None 

1  4i 


Serial  No.   NHLI-45(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Echocardiography  During  Upright  Exercise 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   David  R.  Redwood,  M,D. 

Other  Investigators:     Eldon  R.  Smith,  M,D. 

Seth  R.  Goldstein,  ScD 
Walter  L,  Henry,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Biomedical  Engineering  &  Instrumentation  Branch 
Division  of  Research  Services 

Project  Description:   Echocardiography  has  been  shown  to  be  a  valuable,  non- 
invasive technique  in  the  diagnosis  and  evaluation  of  myocardial,  valvular 
and  congenital  heart  disease.   Thus  far,  however,  studies  have  been  limited  to 
patients  at  rest  in  the  supine  position.   Studies  in  the  upright  position  at 
rest  and  during  bicycle  or  treadmill  exercise  have  been  hampered  by  the  inabil- 
ity to  1)  manually  hold  the  transducer  stationary,  particularly  during  patent 
activity,  and  2)  predictably  and  rapidly  alter  transducer  position.  An  appara- 
tus has  been  designed  T«Aiich  successfully  overcomes  these  problems.   The  echo 
transducer  is  mounted  in  a  hemispherical  bearing  on  a  light  weight  aluminum 
platform  held  to  the  anterior  chest  wall  by  elastic  straps.   Two  hydraulic 
pistons  mounted  on  the  platform  at  right  angles  to  one  another  are  attached 
to  this  bearing  and  as  a  result  move  the  transducer.   These  pistons  form  part 
of  an  electrohydraulic  feedback  control  system  so  designed  that  the  piston  po- 
sitions are  accurately  controlled  by  a  two-axis  joystick  potentiometer  which 
is  remote  from  the  patient.   Thus,  movement  of  the  joystick  results  in  &  cor- 
responding movement  of  the  transducer.   With  this  apparatus,  the  transducer  not 
only  can  be  readily  adjusted  but  also  can  be  held  stationary  despite  movement 
of  the  patient  during  tilting  and  exercise.   In  addition,  the  voltages  genera- 
ted by  the  joystick  pan  be  recorded  on  the  echo  tracing  and  utilized  to  provide 
a  permanent  record  of  actual  transducer  position.  With  this  technique  altera- 
tions in  left  ventricular  volume  as  judged  by  measurement  of  the  transverse 
left  ventricular  dimension  have  been  successfully  determined  during  tilting, 
drug  interventions,  and  during  bicycle  and  treadmill  exercise.   This  method 
thus  considerably  broadens  the  application  of  echocardiography  in  the  study  of 
heart  disease. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications :   None 

^9 


Serial  No.    NHLI-46(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Clinical  Physiology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Sustained  Effects  of  Nitroglycerin  Ointment  in  Patients  With 
Angina  Pectoris 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-147(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Nathanial  Reichek,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D. 
Michael  Nagel,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   We  have  examined  the  ability  of  TL   nitroglycerin  ointment 
to  alter  time  to  onset  of  ischemic  pain  (exercise  duration)  when  12  patients 
with  angina  exercised  repeatedly  on  an  upright  bicycle  ergometer.   Dose  of  ni- 
troglycerin was  selected  to  produce  a  10  ram  Hg  fall  in  resing  systolic  blood 
pressure  and/or  a  10  beat  per  minute  rise  in  resting  heart  rate.   Nitroglycerin 
and  placebo  were  administered  on  successive  days  and  the  sequence  of  administra- 
tion reversed  in  alternate  patients.   Nitroglycerin  produced  a  significant  in- 
crease in  resting  heart  rate  (+14  bpnn  and  1  hour,  +17  bpm  at  3  hour)  and  fall 
in  resting  systolic  blood  pressure  (-14  mm  Hg  at  1  hour,  -16  mm  Hg  at  3  hour), 
while  placebo  did  not.   In  every  patient  exercise  duration  was  greater  with 
nitroglycerin  than  with  placebo  at  1  and  3  hours.   The  differences  (+2.9  min. 
at  1  hour,  +2.5  min.  at  3  hour)  were  highly  significant  (P  <  .001).   Nine  of 
12  patients  were  able  to  exercise  at  higher  work  loads  after  nitroglycerin. 
In  six  of  seven  patients  ST  segment  depression  at  equal  exercise  was  reduced 
following  nitroglycerin  (-0.8  mm  at  1  hour,  -0.9  mm  at  3  hour,  P  <  .05).   Thus 
nitroglycerin  produced  persistent  changes  in  resting  heart  rate  and  systolic 
blood  pressure,  associated  with  a  sustained  increase  in  exercise  duration  and 
attenuation  of  ischemic  EKG  changes.   In  contrast  to  oral  and  sublingual  ni- 
trates, nitrogen-related  enhancement  of  exercise  performance  was  consistent  and 
unequivocal  three  hours  after  administration. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


rc 


Serial  No.         NHLI-47(c) 

1.  Cardiology 

2.  Cardiovascular  Diagnosis 

3.  Bethesda,  Mairyland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Deterioration  of  Myocardial  Function  Following  Aorto-Coronary 
Bypass  Operation 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-148(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Richard  L.  Shepherd,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Samuel  B.  Itscoitz,  M.D. 
D.  Luke  Clancy,  M.D. 
Edward  B.  Stinson,  M.D. 
Richard  L.  Reis,  M.D. 
Gordon  N.  Olinger,  M.D. 
Chester  E.  Clark,  M.D. 
Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinic  of  Surgery 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description:   Twenty-two  patients  underwent  cardiac  catheterization 
before  and  1  week  to  9  months  (avg=5  mos.)  after  aorto-coronary  bypass.  Left 
ventricular  (LV)  end-diastolic  and  end-systolic  volumes  were  measured  from 
single-plane  (RAO)  LV  cineangiograms.   Two  groups  were  examined:   those  with 
all  grafts  patent  (10  patients,  15  grafts)  and  those  with  one  or  more  grafts 
occluded  (12  patients,  22  grafts,  15  occluded).   In  the  patent  group,  all  10 
were  clinically  improved;  5  still  had  angina.   In  the  occluded  group,  all  12 
were  improved;  8  still  had  angina.   Cardiac  index  was  unchanged  in  both  groups. 
LVEDP  increased  significantly  (+4.4  +  2.2  mm  Hg,  p  <  .05)  in  the  occluded 
group.   The  relation  of  LV  end-diastolic  pressure  to  LV  stroke  work  indicated 
that  in  the  patent  group  LV  performance  improved  in  1,  deteriorated  in  3,  and 
was  unchanged  in  6  patients;  in  the  occluded  group  none  improved,  7  were  worse, 
and  4  were  unchanged.   Ejection  fraction  decreased  an  average  of  10%  in  the 
occluded  group  (p  <  .05);  no  patient  improved  and  5  deteriorated.   In  the  pa- 
tent group,  only  2/10  patients  showed  improvement  while  2  showed  deterioration. 
Twenty-eight  LV  wall  segments  were  supplied  by  patent  grafts;  6  improved,  13 
were  unchanged,  and  9  deteriorated.   Twenty-two  segments  were  supplied  by  oc- 
cluded grafts;  none  improved,  14  were  unchanged,  and  8  deteriorated.  We  con- 
clude that  regardless  of  graft  patency,  most  patients  improve  clinically.  De- 
spite this,  deterioration  of  myocardial  function  is  not  uncommon,  even  when 
grafts  are  patent. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 


Publications:   None 


7/ 


Serial  No.         NHLI-48 


1,  Cardiology 

2,  Clinical  Physiology 

3,  Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Increased  Myocardial  Ischemia  Caused  by  Reflexly  Induced  Hypo- 
tension During  Coronary  Occlusion  in  the  Conscious  Dog 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   George  E.  Thibault,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Gary  S.  Famham,  M.D.       Robert  E.  Goldstein,  M.D, 
Richard  W.  Myers,  M.D.      Stephen  E.  Epstein,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description:   Recent  evidence  indicates  that  hemorrhagic  hypotension 
increases  acute  myocardial  ischemia  (AMI)  during  coronary  occlusion,  whereas 
nitroglycerin  induced  hypotension  has  no  such  deleterious  effects.   Hypotension 
that  occurs  during  AMI  in  man,  particularly  when  associated  with  bradycardia, 
appears  due  to  reflex  changes  causing  vasodilatation,  which  contrasts  with  the 
vasoconstriction  accompanying  hemorrhagic  hypotension.   This  study  examined 
the  effects  of  hypotension  induced  by  reflexly  decreasing  vascular  resistance 
during  AMI.   AMI  was  produced  in  conscious  closed-chest  dogs  by  inflation  of  a 
balloon  cuff  previously  implanted  around  the  LAD  coronary  artery;  controlled 
levels  of  hypotension  were  achieved  by  stimulation  of  the  carotid  baroreceptors 
using  externally  applied  negative  pressure.   Ischemic  injury  was  estimated  by 
summating  S-T  elevation  (  ST)  from  12  previously  implanted  intramyocardial 
electrodes.   Thirteen  paired  hypotensive  and  normotensive  occlusions  were  per- 
formed in  6  dogs.   Baseline  mean  BP  was  105  (range  90-122)  and  HR  76  (range 
50-120),  with  no  significant  difference  in  HR  between  normotensive  and  hypo- 
tensive occlusions.   In  all  pairs  ST  at  10  min  was  greater  during  the  hypo- 
tensive occlusions  (p  <  .001),  and  there  was  a  highly  significant  correlation 
between  the  %  fall  in  BP  (9  to  487„)  and  the  degree  of  ischemic  injury  (  ST  = 
.59  x  7o  fall  BP  +  5.7;  r  =  .75).   We  conclude  that  reflexly  induced  hypotension 
increases  ischemic  injury  despite  the  potentially  beneficial  effects  of  de- 
creased vascular  resistance  and  decreased  myocardial  work. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Completed 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   ARTICLE  PUBLISHED  IN  A  PERIODICAL.   Thibault,  George  E. , 
Famham,  Gary  S.,  Myers,  Richard  W.  ,  Goldstein,  Robert  E.  and  Epstein,  Stephen 
E.   Increased  myocardial  ischemia  caused  by  reflexly  induced  hypotension  during 
coronary  occlusion  in  the  conscious  dog.   Clinical  Research.   In  press. 


r5L 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
CLINIC  OF  SURGERY 
NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  clinical  and  laboratory  programs  of  the  Surgery  Branch  have,  as 
in  past  years,  largely  centered  upon  the  study  of  operative  methods  for 
the  correction  of  congenital  and  acquired  heart  and  lung  diseases,  assess- 
ment of  the  results  of  such  operations,  and  laboratory  studies  related  to 
cardiovascular  physiology  and  pharmacology. 

Is  There  a  Natruretic  Hormone?   Expansion  of  the  intravascular  volume 
in  a  normovolemic  subject  results  in  an  increase  in  the  renal  excretion  of 
salt  which  is  not  dependent  on  ADH,  withdrawal  of  aldosterone,  renal  inner- 
vation, or  an  increase  in  filtered  load.   This  volume-expansion  natruresis, 
which  is  secondary  to  decreased  tubular  sodium  reabsorption,  has  been 
attributed  to  a  humoral  agent.   The  humoral  nature  of  this  mechanism  has 
been  suggested  by  cross-transfusion  studies  in  which  blood  from  a  saline- 
loaded  animal  was  exchanged  with  a  second  animal  whose  blood  volume  was 
kept  unchanged.   Many  elaborate  subsequent  studies  have  been  done  which 
have  both  refuted  and  corroborated  the  existence  of  such  a  "natruretic 
hormone."   Because  many  of  these  studies  were  done  with  saline  and  plasma- 
like substances,  which  caused  a  decrease  in  the  hematocrit  of  both  dogs, 
it  has  not  been  proved  that  pure  intravascular  expansion  is  the  stimulus 
for  this  salt  losing  phenomenon  (a  decrease  in  hematocrit  is  known  to  de- 
crease sodium  reabsorption).   An  experimental  cross-transfusion  model  was, 
therefore,  developed  which  obviates  any  decrease  in  hematocrit  and  main- 
tains normal  plasma  oncotic  pressures. 

Ten  such  sets  of  cross-transfusion  experiments  were  performed.   In 
all  studies,  two  dogs  were  connected  -  femoral  artery  to  femoral  vein  - 
with  a  high  flow  pump  that  transferred  exactly  equal  volumes  of  blood  from 
one  dog  to  the  other,   A  one  liter  reservoir  was  connected  to  the  system 
and  a  mixture  of  blood  and  dextran  allowed  to  equilibrate  with  both  dogs' 
circulating  blood  volume.   After  a  prolonged  period  of  equilibration,  a 
liter  of  blood  which  was  a  composite  of  the  blood  from  both  dogs  plus  the 
mixture  of  blood  and  dextran,  was  removed  from  the  reservoir  and  infused 
into  dog  #1  while  continuous  cross -trans fusion  was  maintained.   Plasma  and 
urine  were  collected  at  regular  intervals  from  both  dogs,  and  urine  volume, 
sodium  excretion,  creatinine  clearance,  osmolar  and  free  water  clearance, 
and  fractional  sodium  excretion  were  determined.   In  all  cases,  dog  #1 
(volume  expanded)  demonstrated  a  significant  diuresis  and  natruresis. 
Dog  #2  (normovolemic)  did  not  demonstrate  any  consistent  increase  in  the 
excretion  of  salt.   Thus,  the  studies  do  not  demonstrate  a  substance  in 
the  blood  of  the  volume  expanded  animal  which  effects  natruresis  in  the 
recipient  animal . 


73 


Clinical  Studies  of  the  Relations  of  Left  Atrial  Pressure  to  the 
Patterns  of  Renal  Sodium  Excretion.   Shortly  after  the  development  of 
operations  for  the  relief  of  severe  mitral  stenosis  it  was  recognized  that 
immediately  after  operation  patients  with  this  valvular  malformation  have 
high  levels  of  antidiuretic  hormone  (ADH)  and  a  resulting  increase  in  free 
water  reabsorption  in  the  postoperative  period.   This  has  been  attributed 
to  pressure  receptors  in  the  left  atrium  which  Interpret  the  fall  in  left 
atrial  pressures  to  Indicate  hypovolemia,  and  which  then  trigger  a  release 
of  ADH.   Since  left  atrial  receptors  also  can  Influence  an  increase  in 
sodium  excretion  with  elevation  in  atrial  pressure,  it  was  of  Interest  to 
determine  whether  the  reciprocal  situation,  retention  of  sodium  with  a  de- 
crease in  pressure,  exists. 

Six  patients  undergoing  closed  mitral  commissurotomy  and  four 
patients  undergoing  exploratory  thoracotomy  through  a  similar  incision 
(control  series)  were  studied.   All  patients  had  a  complete  renal  profile 
preoperatively,  and  urine  and  plasma  were  collected  and  analyzed  for  5-7 
days  postoperatively.   Although  plasma  aldosterone  levels  were  much  higher 
in  the  commissurotomy  patients  preoperatively,  they  had  the  same  relative 
percentage  rise  in  aldosterone  levels  in  the  postoperative  period  as  did 
the  control  patients.   Although  G.F.R.  (as  measured  by  endogenous  creatinine 
clearance)  increased  from  preoperative  values  in  the  commissurotomy  patients, 
their  total  sodium  excretion  fell  to  extremely  low  levels  (mean  3  mEq./day) 
in  the  first  three  postoperative  days.   These  data  suggest  that  left  atrial 
pressure  receptors  do  operate  to  effect  sodium  retention,  and  additional 
patients  in  both  groups  are  being  subjected  to  continuing  study. 

In  order  to  evaluate  the  patterns  of  sodium  excretion  associated 
with  changes  in  left  atrial  pressure  experimentally,  efforts  have  been  made 
to  develop  a  method  for  the  gradual  production  of  mitral  stenosis  in  the 
dog.   Initially,  rings  made  of  Amerold,  a  plastic  which  absorbs  tissue 
water  and  subsequently  swells,  were  sutured  in  the  left  atrium  immediately 
above  the  mitral  annulus.   It  was  found  that  this  device  was  unsatisfactory 
because  it  promoted  thrombus  within  the  atrium,  and  the  orifice  of  the  ring 
narrowed  too  rapidly  to  permit  survival.   Subsequently,  a  doughnut-shaped 
flexible  ring  covered  with  segmented  polyurethane  has  been  utilized.   This 
is  sutured  into  the  supravalvular  position  and  can  be  gradually  Inflated 
by  an  external  connection  with  a  resulting  gradual  decrease  in  "mitral 
valve"  area.   Initial  experience  with  this  technique  indicates  that  it  is 
satisfactory,  and  the  model  will  be  used  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  gradually 
increasing  left  atrial  pressure  on  salt  and  water  metabolism. 

Experimental  Quantification  of  Aortic  Regurgitant  Flow  with  the 
Doppler  Velocitometer.   The  only  means  with  which  the  severity  of  aortic 
regurgitation  can  be  quantified  preoperatively  in  man  is  by  means  of  cine- 
angiographic  measurements  of  left  ventricular  volume.   The  technique  is 
laborious  and  time  consuming,  and  measurements  are  often  impossible  if 
irregularities  of  cardiac  rhythm  occur  during  the  study.   Therefore,  a 
noninvasive  method  for  estimating  regurgitant  flow  would  be  a  valuable 
clinical  tool. 


74 


Acute  aortic  regurgitation  was  produced  in  10  dogs  by  punching  one 
or  more  holes  in  the  valve  leaflets  under  normothermic  inflow  occlusion. 
The  absolute  percentage  of  regurgitant  flow  was  then  determined  with  an 
electromagnetic  flow  probe  placed  around  the  ascending  aorta  and/or  the  com- 
mon brachiocephalic  trunk  at  its  origin.   To  ascertain  zero  flow  the  artery 
was  occluded  distal  to  the  probe.   Simultaneously,  the  regurgitant  flow  in 
the  brachiocephalic  trunk  was  measured  transcutaneously  using  a  Doppler 
bidirectional  velocitometer  with  a  fixed  internal  zero,  applied  at  the 
sternal  notch.   Regurgitant  flows  ranging  from  10-757o  of  forward  flow  were 
created.   In  9  of  the  10  animals,  the  regurgitant  flow  measured  transcu- 
taneously was  within  11%  (±  6%)  of  that  measured  directly  with  the  electro- 
magnetic flow  probe.   The  difference  between  the  two  measurements  was  not 
significant.   In  one  dog  the  difference  between  the  two  measurements  was 
23%. 

These  data  indicate  that  transcutaneous  measurement  of  regurgitant 
flow  in  the  large  arteries  of  the  thoracic  inlet,  using  a  Doppler  bi- 
directional velocitometer,  may  be  an  accurate  method  of  assessing  absolute 
percentage  of  aortic  regurgitation.   The  study  has  been  extended  to  patients 
with  rheumatic  valvular  disease  undergoing  operation.   Aortic  regurgitant 
flow  is  assessed  by  the  Doppler  technique  preoperatively,  after  the  induc- 
tion of  anesthesia,  and  by  direct  application  of  the  transducer  to  the 
ascending  aorta  after  it  has  been  exposed.   The  measurements  obtained  by 
this  method  are  then  correlated  with  measurements  of  forward  and  regurgitant 
flow  obtained  from  an  electromagnetic  flowmeter  around  the  ascending  aorta. 

The  Long-Term  Results  of  Aortic  Valvulotomy  Carried  Out  in  Young 
Patients  with  Congenital  Valvular  Aortic  Stenosis.   Little  information  is 
available  concerning  the  role  of  aortic  valvulotomy  in  altering  the  course 
of  a  patient  with  congenital  aortic  stenosis.   Many  persons  consider  that 
the  operation  provides  only  a  short  period  of  palliation  and  that  no  opera- 
tion is  indicated  until  prosthetic  replacement  of  the  valve  becomes  neces- 
sary.  The  experience  at  this  Institute  has  been  to  the  contrary,  and  a 
follow-up  study  of  young  patients  with  congenital  aortic  stenosis  was  made. 

Thirty-eight  patients  (30  boys,  8  girls)  with  congenital  valvular 
aortic  stenosis,  ages  1-21  years,  underwent  aortic  valvulotomy  between  1957 
and  1967.   Each  operation  was  performed  with  cardiopulmonary  bypass.   There 
were  no  operative  deaths.   Preoperatively  30  patients  had  symptoms  of  left 
ventricular  dysfunction.   Each  patient  had  a  parasternal  thrill  associated 
with  the  aortic  stenosis  murmur;  six  patients  had  murmurs  of  aortic  insuf- 
ficiency.  The  preoperative  aortic  valve  gradients  averaged  91  mm.  Hg.   The 
mean  preoperative  aortic  valve  area  index  was  0.54  cm.  /M.^. 

Thirty-six  of  the  38  patients  have  been  evaluated  postoperatively; 
the  mean  duration  of  follow-up  is  10  years.   Thirty-two  patients  are  asymp- 
tomatic.  All  patients  continue  to  have  a  murmur  of  aortic  stenosis;  twenty 
patients  also  have  a  murmur  of  aortic  insufficiency.   Three  patients  have 
required  aortic  valve  replacement  9,  11,  and  15  years  after  valvulotomy. 
Thirty-three  patients  have  had  postoperative  catheterizations:   the  average 
aortic  valve  gradient  was  27  mm,  Hg,  the  mean  left  ventricular  end-diastolic 


7r 


pressure  was  13  nnti.  Hg,  and  the  mean  aortic  valve  index  was  0.76  cm.2/M.  . 
One  cardiac  death  occurred  five  years  postoperatively  secondary  to  aortic 
regurgitation,  congestive  failure,  and  myocardial  infarction. 

Thus,  long-term  relief  of  congenital  valvular  aortic  stenosis  may 
be  effected  by  valvulotomy  with  minimal  operative  and  postoperative  risk, 
and  continued  application  of  the  operation  in  young  patients  is  indicated. 

Experimental  and  Clinical  Studies  of  Homologous  Veins  in  the  Arterial 
System.   Homologous  veins  are  frequently  utilized  to  replace  segments  of 
diseased  arteries,  both  in  the  leg  and  in  the  coronary  arterial  bed.   In 
both  sites  progressive  obliteration  of  the  lumen  of  the  vein  graft  is  some- 
times observed.   Segments  of  homologous  vein  were  utilized  to  replace 
segments  of  excised  femoral  arteries  or  as  grafts  between  the  aorta  and 
a  coronary  artery  in  dogs.   The  grafts  were  studied  two  days  to  one  year 
after  insertion.   In  the  femoral  position,  the  veins  showed  disruption  of 
the  endothelium,  mural  fibrin  deposits,  and  edema  and  inflammation  of  the 
media  after  only  one  week.   By  two  weeks,  the  smooth  muscle  cells  of  the 
media  had  disappeared  and  focal  proliferative  lesions  were  seen  beneath  an 
intact  endothelium;  the  endothelial  lesions  were  diffuse  by  12  weeks.   In 
the  aortocoronary  position  veins  studied  at  6,  9,  and  12  months  revealed 
medial  fibrosis  and  extensive  intimal  proliferation  which  often  cause  luminal 
narrowing  of  severe  degree.   Extension  of  the  intimal  proliferation  from  the 
graft  into  the  distal  coronary  artery  was  also  observed.   Aortocoronary  vein 
grafts  obtained  from  patients  17  to  57  days  after  insertion  revealed  a  sim- 
ilar pattern  of  subendothelial  proliferation.   By  electron  microscopy  the 
lesions  were  found  to  be  composed  of  mature  smooth  muscle  cells  and  col- 
lagen, primarily  oriented  parallel  to  the  axis  of  blood  flow.   Damage  to 
the  endothelial  cells,  followed  by  the  deposition  of  fibrin  and  its  sub- 
sequent organization  appear  to  be  the  cause  of  the  proliferative  lesions. 
The  studies  are  being  extended  to  determine  whether  the  incidence  and 
severity  of  the  lesions  can  be  influenced  by  the  means  by  which  the  graft 
is  excised  and  preserved  before  blood  flow  through  it  is  restored. 

Systemic  and  Renal  Responses  to  Graded  Reductions  in  Cardiac  Output. 
Seventeen  dogs  undergoing  a  moderate  saline  diuresis  were  studied  as  cardiac 
output  was  gradually  decreased  by  microsphere  embolization  of  the  coronary 
arteries.   Multiple,  small  injections,  at  20-30  minute  intervals,  effected 
a  graded  and  sustained  reduction  in  cardiac  output  with  accompanying  eleva- 
tion of  left  atrial  pressure  and  ECG  changes  typical  of  ischemia.   Small 
additional  reductions  in  cardiac  output  after  an  initial  decrease  to  50-60% 
of  control  invariably  resulted  in  sudden  death  or  frank,  irreversible  cardio- 
genic shock.   Initial  small  reductions  in  cardiac  output,  which  occurred 
prior  to  an  elevation  in  left  atrial  pressure,  were  associated  with  a  marked 
decrease  in  peripheral  flow  (measured  with  both  an  electromagnetic  probe 
and  a  Doppler  bidirectional  velocitometer)  with  sparing  of  the  renal  blood 
flow  and  mean  arterial  pressure.   Progressive  reduction  in  cardiac  output 
lowered  the  renal  blood  flow  and  arterial  pressure,  but  to  a  lesser  extent 
than  peripheral  flow--a  situation  unlike  hemorrhagic  shock.   The  diuresis 
and  natruresis  accompanying  saline  infusion  gradually  diminished  as  cardiac 
output  fell,  but  oliguria  was  seen  only  after  cardiac  output  had  decreased 
to  507,  of  control.   A  modest  fall  in  glomerular  filtration  rate  was  seen  at 

4  7C 


70%  reduction  in  cardiac  output  and  tubular  sodium  reabsorption  rose 
throughout  the  experiments . 

These  studies  suggest  that  diminished  peripheral  flow  is  an  earlier 
and  more  reliable  index  of  a  progressive  deterioration  in  cardiac  output 
than  is  arterial  pressure,  renal  blood  flow,  or  left  atrial  pressure,  and 
that  oliguria  is  a  manifestation  of  a  terminal  reduction  in  cardiac  output. 

Radioisotope  Powered  Pacemaker.  For  the  past  seven  years  a  joint 
development  program  with  the  AEC  has  been  directed  to  the  development  of  a 
cardiac  pacemaker  utilizing  a  nuclear  energy  source.   Since  May  1969,  65 
atomic  powered  units  have  been  implanted  in  dogs,  the  last  30  of  the  NU-5 
configuration.   One  unit  of  this  series  has  evidenced  intermittent  opera- 
tion, but  all  others  have  paced  the  experimental  animals  consistently  and 
uninterruptedly.   Finally,  with  virtually  no  fanfare  and  scarcely  any 
publicity  at  all,  the  first  unit  was  implanted  into  a  human  subject  on 
April  9,  1973.   Four  additional  units  will  be  available  for  human  use  during 
this  spring  and  summer,  but  their  application  will  be  reserved  for  young 
patients  with  long  life  expectancies.   The  patients  will  be  followed  by  a 
telephone  monitoring  system  which  permits  precise  measurement  of  the  stimulus 
rate  and  the  recording  of  a  lead  I  ECG.   The  AEC  has  spent  $4.5  million  on 
this  project,  but  our  contribution  in  blood,  sweat,  toil,  and  tears  has  been 
even  greater. 


77 


Serial  No.  NHLI-49(c) 
1,  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   NU-5  atomic  powered  pacemaker  -  experimental  and  clinical 
evaluation 

Previous  Serial  No:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.  D. 

Other  Investigators:     Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Peter  Frommer,  M.D. 
Joseph  E.  Pierce,  D.V.M. 

Cooperating  Units:       Office  of  the  Director  and  Section  on  Lab  Animal 

Medicine  &  Surgery,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   Efforts  began  six  years  ago  to  develop  a  cardiac 
pacemaker  energy  source  (Plutonium  ^^°)    suitable  for  human  implantation. 
Since  May  1969  sixty- five  atomic  powered  pacemakers  have  been  implanted  in 
dogs  for  in  vivo  testing,  of  these  30  are  of  the  NU-5  series.  The  first 
human  implant  was  done  April  9,  1973  in  a  patient  with  complete  heart  block. 
Current  plans  include  four  additional  human  implants  by  the  summer  of  1973. 

Results:   One  pacemaker  in  the  30  animals  implanted  with  the  NU-5  series 
pacemakers  has  intermittently  failed,  the  remainder  of  the  pacemakers  have 
functioned  well.  Wound  breakdowns  have  necessitated  the  reimplantation  of 
several  pacemakers.   The  unit  implanted  in  our  patient  is  functioning  well 
at  this  time. 

Proposed  Course:   Animal  evaluation  will  continue  for  an  indefinite  time 

period  with  those  now  implanted.   Human  implants  will  be  evaluated  over 

the  next  decade.   Publications  will  be  submitted  concerning  the  animal 

work  at  NIH  and  the  human  evaluation  in  conjunction  with  Beth  Israel  Hospital, 

Newark,  New  Jersey. 


7f 


Serial  No.  NHTJ-SO^c^ 
1.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bathe sda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Long-term  follow-up  of  patients  with  congenital  aortic 
stenosis  treated  with  aortic  commissurotomy 

Previous  Serial  No.:   NHLI-172(c) 

Principal  Investigators:   David  M.  Conkle,  M.D. 

Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Other  Investigator:       Michael  Jones,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   Thirty-eight  patients  (30  boys,  8  girls)  with 
congenital  valvular  aortic  stenosis,  ages  1-21  years,  underwent  aortic 
valvulotomy  between  1957  and  1967.   Each  operation  was  performed  with  cardio- 
pulmonary bypass.   There  were  no  operative  deaths. 

Preoperatively  30  patients  had  symptoms  of  left  ventricular  dysfunction.   Each 
patient  had  a  parasternal  thrill  associated  with  the  aortic  stenosis  murmur; 
six  patients  had  murmurs  of  aortic  insufficiency.   The  mean  preoperative 
aortic  valve  gradient  was  91  mm.  Hg.   The  mean  preoperative  aortic  valve 
area  index  was  0.54  cm2/M2. 

Thirty-six  patients  have  been  evaluated  postoperatively;  the  mean  duration 
of  follow-up  is  10  years.   Thirty-two  patients  are  asymptomatic.   All 
patients  continue  to  have  a  murmur  of  aortic  stenosis;  twenty  patients  have 
a  murmur  of  aortic  insufficiency.   Three  patients  have  required  aortic  valve 
replacement  9,  11,  and  15  years  after  valvulotomy.   Thirty-three  patients 
have  had  postoperative  catheterizations:   the  mean  aortic  valve  gradient 
was  27  mm.  Hg,  the  mean  left  ventricular  end-diastolic  pressure  was  13  mm. 
Hg  and  the  mean  aortic  valve  index  was  0.76  cm2/M2.   One  cardiac  death 
occurred  5  years  postoperatively  secondary  to  aortic  regurgitation,  congestive 
failure,  and  myocardial  infarction. 

Thus,  long-term  relief  of  congenital  valvular  aortic  stenosis  may  be  effected 
by  valvulotomy  with  minimal  operative  and  postoperative  risk,  and  continued 
application  of  the  operation  in  young  patients  is  indicated.   To  be  presented 
at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Society  for  Vascular  Surgery,  Toronto,  Canada, 
June  22  and  23,  1973. 


io 


Serial  No.  NHLI-51 


1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  197  2  through  June  30,  1972 

Project  Title:   The  pathophysiology  of  intimal  hyperplasia  of  the  venous 
graft  in  the  arterial  system 

Previous  Serial  No:   NHLI-170 

Principal  Investigators:   David  M.  Conkle,  M.  D. 

Michael  Jones,  M.  D. 

Other  Investigators:   William  C.  Roberts,  M.  D. 
Victor  Ferrans,  M.  D. 
Edward  B.  Stinson,  M.  D. 
Frederick  H.  Levine,  M.  D. 
David  B.  Melvin,  M.  D- 

Cooperating  Units:   Section  of  Pathology,  NHLI  and  Cardiology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   Canine  femoral  and  aortocoronary  vein  grafts  were 
evaluated  from  2  to  365  days  postoperatively.   Femoral  vein  grafts  showed 
focal  endothelial  disruption,  mural  fibrin  deposition,  and  medial  edema 
with  inflammatory  infiltrates  during  the  first  week;  loss  of  medial  smooth 
muscle  cells  and  focal  subendothelial  lesions  with  intact  endothelium  by  2 
weeks,  and  diffuse  subendothelial  lesions  by  12  weeks.   Coronary  vein  grafts 
studied  at  6,  9  and  12  months  had  medial  fibrosis  and  extensive  intimal 
proliferation  causing  up  to  907o  luminal  narrowing.   Extension  of  the  intimal 
process  into  the  coronary  artery  distal  to  the  bypass  graft  also  compromised 
the  arterial  lumen.   Coronary  vein  grafts  obtained  from  humans  dying  17  and 
57  days  after  graft  insertion  revealed  a  similar  subendothelial  prolifera- 
tion.  Electron  microscopy  showed  that  the  subendothelial  lesions  were 
composed  of  mature  smooth  muscle  cells  and  collagen,  primarily  oriented 
parallel  to  the  axis  of  blood  flow.   Recurrent  enodthelial  cell  damage, 
followed  by  mural  fibrin  deposition  and  organization,  appears  to  be  the 
cause  of  the  subendothelial  proliferative  lesions. 

Publications:   Jones,  M,  Conkle,  DM,  Ferrans,  VJ,  Roberts,  WC,  Levine,  FH, 
Melvin,  DB,  Stinson,  EB:   Lesions  observed  in  arterial  autogenous  vein 
grafts:   Light  and  electron  microscopic  observations.   Circulation:   In 
press.  (Presented  at  45th  Scientific  Sessions  of  the  American  Heart 
Association  October  1,  1972). 


SI 


Serial  No.  NHLI-52(c) 
L.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Silastic  ball  variance  detection 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      William  Schuette,  B.S. 

Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Unit:   Biomedical  Engineering  &.   Instrumentation  Branch 

Project  Description:   The  technique  for  determining  percent  stroke 
length  of  the  poppet  of  a  prosthetic  valve  (Starr-Edwards)  was  developed 
in  1970  at  the  NIH.   Other  techniques  for  diagnosing  ball  variance  have 
a  low  yield  (-^2570)  for  detecting  this  possible  fatal  complication.   The 
limiting  factor  in  utilizing  our  technique  is  the  ability  to  visualize 
the  barium  impregnated  ball  on  cine. 

Results:   Eleven  patients  have  been  studied  and  operated  upon  at  the 
NIH  for  aortic  ball  variance  since  1970.   Nine  of  these  patients  had 
other  criteria  of  ball  variance,  but  the  last  two  patients  were  thought 
"normal"  by  existing  criteria.   The  first  patient  required  operation  for 
a  diseased  mitral  valve,  and  inspection  revealed  obvious  ball  variance 
of  the  aortic  ball.   The  second  patient  was  operated  on  for  aortic  ball 
variance  determined  by  this  technique  and  the  poppet  was  found  to  be 
variant  at  the  time  of  operation. 

Proposed  Course:   Patients  with  a  1000  and  1200  series  Starr-Edwards 
prosthesis  will  be  screened  routinely  in  our  clinic.   This  technique 
may  be  applied  to  any  make  prosthesis  if  the  poppet  can  be  visualized 
on  cine.   The  description  of  the  technique  is  being  submitted  to  the 
American  Heart  meetings  and  the  clinical  results  will  be  submitted  to 
the  American  College  of  Cardiology. 


62- 


Serial  No.  NHLI-53(c) 
1.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md, 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Light  and  electron  microscopic  evaluation  of  hypertrophied 
right  ventricular  outflow  tract  muscle  from  patients 
with  congenital  heart  disease. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-160  (c) 

Principal  Investigators:   Michael  Jones,  M.D. 

Victor  J.  Ferrans,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Unit:         Section  of  Pathology,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   Samples  of  operatively  resected  myocardium  from 
sixty  patients  (ages  3  to  53  years)  with  congenital  heart  disease  were 
submitted  for  light  and  electron  microscopic  evaluation.  Patient 
diagnoses  included  tetralogy  of  Fallot,  infundibular  and  valvular  pul- 
monic stenosis  with  an  intact  ventricular  septum,  isolated  atrial  septal 
defect,  discrete  subpulmonic  stenosis  with  a  ventricular  septal  defect, 
double  outlet  right  ventricle  both  with  and  without  infundibular  obstruc- 
tion, and  ventricular  septal  defect  with  aortic  regurgitation. 

Characteristics  of  hypertrophy  included  a  two  to  three-fold  increase  in 
cell  size,  multinucleate  cells,  multiple  intercalated  discs,  dilated 
transverse  tubules,  and  structural  evidence  of  protein  synthesis.   Degen- 
erative changes  present  were  institial  fibrosis,  cellular  and  myofibrillar 
disorganization,  Z  band  widening,  myofibrillar  degeneration,  myelin  figure 
degeneration,  and  smooth  endoplasmic  reticulum  proliferation.   In  addi- 
tion, ultrastructural  and  histochemical  evidence  was  present  for  abnormal 
morphology  of  and  intramitochondrial  localization  of  glycogen.   An  ultra- 
structural  evaluation  was  also  made  of  normal  and  thickened  endocardium 
present  in  these  patients.  Attempts  are  being  made  to  correlate  these 
findings  with  various  clinical  and  hemodynamic  parameters. 

A  comprehensive  discussion  of  the  morphologic  manifestations  of  hypertrophy, 
chronic  pressure  and  volume  overload,  and  hypoxia  is  in  preparation. 

Publications:   Jones,  M.,  and  Ferrans,  V.  J.:   Intramitochondrial  glycogen 
in  hypertrophied  infundibular  muscle  of  patients  with  congenital  heart 
disease.  Am.  J.  Path.  70:  69-84,  1973. 

Ferrans,  V.  J,,  Buja,  L.  M.,  Jones,  M. :   Ultras true ture  and  cyto- 
chemistry of  glycogen  in  cardiac  diseases.   In  Recent  Advances  in  Studies 
on  Cardiac  Structure  and  Metabolism,  Vol.  Ill,  University  Park  Press, 
Baltimore.   In  press. 


S3 


Serial  No.  NHLI-54(c) 
1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Assessment  of  aortic  regurgitation  in  patients  with 
the  use  of  the  Doppler  Bidirectional  Velocitoraeter 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Paul  R.  Hickey,  M.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   We  have  demonstrated  in  the  animal  research 
laboratory  that  the  Doppler  Bidirectional  Velocitoraeter  affords  an 
excellent  non-invasive  means  of  assessing  experimentally  produced 
aortic  regurgitation. 

We  are  now  beginning  a  clinical  evaluation  of  this  diagnostic  technique. 
Patients  with  aortic  regurgitation  are  studied  with  the  Doppler  tech- 
nique preoperatively.   Recordings  over  the  sternal  notch,  at  the  point 
of  greatest  velocity  in  the  great  arteries  exiting  from  the  thoracic 
outlet,  are  made  prior  to  the  day  of  surgery  on  the  ambulatory  patient 
and  in  the  anesthesia  induction  room  under  general  anesthesia.   The 
amount  of  regurgitant  flow  (as  a  percentage)  is  then  calculated  and 
compared  with  regurgitant  flow  determined  with  an  electromagnetic  flow 
probe  about  the  ascending  aorta  prior  to  the  onset  of  cardiopulmonary 
bypass  and  valve  replacement. 

Project  will  be  continued  with  comparative  measurements  of  regurgita- 
tion by  the  Doppler  instrument  and  with  measurements  made  with  an 
electromagnetic  flowmeter. 


0f^ 


Serial  No.     NHTJ-fiii 

1 .      Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md.    20014 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Experimental  production  of  progressive  mitral  stenosis 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:  Lawrence  L,  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Kent  W.  Jones,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Michael  Jones,  M.D. 

Norman  L.  Luka,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   An  effort  has  been  made  to  create  an  animal  model 
of  progressive  mitral  stenosis.   Initial  attention  was  directed  towards 
an  Ameroid  ring  (a  plastic  which  absorbs  tissue  water  with  subsequent 
swelling)  which  was  placed  above  the  mitral  annulus .   This  device  was 
found  to  be  excessively  thrombogenic  and  swelling  was  too  rapid.   A  sub- 
sequent model  has  been  designed  and  implanted  which  looks  promising. 
A  segmented  poljmrethane  covered  ring  is  sewn  into  the  supra-mitral  area 
and  a  circumferential  internal  balloon  gradually  inflated  via  an  external 
connection  with  a  subsequent  decreasing  mitral  valve  area. 

If  this  model  proves  successful  in  effecting  a  progressive  mitral 
stenosis  we  plan  to  study  many  aspects  of  the  disease,  i.e.,  effects  of 
gradually  increasing  left  atrial  pressure  on  salt  and  water  homeostasis, 
exercise  tolerance  and  the  critical  level  of  valve  area,  mechanisms  of 
pulmonary  edema,  etc. 


er 


Serial   No.     NHLI-56 
1.      Clinic   of  Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md . 


Project  Title; 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  effects  of  naloxone  hydrochloride  on  ventricular 
irritability 


Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Paul  R.  Hickey,  M.D. 


Other  Investigators; 


Cooperating  Units; 


William  Dixon,  M.D. 
Thomas  Clark,  M.D. 
Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Department  of  Anesthesia,  Clinical  Center 
Division  of  Thoracic  &  Cardiovascular  Surgery, 
Bethesda  Naval  Hospital 


Project  Description:   Naloxone  hydrochloride  (Narcan)  is  a  narcotic 
antagonist  which  is  coming  into  common  clinical  use.   Recently,  in  the 
same  24  hour  period,  two  episodes  of  ventricular  fibrillation  have 
immediately  followed  the  intravenous  administration  of  small  amounts  of 
this  drug.   The  two  cases  -  a  patient  24  hours  post-triple  valve  replace- 
ment at  the  "  [LI,  and  a  patient  at  the  Bethesda  Naval  Hospital  who  was 
18  hours  '    -repair  of  a  dissecting  aortic  hematoma,  are  presented  in 
the  papi 

The  patients  received  naloxone  from  different  drug  lots,  nevertheless 
remaining  drug  ampules  from  each  source  were  obtained  and  tested  in  the 
animal  laboratory.   Naloxone  HCl  from  these  two  sources  was  injected  into 
five  dogs  and  the  vulnerability  of  the  dog's  heart  to  ventricular  fibril- 
lation was  assessed  using  the  ventricular  excitability  curve  as  an  index 
of  vulnerability.   Excitability  curves  were  determined  on  a  control 
basis,  after  morphine  sulphate  and  following  naloxone  administration. 
Rapid  intravenous  injection  of  the  drug  caused  a  brief  tachycardia  and 
transient  rise  in  arterial  pressure,  with  a  run  of  premature  ventricular 
contractions  observed  in  two  of  the  five  animals.   There  was  no  demon- 
strable increase  in  ventricular  excitability  over  control  values. 

The  two  detailed  case  presentations  and  the  results  of  the  laboratory 
studies  are  presently  being  prepared  for  publication  along  with  a 
warning  as  to  this  complication  and  our  recommendations  for  safeguards 
in  administration  of  the  drug. 


e^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-57(c) 
1.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md.  20014 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Clinical  effects  of  abrupt  decrease  in  left  atrial 
pressure  on  renal  sodium  excretory  patterns 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:  Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Jack  G.  Copeland,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   It  has  been  appreciated  for  some  time  that 
patients  undergoing  closed  mitral  commissurotomy  have  high  levels  of 
ADH  with  resultant  increase  in  free  water  reabsorption  in  the  post- 
operative period.   This  has  been  attributed  to  left  atrial  stretch 
receptors  which  "sense"  this  fall  in  pressure  as  relative  hypovolemia 
and  signal  a  release  of  ADH.   Since  left  atrial  receptors  also  can 
influence  an  increase  in  sodium  excretion  with  elevation  in  pressure, 
we  have  been  curious  as  to  whether  the  reciprocal  situation,  retention 
of  sodium  with  a  decrease  in  pressure,  exists. 

Six  patients  undergoing  closed  mitral  commissurotomy  and  four  patients 
undergoing  an  exploratory  thoracotomy  through  a  similar  incision 
(control  series)  were  studied.  All  patients  had  a  complete  renal 
profile  preoperatively  and  urine  and  plasma  were  collected  and  analyzed 
for  5-7  days  postoperatively.  Although  plasma  aldosterone  levels  were 
much  higher  in  the  commissurotomy  patients  preoperatively,  they  had 
the  same  relative  percent  rise  in  aldosterone  levels  in  the  postoperative 
period  as  did  the  control  patients.   Although  G.F.R.  (as  measured  by 
endogenous  creatinine  clearance)  increased  from  preoperative  values  in 
the  commissurotomy  patients,  their  total  sodium  excretion  fell  to 
extremely  low  levels  (mean  3  mEq/day)  in  the  first  three  postoperative 
days.  We  feel  that  these  data  are  suggestive  that  left  atrial  pressure 
receptors  may  be  operative  in  effecting  this  sodium  retention.  We  are 
awaiting  further  patients  to  finalize  the  study. 


er 


Serial  No.   NHLI-58 


1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Systemic  and  renal  responses  to  a  graded  reduction  in 
cardiac  output 

Previous  Serial  No. : 

Principal  Investigators:   Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.  D. 

Paul  R.  Hickey,  M.  D. 
Norman  L.  Luka,  M.  D. 

Other  Investigators:   Scott  I.  Allen,  M.  D. 

Cooperating  Unit:   Division  of  Computer  Research  and  Technology 

Project  Description:   Seventeen  dogs  undergoing  a  moderate  saline  diuresis 
were  studied  as  cardiac  output  was  gradually  decreased  by  microsphere 
embolization  to  the  coronary  arteries.   Multiple,  small  injections,  at  20- 
30  minute  intervals,  effected  a  graded  and  sustained  reduction  in  cardiac 
output  with  accompanying  elevation  of  left  atrial  pressure  and  ECG  changes 
of  ischemia.   Small  additional  reductions  in  cardiac  output  after  a  decrease 
to  50-607„  of  control  invariably  resulted  in  sudden  death  or  frank,  irrevers- 
ible cardiogenic  shock.   Initial  small  reductions  in  cardiac  output,  which 
occurred  prior  to  an  elevation  in  left  atrial  pressure,  were  associated  with 
a  marked  decrease  in  peripheral  flow  (measured  with  both  an  electromagnetic 
probe  and  a  Doppler  bi-directional  velocitometer)  with  sparing  of  the  renal 
blood  flow  and  mean  arterial  pressure.   Progressive  reduction  in  cardiac 
output  lowered  the  renal  blood  flow  and  arterial  pressure  but  to  a  lesser 
extent  than  peripheral  flow--a  situation  unlike  hemorrhagic  shock.   The 
diuresis  and  natruresis  accompanying  saline  infusion  were  gradually  dimin- 
ished as  cardiac  output  fell,  but  oliguria  was  seen  only  after  cardiac  out- 
put had  decreased  to  507,,  of  control.   A  modest  fall  in  glomerular  filtration 
rate  was  seen  at  707o  reduction  in  cardiac  output  and  tubular  sodium  re- 
absorption  rose  throughout  the  experiments.   These  studies  suggest  that 
diminished  peripheral  flow  is  an  earlier  and  more  reliable  index  of  a 
progressive  deterioration  in  cardiac  output  than  is  arterial  pressure,  renal 
blood  flow,  or  left  atrial  pressure,  and  that  oliguria  is  a  manifestation  of 
an  extensive  reduction  in  cardiac  output. 

This  project  will  be  presented  at  the  Society  for  Vascular  Surgery  in 
June,  1973  and  the  manuscript  will  be  published  in  Surgery  late  in  1973. 


98 


Serial  No.      NHTJ-59 
1.      Clinic   of  Surgery 
3.     Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Blood  volume  expansion  without  altering  hematocrit. 
Renal  effects  in  a  cross -trans fusion  model 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:   Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Norman  L,  Luka,  M.D. 
Bruce  A.  Reitz,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   Expansion  of  the  intravascular  volume  in  a  normo- 
volemic subject  results  in  an  increase  in  the  renal  excretion  of  salt 
which  is  not  dependent  on  ADH,  withdrawal  of  aldosterone,  renal  innova- 
tion, or  an  increase  in  filtered  load.   This  volume-expansion  natruresis, 
which  is  secondary  to  decreased  tubular  sodium  reabsorption,  has  been 
attributed  to  a  humoral  agent.   The  humoral  nature  of  this  mechanism  has 
been  suggested  by  cross-transfusion  studies  in  which  blood  from  a  saline- 
loaded  animal  was  exchanged  with  a  second  animal  whose  blood  volume  was 
kept  unchanged.  Many  elaborate  subsequent  studies  have  been  done  which 
have  both  refuted  and  corroborated  the  existence  of  such  a  "natruretic 
hormone."   Because  many  of  these  studies  were  done  with  saline  and  plasma- 
like substances,  which  caused  a  decrease  in  the  hematocrit  of  both 
dogs,  it  has  not  been  proved  that  pure  intravascular  expansion  is  the 
stimulus  for  this  salt  losing  phenomenon  (a  decrease  in  hematocrit  is 
known  to  decrease  sodium  reabsorption).  An  experimental  cross-transfusion 
model  was  therefore  developed  which  obviates  any  decrease  in  hematocrit 
and  maintains  normal  plasma  oncotic  pressures. 

Ten  such  sets  of  cross -trans fusion  experiments  were  performed.   In  all 
studies,  two  dogs  were  connected  -  femoral  artery  to  femoral  vein  -  with 
a  high  flow  pump  that  transferred  exactly  equal  volumes  of  blood  from 
one  dog  to  the  other.  A  one  liter  reservoir  was  connected  to  the 
system  and  a  mixture  of  blood  and  dextran  allowed  to  equilibrate  with 
both  dogs'  circulating  blood  volume.   After  a  prolonged  period  of 
equilibration,  a  liter  of  blood  which  was  a  composite  of  the  blood 
from  both  dogs  plus  the  mixture  of  blood  and  dextran,  was  removed  from 
the  reservoir  and  infused  into  dog  #1  while  continuous  cross -trans fusion 
was  maintained.   Plasma  and  urine  were  collected  at  regular  intervals 
from  both  dogs,  and  urine  volume,  sodium  excretion,  creatinine  clearance, 
osmolar  and  free  water  clearance,  and  fractional  sodium  excretion  were 
determined.   In  all  cases,  dog  #1  (volume  expanded)  demonstrated  a  sig- 
nificant diuresis  and  natruresis.   Dog  #2  (normovolemic)  did  not  demon- 
strate any  consistent  increase  in  the  excretion  of  salt.   The  studies  thus 
do  not  demonstrate  a  substance  in  the  blood  of  the  volume  expanded  animal 
which  effects  a  natruresis  in  the  recipient  animal.   These  data  are 
presently  being  prepared  to  be  submitted  for  publication. 


Serial  No.     NHLI-60 
1,     Clinic   of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Reports 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Systemic  and  renal  effects  of  Methyl  Prednisolone 
following  a  graded  reduction  in  cardiac  output 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Paul  R.  Hickey,  M.D, 
Norman  L.  Luka,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Scott  I.  Allen,  M.D, 

Cooperating  Units:        Division  of  Computer  Research  and  Technology 

Project  Description:   Large  doses  of  methyl  prednisolone  have  been 
recommended  in  the  treatment  of  various  forms  of  shock.   Effects  of 
this  drug  in  cardiogenic  shock  are  variable  and  difficult  to  evaluate 
in  the  clinical  situation  when  multiple  other  drugs  are  used  concurrently. 
Urine  output  is  often  transiently  improved  following  administration  of 
the  drug  and  some  investigators  have  attributed  this  to  a  direct  renal 
action  of  methyl  prednisolone. 

Eight  dogs  which  had  been  subjected  to  a  graded  reduction  in  cardiac 
output  by  multiple  small  embolizations  of  microspheres  to  the  coronary 
arteries  were  treated  with  large  doses  of  methyl  prednisolone  (30  mg/kg) 
after  their  cardiac  output  had  fallen  and  stabilized  at  50-60%  of  control 
values.   The  effect  of  the  drug  on  cardiac  output,  peripheral  blood  flow, 
arterial  pressure,  and  renal  blood  flow  were  determined. 

Urine  and  plasma  were  collected  at  frequent  intervals  and  the  following 
information  obtained:   Urine  volume,  sodium  excretion,  creatinine  clear- 
ance (exogenous),  osmolar  clearance,  free  water  clearance,  and  fractional 
sodium  reabsorption.   Preliminary  analysis  of  the  data  suggests  that 
methyl  prednisolone  does  not  improve  the  depressed  myocardium  but  may  have 
a  direct  renal  effect  with  transient  diuretic  and  natruretic  capabilities. 


<^o 


Serial  No,     NHLI-61 


1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Apical-aortic  valvular  anastomosis  for  diffuse  left 
ventricular  outflow  tract  obstruction 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:   John  W.  Brown,  M.D. 

Arthur  J.  Roberts,  M.D. 
Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   There  is  no  satisfactory  corrective  operation  for  a 
form  of  left  ventricular  outflow  tract  obstruction  termed  "tunnel  aortic 
stenosis.  "  A  prosthesis  was  constructed  to  bypass  this  obstruction  using 
a  Starr-Edwards  aortic  ball  valve  (size  7A)  mounted  into  a  20  mm.  Dacron 
woven  graft.  Apical-aortic  anastomosis  with  occlusion  of  the  ascending 
aorta  was  carried  out  in  20  dogs  (average  weight  of  25  Kg.)  using  cardio- 
pulmonary bypass.   Anastomosis  to  the  apex  of  the  left  ventricle  was 
accomplished  with  a  flexible  cloth-covered  polyure thane  stent  which  pro- 
jected 5  mm.  into  the  cavity  of  the  left  ventricle.   The  end-to-side  aortic 
anastomosis  was  located  at  the  level  of  the  7th  and  8th  intercostal  arteries. 
Aortic  occlusion  was  accomplished  using  a  soft  jaw  clamp  placed  approxi- 
mately 2  cm.  distal  to  the  coronary  ostia.   Average  cardiopulmonary  bypass 
time  was  25  min. 

Results:   Nineteen  of  20  dogs  survived  the  operation,  and  two  are 
alive  and  well  six  to  seven  months  postoperatively.   The  17  postoperative 
deaths  were  divided  into  eight  early  (3-12  hr.)  deaths  secondary  to  ventricular 
arrhythmias,  bleeding,  and  technical  errors.   The  nine  late  (3-21  days) 
deaths  were  attributed  to  congestive  heart  failure,  infection,  and  one  of 
an  iantrogenic  hemothorax. 

Proposed  Course:   Both  surviving  dogs  will  undergo  cardiac  catheteriza- 
tion.  An  additional  series  of  dogs  using  modifications  of  the  above  pros- 
thesis and  more  detailed  acute  and  chronic  postoperative  evaluation  will  be 
studied. 


^/ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-62 

1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md . 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Experimental  evaluation  of  the  membrane  oxygenator 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Arthur  J.  Roberts,  M,D. 

Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      John  W.  Brown,  M.D. 

Lynn  H.  Harrison,  Jr.,  M.D. 
P.  David  Myerowitz,  M.D. 
Edward  Stool,  M.D. 
Theodore  Kolobow,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Unit:   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   The  Kolobow  membrane  oxygenator  has  been  used  for 
cardiopulmonary  bypass  in  over  60  dogs.   Design  and  fabrication  problems 
of  incorporating  the  Kolobow  membrane  into  a  prototype  heart-lung  machine 
have  been  largely  resolved.   Cardiopulmonary  bypass  using  partial  whole 
blood  prime,  normothermia,  1007o  oxygen  (6-8  1/min.  flow)  was  employed  at 
flow  rates  of  60-80  cc .  Kg.   Approximately  50  animals  were  pumped  for 
three  hours  or  less  with  a  short-term  survival  (24  hours)  of  707o.   Long- 
term  survival  (>  1  week)  for  this  group  was  507o.   Animals  pumped  more 
than  three  hours  had  s  short-term  survival  of  307o,  and  no  long-term  sur- 
vivors have  been  achieved  to  date.   Arrhythmias,  congestive  failure  or 
pulmonary  insufficiency  have  been  responsible  for  the  deaths  in  the 
greater  than  three  hour  perfusion  group. 

The  arterial  p02  has  ranged  between  100  and  300  mm.  Hg  and 
venous  p02  30  to  45  with  the  present  membrane.   These  values  tend  to  be 
well  maintained  for  a  given  animal  subjected  to  longer  perfusions  (>3  hours), 
CO2  elimination  was  initially  a  problem  in  our  system,  but  an  improved 
vacuum  system  and  better  quality  control  of  membrane  production  now  provides 
arterial  p02  of  33-42  and  venous  pC02  of  44-50  to  be  achieved. 

Hemolysis  was  minimal  during  and  immediately  after  bypass. 
Postbypass  levels  of  SCOT  80-120,  LDH  100-150,  and  serum  hemoglobin 
20-55  mgm7o  have  been  recorded.   Hematocrit  fell  87o  and  platelets  decreased 
107o  during  CPB.   Lactic  acid  was  40-60  mgmT,  and  total  protein  decreased 
30%  with  bypass. 

Proposed  Course:   Current  plans  are  to  continue  animal 
studies  directed  toward  employing  this  membrane  clinically  for  both  cardio- 
pulmonary bypass  and  prolonged  pulmonary  assist. 


f5 


Serial  No.       NHLI-63 


1.     Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Transcutaneous  measurement  of  aortic  regurgitation  with 
a  Doppler  Velocitometer 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Paul  R.  Hickey,  M.D. 

Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Other  Investigator:      Norman  L.  Luka,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   Acute  aortic  regurgitation  was  produced  in  10  dogs 
by  punching  one  or  more  holes  in  the  valve  leaflets  under  normothermic 
inflow  occlusion.   The  absolute  percentage  of  regurgitant  flow  was  then 
determined  with  an  electromagnetic  flow  probe  placed  around  the  ascending 
aorta  and/or  the  common  brachiocephalic  trunk  at  its  origin.   Occlusion 
distal  to  the  probe  was  performed  to  ascertain  zero  flow.   Simultaneously, 
the  regurgitant  flow  in  the  brachiocephalic  trunk  was  measured  trans- 
cutaneously  using  a  Doppler  bidirectional  velocitometer  with  a  fixed, 
internal  zero,  applied  at  the  sternal  notch.  Regurgitant  flows  were 
created  ranging  from  10-75%  of  forward  flow.   In  9  of  the  10  animals, 
the  regurgitant  flow  measured  transcutaneously  was  within  11%  (±  6%) 
of  that  measured  directly  with  the  electromagnetic  flow  probe.   The 
difference  between  the  two  measurements  was  not  statistically  significant. 
In  one  dog  the  difference  between  the  two  measurements  was  23%. 

These  data  indicate  that  transcutaneous  measurement  of  regurgitant  flow 
in  the  large  arteries  of  the  thoracic  inlet,  using  a  Doppler  bi-directional 
velocitometer,  is  an  accurate  method  of  assessing  absolute  percentages  of 
aortic  regurgitation.   The  simplicity  of  this  noninvasive  technique  makes 
it  promising  for  clinical  use  and  studies  are  underway  to  evaluate  its 
accuracy  in  man. 

Proposed  Course:   This  data  has  been  submitted  to  the  Forum  of  the 
American  College  of  Surgeons  and  is  presently  under  consideration  for 
presentation. 


<fS 


Serial  No.      NHTJ-64 
1.      Clinic    of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Reports 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  A  new  canine  model  for  echocardiographic  evaluation 
of  myocardial  function 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   P.  David  Myerowitz,  M.D. 

James  Griffith,  B.S. 
Arthur  J.  Roberts,  M.D. 
Lynn  H.  Harrison,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Walter  Henry,  M.D. 
Charles  L.  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Biomedical  Engineering  &  Instrumentation  Branch 
Cardiology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   A  reliable  canine  model  for  echocardiographic 
evaluation  of  myocardial  function  has  not  been  previously  reported. 
Because  of  the  configuration  of  the  dog's  chest  wall,  surface  echo- 
cardiography is  difficult  to  obtain.   In  six  dogs  a  1.7  x  0.5  cm., 
2.25  M  Hz  barium  titanate  echo  transducer  was  sutured  to  the  anterior 
epicardial  surface  of  the  right  ventricle.   This  was  positioned  to 
measure  septal  thickness,  left  ventricular  posterior  wall  thickness 
and  left  ventricular  transverse  diameter  in  a  manner  similar  to  that 
used  in  clinical  echocardiography.   The  dynamic  relationships  of 
these  structures  were  analyzed  with  a  video  scanner-analog  computer 
system.   The  animals  were  studied  two  to  five  weeks  postoperatively  in 
the  closed  chest,  unanesthetized  state,  at  which  time  the  cardiac 
dimensions  listed  above  were  measured.   Volume  changes  were  estimated 
from  the  ultrasonically  determined  left  ventricular  diameter  and 
compared  with  volume  changes  simultaneously  measured  with  an  electro- 
magnetic flow  probe  placed  around  the  ascending  aorta. 

Results:   This  technique  has  proved  to  be  a  dependable  means  of  following 
left  ventricular  dimensions  in  dogs  echocardiographically  up  to  three 
months  after  insertion.   In  addition,  the  correlation  between  volume 
changes  estimated  by  flow  probe  versus  echocardiography  was  >  0.9. 

Proposed  Course:   The  project  has  been  completed  and  an  abstract  submitted 
for  the  next  meeting  of  the  American  College  of  Surgeons. 


9^^ 


Serial  No.      NHLI-65 
1.      Clinic   of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  A  comparison  of  left  ventricular  pressure,  aortic  flow 
and  echocardiography  in  determining  the  response  of 
left  ventricular  function  or  propranolol 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:   P.  David  Myerowitz,  M.D. 

James  Griffith,  B.S. 
Walter  Henry,  M.D. 
Charles  L,  Mcintosh,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Biomedical  Engineering  &  Instrumentation  Branch 
Cardiology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description:  Presently,  administration  of  propranolol,  a 
negative  inotropic  agent  used  in  arrhythmias,  is  monitored  by  arterial 
pressure.   The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  see  if  echocardiographic 
changes  could  be  found  which  precede  the  hypotensive  effect  of  the  drug 
and  could  be  used  in  monitoring  its  administration.   Five  dogs  were 
instrumented  with  aortic  flow  probes,  left  ventricular  pressure  trans- 
ducers and  echo  transducers.   They  were  then  given  15  mg.  of  propranolol 
intravenously  (10  times  the  dose  recommended  in  adults)  in  1  mg.  incre- 
ments.  Left  ventricular  pressure,  aortic  flow  and  left  ventricular 
transverse  dimensions  were  recorded. 

Proposed  Course:   Data  is  presently  being  collected  and  analyzed. 


9S' 


Serial   No.     NHTJ-66 
1.    Clinic  of   Surgery 
3.    Bethesda,   Md, 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Experimental  creation  of  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis, 
ventricular  septal  defect  and  right  ventricular 
hypertension  in  puppies. 

Previous  Serial  No.:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Kent  W.  Jones,  M.D. 

Michael  Jones,  M.D. 
Stephen  B.  Colvin,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.  D. 

Project  Description:   The  combination  of  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis 
with  an  intracardiac  shunt  and  associated  right  ventricular  hypertension 
is  a  commonly  encountered  congenital  cardiac  malformation  requiring  surgical 
palliation  and/or  correction.   The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  surgically 
create  an  experimental  model  simulating  the  above  disorder,  in  order  to  study 
and  more  fully  understand  the  anatomic,  pathologic  and  hemodynamic  changes 
which  accompany  such  defects. 

Foxhound  puppies,  weighing  6.0-8,0  Kg.,  were  used  for  this  model.   Infundi- 
bular pulmonic  stenosis  was  achieved  by  placing  a  No .  1  silk  suture  through 
the  septal  band  of  the  crista  supraventricularis  and  tying  it  anteriorly, 
tight  enough  to  elevate  RV  pressure  to  approximately  one-half  of  systemic 
level.   Utilizing  inflow  and  outflow  occlusion,  a  ventricular  septal  defect 
was  created  by  removing  a  5  mm.  diameter  core  of  muscular  septum  with  an 
instrument  similar  to  a  sharpened  cork  borer  attached  to  suction.   A  Kel-F 
plastic  tube  with  flanged  edges  was  then  placed  through  the  created  defect 
to  maintain  patency. 

Results:   Thirty- three  (33)  puppies  underwent  operation  and  25  survived,  for 
an  operative  survival  of  767o.   All  survivors  had  an  easily  palpable  thrill 
over  the  anterior  surface  of  the  RV  from  the  newly  created  VSD.   Eleven 
animals  have  undergone  left  heart  catheterization  4-6  weeks  postoperatively 
and  seven  have  demonstrated  a  large  left-to-right  shunt  by  dye  curve. 

Proposed  Course:   We  intend  to  study  these  dogs  at  4-6  months  of  age  using 
both  right  and  left  heart  catheterization  to  determine  intracardiac  pressures 
and  the  size  of  the  interventricular  shunt.   Right  ventricular  angiography 
is  planned  to  demonstrate  the  size  of  the  infundibular  outflow  tract.   A 
systemic- pulmonary  anastomosis  will  then  be  constructed  and  at  a  later  date 
a  repeat  RV  angiogram  will  be  performed  to  determine  if  the  size  of  the  out- 
flow tract  has  changed  or  become  atretic.   The  hearts  will  ultimately  be 
studied  grossly  and  microscopically  at  necropsy. 


Serial  No.  NHLI-67(c) 
1.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   A  review  of  eighteen  years  experience  with  total  correction 
of  tetralogy  of  Fallot  at  the  NIH 

Previous  Serial  No.:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Kent  W.~  Jones,  M.D. 

Michael  Jones,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.  D. 

Project  Description:   Between  September  1955  and  April  1973,  164  patients 
have  undergone  total  operative  correction  of  tetralogy  of  Fallot.   Their  ages 
at  the  time  of  operation  ranged  from  2  to  41  years  with  a  mean  age  of  16  years. 
Five  (3%)  patients  had  isolated  valvular  pulmonic  stenosis,  65  (407o)  had  only 
infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis,  and  94  (57%)  had  a  combination  of  the  two 
lesions.  Forty-five  (277o)  of  the  patients  also  had  an  atrial  septal  defect, 
and  53  (327=)  had  undergone  a  previous  palliative  procedure.  Thirty-four 
patients  died  in  the  postoperative  period  for  a  total  operative  mortality  of 
217o;  however,  there  were  only  9  deaths  following  the  last  100  operations,  and 
there  have  been  no  deaths  following  the  last  33  procedures.  Five  additional 
deaths  occurred  6  months  to  3  years  postoperatively,  for  a  late  mortality  of 
47o. 

Ninety-four  (727o)  of  the  130  operative  survivors  have  been  followed  at  the 
NIH.  By  New  York  Heart  Association  Classification,  85  (917o)  are  functional 
Class  I,  6  (67o)  Class  II,  and  3  (37.)  Class  III,  Ninety-three  (727.)  patients 
have  undergone  postoperative  catheterization.  Thirty-nine  (427.)  have  an 
RVEDP>6  mm,  Hg.   Ten  (117o)  have  a  gradient  across  the  RV  outflow  tract  of 
>30  mm.  Hg.  Fifteen  (167.)  have  a  residual  interventricular  shunt;  13  of  these 
occurred  in  patients  operated  upon  prior  to  1966,  and  in  the  last  87  cases, 
only  2  (27.)  patients  have  had  residual  shunts.  Of  the  53  patients  who  had 
previous  palliative  operative  procedures,  9  (177o)  died  at  the  time  of  total 
correction.  There  was  a  67.  operative  mortality  in  patients  with  a  preoperative 
QP/QS  >1. 0/1.0,  compared  with  a  237  mortality  in  those  with  a  QP/QS<1 .0/1 .0 . 
Ninety- five  patients  underwent  outflow  tract  reconstruction  with  a  prosthetic 
gussett,  and  18  (197.)  died  in  the  early  postoperative  period.   Of  the  45 
patients  with  an  atrial  septal  defect,  21  (477.)  had  the  defect  closed  at  the 
time  of  total  correction„  Three  (147.)  of  the  patients  died,  compared  to  7  (297.) 
deaths  which  occurred  in  the  24  patients  with  atrial  septal  defects  which 
were  not  closed. 

Seven  (47o)  of  the  patients  undergoing  operation  had  permanent  complete  heart 
block  postoperatively  requiring  a  pacemaker.  Three  (437)  of  these  patients 
died. 

1  97 


Serial  No.  NHLI-67(c) 
1.  Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.  Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Five  (47o)  of  the  operative  survivors  have  died  6  months  to  3  years  post- 
operatively.  Two  had  residual  interventricular  shunts,  moderate  gradients 
across  the  RV  outflow  tract  and  elevated  RVEDP.   One  had  complete  heart 
block  and  a  small  residual  shunt.   The  fourth  had  severe  tricuspid  and 
pulmonic  regurgitation  with  an  RA  mean  of  18  and  an  RVEDP  of  10  mm.  Hg.   The 
fifth  patient  was  asymptomatic  and  died  suddenly  of  unknown  causes. 

Proposed  Course:   Continued  review  is  planned. 


f^ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-68 


1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  experimental  creation  of  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis 
and  demonstration  of  its  hemodynamic  relationships 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:  Kent  W.  Jones,  M.D. 

Michael  Jones,  M.D. 
Stephen  Colvin,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Andrew  G.  Morrow,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   Infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis  is  a  commonly 
encountered  congenital  cardiac  malformation  occurring  singularly,  in 
conjunction  with  valvular  pulmonic  stenosis,  and  in  association  with 
other  congenital  intracardiac  defects.   In  order  to  study  the  hemodynamic 
relationships  of  this  obstructive  lesion,  a  surgically  created  model  of 
this  disorder  was  utilized. 

Foxhound  puppies,  weighing  between  4.2-6.5  Kg.,  were  subjected  to  a 
right  thoracotomy.  A  suture  of  #1  silk  was  placed  through  the  septal 
band  of  the  crista  supraventricularis  and  tied  anteriorly,  tight  enough 
to  elevate  the  RV  pressure  to  approximately  one-half  of  systemic  level. 
Sixteen  (16)  of  twenty-six  (26)  animals  survived  the  operative  procedure 
for  an  operative  survival  of  62%. 

The  survivors  were  then  allowed  to  grow  over  a  5-6  month  period,  at 
which  time  they  were  subjected  to  a  right  thoracotomy  for  insertion  of  an 
indwelling  catheter  in  the  pulmonary  artery  distal  to  the  pulmonic  valve. 
Approximately  one  week  thereafter,  they  underwent  right  and  left  heart 
catheterization  to  assess  the  dynamics  of  the  obstruction.   Baseline  LV, 
RV  and  PA  pressures  were  recorded  simultaneously,  and  a  baseline  orifice 
area  was  calculated  by  the  method  of  Gorlin  and  Gorlin,  using  the  RV-PA 
pressure  gradient  and  LV  dye  curve  cardiac  output  to  calculate  infundibular 
blood  flow.  After  stable  baseline  values  were  obtained,  the  animals  were 
subjected  to  constant  drip  infusions  of  isoproterenol  and  calcium  chloride, 
and  increments  of  intravenous  acetyl  strophanthadin.   Cardiac  output, 
infundibular  blood  flow  and  orifice  area  were  determined  with  each  pro- 
vocative measure  and  new  baselines  were  obtained  following  each  intervention. 

Results:   At  present,  ten  dogs  weighing  14.7  -  17.8  Kg.  have  undergone 
catheterization  studies  with  data  being  obtained  from  eight.   The  average 
peak  systolic  gradient  across  the  infundibular  obstruction  was  56  mm.  Hg, 
with  a  mean  gradient  of  39  mm.  Hg  and  an  orifice  area  of  0.33  cm  .   With 

1  99 


Serial  No,  NHTJ-68 
1.   Clinic  of  Surgery 
3.   Bethesda,  Md. 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

isoproterenol  infusion  the  area  of  the  stenotic  orifice  decreased  in  seven 
of  eight  dogs  (117o  -  61?o  from  baseline).   All  five  dogs  receiving  calcium 
chloride  demonstrated  a  decrease  in  the  orifice  size  (12-247o),  as  did  all 
eight  dogs  receiving  acetyl  strophanthadin  (6-30%).   Increasing  doses  of 
acetyl  strophanthadin  demonstrated  a  progressive  decrease  in  the  stenotic 
orifice  size.   Necropsy  observations  on  the  hearts  of  three  dogs  revealed 
right  ventricular  hypertrophy,  as  evidenced  by  a  right  ventricular  free 
wall  thickness  approaching  the  thickness  of  the  left  ventricular  free 
wall.   A  dilated  chamber  was  present  distal  to  the  infundibular  obstruction 
and  two  of  the  three  dogs  had  pulmonary  valve  leaflets  which  were  thickened 
and  deformed,  presumably  from  the  proximal  jet  of  blood  striking  them. 
In  addition,  the  measured  stenotic  infundibular  orifices  were  similar  to 
the  calculated  resting  orifice  area. 

Conclusion:   The  above  findings  demonstrate  the  dynamic  nature  of  the 

obstruction  in  infundibular  pulmonic  stenosis  and  point  out  the  hazards 

which  may  be  encountered  in  children  with  this  disorder  if  given  an  ino- 
tropic agent. 


Serial  No.        NHLI-69 
1.      Clinic   of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Reports 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

•Project  Title:  Hemodynamic  and  anatomic  evaluation  of  experimental 
valvular  aortic  stenosis 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Jack  G.  Copeland,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Barry  Maron,  M.D. 

Lawrence  L,  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Unit:         Cardiology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description:   In  20  dogs  valvular  aortic  stenosis  has  been 
created  by  placing  spring  steel  clips  on  the  aortic  valve  commissures. 
Sequential  postoperative  cardiac  catheterizations  have  confirmed  that 
stenosis  is  produced  resulting  in  an  average  peak  systolic  gradient  of 
30  mm.  Hg  and  an  average  valve  area  of  .75  cm.^  (approximate  25%  of 
normal).   Seventeen  dogs  were  catheterized  twice.  Approximately  one- 
half  of  these  showed  valve  areas  which  decreased  between  the  second  and 
fourth  week  postoperatively.  Pathologic  examination  of  the  valve  at 
one  to  six  months  postoperatively  disclosed  fibrotic  stiff  leaflets 
in  all  hearts  with  small  orifices  (< 1  cm. 2)  in  those  dogs  which  retained 
their  stenosis,  and  tears  in  the  leaflets  or  slippage  of  the  clips  in 
those  which  lost  their  stenosis.  All  hearts  were  hypertrophic  when  com- 
pared in  weight  (Gms.)/  body  weight  (Kg.)  to  a  normal  series  of  dogs 
matched  for  sex  and  breed  at  p  ^  .001.  Ultras  true tural  evaluation  of 
this  tissue  is  presently  underway.   When  this  is  completed,  the  study 
will  be  terminated. 

Proposed  Course:   Acute  experiments  will  be  done  using  this  model  to 
examine  the  physiology  of  valvular  aortic  stenosis. 


/«/ 


Serial  No.      NHLI-70 


1.      Clinic   of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md . 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Reports 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  aortic  stenosis  on  (A)  Coronary  blood  flow 
and  (B)  Regional  distribution  of  blood  flow 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Jack  G.  Copeland,  M.D. 

Norman  Luka,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.D. 

Project  Description:   Using  a  technique  for  creating  valvular  aortic 
stenosis  in  dogs  which  has  recently  been  improved  and  tested  in  this 
laboratory,  two  studies  of  the  physiology  of  valvular  aortic  stenosis 
are  being  undertaken.   Study  A  is  involved  with  measurement  of  myo- 
cardial oxygen  consumption  (MVO2)  in  acutely  produced  valvular  aortic 
stenosis.   Cardiac  output  is  varied  by  pacing  the  heart  from  the  right 
atrium  and  manipulating  bilateral  femoral  A-V  shunts.   Coronary  artery 
blood  flow  is  measured  by  timed  collections  from  the  coronary  sinus. 
Arterial  and  coronary  sinus  blood  O2  content  is  measured  as  the  cardiac 
output  is  raised.   An  electromagnetic  flowmeter  is  placed  on  the  aortic 
root  and  pressures  in  the  LV  and  ascending  aorta  are  monitored. 

Proposed  Course  for  A:   At  present  the  study  is  in  a  developmental 
stage.   Eventually,  we  plan  to  assess  the  relations  of  stroke  work, 
dp/dt,  and  time  tension  index  to  MVO2  on  dogs  with  aortic  stenosis 
compared  to  those  without  aortic  stenosis. 

Proposed  Course  for  B:   Study  B  is  in  the  planning  stage  and  has  not 
been  attempted.   Its  aim  will  be  to  examine  dogs  with  aortic  stenosis 
during  strenuous  exercise.   It  is  hoped  that  syncope  will  be  produced 
and  that  its  mechanism  will  be  apparent  from  monitoring  cardiac  output 
(aortic  root  EMF),  LV  and  aortic  pressures,  brachiocephalic  blood  flow 
(brachiocephalic  EMF)  and  electrocardiogram. 


/o3l 


Serial  No.      NHTJ-71 
1.      Clinic   of   Surgery 
3.      Bethesda,   Md. 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Hypothermic  asanguineous  circulatory  arrest  (HACA) 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigators:    Jack  G.  Copeland,  M.  D. 

Bruce  A.  Reitz,  M.  D. 

Other  Investigators:        Arthur  J.  Roberts,  M.  D. 

Lawrence  L.  Michaelis,  M.  D. 

Project  Description:   Hypothermic  asanguineous  circulatory  arrest  (HACA) 
is  being  evaluated.   The  technique  could  be  used  in  infant  open  heart 
surgery,  in  massive  trauma  requiring  heroic  surgery,  in  some  standard 
operations  which  would  be  technically  simpler  (partial  hepatectomy, 
replacement  of  the  aortic  arch,  etc.),  and  in  donor  preservation  for 
cardiac  transplantation.   The  technique  consists  of  rapid  total  body 
washout  with  Krebs  solution  with  dextran  at  0-3°C  until  the  temperature 
(middle  ear  and  nasopharynx)  falls  to  10°C  or  less  (usually  <  5  min.  in 
20  Kg.  dog),  at  which  time  circulatory  arrest  is  instituted.   The 
animals'  blood  is  collected  and  reinfused  during  rewarming.   The  period 
of  HACA  has  been  varied  from  10  min.  to  3  hours.   Serial  monitoring 
of  blood  gases  and  pH,  Hct.,  and  electrolytes  has  been  done.   Rewarming 
is  started  with  an  exchange  transfusion  of  warm  blood  from  the  animal 
(diluted  approx.  1:4)  and  is  continued  to  a  temperature  of  32  C  when 
cardiopulmonary  bypass  is  discontinued.   Fourteen  experiments  have  been 
done.   Survival  is  consistent  after  periods  of  up  to  3  hours  HACA; 
survival  without  apparent  neurologic  damage  occurs  with  up  to  2  hours 
HACA.   Assessment  of  LV  function  and  contractility  in  the  immediate 
and  late  postoperative  period  and  serial  evaluation  of  organ  function 
(liver,  kidney,  pancreas,  bone  marrow)  with  appropriate  blood  tests  are 
being  done.   Survivors  are  later  sacrificed  and  subjected  to  a  complete 
autopsy. 

Proposed  Course:   Study  cardiac  function  in  5-10  more  experiments. 
Examine  CNS,  pH,  p02,  P'C02,  during  HACA.   Examine  arteriolar  flow  of  retina 
during  cooling  and  warming.   Perform  partial  hepatectomy  and/or  replace- 
ment of  aortic  arch  during  HACA.   Evaluate  blood  clotting  before  and 
after  HACA.  Use  the  same  technique  with  puppies  rather  than  adult  dogs. 


/es 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
EXPERIMENTAL  THERAPEUTICS  BRANCH 
NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  goal  of  the  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch  is  the  application  of 
basic  biochemistry  and  pharmacology  to  understanding  mechanisms  of  disease  and 
to  develop  new  therapies  for  human  disease.  The  Branch  is  composed  of  four 
sections. 

SECTION  ON  EXPERIMENTAL  MEDICINE 

The  goal  of  this  section  is  to  close  the  gap  between  the  laboratory  and 
the  patient  by  conducting  preclinical  and  clinical  research  in  certain  areas 
of  human  disease,  especially  hypertension  and  the  role  of  vasoactive  sub- 
stances. Our  activities  this  year  can  be  summarized  under  the  following  three 
headings . 

I.  Hypertension 

It  is  apparent  that  the  regulation  of  normal  blood  pressure  is  dependent 
upon  striking  a  fine  balance  between  a  number  of  vasodilator  and  vasoconstric- 
tor systems.   Therefore,  we  have  undertaken  studies  in  each  of  these  systems 
to  identify  their  roles  in  human  hypertensive  disease  and  also  to  define  the 
Interrelationships  that  are  operative  between  them. 

Kallikreins  are  enzymes  which  control  the  production  of  kinin  peptides, 
potent  endogenous  vasodilators.   Kallikrein  in  urine  is  apparently  produced  in 
the  kidney.   We  have  found  that  normal  volunteers  excrete  on  the  average  twice 
as  much  kallikrein  in  the  urine  as  patients  with  essential  hypertension.   The 
level  of  urinary  kallikrein  varies  with  sodium  intake.   Thus,  normal  subjects 
excrete  11.6  +  1.0  EU/day  on  an  ad  lib  Na+  diet,  but  they  excrete  33.0  +  2.5 
EU/day  on  a  9  meq  Na+  diet  (p  <  0.001).  Patients  with  essential  hypertension 
not  only  excrete  significantly  less  kallikrein  (5.0  +  0.8  EU/day  on  ad  lib 
Na+)  than  the  normals  but  also  have  a  smaller  increase  in  excretion  on  9  meq 
Na+  diet  (9.4  +  1.8  EU/day) .   Urinary  kallikrein  excretion  is  increased  an 
average  of  7-fold  in  patients  with  primary  aldosteronism  and  is  unresponsive 
to  changes  in  dietary  sodium.   Kallikrein  excretion  is  increased  2.5  times  in 
normals  by  fludrocortisone  and  spironolactone  decreases  the  increased  urinary 
kallikrein  excretion. of  patients  with  primary  aldosteronism  or  of  normals  on 
a  9  meq  Na+  diet.   Thus,  the  kallikrein-kinin  system  is  directly  responsive  to 
levels  of  mineralocorticoids  and  measurement  of  urinary  kallikrein  may  be  an 
accurate  and  economic  new  screening  test  for  patients  with  primary  aldosteronism. 
The  kallikrein-kinin  system  has  potent  vasodilator  properties.   Patients  with 
essential  hypertension  appear  to  have  reduced  basal  activity  of  this  system 
and  also  reduced  responsiveness  to  physiologic  stimuli. 

The  renin-angiotensin-aldosterone  system  is  vasoconstrictor.  We  have 
modified  established  radio-immunoassay  procedures  to  yield  an  assay  which  is 
easier,  and  quicker  to  perform  and  which  is  highly  specific,  sensitive  and 
reproducible.  We  have  established  normal  levels  of  plasma  renin  activity  (PRA) 

1  /oC 


for  our  laboratory  and  have  shown  that  urinary  and  plasma  kallikrein  levels 
can  be  dissociated  from  PRA.   We  have  also  demonstrated  that  alphamethyldopa, 
a  centrally  acting  antihypertensive  drug,  lowers  PRA. 

The  prostaglandins  (PG)  are  endogenous  unsaturated  fatty  acids  with  potent 
effects  on  blood  vessels.   We  have  developed  a  radio- immunoassay  capable  of 
measuring  PC's  of  the  A,  E  and  F  series  from  plasma  or  urine  in  subnanogram 
amounts.   We  find  that  normal  levels  in  man  are  about  250  pg/ml  of  plasma  for 
both  PGA  and  PGE.   PC's  appear  to  mediate  the  hyperemic  response  of  the  coro- 
nary circulation  to  hypoxia  and/or  occlusion. 

Catecholamines  and  the  adrenergic  nervous  system  have  profound  effects 
on  blood  pressure  and  renal  function.   We  have  found  that  acute  infusions  or 
chronic  administration  of  salt  to  normal  humans  cause  an  increase  in  urinary 
dopamine,  a  decrease  in  urinary  norepinephrine  and  a  decrease  in  serum  dopamine 
6-hydroxylase  (DBH)  activity.   The  latter  is  the  enzyme  which  controls  the 
conversion  of  dopamine  to  norepinephrine.   Studies  with  radioactive  precursors 
in  rats  have  also  indicated  that  DBH  in  kidney  plays  a  key  role  in  salt  and 
water  homeostasis.   We  have  shown  previously  that  plasma  DBH  levels  in  man  do 
not  correlate  with  age,  blood  pressure  or  sympathetic  nerve  activity. 

II.  Histamine,  Other  Amines  and  Related  Enzymes 

We  have  shown  previously  that  the  enzyme  histaminase  is  increased  in  the 
blood  of  some  patients  with  metastatic  medullary  carcinoma  of  the  thyroid 
(MCT)  and  that  it  is  a  good  biochemical  marker  for  the  tumor  in  tissues.   We 
now  find  high  levels  of  DOPA  decarboxylase  activity  in  MCT,  normal  levels  of 
tyrosine  and  tryptophan  hydroxylase  and  no  detectable  ornithine  and  histidine 
decarboxylase.   The  DOPA  decarboxylase  activity  in  MCT  resembled  that  in 
pheochromocytoma  in  its  response  to  various  inhibitors.   This  provides  further 
evidence  that  the  diverse  manifestations  of  Sipple's  Syndrome  (I.e.,  MCT, 
pheochromocytoma  and  parathyroid  hyperplasia)  arise  from  single  genetic  dysplasia 
of  embryonic  neural  crest  cells. 

Thymic  lymphocytes  are  rich  in  ornithine  decarboxylase.   This  enzyme  con- 
verts L-ornithine  to  putrescine.   This  polyamine  has  been  shown  to  be  involved 
in  rapid  cell  growth  and  organ  regeneration.   We  find  that  the  ornithine  de- 
carboxylase activity  is  dependent  on  intact  lymphocytes,  falls  markedly  with 
steroid  involution  and  can  serve  as  a  useful  biochemical  marker  for  thymic 
lymphocytes. 

III.  Collagen 

We  have  developed  methods  for  measuring  the  rates  of  collagen  synthesis 
and  of  collagen  degradation  in  human  skin.   In  both  keloids  and  hypertrophic     ' 
scars,  two  examples  of  over-abundant  wound  healing,  the  rates  of  both  synthesis 
and  degradation  are  increased.   Obviously  synthesis  is  increased  more  than 
degradation  since  the  lesion  increases  in  size.   When  corticosteroids  are  in- 
jected into  the  lesions  they  become  noticeably  smaller  and  softer.   Studies 
performed  at  that  time  show  that  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  is  still  as 
rapid  as  before.   This  implies  that  the  steroids  must  have  activated  collagenase. 


/O^ 


We  have  shown  previously  that  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  is  increased 
in  the  skin  of  patients  with  scleroderma.  Now  we  find  that  the  rate  of  collagen 
degradation  is  decreased  in  this  disease.   This  provides  a  better  explanation 
for  the  rapid  accumulation  of  collagen  seen  in  the  early  stages  of  this  disease. 

SECTION  ON  BIOCHEMICAL  PHARMACOLOGY 

The  objective  of  this  section  is  to  define,  at  molecular  level,  physio- 
logic processes  that  relate  to  human  disease  and  particularly  to  hypertension. 
A  wide  variety  of  approaches  to  this  goal  have  been  used  and  are  summarized 
in  the  following  four  headings. 

I.  Regulation  of  Mammalian  Enzyme  Levels 

Melatonin  synthesis  in  the  pineal  gland  is  under  neuronal  control  and  its 
regulation  via  induction  of  serotonin  N-acetyltransferase  is  one  of  the  most 
dramatic  examples  of  enzyme  induction  known  in  mammalian  tissues.  Appropriate 
neuronal  stimulation  of  the  gland  results  in  a  50  to  100-fold  increase  in 
enzyme  level.   It  was  previously  established  that  neuronal  stimulation  was  via 
B  adrenergic  receptors  that  in  turn  activated  adenyl  cyclase.   Since  many  of 
the  effects  of  cAMP  are  mediated  by  protein  kinases,  it  was  of  great  interest 
to  find  that  pineal  tissue  contain  relatively  high  amounts  of  protein  kinase. 
The  kinase  from  bovine  pineal  gland  was  isolated.   It  is  a  typical  kinase 
consisting  of  a  catalytic  and  a  regulatory  subunit.  If  the  neuronal  effect  on 
enzyme  levels  is  mediated  by  protein  phosphorylation  then  one  or  more  of  three 
events  must  occur:   gene  activation  via  chromatin  phosphorylation,  stimulation 
of  ribosomal  translation,  or  direct  activation  of  pre-existing  apoenzyme.  We 
found  that  chromatin  is  a  good  substrate  for  pineal  protein  kinase  and  that 
its  template  capacity  for  messenger  RNA  synthesis  is  enhanced  after  phosphory- 
lation.  This  was  shown  by  a  20%  increase  in  actinomycin  D  binding  and  a  direct 
20%  stimulation  of  RNA  synthesis  using  E.coli  polymerase.   The  role  of  the 
kinase  in  translation  was  more  difficult  to  establish  since  we  discovered  that 
ribosomes  have  a  protein  kinase  bound  to  them.   This  kinase  was  removed  by  a 
0.5  M  KCl  wash,  isolated  as  a  nearly  pure  protein  and  shown  to  be  a  typical 
c-AMP-dependent  kinase.   This  kinase  was  not  one  of  the  initiation  factors 
which  are  removed  from  ribosomes  by  the  same  washing  procedures.   The  presence 
of  large  amounts  of  kinase  precluded  measuring  an  effect  of  kinase  on  transla- 
tion.  Finally,  attempts  to  activate  serotonin  N-acetyltransferase  activity  by 
direct  phosphoration  of  pineal  homogenates  (kinase  +  c-AMP  +  ATP)  did  not  re- 
sult in  any  increase  in  activity.   Our  tentative  conclusion  is  that  the  c-AMP- 
dependent  protein  kinase  may  exert  its  regulatory  effects  at  both  transcriptional 
and  translational  levels. 

A  preliminary  characterization  of  serotonin  N  acetyltransferase  indicates 
that  it  is  an  enzyme  (mw  40  -  80,000)  that  requires  SH  group  for  its  activity, 
but  does  not  appear  to  form  an  acetyl-enzjme  intermediate. 

II.  Biochemistry  of  Neurohtunoral  Amines 

Increasing  attention  is  being  devoted  to  the  terminal  enzyme  in  norepine- 
phrine biosynthesis.   Dopamine-6-hydroxylase  (DgH)  is  found  in  neurotransmitter 
granules  and  is  released  together  with  the  entire  contents  of  the  granule  upon 
sympathetic  neuronal  transmission.   Other  workers  have  established  that  the  ^^f 

3 


enzyme  occurs  in  a  form  which  has  molecular  weight  of  300,000  and  contains 
significant  amounts  of  copper.   During  the  past  year  we  have  isolated  D6H  from 
bovine  adrenal  glands.   Following  polyacrylamide  gel  electrophoresis  a  single 
band  was  observed  with  either  protein  specific  or  carbohydrate  specific  stain. 
Electrophoresis  in  sodium  dodecylsulfate  and  a  reducing  agent  established  that 
the  monomer  molecular  weight  is  about  75,000.   Quantitative  carbohydrate  analy- 
sis indicates  that  the  protein  is  a  typical  glycoprotein  containing  3%  of  its 
weight  as  sugar  residues.   Pure  proteins  with  high  catalytic  activity  contain 
about  4  atoms  of  copper  per  tetramer.   Thus,  DBH  appears  to  be  a  tetrameric 
glycoprotein  containing  4  atoms  of  copper. 

Tryptophan  hydroxylase  is  the  rate-limiting  enzyme  in  serotonin  synthesis 
and  is  a  marker  for  serotonergic  neurons  in  the  central  nervous  system.   Using 
5,6  and  5,7  dihydroxytryptamine  (DHT)  which  are  cytotoxic  and  specifically 
taken  up  into  the  serotonergic  neuron,  we  have  measured  regional  depletion  of 
the  enzyme  tryptophan  hydroxylase  in  rats.   5,6-DHT  causes  partial  depletion 
of  tryptophan  hydroxylase  in  all  brain  parts,  but  particularly  severe  (75  to 
90%)  depletion  in  mesencephalic  tectum  and  spinal  cord.   In  all  regions  the 
serotonergic  destruction  appears  to  be  permanent  with  no  recovery  of  activity 
within  60  days.   5,7-DHT  appears  to  be  even  more  effective  causing  50  to  100% 
lasting  depletion  of  tryptophan  hydroxylase  in  striatum,  septum,  pons-medulla, 
hypothalamus,  mesencephalon,  forebrain  and  spinal  cord. 

The  modification  of  the  tryptophan  hydroxylase  assay  to  utilize  6-methyl- 
tetrahydropterin  and  saturating  substrate  levels  has  greatly  aided  our  study 
of  this  enzyme.   We  also  found  that  complex  mixtures  of  cations  added  to  buffer 
stabilize  the  enzyme  during  purification  and  therefore  significant  progress  is 
now  being  made  on  the  isolation  of  this  enzyme  from  the  mesencephalic  tegmentum. 

III.   Molecular  Changes  Associated  with  Hypertension 

While  little  evidence  is  available  for  a  direct  pathogenic  role  for  cate- 
cholamines in  essential  hypertension,  it  is  now  clear  that  noradrenergic  nerves 
(central  and  peripheral)  are  involved  in  blood  pressure  regulation.   Using  the 
genetic  spontaneous  hypertensive  rat  (SHR)  and  eight  control  species,  we  have 
established  that  rat  species  can  have  widely  varying  levels  of  each  of  the 
catecholamine  biosynthetic  enzymes.   No  direct  correlation  with  mean  systolic 
blood  pressures  is  apparent.   In  vivo  catecholamine  synthesis  studies  provide 
supportive  evidence  for  central  depressor  systems  that  are  mediated  by  nora- 
drenergic fibers.   Having  access  to  9  strains  of  animal  showing  substantial 
variations  in  the  catecholamine  biosynthetic  enzymes  it  was  possible  to  reassess 
the  role  of  the  individual  enzymes  by  measuring  in  vivo  catecholamine  biosyn- 
thetic rates.   This  study  of  norepinephrine  synthesis  confirms  the  rate-limiting 
role  of  tyrosine  hydroxylase,  indicates  that  DBH  level  may  have  some  affect, 
and  suggests  that  some  factor  other  than  enzyme  level  (possibly  the  availability 
of  tetrahydropterins)  exerts  partial  control  of  synthesis  rate. 

In  an  unrelated  study  we  have  examined  in  vivo  vascular  protein  synthesis 
in  SHR  and  the  parent  normotensive  strain,  the  Kyoto-Wistar .   Adult  hypertensive 
rats  had  an  increased  rate  of  actomyosin  synthesis  in  the  heart.   Vascular  non- 
collagen  protein  synthesis  was  increased  in  the  SHR  by  13  weeks  of  age.   Ex- 


fo% 


( 


periments  are  now  being  extended  to  prehypertensive  SHR  in  an  effort  to 
determine  whether  increased  protein  synthesis  precedes  or  follows  the  develop- 
ment of  hypertension. 

IV.   Iron-Sulfur  Proteins 

Iron-sulfur  proteins  catalyze  numerous  redox  reactions  in  all  forms  of 
life.  Previous  experimental  work  from  this  laboratory  has  focused  on  proper- 
ties and  structural  details  of  the  bacterial  electron  transfer  proteins 
ferredoxin  and  rubredoxin  as  models  for  the  more  complex  enzymes.  We  have  now 
prepared  an  antibody  to  Clostridium  pasteurianum  rubredoxin  and  examined  cross 
reactivity  with  other  bacterial  rubredoxins.  All  rubredoxins  bind  to  the 
antibody  but  only  that  from  £.  pasteurianum  forms  a  precipitating  complex. 
Further  work  using  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  has  resolved  the  S  protons  of 
cysteinyl  residues  of  clostridial  ferredoxin  and  provided  detailed  information 
on  the  role  of  the  cysteinyl  groups  in  forming  the  iron-sulfur  active  center. 

SECTION  ON  PHYSIOLOGICAL  CHEMISTRY 

I.   Biochemistry  of  the  Kallikrein-Kinin  System 

An  inactive  form  of  kallikrein  has  been  discovered  in  human  urine,  which 
is  activated  by  high  concentrations  of  trypsin.   Following  activation,  the 
molecular  weight  drops  from  50,000  to  40,000  which  is  the  molecular  weight  of 
native,  active  hxnnan  urinary  kallikrein  (HUK) .   Several  lines  of  evidence 
indicate  that  inactive  kallikrein  is  a  kallikrein- inhibitor  complex.   Thus,  low 
concentrations  of  trypsin  are  strongly  inhibited  by  the  inactive  kallikrein 
and  activation  can  occur  spontaneously  by  prolonged  dialysis  or  by  freezing  and 
thawing . 

A  new  assay  of  HUK  has  been  developed  which  measures  both  the  free  and  the 
inhibitor-complexed  forms  of  kallikrein.  It  involves  a  trypsin  step  to  liberate 
kallikrein  bound  to  inhibitor,  a  heating  step  to  destroy  urokinase  (which  could 
contribute  as  much  as  10%  to  the  esterase  measured  in  the  old  method) ,  and  the 
replacement  of  tosyl-arginine  methyl  ester  with  a  better  substrate,  carboben- 
zyloxy-arginine  methyl  ester. 

The  previously  reported  new  radiochemical  esterase  assay  for  human  plasma 
prekallikrein  has  been  refined  and  its  specificity  established.   In  a  study  of 
15  patients  who  underwent  surgery,  a  15-50%  fall  in  prekallikrein  was  observed. 
The  lowest  levels  were  reached  at  different  times  ranging  from  1-4  days,  and 
in  all  patients  activity  began  to  return  to  normal  by  the  15th  day. 

No  alteration  in  prekallikrein  was  found  in  20  patients  with  cystic 
fibrosis.  This  contradicts  the  report  of  another  laboratory  that  there  is 
significantly  less  enzyme  in  about  50%  of  their  patients'  plasma. 

The  esterase  assay  appears  to  be  an  ideal  screening  test  for  Hageman  and 
Fletcher  factor  deficiencies  and  could  have  wide  application  in  hematological 
laboratories.  With  minor  modification  it  also  has  been  used  to  detect  defi- 
ciencies of  the  C'l  esterase  inhibitor  in  patients  with  hereditary  angioedema. 

5  /o9 


Studies  concerned  with  the  mechanism  of  activation  of  prekallikrein  in 
human  blood  have  shown  a  requirement  for  Hageman  factor.   The  latter  is  commonly 
activated  by  exposure  of  plasma  to  a  negatively  charged  surface.   Evidence  has 
been  obtained  which  indicates  that  this  activation  of  Hageman  factor  requires 
both  a  hitherto  unrecognized  factor  and  prekallikrein  and  is  not  merely  the 
consequence  of  a  non-enzymatic  structural  change  of  the  molecule  bound  to  the 
surface. 

Quantitative  data  have  been  obtained  which  show  that  permeability  factor 
elaborated  when  plasma  is  diluted  1/100  is  activated  Hageman  factor  and/or  low 
molecular  weight  fragments  derived  from  active  Hageman  factor. 

New  procedures  for  the  isolation  of  human  kallikrein  and  prekallikrein 
have  been  developed  which  permit  the  facile  isolation  of  these  proteins  in  high 
yield.   The  procedure  involves  the  use  of  affinity  columns  of  I^-arginine-Ci2~ 
agarose  and  sheep  anti-human  IgG-agarose.   The  latter  is  used  "to  remove  IgG 
which  has  been  extremely  difficult  to  separate  from  plasma  kallikrein. 

Earlier  evidence  (obtained  by  "harsh"  chemical  treatment  of  outdated 
plasma)  for  the  occurrence  of  2  forms  of  low  molecular  weight  (LMW)  kininogen 
in  human  plasma  has  been  greatly  strengthened  by  finding  the  2  LMW  forms  in 
fresh  plasma  treated  under  "mild"  conditions. 

Kallikrein  has  been  partially  purified  from  human  sweat  and  saliva.   These 
enzymes  are  similar  (or  identical?)  to  urinary  kallikrein  in  as  much  as  they 
are  inhibited  by  antibody  to  urinary  kallikrein.   In  addition,  all  3  enzymes 
show  the  same  spectrum  of  inhibition  with  several  competitive  and  non-competitive 
inhibitors. 

Our  efforts  to  understand  the  role  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  system  in 
kidney  have  led  us  to  the  finding  of  kininogen  in  blood-free  rat  kidney. 
Hence,  kidney  contains  its  own  supply  of  kininogen  as  well  as  kallikrein.   In 
preliminary  experiments  in  rats  depleted  of  kininogen  by  treatment  with  cellu- 
lose sulfate,  kininogen  levels  in  renal  vein  were  150%  higher  than  renal 
artery.   Plasma  kininogen  may,  at  least  in  part,  arise  from  kidney. 

Kinins  in  urine  are  probably  produced  in  kidney.   A  column  procedure  has 
been  developed  for  the  isolation  of  kinins  from  urine  in  preparation  for  their 
assay.   Kinins  in  human  blood  are  rapidly  inactivated  in  lung.   In  preliminary 
experiments  over  80%  of  radioactive  bradykinin  was  destroyed  in  one  pass  through 
lung.   Over  50%  of  this  destruction  was  due  to  the  action  of  kininase  II,  a 
peptidyl  peptidase  which  may  be  identical  to  the  angiotensin  converting  enzyme. 

An  assay  for  kininases  in  human  blood  has  been  developed.   It  involves  the 
use  of  radioactive  bradykinin  and  a  CM-Sephadex  column  which  conveniently 
separates  the  radioactive  split  products  from  unhydrolyzed  kinin. 

A  radiochemical  esterase  assay  for  urokinase  in  human  urine  has  been 
developed.   It  is  similar  in  principle  to  the  kallikrein  assay,  but  employs 
acetylglycyllysine  methyl  ester  which  is  a  specific  substrate.   This  assay  will 
open  up  studies  on  the  physiological  role  of  urokinase  in  kidney. 


//<0 


The  vasoactive  glycopeptide  in  yellow  jacket  venom  reported  last  year  has 
been  further  characterized.   The  structure  is: 

sugar  1  sugar  2 

1    I 
Thr-Ala-Thr-Thr-Arg-Arg-Arg-Gly-Bradykinin 

Sugar  1:   N«Ac  Galactosamine  1-2  moles.  Galactose,  1  mole 

Sugar  2:   N'Ac  Galactosamine  2-3  moles,  Galactose,  2  moles 

II,   Prostaglandins 

Chemical  studies  relating  to  the  possible  significance  of  the  prostaglan- 
dins of  the  A  series  have  revealed  that: 

1)  Human  blood  cells  rapidly  convert  PGA  to  a  more  polar  metabolite. 
This  finding  could  have  a  profound  effect  on  interpretinjg  the  PGA  values  for 
human  plasma  reported  by  others. 

2)  The  absence  of  a  PGA  isomerase  in  human  plasma  has  been  confirmed. 
However,  plasma  contains  a  non-dialyzable  heat-labile  factor  which  greatly 
stimulates  the  isomerase  activity  of  rabbit  plasma. 

3)  Enzymatic  dehydration  of  PGEj^  to  PGA-,  could  not  be  demonstrated  in 
homogenates  of  various  tissues.  However,  homogenates  of  rat  kidney  convert 
PGE]^  to  a  less  polar  metabolite  which  cochromatographs  with  PGA. 

High  speed  liquid  chromatographic  systems  have  been  developed  for  the 
separation  of  PGA  from  PGB  and  PGA^  from  PGA2. 

High  speed  liquid  chromatographic  systems  have  also  been  developed  for 
the  rapid  identification  of  the  PTH  amj.no  acids.   This  technique  complements 
the  previously  developed  gas  chromatographic  and  mass  spectrophotometic  methods. 

SECTION  ON  NEUROENDOCRINOLOGY 

I.   Influence  of  Hormones  and  Hallucinogens  on  Neural  Function 

We  have  shown  that  LSD-25  and  marihuana  do  not  affect  the  manner  by  which 
the  neuraxon  is  depolarized.   These  data,  indirectly,  support  the  concept  that 
these  drugs  carry  out  their  effects  by  primarily  interfering  with  synaptic 
transmission. 

Adrenocorticosteroid  hormones  affect  sensory  function  for  all  sensory 
stimuli,  i.e.,  vision,  audition,  taste,  smell,  hearing  and  touch.   The  studies 
which  we  carried  out  in  the  past  year  demonstrated  the  role  these  hormones 
played  in  touch  sensitivity.   These  effects  appear  to  be  mediated  through  the 
direct  role  of  the  adrenocorticosteroid  on  the  receptor,  the  neuraxon,  the 
brain  or  some  combination  of  these  three  systems,  not  through  ACTH  effects. 


f(( 


1 


These  steroid  hormones  serve  to  inhibit  the  inflow  of  sensory  signals  from  the 
outside  world  so  that  maximum  integration  of  those  sensory  signals  which  are 
received  can  take  place.   Removal  of  these  hormones  results  in  the  failure  of 
normal  integrative  phenomenon  and  information  loss.   The  role  of  ACTH  in  this 
system  is  unclear. 

Gonadal  hormones  and  pituitary  gonadotropins  also  influence  neural  function 
as  measured  by  visual  or  auditory  evoked  responses.   Estrogen  increases  the 
amplitude  of  the  electrical  activity  of  the  brain.   However,  these  neural  phe- 
nomena are  also  influenced  by  age  and  genetic  factors  which  are  independent 
of  gonadal  hormone  function.   It  appears  that  absence  of  the  Y  chromosome  also 
contributes  to  the  large  amplitude  electrical  activity  of  the  brain  observed 
In  phenotypic  females. 

Thyroid  hormones  also  appear  to  alter  receptor,  neuraxon  and  brain  func- 
tion as  indicated  by  effects  on  taste,  smell  and  hearing.   The  manner  and 
extent  of  these  effects  are  not  clearly  defined. 

II.   Metals 

We  have  established  that  copper-ceruloplasmin  and  zinc  a2  macroglobulin 
complexes  are  metalloproteins  which  act  as  metals  and  that  copper-albumin  and 
zinc-albumin  complexes  are  the  physiologically  active  metalloproteins  in  blood. 
These  latter  macromolecular  ligands  are  in  equilibrium  with  micromolecular 
ligands  in  serum,  mainly  the  amino  acids,  histidine  and  cysteine.  Metals  are 
conserved  and  protected  against  renal  loss  by  their  complex  formation  with 
large  molecular  weight  proteins.   Excessively  large  concentrations  of  histidine 
or  cysteine  in  blood  (in  hepatitis,  cancer  or  after  histidine  administration) 
shift  the  equilibrium  of  macromolecular  bound  metal  to  micromolecular  bound 
metal  and  these  metals  are  lost  from  the  body  and  metal  depletion  occurs.   This 
has  served  as  a  model  for  Wenecke's  encephalopathy.   This  concept  can  be  uti- 
lized for  effective  treatment  of  metal  poisoning,  including  lead,  cadmium  or 
mercury.   It  has  been  shown  to  be  effective  in  vitro  in  removing  cadmium  from 
its  albumin  binding  site. 

The  immediate  role  of  zinc  in  growth  is  through  its  control  of  food  intake. 
If  this  metal  is  removed  from  the  diet  man  or  animals  will  stop  eating.   Our 
studies  suggest  that  the  endocrine  and  growth  effects  of  this  metal  are  due  to 
its  effects  on  food  intake  rather  than  to  any  direct  effect  on  hormone  metabolism. 

We  have  published  the  first  studies  concerning  copper  and  zinc  levels  in 
man  between  birth  and  2  years  of  age.   We  have  also  Indicated  that  age-dependent 
changes  in  total  serum  copper  and  zinc  levels  are  due  largely  to  increases  in 
serum  levels  of  the  largest  macromolecular  ligands  of  copper  and  zinc,  cerulo- 
plasmin  and  «£  inacroglobulin,  respectively. 

Zinc  loss  produces  severe  pathological  changes  in  several  organ  systems. 
Therefore,  it  is  important  to  identify  drugs  or  other  agents  which  alter  zinc 
metabolism  to  specify  their  mode  of  action.   6-Azauridine  and  histidine  produce 
zinc  depletion  by  altering  the  manner  by  which  zinc  is  complexes  with  albumin. 
Similar  changes  have  been  proposed  for  the  action  of  growth  hormone.   Adrenal 
cortical  steroids  may  act  via  a  direct  role  on  the  kidney  since  they  do  not 

8  //2- 


appear  to  alter  directly  the  formation  of  the  zinc-albumin  complex  in  blood. 
We  have  also  shovm  for  the  first  time  that  progesterone  directly  affects  blood 
copper  levels  probably  through  induction  of  ceruloplasmin.   Thus,  both  estrogen 
and  progesterone  induce  this  metalloprotein. 

Data  in  four  subjects  with  hepatic  porphyria  indicate  that  histidine 
administration  either  significantly  inhibits  the  production  of  urinary  uro- 
porphyrins and  coproporphyrins  or  inhibits  the  production  of  porphyrin  pre- 
cursors.  Our  initial  data  suggest  that  this  inhibition  occurs  through  histi- 
dine inhibition  of  6  amino  levulinic  acid  and  suggests  that  histidine  plays  a 
role  in  heme  synthesis. 

Successful  treatment  of  patients  with  idiopathic  hjrpoguesia  with  zinc  ion 
is  uniformly  associated  with  the  production  of  a  zinc  containing  protein  in 
parotid  saliva.   These  data  suggest  that  zinc  acts  to  induce  the  production 
of  this  protein  in  the  same  manner  that  copper  induced  ceruloplasmin  in  the 
blood  of  patients  with  Menkes  Steely  Hair  Sjmdrome.   The  induction  of  this  pro- 
tein is  dose  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  zinc  ion  administered.   Removal  of 
zinc  ion  from  these  patients  is  associated  with  the  loss  of  this  protein  from 
saliva.   This  protein  appears  in  normal  parotid  saliva.   Since  taste  buds  do 
not  contain  blood  vessels  or  lymphatics  the  presence  of  this  zinc  containing 
parotid  salivary  protein  probably  supports  taste  bud  function.   These  studies 
are  the  first  in  which  a  specific  role  for  saliva  in  taste  has  been  observed 
and  they  relate  the  role  that  zinc  plays  both  in  saliva  and  in  taste. 

In  patients  with  idiopathic  hypogeusia,  a  significant  number  improve  with 
placebo  therapy.   In  those  patients  who  do  not  respond  and  in  whom  the  zinc 
salivary  protein  is  induced  by  zinc  ion,  taste  acuity  returns  to  normal  fol- 
lowing zinc  administration.   Continued  administration  of  zinc  ion  is  necessary 
for  continued  production  of  this  protein.   In  those  patients  in  whom  zinc  ion 
does  not  induce  this  protein  taste  function  does  not  return  to  normal.  These 
results  suggest  two  possible  modes  of  therapy:   (1)  administration  of  larger 
amounts  of  zinc  ion  may  be  effective  in  inducing  this  protein,  or  (2)  topical 
application  of  this  protein  in  the  oral  cavity. 

III.   Taste  and  Olfaction 

Difference  in  function  of  each  of  three  major  types  of  cells  in  the  taste 
bud  has  been  described  and  related  to  anatomical  form.   In  man  we  have  related 
form  and  function  of  taste  buds  from  different  papillae  such  that  an  accurate 
"taste  map"  can  now  be  drawn  for  the  first  time;  each  taste  bud  subserves  all 
taste  qualities,  but  buds  in  fungiform  papillae  are  most  sensitive  to  salt 
and  sweet,  buds  in  circumvallate  papillae  are  most  sensitive  to  sweet  alone. 
Thus,  the  tongue  is  equisensitive  to  sweet,  the  anterior  portion  most  sensitive 
to  salt.   Buds  in  palatal  papillae  are  most  sensitive  to  sour  and  bitter. 

The  neurochemical  basis  for  the  initial,  neural  events  in  taste,  has 
been  described.  This  has  been  demonstrated  by  locating  acetylcholinesterase 
in  the  pore  region  of  the  bud  and  by  producing  hj^ogeusia  and  ageusia  in  man 
following  the  oral  introduction  of  anti-cholinergic  agents  without  the  pro- 
duction of  anesthesia.   Blockade  of  electrical  activity  measured  at  the  chorda 
tympanl  in  rat  has  also  been  carried  out  by  placing  anti-cholinergic  agents 

9  ftZ 


on  the  tongue.   This  is  the  first  demonstration  of  the  role  of  a  neurotrans-       , 
mitter  at  the  pore  of  the  taste  bud. 

Taste  bud  membranes  have  been  isolated  and  their  chemical  properties 
described.   Specific  binding  of  several  sugars  have  been  shown  to  take  place  at 
these  membranes  whereas  control  tissue  does  not  possess  any  of  these  properties. 
Binding  constants  have  been  calculated  and  they  agree  closely  with  reported 
data. 

Miracle  fruit  glycoprotein  (MFGP)  has  been  isolated  and  purified.   MFGP       I 
has  two  effects  in  man  when  placed  into  the  oral  cavity:   (1)  altering  the 
taste  of  all  sour  tastants  to  sweet,  and  (2)  blocking  sweetness  and  bitterness 
normally  produced  by  sweet  and  bitter  tastants.   The  chemical  properties  of 
MFGP  have  been  described  including  its  amino  acid  and  sugar  composition. 
Various  chemical  reactions  have  produced  changes  in  activity.   Removal  of  the 
terminal  sugar  completely  inhibits  the  action  of  MFGP  in  altering  sour  tastants 
to  sweet  whereas  the  blocking  ability  remains  intact.   Removal  of  several  of 
the  glycosidase  linkages  enhances  the  activity  of  MFGP  with  respect  to  change 
of  sour  to  sweet  taste  by  factor  of  2  to  3.   Through  this  mechanism  we  have 
also  radioactively  labeled  MFGP.   The  data  suggest  that  MFGP  is  a  plant  lectin 
and  appears  to  be  the  first  plant  lectin  isolated  which  has  physiological 
activity.   This  finding  has  served  as  the  basis  for  a  biochemical  rather  than 
a  bioassay  for  this  material.   Since  MFGP  can  alter  the  taste  of  all  sour  tas- 
tants to  sweet  it  has  ideal  properties  as  a  sugar  substitute  and  may  be  im- 
portant in  the  treatment  of  obesity. 

Various  substances  when  added  to  food  or  drink  have  been  shown  to  alter       ' 
intake  behavior.   Addition  of  monosodium  glutamate  (MSG)  or  NaCl  decreases 
sensitivity  to  bitter  tastants.   These  agents  reduce  the  bitterness  of  foods 
and  fluids.   Addition  of  glucose  increases  salt  intake.   Since  sugar  is  being 
added  in  larger  amounts  to  more  foods  and  drinks  its  association  with  the  pro- 
duction of  increased  NaCl  intake  may  represent  an  important,  heretofore  un- 
recognized etiological  cause  of  hypertension.   Zinc  depletion  from  food  produces 
anorexia  and  hypogeusia,  and  eventually  marked  slowing  of  growth  and  sexual 
development.   The  problem  is  a  much  more  common  one  than  previously  recognized. 
This  association  has  been  found  in  middle-class  school  children  in  Denver, 
Colorado,  as  well  as  in  patients  in  Egypt  and  Iran.   Correction  of  this  abnor- 
mality by  supplying  enough  zinc  in  the  diet  is  uniformly  associated  with  the 
return  to  normal  of  each  abnormality. 

Salt  intake  and  hypertension  have  been  related  in  man  and  animals  for 
many  years.   We  have  demonstrated  that  patients  with  hypertension  prefer  saltier 
solutions  than  do  normal  subjects  and  that  effective  treatment  of  the  hyper- 
tension returns  this  abnormal  propensity  to  normal.   This  suggests  that  some      I 
factor (s)  which  influence  blood  pressure  also  influence  salt  preference  and 
salt  intake  in  man. 

A  new  genetic  taste  marker,  the  fruit  of  the  plant  Antidesma  bunius,  has 
been  discovered  which  differentiates  among  people  who  are  PTC  taste  blind. 
Approximately  1/2  of  the  PTC  taste  blind  people  taste  antidesma  as  sweet  or       J 
sour  whereas  the  other  1/2  taste  it  as  intensely  bitter.   This  trait  has  been     I 
linked  in  one  group  of  patients  to  an  XgA  marker  on  red  blood  cells  and  in        A 
another  group  to  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis.  V 

10  ,,^ 


Zinc  loss  by  any  means  is  associated  with  anorexia  and  hypogeusia.  We 
have  shown  this  interrelationship  in  patients  following  thermal  bum  due  to 
loss  of  zinc  rich  fluids,  following  X-irradiation,  following  head  trauma,  after 
hypothyroidism  and  in  acute  and  chronic  liver  disease  due  to  wastage  of  zinc 
in  the  urine.   The  diagnosis  of  idiopathic  hypogeusia  involves  several  para- 
meters which  we  have  developed  over  the  past  year.   These  parameters  include 
the  presence  of  Rudolph's  sign,  (localization  of  Technitium  99m  over  the  area 
of  the  nose  during  a  routine  brain  scan)  the  infiltration  of  chronic  inflam- 
matory cells  into  the  lamina  propria  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  and  the 
decrease  in  production  of  a  parotid  salivary  zinc  containing  protein.  The 
mechanism  of  taste  loss  appears  to  parallel  and  to  be  secondary  to  the  loss  of 
the  parotid  salivary  zinc  containing  protein  whose  normal  function  is  to  supply 
nutrients  to  the  taste  bud  (since  it  contains  no  blood  vessels  or  lymphatics) 
and  appears  to  get  its  major  nutrition  from  parotid  saliva.   In  this  sense  we 
have  proposed,  for  the  first  time,  a  specific  mechanism  whereby  saliva  supports 
taste.   In  patients  with  this  disease  treated  with  zinc  ion,  those  who  recover 
taste  acuity  do  so  through  induction  of  this  protein  either  directly  or  in- 
directly with  zinc.   Those  patients  who  do  not  recover  taste  acuity  exhibit  no 
change  in  the  low  concentration  of  this  protein  which  they  pathologically  ex- 
hibit.  This  induction  is  dose  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  zinc  ion  adminis- 
tered. 

The  prediction  of  ultimate  fertility  in  hypogonadal  men  may  be  related 
to  the  type  of  olfactory  defects  present.  Men  with  Type  II  hyposmia  usually 
become  fertile  with  appropriate  therapy  whereas  men  with  Type  I  hyposmia  have 
not  become  fertile  in  spite  of  any  therapy.  This  observation  clearly  relates 
olfactory  acuity  and  sexual  function  in  men. 

A  new  approach  to  the  diagnosis  of  several  disease  states  involving 
olfactory  defects  has  been  made  through  the  development  of  the  technique  of 
biopsy  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  and  through  the  localization  of  Technitium 
99m  in  the  region  of  the  nose  (Rudolph's  sign).   These  techniques  have  allowed 
us  to  identify  the  characteristic  pathology  of  patients  with  Sjogren's  syndrome 
and  those  with  h5T)osmia  of  several  different  etiologies. 


11  tlC 


Serial  No.       NHTJ-72 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   A  New  Radiochemical  Esterolytic  Assay  for  Human  Urinary 
Urokinase 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Toshio  Imanari,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives;  Urokinase  is  an  enzyme  produced  in  kidney  which  has  recently 
assumed  prominence  because  of  its  effectiveness  in  the  treatment  of  thrombolytic 
crises.   Its  use  in  patients  with  pulmonary  emboli  has  been  life-saving.   Uro- 
kinase is  in  great  demand  but  short  supply.  A  sensitive  simple  assay  could 
facilitate  its  isolation  from  urine.  The  role  of  urokinase  in  kidney  is 
unknown  and  a  simple  assay  could  stimulate  study  of  this  important  enzyme. 

Major  Findings:   A  new  radiochemical  esterolytic  assay  for  human  urinary  uro- 
kinase has  been  developed.   It  is  based  on  the  previously  reported  principle 
outlined  in  report  NHLI-209  (1972). 

The  assays  are  performed  with  10  yl  of  urine  and  %-glycyllysine  methyl 
ester  as  substrate.   Specificity  of  the  assay  is  indicated  by  the  facts  that 
the  esterase  measured  in  urine  is  indistinguishable  from  standard  urokinase  in 
its  substrate  specificity  and  inhibition  by  polypeptide  protease  inhibitors. 
Urokinase  is  unstable  in  urine.   In  some  specimens  as  much  as  75%  of  the  activity 
was  lost  after  3  days  storage  at  4".  Even  at  -15°  as  much  as  50%  of  the  activity 
was  lost. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   This  assay  for 
urokinase  appears  to  be  the  simplest  and  most  sensitive  method  yet  developed. 
It  should  be  well-suited  for  research  on  the  role  of  urokinase  in  the  kidney 
and  in  clinical  studies.  Urokinase  is  reported  to  be  elevated  in  renal  in- 
farction and  after  hypoxic  tubular  damage  and  decreased  in  renal  insufficiency 
and  in  carcinomatosis. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  The  assay  will  be  applied  to  the  study  of  renal 
disease,  hypertension  and  various  clinical  states  where  the  excretion  might  be 
altered. 


IIT 


Serial  No.  NHLI-72 


Honors  and  Awards:      None 
Publications:      None 


/i8 


Serial  No.   imttt  T-T.*^ 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Clinical  Biochemistry  of  the  Kallikrein-Kinin  System 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-209  and  NHLI-215 

Principal  Investigator:   John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Toshio  Imanari,  Ph.D. 
Tokio  Kaizu,  Ph.D. 
Jack  Pierce,  Ph.D. 
Jorge  Guimaraes,  Ph.D. 
Ron  Thompson,  Ph.D. 
Harry  Keiser,  M.D. 
Roy  Aaron,  M.D. 
Robert  E.  Wood,  M.D. 
Harold  Newball,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  Metabolic  Diseases  Branch,  NIAMDD 
Surgery  Branch,  NCI 
Pediatric  Metabolism  Branch,  NIAMDD 
Pulmonary  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   To  characterize  and  develop  procedures  for  the  measurement  of 
components  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  system.   To  establish  the  role  of  the  kalli- 
krein-kinin  system  in  health  and  disease. 

Methods  and  Major  Findings:   1)  Human  Urinary  Kallikrein  (HUK) .  An  inactive 
form  of  kallikrein  has  been  discovered  in  human  urine  which  is  activated  by 
high  concentrations  (1  yg/90  yl)  of  trypsin.  Low  (1  ng/90  yl)  concentrations 
of  trypsin  are  inhibited.   This  kallikrein  is  also  activated  by  prolonged 
dialysis  or  by  freezing  and  thawing.   These  data  indicate  that  the  inactive 
form  of  kallikrein  is  a  kallikrein- inhibitor  complex.   The  inhibitor  has  a  high 
affinity  for  trypsin  which  is  able  to  displace  it  from  kallikrein.   The  inhibitor 
may  be  the  trypsin  inhibitor  previously  reported  in  human  urine.   Its  molecular 
weight  is  estimated  to  be  near  10,000  in  as  much  as  the  kallikrein- inhibitor 
complex  has  a  molecular  weight  of  50,000  and  the  kallikrein  contributes  40,000. 
The  kallikrein  separated  from  inhibitor  is  indistinguishable  from  free  kalli- 
krein in  (1)  its  chromatographic  properties,  (2)  its  spectrum  of  reactivity  with 
competitive  and  non-competitive  inhibitors  and  (3)  its  inhibition  by  antibody 
to  free  kallikrein. 


ftf 


Serial  No.    NHLI-73 

A  new  assay  for  HUK  has  been  developed  which  measures  both  free  and  inhibi- 
tor-complexed  kallikrein.   The  essential  steps  include;  (1)  pre- incubation  with 
trypsin  to  liberate  complexed  kallikrein,  (2)  addition  of  lima  bean  trypsin 
inhibitor  to  inhibit  residual  trypsin,  (3)  a  heating  step  to  inactivate  urokinase, 
(4)  the  use  of  ^H-carbobenzyloxy-arginine  methyl  ester  as  substrate.   Liberated 
^H-methanol  is  determined  by  the  methods  described  in  the  report  NHLI-209  (1972) . 

In  20  urine  specimens  examined,  a  mean  of  30%  (range:  0-f^5%  of  the  kalli- 
krein was  excreted  complexed  to  inhibitor. 

2)  Kinins  in  Urine.   Recovery  of  kinins  from  urine  is  conveniently  deter- 
mined with  the  aid  of  3h  or  l^C-bradykinin.   Either  an  IRC-50  or  CM-Sephadex 
column  eluted  with  9  N  acetic  acid  and  0.5  M  ammonium  acetate  respectively  may 
be  used  for  quantitative  recovery  of  kinins  from  urine.   Crucial  steps  in  the 
overall  procedure  include:   (1)  the  collection  of  urine  in  acid  which  destroys 
kininases  in  urine  and  prevents  bacterial  growth,  (2)  the  use  of  plastic  equip- 
ment (e.g.,  columns,  pipettes,  counting  vials);  this  gives  consistently  high 
recoveries  which  were  not  achieved  when  glass  equipment  was  employed.   Using 
this  isolation  procedure  and  the  rat  uterus  bioassay  from  2-79  yg  kinin  was 
found  in  24  hr  collection  from  7  subjects. 

3)  Human  Salivary  and  Sweat  Kallikrein.   Human  sweat  kallikrein  has  been 
partially  purified  by  DEAE  cellulose  chromatography.   Human  salivary  kallikrein 
has  been  partially  purified  by  acetone  precipitation  followed  by  DEAE-cellulose 
chromatography.   Both  enzymes  closely  resemble  human  urinary  kallikrein  in  their 
spectrum  of  activity  with  various  ester  substrates,  their  inhibition  by  a  number 
of  non-competitive  inhibitors  and  in  their  inhibition  by  antibody  to  human 
urinary  kallikrein.   An  assay  for  sweat  kallikrein  has  been  developed  which 
employs  a  buffer  containing  gelatine  and  0.15  M  NaCl  to  stabilize  the  enzyme 
which  is  present  in  extremely  low  concentrations.   The  principle  of  the  radio- 
chemical esterolytic  assay  is  given  in  report  NHLI-209  (1972) . 

4)  Plasma  Prekallikrein.   A  new  radiochemical  esterolytic  assay  for  human 
plasma  prekallikrein  has  been  developed  which  is  based  on  the  principles  out- 
lined in  Report  NHLI-209  (1972) .   The  assay  involves  (1)  a  pretreatment  of  plasma 
with  acetone  to  destroy  kallikrein  inhibitors,  (2)  activation  of  prekallikrein 
with  kaolin,  (3)  inhibition  of  interfering  esterases  with  lima  bean  trypsin 
inhibitor,  (4)  the  use  of  %  tosyl-arginine  methyl  ester  as  substrate.   The 
esterase  activity  of  plasma  measured  by  this  procedure  is  indistinguishable  from 
the  activity  of  purified  human  plasma  kallikrein  in  its  inhibition  by  competative 
and  non-competative  inhibitors,  and  temperature  and  pH  optima. 

Normal  individuals  contain  0.8  -  1.6  (mean  1.4)  units  of  prekallikrein  per 
ml  plasma.  Plasmas  from  20  patients  with  cystic  fibrosis  contain  normal  levels 
of  prekallikrein.  These  data  contradict  a  report  from  another  laboratory  which 
claims  a  significant  reduction  in  about  50%  of  their  patients. 

Patients  (15)  undergoing  surgery  all  showed  a  fall  in  plasma  prekallikrein 
which  reached  its  lowest  level  in  1-4  days  (15-75%  fall,  mean  50%)  post  surgery. 
By  the  5th  day  the  levels  were  rising  in  all  subjects. 


lA) 


Serial  No.    NHLI-73 

The  plasma  of  a  patient  with  Fletcher-factor  deficiency  was  found  to 
contain  no  prekallikrein  in  our  assay.   This  confirms  an  earlier  report  that 
Fletcher-factor  is  kallikrein. 

3 

5)  Catabolism  of  Bradykinin  by  Human  Lung  and  Plasma.   H-phe-8-Bradykinin 

administered  to  2  subjects  via  a  catheter  into  the  pulmonary  artery  was  over  80% 
destroyed  in  one  pass  through  the  lung.  At  least  50%  of  the  destruction  was 
due  to  kininase  II  which  may  be  identical  to  the  angiotensin  converting  enzymes. 
Klninase  II  cleaves  ^H-phe-arg  from  bradykinin. 

An  assay  for  kininases  in  plasma  has  been  developed  which  takes  advantage 
of  the  facile  separation  of  split  products  from  intact  kinin  on  a  CM-Sephadex 
column.   Kinins  are  determined  by  incubating  radioactive  kinin  with  30  yl  plasma 
for  15  min  at  37",  pH  7.4.   The  reaction  is  stopped  with  l,10,o-phenanthroline 
and  acetic  acid. 

6)  Kininogen.   Kininogen  has  been  found  in  rat  kidney  perfused  with  saline 
until  free  of  blood.   The  amount  found  per  kidney  is  equivalent  to  1  yg  brady- 
kinin which  is  the  amount  of  kininogen  found  in  0.25  ml  blood. 

The  kidney  may  be  a  significant  source  of  plasma  kininogen  as  indicated  by 
the  following  experiment.   The  renal  artery  of  rats  depleted  of  kininogen  by 
administration  of  cellulose  sulfate  contained,  7  hours  after  treatment,  60%  and 
the  renal  vein  86%  of  the  pretreatment  levels.   The  hepatic  values  were  artery 
60%  and  vein  74%.   Thus  both  tissues  appear  to  be  sources  of  plasma  kininogen 
but  the  kidney  appears  to  be  a  richer  source.   The  kinetics  of  release  indicate 
synthesis  of  kininogen  in  these  tissues  and  not  merely  release  of  stores. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;  Kinins  are  the  most 
potent  vasodilator  substances  known.   They  are  generated  in  plasma  and  exocrine 
glands  by  the  action  of  kallikrein  on  an  a-globulin,  kininogen.   Characterization 
and  quantitative  measurement  of  these  components  of  the  kinin  system  is  crucial 
to  an  understanding  of  the  role  of  this  enzyme  in  health  and  disease. 

Significant  alterations  in  urinary  kallikrein  excretion  have  been  noted  in 
patients  with  hypertension  and  in  normal  individuals  on  various  levels  of  dietary 
salt  or  mineralocorticoids.   It  would  appear  that  the  kallikrein-kinin  system 
plays  an  important  role  in  the  regulation  of  blood  pressure  and  in  renal  function. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   To  continue  the  basic  studies  on  the  characterization 
and  quantitative  assay  of  components  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  system.   To  establish 
the  role  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  in  hypertension  and  in  exocrine  glands, 
especially  kidney  and  lung.   To  identify  the  coupling  of  kallikrein-kinin  system 
to  other  vasoactive  systems  including  the  renin-angiotensin  system,  mineralo- 
corticoids and  prostaglandins. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:  None 


/d-l 


Serial  No.        NHLI-74 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Peptide  Biochemistry 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-208,  210,  212,  216,  217 

Principal  Investigator:   John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Hisanobu  Yoshida,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   To  develop  appropriate  methodology  for  the  characterization  and 
assay  of  peptides.   To  discover  new  biologically  active  peptides. 

Methods:   The  following  techniques  are  employed:   gas  chromatography,  high 
pressure  liquid  chromatography,  ion-exchange  chromatography,  droplet  coimter- 
current  chromatography. 

Major  Findings:   High  Pressure  Liquid  Chromatography.   Several  column  packings 
have  been  evaluated  for  the  separation  of  PTH-amino  acids.   Of  the  two  which 
seem  most  promising  Corasil-II  and  Corasil-C18,  the  latter  has  given  the  better 
results.   Thus  it  has  been  possible,  for  the  first  time,  to  elute  all  the  PTH 
derivatives  using  a  single  column.   Resolution  of  some  of  the  derivatives  is 
not  entirely  satisfactory.   However,  even  at  its  present  state  of  development 
the  method  nicely  complements  the  gas  chromatographic  procedures  previously 
developed  in  this  laboratory. 

Droplet  Countercurrent  Chromatography.   In  a  continuation  of  the  study  of 
factors  which  affect  the  efficiency  of  this  separation  technique  it  has  been 
found  that  the  angle  of  the  columns  is  important  for  two  reasons:   the  angle 
influences  droplet  size  and  rate  of  passage  of  the  droplet  along  the  length  of 
the  column.   It  appears  that  high  molecular  weight  substances  (e.g.,  insulin 
M.W.  6000)  are  particularly  sensitive  to  the  rate  of  droplet  movement.   Thus 
when  the  column  was  placed  at  30°  relative  to  the  bench  top,  the  efficiency  was 
almost  doubled  that  achieved  at  60° .   A  new  droplet  instrument  has  been  con- 
structed which  allows  the  choice  of  an  infinite  number  of  column  angles.   This 
will  allow  control  of  droplet  size  and  rate  of  movement  and  promises  to  provide 
more  versatility  and  efficiency. 

Yellow  Jacket  Kinin.   The  new  vasoactive  peptide  isolated  from  yellow  jacket 
venom  and  reported  last  year  (NHLI-216)  has  been  further  characterized  and 
found  to  contain  carbohydrate.   The  structure  of  this  peptide  is: 


^^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-74 

sugar  ^    sugar  (2) 

Thr-Ala-Thr-Thr-Arg-Arg-Arg-Gly-Bradykinln 

Sugar  1:   N-AcGalactosamine  1~2   Galactose  1 
Sugar  2:   N-Ac«Galactosamine  2^3   Galactose  2 

It  may  be  the  first  vasoactive  glycopeptide  discovered  in  nature. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:  Better  methods  for 
the  characterization  and  measurement  of  vasoactive  peptides  are  needed  in  order 
to  gain  a  clearer  understanding  of  their  role  in  the  regulation  of  blood  pressure. 
Countless  naturally  occurring  biologically  active  peptides  are  awaiting  discovery. 
With  new  and  improved  analytical  techniques  the  measurement  of  known  peptides 
and  identification  of  new  vasoactive  peptides  will  be  much  easier. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   To  develop,  perfect  and  apply  new  methods  of  analy- 
sis to  the  assay  of  known  peptides  and  the  discovery  of  new  vasoactive  peptides. 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications: 

Tamura,  Z.,  Nakajima,  T.,  Nakayama,  T.,  et  al:   Identification  of  Peptides 
with  l-Dimethylaminonaphthalene-5-Sulfonyl  Chloride.  Anal.  Biochem. , 
in  press. 

Pisano,  J.J.,  Bronzert,  T.J.,  Peyton,  M.P.,  et  al:   e-(Y-Glutamyl) Lysine 
Crosslinks:   Determination  in  Fibrin  from  Normal  and  Factor  Xlll-def icient 
Individuals.   Ann.  N.Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  202:98-113  (1972). 

Finlayson,  J.S.,  Mosesson,  M.W. ,  Bronzert,  T.J.,  et  al:  Human  Fibrinogen 
Heterogeneities.  II.  Crosslinking  Capacity  of  High  Solubility  Catabolic 
Intermediates.   J.  Biol.  Chem. ,  247:5220-5222  (1972). 


/^i 


Serial  No.       NHLI-75 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  the  Enzymes  Involved  in  the  Activation  of  Human 
Plasma  Kallikrein:   PF/dil  and  Hageman  Factor 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-213 

Principal  Investigator:   Marion  E.  Webster,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Sachiko  Oh-ishi,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  kallikrein  in  human  plasma  is  normally  found  as  an  inactive 
precursor  called  prekallikrein.   Studies  of  the  mechanism  by  which  this  enzyme 
is  activated  in  human  blood  has  clearly  shown  that  Hageman  factor  (HF)  is  re- 
quired for  its  activation.   As  active  HF  (Factor  XII)  initiates  the  intrinsic 
clotting  pathway,  activates  a  plasminogen  activator  and  promotes  platelet  aggre- 
gation and  aggregate  stability,  activation  of  this  enzyme  results  in  both  the 
formation  and  dissociation  of  clots  as  well  as  the  generation  of  kinins.   Further 
studies  were  undertaken  to  better  understand  the  role  of  this  enzyme  system  in 
a  number  of  pathological  conditions — to  clarify  the  role  played  by  factors 
described  in  the  early  literature,  to  investigate  the  mechanism  of  action  of 
a  number  of  inhibitors  and  to  investigate  the  mechanism  by  which  inactive 
Hageman  factor  is  converted  to  active  Hageman  factor  by  contact  with  negatively 
charged  particles. 

Methods:   Measurement  of  the  components  of  this  enzyme  system  by  bioassay  or  by 
a  radiochemical  method  employing  (■^H)-TAMe  have  been  previously  described 
(NHLI-213). 

Major  Findings:   Miles,  Wllhelm  and  coworkers,  a  decade  ago,  described  two 
permeability  factors,  PF/Nat  (permeability  factor/native)  and  PF/dil  (permea- 
bility factor/dilute)  in  a  number  of  mammalian  plasma.   PF/Nat  was  found  in 
lower  dilutions  of  plasma  whereas  PF/dil  was  found  in  dilutions  of  plasma  1:100 
or  greater.   PF/Nat  was  distinguished  from  PF/dil  in  that  it  was  not  inhibited 
by  soybean  trypsin  inhibitor  and  that  the  increased  capillary  permeability 
induced  by  it  in  guinea  pigs  lasted  for  1  hour  as  compared  to  15-20  minutes  for 
PF/dil.   PF/dil  had  many  properties  similar  to  plasma  kallikrein.   However,  in 
1962  Mason  and  Miles  demonstrated  that  PF/dil  formed  kinins  from  native  plasma, 
but  not  from  plasma  heated  to  60°  suggesting  that  PF/dil  formed  kinins  by  acti- 
vation of  endogenous  plasma  kallikrein.   With  the  demonstration  that  active 
Hageman  factor  (HF) ,  or  fragments  derived  therefrom,  were  capable  of  directly 
activating  prekallikrein,  it  appeared  likely  that  PF/dil  and  active  HF  were 

1  fS.^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-75 


identical  substances.   However,  direct  experimental  proof  was  lacking,  due  in 
large  part  to  the  relative  insensitivity  of  the  clotting  and  biological  kinin- 
generating  assays.   With  the  development  of  the  radiochemical  method  for  the 
determination  of  active  HF  by  measuring  the  amount  of  kallikreln  formed  from 
purified  prekallikrein,  the  activity  of  these  dilutions  of  plasma  could  readily 
be  determined.  When  dilutions  of  plasma  were  stored  in  glass  tubes,  two  types 
of  esterases  were  generated.  The  direct  esterase  activity  of  the  dilutions,  in 
the  absence  of  prekallikrein  gave  a  pattern  of  activity  similar  to  that  for 
PF/Nat  and  like  PF/Nat  this  esterolytic  activity  was  not  inhibited  by  soybean 
trypsin  inhibitor.   On  the  other  hand,  plasma  at  greater  dilutions  was  capable 
of  activating  prekallikrein  and  the  activity  of  these  various  dilutions  of 
plasma  gave  a  pattern  of  activity  similar  to  that  found  for  PF/dil. 

Further  evidence  to  support  the  hypothesis  that  active  HF  or  its  fragments 
were  present  in  these  dilutions  was  obtained  by  electrophoretic  analyses  on 
polyacrylamide  gel.   In  general,  three  main  peaks  of  activity  could  be  recovered 
from  these  gels  showing  a  pattern  similar  to  those  previously  found  for  prepara- 
tions of  active  HF  and  its  fragments.  An  initial  peak  of  activity,  which  was 
near  or  at  the  origin  of  the  gel  and  which  might  represent  activation  of  residual 
inactive  HF  on  the  gel  surface;  a  second  peak  of  activity  which  was  recovered 
in  the  globulin  region  and  a  third  peak  of  activity  in  the  albumin  region.  When 
the  amount  of  activity  recovered  in  the  globulin  region  was  compared  to  that 
recovered  in  the  albumin  region  the  percent  recovered  varied  with  the  dilution 
of  plasma,  the  greater  the  dilution  of  plasma  the  greater  was  the  formation  of 
the  30,000  molecular  weight  fragment  (third  peak). 

Inhibitors  in  plasma  also  influence  the  generation  of  active  HF  by  dilution, 
particularly  the  C'l  esterase  inhibitor.  This  technique,  therefore,  not  only 
provides  a  relatively  simple  method  for  the  diagnosis  of  hereditary  angioneurotic 
edema  (NHLI-213) ,  but  also  provides  a  method  for  extending  our  knowledge  of 
Inhibitors  for  these  enzyme  reactions.   Spermine  and  cytochrome  C  are  specific 
inhibitors  of  the  clotting  activity  of  HF  in  that  they  do  not  affect  other 
components  of  the  clotting  sequence.   Both  of  these  inhibitors  prevented  the 
generation  of  active  HF  without  affecting  the  activity  of  HF  once  it  had  been 
activated  or  of  plasma  kallikrein.   Similarly  hexadimethrine  bromide  affected 
only  the  activation  step.   Two  other  inhibitors  of  HF,  polylysine  and  methylene 
blue,  inhibited  the  active  enzyme.   The  hexyl  ester  of  trans-AMCHA  and  epsilon- 
aminocaproic  acid  (EAC) ,  inhibitors  of  plasminogen  activation  or  of  plasmin,  in 
some  normal  plasma  caused  inhibition  of  the  activation  phase.   EAC-hexyl  ester 
and  trans-AMCHA  were  without  effect.   Lima  bean  trypsin  inhibitor  only  weakly 
inhibited  active  HF,  while  two  other  trypsin  inhibitors  from  soybean  and  from 
pancreas  were  such  potent  inhibitors  of  plasma  kallikrein  that  their  effect  on 
the  activation  step  or  active  HF  could  not  be  determined. 

As  methods  for  the  preparation  of  active  HF  from  acetone  activated  plasma 
by  adsorption  and  elution  from  supercel  (NHLI-213)  had  resulted  in  multiple 
forms  of  the  active  enzyme,  attempts  were  made  to  prepare  inactive  HF.   Initially 
a  method  was  devised  for  the  determination  of  HF  by  adsorption  and  activation 
of  a  negatively  charged  surface.   In  this  technique  human  plasma  (5  yl)  was 


/a^ 


Serial  No.    NHLI-75 

added  to  supercel;  the  supercel  was  washed  free  of  proteins  and  added  to  a 
source  of  prekallikrein;  the  kallikrein  so  generated  was  determined  by  the 
radiochemical  method  described  above.   Zero  order  kinetics  were  not  obtained 
with  this  procedure,  but  it  was  sufficiencly  quantitative  so  that  it  could  be 
employed  as  a  method  for  detecting  inactive  HF  during  its  purification.   However, 
little  if  any  activity  could  be  recovered  from  plasma  fractionated  by  a  number 
of  procedures.   In  addition,  an  apparent  complete  loss  of  HF  occurred  under 
experimental  conditions  which  should  not  have  altered  its  content.   For  example,     . 
adsorption  of  plasma  with  aluminum  hydroxide  and  then  with  a  small  amount  of        \ 
celite,  a  procedure  developed  by  Ratnoff  and  Davie  as  their  Initial  step  in  the 
purification  of  HF,  appeared  to  be  completely  devoid  of  activity.   It  seemed 
possible,  therefore,  that  this  plasma  did  not  lack  HF,  but  substance(s)  required 
for  the  activation  of  HF  on  a  negatively  charged  surface. 

Further  investigation  of  this  reaction  showed  that  when  HF-deficient  plasma 
was  mixed  with  the  adsorbed  plasma  prior  to  its  addition  to  the  supercel,  acti- 
vation of  HF  occurred,  clearly  demonstrating  that  HF-deficient  plasma  contained 
a  substance  or  substances  necessary  either  for  the  adsorption  or  activation  of 
HF  on  supercel.   Additional  studies  showed  that  both  inactive  HF  and  the 
substance (s)  required  for  its  activation  were  firmly  adsorbed  to  the  supercel 
and  that  these  latter  factor(s)  did  not  alter  the  adsorption  of  HF  to  supercel 
but  were  rather  required  for  its  activation. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  purify  these  activator (s)  of  HF  from  normal 
human  plasma  by  adsorption  through  a  number  of  affinity  columns.   Filtration        i 
through  a  lysine-sepharose  column  similar  to  that  used  by  Deutsch  and  Mertz         ' 
for  the  removal  of  plasminogen  from  plasma  did  not  adsorb  the  activity,  suggesting 
that  plasmin  was  not  an  activator  of  HF.   However,  when  lysine  was  linked  to 
sepharose  through  a  12-carbon  aliphatic  chain,  complete  removal  of  activity 
occurred.   Similarly  a  spermine-sepharose  column  was  effective  in  adsorbing  the 
activity,  and  additional  studies  showed  that  these  latter  two  columns  had  ad- 
sorbed both  inactive  HF  and  its  activator (s) .   The  activity  could  be  eluted 
from  these  columns  with  5  M  guanidine.   However,  elution  with  a  guanidine  gradient 
caused  a  partial  loss  of  activator  activity  and  it  was  noted  that  the  remaining 
activator  activity  eluted  in  the  same  fractions  as  the  kallikrein  activity  and 
that  prekallikrein  had  been  converted  to  kallikrein  during  the  purification 
procedure. 

A  direct  test  of  the  possibility  that  plasmin,  plasminogen,  kallikrein 
or  prekallikrein  were  one  or  more  of  the  activators  of  HF  found  in  normal  plasma 
showed  that  neither  plasmin  nor  plasminogen  could  activage  HF  in  aluminum  hy- 
droxide adsorbed  plasma.   Kallikrein,  however,  did  generate  activity  when  added 
at  twice  the  concentration  found  in  normal  plasma.   Prekallikrein,  on  the  other     f 
hand,  failed  to  generate  activity,  although  this  same  concentration  of  prekalli- 
krein could  readily  correct  the  defect  found  in  Fletcher  (prekallikrein)  deficient 
plasma. 

Activation  of  HF  by  a  negatively  charged  surface  has  previously  been 
thought  to  be  by  adsorption  of  the  protein  molecule  in  such  a  manner  that  a 
rearrangement  occurs  which  results  in  the  formation  or  unmasking  of  an  active 
catalytic  site.   The  present  data,  however,  would  indicate  that  HF,  itself,  is      | 
not  activated  by  a  negatively  charged  surface  such  as  supercel.   Also,  prekallikrein, 
itself,  is  not  capable  of  activating  inactive  HF  although  the  active  enzyme  .^ 

3 


Serial  No.   NHLI-75 

kallikrein  can  readily  do  so.   Active  HF  can  activate  prekallikrein  and  kalli- 
krein  can  activate  inactive  HF,  but  how  do  these  molecules  become  activated  on 
a  negatively  charged  surface?   It  would  appear  likely  that  still  another  as  yet 
unknown  activator  is  required.  Which  molecule  is  activated  first?   It  is 
possible  that  further  studies  on  this  mechanism  might  help  explain  the  anomoly 
that  HF-deficient  and  Fletcher  deficient  plasma  have  prolonged  clotting  times 
in  vitro  but  these  patients  have  no  abnormal  hemorrhagic  symptoms.   It  appears 
possible  that  this  unknown  activator  may  activate  both  molecules  and  that 
activation  of  either  molecule  may  be  sufficient  to  control  the  bleeding  tenden- 
cies.  This  will  be  particularly  likely,  if  kallikrein,  like  active  HF,  can 
convert  inactive  PTA  (Factor  XI)  to  active  PTA. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   The  generation  of 
kinins  by  plasma  kallikrein  has  been  implicated  in  a  number  of  pathological 
conditions  such  as  hereditary  angioneurotic  edema,  gouty  and  rheumatic  arthritis, 
asthma,  pulmonary  edema,  reactions  to  blood  transfusions,  infection  by  patho- 
genic organisms,  pancreatitis,  etc.   A  complete  understanding  of  this  system 
which  is  involved  in  both  the  formation  and  dissolution  of  clots  as  well  as  in 
the  generation  of  kinins,  could  lead  to  the  development  of  specific  inhibitors 
which  might  be  therapeutically  useful. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Continued  investigation  of  the  factors  necessary 
for  the  activation  of  Hageman  factor. 

Honors  and  Awards;  None 

Publications : 

Zweig,  M.H.,  Maling,  H.M.  and  Webster,  M.E.;   Inhibition  of  sodium  urate 
induced  rat  hindpaw  edema  by  colchicine  derivatives:   correlation  with 
antimitotic  activity.   J_.  Pharmacol.  Exp.  Therap . ,  182:344-350,  1972. 

Webster,  M.E.,  Maling,  H.M.,  Zweig,  M.H. ,  Williams,  M.A.  and  Anderson,  W. , 
Jr.:  Urate  crystal  induced  inflammation  in  the  rat;  evidence  for  the 
combined  actions  of  kinins,  histamine  and  components  of  complement. 
Immunol.  Comm.,  1:185-198,  1972. 

Webster,  M.E.,  Maling,  H.M.,  and  Zweig,  M.H. :   Evidence  for  kinins,  his- 
tamine and  complement  as  mediators  of  the  inflammatory  response.  Protides 
of  the  Biological  Fluids.  20  (in  press) . 

Webster,  M.E.;   Section  3.1,  Bioassay;  Chapter  21,  Kinins.   In  Berson, 
S.A.  and  Yalow,  R.A.  (Eds.)  Methods  in  Investigative  and  Diagnostic 
Endocrinology ,  (Ln  press  )  . 


/A7 


Serial  No.    NHLI-76(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Antigen-Antibody- Induced  Release  of  Mediators  from  Passively 
Sensitized  Human  Lung:   Studies  on  Histamine  and  Arginine 
Esterases 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-187(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Marion  E.  Webster,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Harold  H.  Newball,  M.D. 
Sachiko  Oh-ishi,  Ph.D. 
Floyd  L.  Atkins,  M.D. 
Michael  A.  Beaven,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Pulmonary  Branch 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Previous  studies  (NHLI-187(c) ,  1971-1972)  on  the  release  of  his- 
tamine from  leukocytes  of  normal  and  allergic  individuals  had  shown  that  hista- 
mine was  released  only  from  the  leukocytes  of  sensitized  individuals.   However, 
as  a  model  of  the  pathophysiology  of  hay-fever  and  asthma,  the  passive  sensi- 
tization of  human  lung  fragments  as  first  described  by  Parish  (Nature  215:738, 
1967)  appeared  to  provide  a  more  direct  approach  to  the  investigation  of  the 
role  of  mediators  in  this  immediate-type  allergy.   The  purpose  of  this  study 
is  to  identify  mediators  released  from  human  lung  during  sensitization;  to 
determine  the  mechanism  of  their  release;  to  identify  inhibitors  of  their  re- 
lease and  to  assess  the  role  of  pharmacological  compounds  used  in  the  treatment 
of  allergy. 

Methods:   Human  lung  obtained  during  surgery  is  cut  into  fragments  (100-200  mg 
wet  weight),  sensitized  with  sera  obtained  from  individuals  allergic  to  ragweed, 
washed  free  of  serum  proteins  and  incubated  with  a  purified  preparation  of  antigen 
E  (0.6  ug) .   Release  of  histamine  from  the  sensitized  lung  was  measured  by  a 
sensitive  enzymatic  assay  developed  in  this  laboratory  (Beaven  et^  al. ,  Clin. 
Chim.  Acta  37:91,  1972).   Enzyme (s)  which  hydrolyze  N-substituted  arginine  esters 
were  determined  by  a  modification  of  the  radiochemical  technique  developed  for 
the  determination  of  human  urinary  kallikrein  using  (3H)-TAMe  as  substrate 
(Beaven  et  al. ,  Clin.  Chim.  Acta  32:67,  1971). 

Major  Findings:   Initially,  the  conditions  required  for  optimal  release  of  his- 
tamine were  reinvestigated.   In  agreement  with  earlier  investigators,  greater 
release  of  histamine  occurred  from  lungs  sensitized  with  diluted  rather  than 
undiluted  sera  suggesting  that  undiluted  sera  contains  proteins  capable  of 


Serial  No.    NHLI-76(c) 

competing  with  reagenic  antibody  for  tissue  binding  sites.  However,  in  our 
hands,  sensitization  for  20  hours  at  room  temperature  resulted  in  greater  re- 
lease of  histamine  than  incubation  for  4  hours  at  37".   These  studies  have 
confirmed  the  ant igen-ant ibody  release  of  histamine  from  sensitized  human  lung 
in  vitro.   In  addition  we  have  found  that  enzyme (s)  which  hydrolyze  N-substi- 
tuted  arginine  esters  are  also  released.   These  arginine  esterase (s)  were 
unstable  in  the  diluting  medium  but  could  be  stabilized  by  addition  of  albumin 
(300  yg/ml) .   Maximum  histamine  release  occurs  in  3-5  min  and  remains  constant 
for  up  to  60  min  following  addition  of  antigen.   However,  release  of  arginine 
esterase  activity  preceded  that  of  histamine  with  a  peak  activity  at  1-5  min 
followed  by  a  second  peak  at  15  min.   This  lack  of  similarity  in  the  time  course 
of  release  may  indicate  that  the  activities  originate  from  different  sites  within 
the  tissue.   In  one  experiment,  disodium  cromoglycate  (100  yg/ml)  inhibited  the 
release  of  arginine  esterase  but  did  not  affect  histamine  release. 

In  addition  the  action  of  some  mediators  on  isolated  human  bronchi  has 
been  examined.   Histamine  (30-800  ng/ml)  and  acetylcholine  (0.1-8  yg/ml)  con- 
tract human  bronchi  as  does  prostaglandin  F2c(  (5  yg/ml).  However,  bradykinin 
in  two  out  of  three  bronchi  failed  to  contract  the  muscle  even  in  doses  up  to 
100  yg/ml.   In  one  tissue,  contractions  were  obtained  initially  with  bradykinin 
at  2-3  yg/ml.   At  a  later  period  of  time,  this  same  tissue  failed  to  respond 
to  bradykinin  even  when  the  concentration  was  raised  to  100  yg/ml.  On  the 
other  hand,  in  all  tissues  bradykinin  has  suppressed  the  response  of  histamine 
and  acetylcholine.   Quantitation  of  this  effect  in  one  tissue  showed  that  brady- 
kinin (10-100  ng/ml)  could  partially  or  completely  suppress  the  contraction 
given  by  800  ng  histamine  or  8  yg  acetylcholine.   The  antihistaminic,  tripro- 
lidine,  blocked  the  response  to  histamine  but  did  not  prevent  contraction  by 
acetylcholine. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  identification 
of  mediators  released  by  human  lung  passively  sensitized  with  reagenic  antibody 
should  aid  us  in  our  knowledge  of  human  allergies.   A  better  understanding  of 
the  mechanism  of  their  release  and  methods  for  their  blockade  could  lead  to 
more  rational  therapy. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Continued  investigation  of  the  mediators  released 
by  human  lung  passively  sensitized  with  reagenic  antibody. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   None 


/Af 


Serial  No.        NHLI-77 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Biochemistry  of  the  Kallikrein-Kininogen-Kinin  System 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-214 

Principal  Investigator:   Jack  V.  Pierce,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Jorge  A.  Guimaraes,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Purification  of  glandular  kallikreins  and  components  of  the  plasma 
kinin  system  for  characterization  purposes  and  for  production  of  specific  anti- 
serums.  Preparation  of  purified  specific  antibodies  for  biochemical  and  chemi- 
cal studies.   Preparation  of  affinity  adsorbents  from  purified  antibodies  and 
antigens  for  purification  and  other  purposes,  such  as  devising  specific  bio- 
chemical and  radioimmunochemical  assays.   Applications  of  these  purified  proteins, 
affinity  adsorbents,  and  assay  methods  to  studies  of  human  disease  states,  such 
as  hypertension. 

Major  Findings:   1)  Human  Plasma  Kallikrein  and  Prekallikrein.   Steps  (a) 
through  (c)  of  the  prekallikrein  purification  scheme  described  in  the  previous 
report  (Serial  No.  NHLI-214)  are  the  same.   The  next  step  (d) ,  affinity  chroma- 
tography on  L-arginine-Ci2-agarose  columns,  has  been  refined.   First,  an  optimum 
flow  rate  duTing  the  adsorption  step  (at  room  temperature),  was  found  to  be 
about  80  ml  per  cm2  cross-sectional  area  of  the  column  per  hour.   Second,  one 
ml  bed  volume  of  affinity  adsorbent  was  found  capable  of  retaining  all  of  the 
prekallikrein  present  in  about  60  ml  of  the  DEAE-cellulose  filtrate  (1.0  ml  = 
0.5  ml  of  original  plasma).   However,  best  results  were  obtained  when  no  more 
than  about  40  ml  of  filtrate  per  ml  of  bed  volume  was  used.   Third,  better 
recoveries  were  realized  by  using  0.01  M  Tris-HCl-O. 01%  Polybrene,  pH  7.0,  in- 
stead of  0.15  M  NaCl-0.01  M  Tris-HCl  (or  sodium  phosphate)-0.01%  Polybrene, 
pH  8.0-8.2,  as  previously  used.   Fourth,  elution  of  the  column  is  now  performed 
by  the  following  sequence  of  eluents  at  room  temperature:   (i)  0.01  M  Tris'HCl- 
0.01%  Polybrene,  pH  7.0  (10  vol);  (ii)  0.01  M  sodium  acetate,  pH  5.5  (6  vol); 
(iii)  0.01  M  sodium  phosphate,  pH  7.5  (0.5  vol);  (iv)  distilled  water  (0.5  vol); 
(v)  0.01  M  acetic  acid  (0.5  vol);  and  (vi)  0.01  M  sodium  phosphate,  pH  7.5. 
Eluent  (ii)  removes  impurities,  eluent  (iii)  is  used  to  bring  the  column  to 


no 


Serial  No.    NHT,T-77 

pH  7.5;  eluents  (iv)  and  (v)  remove  the  prekallikrein  activity;  and  eluent  (vi) 
is  used  to  prevent  a  too  low  pH  in  the  fraction  containing  the  eluted  activity. 
A  purification  of  25  to  30-fold  in  70  to  80%  yield  has  been  realized  by  this 
elution  sequence  on  0.54  x  7.0-cm  trial  columns. 

Sheep  antiserum  to  the  IgG  fraction  from  the  affinity  chromatogram  of  the 
DEAE-cellulose  filtrate  (as  described  in  the  previous  report.  Serial  No.  NHLI- 
214),  contained  mainly  antibody  to  IgG,  but  also  a  low  titer  of  precipitating 
antibody  to  human  plasma  kallikrein — as  shown  by  Ouchterlony  immunodiffusion 
tests  with  either  inactive  kallikrein  or  active  kallikrein  which  had  been 
highly  purified  by  affinity  chromatography  on  a  soybean  trypsin  inhibitor- 
agarose  column.   Both  active  and  inactive  forms  of  plasma  kallikrein  had  been 
freed  of  IgG  by  means  of  anti-human  IgG-agarose  affinity  chromatography.   There- 
fore, the  sheep  was  boosted  with  the  inactive  human  plasma  kallikrein  prepara- 
tion just  mentioned.   The  antiserum  taken  11  days  later  now  had  a  very  low 
anti-IgG  titer  and  a  fairly  high  titer  against  both  the  immunogen  and  the  highly 
purified  human  plasma  kallikrein  preparation.   The  trace  amounts  of  anti-IgG 
could  be  readily  adsorbed  out,  leaving  only  the  antibody  to  human  plasma  kalli- 
krein in  the  filtrate,  by  passing  the  antiserum  over  a  column  of  human  IgG- 
agarose.   Immunization  of  a  second  sheep  against  the  highly  purified  active 
human  plasma  kallikrein  has  also  given  a  good  anti-plasma  kallikrein  titer. 

The  isolation  of  specific  antibody  to  human  plasma  kallikrein  for  affinity 
chromatography  and  other  uses  presents  a  problem,  since  only  small  amounts  of 
highly  purified  human  plasma  kallikrein  or  prekallikrein  are  available  for  making 
affinity  adsorbents.   The  strategy  of  preparing  pure  antibody  from  an  immune 
precipitate  formed  by  mixing  whole  antiserum  with  crude  antigen  (as  has  been 
done  successfully  in  the  case  of  antibodies  to  human  plasma  kininogen  and  rat 
urinary  kallikrein),  cannot  be  used  here  because  the  gel  filtration  elution 
volumes  of  IgG  and  human  plasma  kallikrein  are  nearly  identical  and  because  this 
kallikrein,  unlike  urinary  kallikrein  and  plasma  kininogens,  will  not  adsorb  to 
hydroxyapatite  from  an  8  M  urea  solution  of  the  immune  precipitate,  since  plasma 
kallikrein  is  highly  basic.   Therefore,  goat  anti-sheep  immunoglobulin,  using 
purified  sheep  anti-human  IgG  as  the  immunogen,  has  been  prepared. 

2)  Himian  Plasma  Kininogens.  Hydroxyapatite  chromatography  (linear  phosphate 
gradient  in  the  presence  of  1  M  NaCl)  of  the  LMW  kininogens  from  the  gel  fil- 
tration experiment  described  in  the  previous  annual  report  (Serial  No.  NHLI-214) 
gave  two  peaks  of  kininogen  activity  in  about  the  same  ratio  and  at  the  same 
phosphate  eluent  concentrations  as  previously  observed  for  LMW  kininogens  iso- 
lated by  an  entirely  different  scheme  and  from  outdated,  instead  of  fresh  plasma. 
This  provides  further  evidence  that  LMW  kininogens  I  and  II  are  present  as  such 
in  fresh  human  blood — i.e.,  that  LMW  kininogen  I  is  not  an  artifact,  as  several 
workers  have  suggested.   The  same  hydroxyapatite  chromatographic  method  applied 
to  HMW  kininogens  (from  the  gel  filtration  experiment)  gave  only  a  small  peak 
followed  by  a  long  tail  of  activity. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  purification  of 
the  components  of  the  plasma  kallikrein  system  is  crucial  to  investigations  of 
its  physiological  fundtion(s).   This  system  is  activated  simultaneously  with 
the  blood  coagulation  and  lysis  system:   Factor  XII  (Hageman  Factor)  of  the 
latter  appears  to  be  an  integral  part  of  the  former.   There  are  a  number  of 


Serial  No.  NHLI-77 

observations  implicating  the  kallikrein  system  in  inflammation,  pain,  immune 
reactions,  the  carcinoid  syndrome,  arthritides  of  various  etiologies,  and 
hereditary  angioedema. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Human  Plasma  Kallikrein.  We  plan  to  isolate  goat 
antibody  to  sheep  immunoglobulin  on  columns  of  sheep  anti-human  serum  albumin 
and  insolubilize  it  on  agarose.   This  adsorbent  will  then  be  used  to  adsorb 
sheep  immunoglobulins  from  the  anti-human  plasma  kallikrein  sheep  serums.   These 
purified  immunoglobulins  (containing  anti-human  plasma  kallikrein),  after  co- 
valent  attachment  to  agarose,  can  be  used  to  remove  human  plasma  kallikrein  and 
prekallikrein  from  crude  mixtures,  such  as  plasma.   We  are  presently  trying  to 
obtain  highly  purified  human  plasma  prekallikrein  from  3  liters  of  human  plasma. 
Among  other  uses,  the  prekallikrein  will  be  employed  to  prepare  sheep  antiserum, 
since  such  an  antiserum  may  contain  a  class  of  antibodies  which  will  bind  only 
to  prekallikrein. 

Human  Plasma  Kininogens.   More  of  the  purified  LMW  and  HMW  kininogens  will 
be  prepared  by  the  scheme  described  earlier  (previous  annual  report  Serial  No. 
NHLI-214) .   Hydroxyapatite  chromatography  of  the  HMW  kininogens  in  the  presence 
of  3  M  NaCl  will  be  tried,  as  well  as  electrofocusing  of  both  LMW  and  HMW  forms. 

Human  Urinary  Kallikrein.   Preparation  of  purified  antibody  and  antigen 
from  an  immune  precipitate  (formed  by  mixing  at  equivalence  antiserum  to  human 
urinary  kallikrein  B5  and  300  liters  of  ultraf iltered  human  urine)will  be  per- 
formed, probably  by  gel  filtration  in  6  M  guanidine  hydrochloride. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications: 

Loeffler,  L.J. ,  and  Pierce,  J.V.:   Acyl  azide  derivatives  in  affinity 
chromatography.   Immobilization  of  enzymatically  active  trypsin  on  beaded 
agarose  and  porous  glass.   Biochim.  Biophys.  Acta,  in  press. 


/3i 


Serial  No.   NHT,T-7« 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Physiological  Chemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  The  Role  of  Prostaglandins  in  the  Vascular  System 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Lauren  M.  Cagen,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 

R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives;   1)  To  develop  sensitive  assays  for  prostaglandins  (PC's)  and  their 
metabolites  in  plasma  and  urine  and  to  measure  the  levels  of  these  compounds 
in  normal  and  pathological  states. 

2)  To  study  individual  enzymes  of  PC  metabolism  with  respect  to  their 
modulation  by  physiological  and  pharmacological  effectors. 

Major  Findings:   Considerable  controversy  now  centers  on  whether  prostaglandins 
of  the  A  series  are  of  natural  origin  and  on  the  possible  role  of  these  com- 
pounds as  circulating  hypotensive  agents.   Evidence  against  such  a  role  for  the 
PGA's  is  the  extremely  low  level  of  PGA's  found  in  plasma  by  Dr.  Alexander  of 
this  laboratory. 

1)  Enzjnnic  dehydration  of  PGEj^  to  PGA-j^  could  not  be  determined  in  tissue 
homogenates  from  a  variety  of  sources.   However,  homogenates  of  rat  kidney  were 
found  to  convert  small  amounts  of  PGE^  to  a  less  polar  metabolite  which  chromato- 
graphs  with  PGA^. 

2)  The  existence  of  a  specific  PGA  isomerase  has  been  held  as  evidence  for 
the  occurrence  of  these  compounds  in  vivo.   The  absence  of  this  activity  in 
human  plasma  was  confirmed.   However,  human  plasma  was  found  to  contain  a  heat- 
labile  factor  which  greatly  stimulates  the  isomerase  activity  of  rabbit  plasma. 
The  nature  of  this  factor  and  the  mechanism  of  this  stimulation  are  being 
explored. 

3)  A  report  that  PGA  is  converted  to  more  polar  metabolites  by  human  blood 
cells  has  been  confirmed.   The  effect  of  this  conversion  as  measurement  of 
apparent  plasma  concentration  of  PGA,  and  the  products  of  the  conversion  are 
being  studied. 

4)  HPLC  has  been  applied  to  the  separation  of  PGA  from  PGB  and  of  PGAj^  to 
PGA2  to  permit  their  independent  measurement  by  radioimmunoassay.   PGBj^  has  been 
only  partially  separated  from  PGB2.  /33 


Serial  No.     NHLI-78 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Since  prostaglandins 
of  the  A  and  E  series  are  among  the  most  potent  of  vasoactive  substances,  it  Is 
of  great  Importance  that  the  circulating  levels  as  well  as  the  origin  and  fate 
of  these  substances  be  determined. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   1)  In  addition  to  continuing  the  studies  mentioned 
above,  the  applicability  of  existing  assays  for  prostaglandin  synthetase  to 
vascular  smooth  muscle  is  being  explored.   In  collaboration  with  Dr.  R.  Wayne 
Alexander  of  this  laboratory,  the  existence  of  this  enzyme  system  in  vascular 
smooth  muscle  and  its  regulation  by  antl-lnf lamatory  drugs  will  be  investigated. 

2)  Work  is  now  in  progress  to  purify  and  identify  the  polar  metabolites 
of  PGA,  produced  by  human  erythrocytes.   These  compounds  will  be  tested  for 
pharmacological  activity  and  methods  for  their  assay  in  plasma  and  urine  will 
be  developed  In  order  to  assess  the  possible  Importance  of  PGA  derivatives  as 
circulatory  hormones.   Concurrently,  whole  blood  and  urine  will  be  assayed 
for  the  metabolites.   Their  presence  in  these  fluids  could  have  a  profound 
effect  on  our  understanding  of  the  physiological  role  of  PGA. 

3)  The  factor  or  factors  in  human  plasma  responsible  for  the  stimulation 
of  rabbit  plasma  Isomerase  will  be  characterized.   It  is  of  particular  Interest 
whether  such  factors  are  components  of  a  human  prostaglandin  A  Isomerase. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


f3'/ 


Serial  No.      NHLI-79 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Studies  on  the  Isolation  and  Characterization  of 
Clostridial  Electron  Transfer  Proteins  and  Other 
Iron-sulfur  Proteins 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-205 

Principal  Investigator:   Walter  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   William  D.  Phillips,  Ph.D. 
Kerry  T.  Yasunobu,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Central  Research  Department,  E.  I.  Dupont  de  Nemours 

and  Co.,  Wilmington,  Delaware;  Department  of  Biochemistry 
and  Biophysics,  University  of  Hawaii,  Honolulu 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   It  is  becoming  increasingly  apparent  that  proteins  containing 
iron-sulfur  complexes  are  ubiquitous  and  perform  a  wide  range  of  biological 
functions.   These  complexes  are  now  known  to  rival  heme  groups  as  agents  for 
electron  transfer.   Previous  work  on  this  project  has  characterized  the 
active  center  of  the  small  bacterial  ferredoxin,  and  led  to  the  discovery  and 
characterization  of  rubredoxin  from  Clostridium  pasteurianum.   This  protein 
has  been  particularly  ammenable  to  structured  analysis.   The  following 
structural  parameters  have  been  identified  in  previous  reports:   the  complete 
amino  acid  sequence,  the  3-dimensional  structure  to  2.0  A  by  x-ray  diffraction, 
the  nature  and  bond  angles  of  iron  ligands,  and  the  electronic  properties  and 
configuration  of  the  iron  atom. 

The  objectives  of  the  work  during  the  past  year  have  been  to:   1)  obtain 
antibodies  to  C^  pasteurianum  rubredoxin  and  establish  the  immunological 
properties  and  cross  reactivity  of  rubredoxin  from  various  organisms, 

2)  further  explore  the  chelate  structure  of  clostridial  ferredoxin  using 
high  resolution  nuclear  magnetic  resonance, 

3)  obtain  information  on  the  role  of  the  polypeptide  in  modification 
of  the  redox  properties  of  the  iron-sulfur  complex. 

Methods:   Previously  reported  methods  were  used  for  the  isolation  of  ferredoxin 
and  rubredoxin  from  C_^  pasteurianum.   Antibodies  to  C.  pasteurianum  rubredoxin 
were  prepared  by  repeated  intraimascular  injection  of  rubredoxin  together  with 

1  /3f 


Serial  No.  NHLI-79 


Freund's  adjuvant  into  goats.   A  high  titer  of  antirubredoxin  (5  mg/ml)  was 
obtained  and  was  isolated  from  servim  by  specific  adsorption  to  rubredoxin- 
Sepharose.   Subsequently,  antirubredoxin-Sepharose  columns  were  prepared  in 
order  to  test  the  affinities  of  various  bacterial  rubredoxins. 

NMR  studies  on  Cj_   pasteurianum  f erredoxin  were  done  in  DoO  using  a 
high  resolution  instrument  and  preparations  of  extremely  pure  f erredoxin. 

Major  Findings:   Antibodies  to  Cj_   pasteurianum  rubredoxin  were  obtained. 
These  antibodies  formed  single  precipitin  lines  on  ouchterlony  immunodiffusion 
plates  only  with  rubredoxin  and  aporubredoxin  from  C^  pasteurianum.   Rubredoxin 
from  other  bacterial  species  did  not  form  precipitates  with  antirubredoxin, 
but  all  were  adsorbed  on  antirubredoxin-Sepharose  columns.   Relative  affinity 
of  the  antibody  for  the  various  rubredoxins  was  determined  by  its  ability 
to  inhibit  the  biological  activity  of  the  NADP-cytochrome  C  reductase  system. 

In  studies  on  C^  pasteurianum  f erredoxin  using  the  NMR  technique  pre- 
viously reported,  we  have  been  able  to  study  the  denaturation-renaturation 
process  by  focusing  on  the  3  protons  of  the  cysteinyl  residue.   These  are 
displaced  substantially  downfield  by  contact  shifts  due  to  their  proximity  to 
the  antiferromagnetically  spin  exchange  coupled  iron  atoms.   Upon  addition  of 
dg  DMSOa  these  contact  shift  proton  resonances  begin  to  broaden  and  decrease 
in  intensity.   Readdition  of  D2O  at  least  partially  restores  these  resonances. 
This  provides  an  excellent  example  of  how  NMR  can  be  used  to  examine  preliminary 
changes  in  protein  conformation  before  permanent  denaturation  takes  place. 

Significance:   Iron-sulfur  proteins  constitute  perhaps  the  most  important 
group  of  redox  enzymes  and  electron  carriers  known  in  biological  systems. 
The  current  work  has  continued  to  advance  our  knowledge  of  the  structure  and 
biological  role  of  these  proteins.   Based  on  the  current  work,  as  well  as  that 
in  previous  annual  reports  and  the  current  literature,  we  can  now  make  some 
important  conclusions  about  the  active  sites  of  iron-sulfur  proteins.   It 
appears  that  there  may  be  only  3  basic  types  of  active  sites  and  that  these 
can  occur  one  or  more  times  within  the  total  structure  of  the  proteins.   Each 
active  site  can  accept  or  donate  only  a  single  electron.   The  proposed 
structures  are  as  follows: 

1)  Rubredoxin  -  A  single  high  spin  iron  atom  tetrahedrally 
coordinated  by  four  cysteinyl  sulfhydryl  groups. 

2)  Plant  type  ferredoxin  -  Two  high  spin  iron  atoms  that 
are  antiferromagnetically  coupled,  each  being  surrounded 
tetrahedrally  by  four  sulfur  atoms.   Two  inorganic  sulfides 
provide  bridge  atoms  and  4  cysteinyl  sulfurs  provide  the 
other  ligands. 

3)  Clostrial  type  ferredoxin  -  Four  high  spin  iron  atoms  are 
arranged  at  opposing  corners  of  a  cube  with  the  remaining 
comers  occupied  by  inorganic  sulfides.   Each  iron  atom 
is  also  bonded  to  a  cysteinyl  sulfur  atom.   These  4  iron 

2  /3^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-79 


atoms  therefore  are  each  also  in  an  approximate  tetrahedral 
ligand  field  of  four  sulfur  atoms. 

If  this  somewhat  simplified  concept  of  iron-sulfur  centers  withstands  the  test 
of  time  and  further  experimentation,  then  our  understanding  of  the  more  com- 
plex iron-sulfur  proteins  should  be  greatly  enhanced. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Continuation  of  the  current  line  of  experimenta- 
tion is  planned  with  emphasis  both  on  structural  details  and  the  redox 
properties  of  the  iron-sulfur  centers. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications : 

1.  Eaton,  W.  A.  and  Lovenberg,  W. :   In  Lovenberg,  W.  (ed.): 
Iron-Sulfur  Proteins.   New  York,  Academic  Press,  1973. 

2.  Lovenberg,  W. :   In  Neilands,  J.B.  (ed.):  Microbial  Iron 
Metabolism.   New  York,  Academic  Press,  1973. 

3.  Yasunobu,  K.  T.  and  Lovenberg,  W. :   Immunological  properties 
of  the  Clostridium  pasteurianum  rubredoxin.  Arch.  Biochem. 
Biophys . ,  in  press. 

4.  McDonald,  C.  C,  Phillips,  W.  D. ,  Lovenberg,  W. ,  and  Holm, 
R.  H. :   PMR  studies  on  Clostridium  pasteurianum  ferredoxin: 
Origins  of  contact-shifted  resonances  and  denaturation  by 
dimethylsulf oxide .   Proc.  N.Y.  Acad.  Sci. ,  in  press. 


/S7 


Serial  No.   NHTJ-80(c) 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effect  of  Renal  Infarction  on  Aromatic  Amino  Acid  Decarboxyl- 
ase Levels  in  Serum  and  Kidney  Tissue 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   James  S.  Goodwin,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Perry  V.  Halushka,  M.D. ,  Ph.D. 
Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 
Walter  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Aromatic   L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  catalyzes  the  decarboxyla- 
tion of  a  variety  of  aromatic  amino  acids.   The  most  significant  reactions 
catalyzed  by  this  enzyme  are  the  synthesis  of  dopamine  and  serotonin  from  the 
corresponding  amino  acids  in  neuronal  tissue. 

Very  high  concentrations  of  this  enzyme  are  also  found  in  mammalian  kidney, 
though  its  exact  location  and  function  there  are  not  known.   There  is  no 
enzyme  activity  in  normal  rat  or  human  serum.   The  objectives  of  the  present 
investigation  are: 

1)  To  see  if  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  "leaks"  into  the  serum 
and  is  measurable  during  various  types  of  physical  insult  to  the  kidney. 

2)  To  localize  tissue  distribution  of  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase 
within  the  kidney  by  causing  selective  destruction  of  tissue. 

Methods:   Serum  was  obtained  from  a  patient  undergoing  acute  rejection  of  a 
transplanted  kidney,  and  also  from  a  patient  with  methacillin  related  inter- 
stitial nephritis. 

For  the  animal  studies  Sprague-Dawley  rats  had  one  of  the  following 
surgical  procedures: 

1)  sham  operation 

2)  denervation  of  left  kidney 

3)  ligation  of  left  ureter 

^)  ligation  of  left  upper  pole  artery 


1 


/-fS 


Serial  No.    NHLI-80(c) 


Rats  were  sacrificed  three  to  five  days  later  and  aromatic  L-amino  acid 
decarboxylase  levels  of  sermn  and  both  kidneys  were  measured. 

Major  Findings;   1)  The  first  two  patients  described  above  like  all  normal 
individuals  had  no  measurable  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  activity  in 
their  sera. 

2)  Denervation  of  a  rat  kidney  resulted  in  20%  decrease  in  enzyme  activity. 
Ligation  of  the  ureter  resulted  in  a  50  to  75%  decrease  in  tissue  activity  5 
days  after  ligation  with  the  appearance  of  small  but  measurable  amounts  of 
enzyme  activity  in  the  rat  serum. 

Ligation  of  a  branch  of  the  renal  artery  did  not  result  in  the  appearance 
of  enzjnne  activity  in  the  serum,  although  the  total  renal  enzyme  was  decreased 
by  about  30%  in  the  infarcted  kidney.   This  value  appeared  to  be  related  to 
the  degree  of  infarction. 

Significance;   On  the  basis  of  measurements  in  two  patients,  it  does  not  appear 
that  kidney  rejection  or  nephritis  cause  the  appearance  of  aromatic  L-amino 
acid  decarboxylase  activity  in  human  servim. 

Since  denervation  gives  only  a  20%  reduction  in  enzyme  activity,  it  is 
apparent  that  most  of  the  dopa  decarboxylase  in  the  kidney  is  not  associated 
with  nerve  endings.   Ligation  of  the  ureters,  a  procedure  that  leads  to  the 
preferential  destruction  of  tubules  before  parenchymal  tissue  is  greatly 
affected,  resvilted  in  marked  decrease  in  activity.  Also,  the  appearance  in 
rat  serum  of  the  enzyme  with  ureteral  ligation  leaves  open  the  possibility  of 
a  parallel  finding  in  a  human  disease  for  which  this  enzyme  could  be  a  marker. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   More  samples  of  serum  from  patients  with  various 
renal  diseases  are  being  collected.  Animal  experimentation  using  toxins  that 
are  specific  tubular  poisons,  such  as  cadmium,  is  planned.  Also,  various 
techniques  for  isolating  "tubular  fractions"  from  kidney  homogenates  are  being 
studied. 

Honors  and  Awards;  None 

Publications: 

1.  Yamabe,  H.  and  Lovenberg,  W. ;   Decarboxylation  of  3,4-dihydroxy- 
phenylalanine  by  oxyhemoglobin.   Biochem.  Biophys.  Res.  Commun. 
47:  733-739,  1972. 


fli 


Serial  No.     NHLI-81 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Characterization  of  Bovine  Adrenal  Dopamine  3-Hydroxylase 

Principal  Investigator:   Ellen  F.  Wallace,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 
Mark  Kranz 

Cooperating  Units:   Department  of  Biology 

Johns  Hopkins  University 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  objective  of  this  project  was  to  study  the  chemical  and 
physical  properties  of  a  pure  preparation  of  bovine  adrenal  dopamine  B 
hydroxylase  (DBH) . 

Methods:   DBH  was  isolated  by  a  previously  published  procedure  and  was  assayed 
using  tyramine  as  substrate.   Following  octopamine  formation  from  tyramin, 
p-hydroxybenzaldehyde  was  liberated  by  periodate  and  measured  spectrophoto- 
metrically. 

Major  Findings:   DBH  has  been  shown  to  be  a  very  large  (290,000  MW)  protein 
that  is  partly  released  from  chromaffin  granules  along  with  catecholamines. 
The  remainder  of  the  DBH  is  membrane-bound.   It  was  therefore  of  interest  to 
investigate  whether  the  enzyme  is  composed  of  smaller  subunits  that  might 
include  bound  carbohydrate. 

An  electrophoretically  homogenous  preparation  of  DBH  was  subjected  to 
disc  gel  electrophoresis  in  the  presence  of  sodium  dodecyl  sulfate  and  mer- 
captoethanol.   One  band  that  migrated  with  a  mobility  corresponding  to  a 
molecular  weight  of  approximately  75,000  was  observed.   The  enzyme  apparently 
is  composed  of  four  identical  or  closely  related  subunits. 

A  positive  stain  for  carbohydrate  was  obtained  for  both  the  tetramer  and 
the  monomer  bands  on  the  acrylamide  gels.   A  preliminary  carbohydrate  analysis 
showed  the  DBH  has  a  carbohydrate  content  of  about  3%.   The  principal  sugar 
residues  are  mannose ,  galactose,  fucose,  hexose  amines,  and  sialic  acid. 

The  biquinoline  assay  for  copper  was  performed  on  the  purified  enzyme 
preparation.   Copper  was  present  in  the  ratio  of  four  moles  of  copper  per 
mole  of  tetrame. 


/4o 


Serial  No.    NHLI-81 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   The  finding  that 
DBH  is  a  tetramerie  glycoprotein  allows  for  a  further  investigation  into  the 
nature  of  binding  of  DBH  to  membrane  and  control  of  enzyme  activity.   It  is 
possible  that  the  carbohydrate  moiety  is  the  site  of  DBH  binding  to  the  mem- 
brane and  that  reversible  subunit  association  might  be  involved  in  regulation 
of  activity  or  release  from  granules. 

Proposed  Course  of  Pro.iect;   Experiments  are  planned  to  characterize  the  sub- 
units  of  DBH.   It  will  be  of  interest  to  determine  whether  the  monomers  are 
identical  and  if  they  are  enzymically  active.   The  role  of  the  sugar  moieties 
in  enzyme  activity  will  also  be  studied.  Attempts  will  be  made  to  obtain 
information  about  the  site  of  binding  for  copper. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications :  None 


/f^/ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-82 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch        ^ 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973  J 

Project  Title:   The  Regulation  of  the  Hydroxyindole  Pathway  of  Tryptophan         j 
Metabolism  | 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Joseph  A.  Fontana,  Ph.D. 
Dante  Picciano,  Ph.D. 
James  S.  Goodwin,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Molecular  Disease  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  hydroxyindole  pathway  of  the  pineal  gland  offers  a  unique 
opportunity  to  examine  mammalian  enzyme  regulation.   The  synthesis  of  melatonin    , 
is  controlled  by  the  levels  of  serotonin  N-acetyltransferase  (NAT)  which  in 
turn  is  under  neuronal  control.   Sympathetic  stimulation  via  the  superior 
cervical  ganglia  or  the  administration  of  a  6  receptor  agonist  can  cause  a 
50  to  100-fold  increase  in  NAT  activity.  Work  in  other  laboratories  has 
identified  cyclic  AMP  as  the  second  messenger  in  this  system.   The  objective 
of  this  project  was  to  define  at  a  molecular  level  the  mechanism  by  which  cAMP 
is  eliciting  the  large  increase  in  NAT  activity. 

Methods:   Protein  kinases  were  isolated  by  ammonium  sulfate  fractionation,  gel 
filtration  and  DEAE  cellulose  chromatography.   Calf  thymus  chromatin  was  iso- 
lated by  standard  techniques.   Protein  kinase  activity  was  determined  by  the 
incorporation  of  32p  into  protein  using  y-^^T-kTV   and  millipore  filtration. 
Binding  of  cAMP,  and  actinomycin  D  were  measured  by  similar  techniques. 
Template  capacity  was  measured  using  E.coli  polymerase  and  ^h-UTP.   Serotonin 
N-acetyltransferase  was  measured  by  radio-techniques  described  in  an  accompany- 
ing report. 

Major  Findings:   Both  rat  and  bovine  pineal  glands  have  substantial  amounts  of    I 
a  cAMP-dependent  protein  kinase.   This  cAMP- dependent  protein  kinase  was 
purified  to  homogeneity  and  was  found  to  consist  of  a  catalytic  and  regulatory 
(cAMP  binding)  subunit.   Chromatography  on  G-200  in  the  presence  of  cAMP 
permitted  isolation  of  each  subunit.   The  catalytic  subunit  (cAMP  independent 
protein  kinase)  could  be  converted  to  the  cAMP  dependent  form  by  addition  of 
the  regulatory  subunit.   It  was  then  reasoned  that  if  protein  phosphorylation 
was  mediating  the  changes  in  NAT  then  at  least  one  of  three  processes  must 


/^A 


Serial  No.    NHLI-82 

occur:   1)  stimulation  of  gene  transcription,  2)  increase  in  rate  of  trans- 
lation of  -RNA  by  ribosomal  protein  synthesis,  or  3)  a  direct  activation  of 
the  apoenzjnne  by  phosphorylation.   The  first  possibility  was  examined  by 
isolating  calf  thymus  chromatin  and  testing  it  as  a  substrate  for  the  protein 
kinase.   Chromatin  was  a  good  substrate  and  its  phosphorylation  was  cAMP 
dependent.   The  effect  of  phosphorylation  on  histone  binding  to  chromatin  was 
evaluated  by  measuring  the  actinomycin  D  binding  capacity  and  the  template 
capacity.  Both  actinomycin  D  binding  and  RNA  synthesis  rate  were  increased 
about  20%  following  phosphorylation.   The  F^  and  F3  histones  were  the  major 
classes  phosphorylated.   The  effect  of  kinase  and  ATP  was  not  cAMP  dependent. 
However,  it  is  clear  that  phosphorylation  can  change  the  transcribing  properties 
of  the  chromatin. 

The  effect  of  kinase  on  ribosomal  protein  synthesis  was  next  evaluated. 
It  was  soon  apparent  that  rabbit  reticulocyte  ribosomes  contained  a  large 
amount  of  endogenous  protein  kinase.   This  kinase  could  be  removed  by  washing 
the  ribosomes  with  0.5  M  KCl.   The  kinase  was  purified  from  the  wash  fraction 
and  found  to  be  similar  to  other  histone  kinases.   Gradient  elution  of  this 
enzyme  from  DEAE  cellulose  columns  indicated  it  was  distinct  from  all  of  the 
protein  synthesis  initiation  factors  that  are  removed  by  a  0.5  M  KCl  wash.   The 
role  of  kinase  in  ribosomal  function  was  difficult  to  evaluate  because  of  its 
endogenous  nature  and  the  fact  that  high  energy  phosphate  compounds  are  used 
in  protein  synthesis  experiments.   Preliminary  studies  indicate  that  cAMP 
stimulates  globin  synthesis  (20  to  30%)  using  a  crude  rabbit  reticulocyte 
system. 

Phosphorylation  of  crude  pineal  extracts  consistently  resulted  in  a 
slight  depression  of  NAT  activity  and  in  no  case  a  stimulation. 

SignificanE  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   It  can  be  concluded 
from  these  studies  that  cAMP  may  exert  an  effect  on  NAT  by  stimulating  protein 
kinase  which  in  turn  activates  both  transcription  and  translation.   Activation 
of  a  precursor  protein  by  phosphorylation  does  not  occur.  Therefore,  the 
sequence  of  events  by  which  neuronal  impulses  can  be  translated  into  changes 
in  enzyme  can  be  hypothesized  as  follows: 

Sympathetic  Nerve  -*■  Norepinephrine  ->  Pineal     ->■  Adenyl 

3  Receptor   Cyclase 

cAMP  ^  Protein  ^  Increased     ^  Elevated 
Kinase    Transcription   NAT 
+ 
Translation 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;  The  following  experimental  approaches  will  be 
undertaken: 

1)  Further  examination  of  the  products  of  chromatin  phosphorylation, 
particularly  the  acidic  proteins. 


/'^S 


Serial  No.    NHLI-82 

2)  Definition  of  the  role  of  the  protein  kinase  in  initiation  and 
polypeptide  synthesis. 

3)  Direct  measurement  of  incorporation  of  amino  acid  into  NAT  and  in  vivo 
experiments  with  protein  synthesis  inhibitors. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

Fontana,  J. A.,  Picciano,  D.,  and  Lovenberg,  W. :   The  identification  and 
characterization  of  a  cyclic  AMP  dependent  protein  kinase  on  rabbit 
reticulocyte  ribosomes.   Biochem.  Biophys.  Res.  Comm.  49:1225-1232,  1972. 

Fontana,  J. A.  and  Lovenberg,  W.:   Pineal  protein  kinase:   effect  of 
enzymic  phosphorylation  on  actinomycin  D  binding  by,  and  template 
activity  of,  chromatin.   Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  USA  70:755-758,  1973. 


/«/f 


Serial  No.     NHLI-83 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   In  Vivo  Protein  Synthesis  in  Heart,  Aorta,  and  Mesenteric 
Artery  of  Normotenslve  and  Spontaneously  Hypertensive  Rats 
(SHR) 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:  Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  Previous  studies  reported  that  rats  with  spontaneous  hypertension 
had  increased  peripheral  vascular  resistance  and  by  indirect  measurements  had 
increased  wall  to  lumen  ratios  in  their  blood  vessels.   The  objective  of  this 
study  was  to  measure  the  rate  of  in  vivo  incorporation  of  ■'-^C  lysine  into 
smooth  muscle  and  connective  tissue  proteins  in  SHR  and  control  rats  at  various 
ages.  Furthermore  if  changes  occurred  to  determine  whether  these  changes 
preceded  or  followed  the  development  of  hypertension. 

Methods:  The  incorporation  of  l^C  lysine  into  proteins  of  the  heart,  thoracic 
aorta,  and  the  mesenteric  artery  was  measured  2  hours  following  I.V.  injection 
of  10  ycuries  of  ^^C  lysine.   In  heart,  the  actomyosin  was  specifically  isolated 
by  standard  techniques.   In  the  vessels  the  non-collagen  proteins  were  isolated 
following  extraction  with  hot  5%  trichloroacetic  acid.   The  rate  of  incorpora- 
tion was  estimated  by  determining  the  specific  activity  of  the  protein  (dpm/mg) 
and  comparing  it  with  the  measured  specific  activity  of  the  serum  lysine. 
Wistar-Kyoto  rats  (the  parentstrain  of  SHR)  were  used  as  control  animals. 

Major  Findings:   The  methodology  described  above  provided  easily  measured 
incorporation  rates.  At  the  age  of  15  months  the  rate  of  incorporation  of 
lysine  into  cardiac  actomyosin  and  vascular  non-collagenous  proteins  was  signi- 
ficantly higher  in  the  SHR  as  compared  to  Wistar-Kyoto  rats.   At  13  weeks  of 
age  the  hypertensive  rats  also  exhibited  higher  incorporation  rates  in  mesen- 
teric artery.   Incorporation  studies  are  now  under  way  using  younger  animals. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   It  is  well-known 
that  significant  cardiac  hypertrophy  occurs  in  older  SHR.  It  is  therefore  not 
surprising  that  we  observed  increased  cardiac  protein  sjmthesis  in  1-year  old 
SHR.   The  real  significance  of  these  somewhat  preliminary  results  is  that 


/f<r 


Serial  No.   NHLI-83 


changes  appear  to  occur  in  vascular  protein  synthesis  relatively  shortly  after 
the  onset  of  increased  blood  pressure.   Since  these  animals  show  elevations 
in  blood  pressure  by  6  weeks  of  age  it  will  be  important  to  determine  incor- 
poration rates  in  animals  of  this  age  or  younger.   It  is  hoped  that  these 
studies  will  shed  light  on  the  often  asked  question  of  whether  changes  in 
peripheral  resistance  precede  or  are  the  result  of  hypertension. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Studies  are  now  in  progress  to  determine  the 
lysine  incorporation  in  cardiac  and  vascular  proteins  in  a  wider  age  range  of 
rats.   It  is  planned  that  in  some  of  these  studies  amino  acid  incorporation 
into  collagen  and  elastin  will  be  examined  specifically. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:  None 


/^ 


Serial  No.       NHLI-84 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  5,6-  and  5,7-Dihydroxytryptamine  —  Agents  That 
Cause  Degeneration  of  Serotonergic  Neurons 

Previous  Serial  Ntunber:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Stephen  J.  Victor,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 
Hans  G.  Baumgarten,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives;   5,6-Dihydroxytr3^tamine,  a  hydroxylated  analogue  of  serotonin 
(a  putative  CNS  neurotransmitter) ,  has  recently  been  shown  to  cause  degeneration 
of  serotonergic  neurons  in  the  brain  and  spinal  cord  of  rats .  These  morphologic 
changes  are  accompanied  by  loss  of  weight,  loss  of  temperature  control,  hyper- 
activity, hyperresponsiveness  to  sensory  stimulation,  and  bizarre  social  be- 
havior with  increased  aggressiveness.   Similarly,  loss  of  serotonin  in  various 
regions  of  rat  brain  as  well  as  spinal  cord  has  recently  been  demonstrated.  The 
objective  of  this  project  is  further  clarification  of  the  action  of  hydroxylated 
serotonin  derivatives,  as  well  as  their  specificity,  metabolism  and  mechanism 
of  action.  Accordingly,  questions  examined  during  the  past  year  include:   1) 
the  effect  of  5,6-dihydroxytryptamine  on  regional  tryptophan  hydroxylase  (an 
enzymatic  marker  for  serotonergic  neurons)  in  rat  brain  and  spinal  cord;  2)  the 
effect  of  5, 7-dihydroxytryptamine,  a  new  serotonin  analogue,  on  tryptophan 
hydroxylase;  3)  the  effect  of  5,6-  and  5, 7-hydroxytryptamine  on  blood  pressure 
of  the  normotensive  rat. 

Methods;   Tryptophan  hydroxylase  activity  was  measured  by  a  technique  described 
in  an  accompanying  report.  Wistar  rats  were  treated  by  standard  intraventricu- 
lar injection  of  serotonin  analogues  dissolved  in  20  yl  of  physiologic  saline 
containing  1-5  mg  ascorbic  acid. 

Major  Findings:  1)  A  severe  and  long-lasting  depletion  of  tryptophan  hydroxylase 
occurs  in  mesencephalic  tectum  as  well  as  spinal  cord  9-60  days  following  intra- 
ventricular injection  of  75  micrograms  of  5,6-dihydroxytryptamine.   Significant 
loss  of  tryptophan  hydroxylase  also  takes  place  in  mesencephalic  tegmentum, 
cortex  +  thalamus,  pons-medulla  and  hypothalamus.   These  changes  are  accompanied 
by  weight  loss  as  well  as  the  above  behavioral  changes. 


/f7 


Serial  No.     NHLI-84 

2)  We  have  observed  that  when  5,7-dihydroxytryptamine  is  injected  intra- 
ventricular ly,  the  above  behavioral  changes  take  place,  but  without  the 
accompanying  weight  loss.   The  animals  were  shown  to  tolerate  a  much  higher 
dose  of  5,7-dihydroxytryptamine  than  5,6-dihydroxytryptamine,  suggesting  that 
the  former  drug  is  associated  with  far  less  toxicity,  thus  allowing  the  dose 
to  be  doubled.   A  highly  pronounced  and  long-lasting  depletion  of  tryptophan 
hydroxylase  takes  place  in  all  brain  regions  as  well  as  spinal  cord  following 
intraventricular  injection  of  150  micrograms  of  5,7-dihydroxytryptamine. 
Furthermore,  when  75  micrograms  of  5,7-DHT  was  injected  (the  same  dose  as  that 
given  for  5,6-DHT),  significant  loss  of  tryptophan  hydroxylase  was  seen  in  all 
brain  regions  and  spinal  cord  after  12  days.   This  shows  that  these  two  isomers 
have  different  modes  of  action  on  the  central  nervous  system,  and  suggests 
that  an  almost  total  destruction  of  the  central  nervous  system  serotonin  tracts 
can  be  accomplished  by  chemical  means. 

3)  No  significant  change  in  blood  pressure  was  observed  following  intra- 
ventricular injections  of  75  micrograms  of  5,6-dihydroxytryptamine  or  150 
micrograms  of  5,7-dihydroxytryptamine  in  the  normotensive  rat,  despite  the 
fact  that  elevated  blood  pressure  have  previously  been  observed  following 
treatment  with  parachlorphenylalanine,  an  agent  known  to  inhibit  tryptophan 
hydroxylase. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   5 , 6-  and  5 , 7-Dihy- 
droxytrypt amine  are  important  tools  in  the  study  of  the  central  nervous  system 
from  a  blochemdcal,  morphological  and  behavioral  standpoint.   Serotonin  neurons 
are  believed  to  play  a  role  in  behavior  and  sleep,  as  well  as  blood  pressure 
and  temperature  regulation.   This  system  has  been  implicated  in  certain  patho- 
logic states,  such  as  schizophrenia,  in  the  mechanism  of  action  of  certain 
hallucinogenic  drugs,  and  in  morphine  addiction.   The  manipulation  of  sero- 
tonergic neurons  by  chemical  means  can  thus  contribute  significantly  to  the 
elucidation  of  the  above  problems. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Studies  on  the  specificity  of  5,6-  and  5,7-DHT 
are  currently  in  progress  utilizing  changes  in  regional  tyrosine  hydroxylase 
as  an  index  of  effect  on  catecholamine  neurons.   Studies  of  the  metabolism 
of  these  agents,  using  l^C-labelled  5,6-DHT  and  5,7-DHT  are  planned.  Also, 
studies  of  the  effect  of  5,6-DHT  and  5,7-DHT  on  the  development  of  experi- 
mental hypertension  are  planned,  as  well  as  studies  on  the  mechanism  of  action 
of  these  agents. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

Baumgarten,  H.G.,  Victor,  S.J.,  and  Lovenberg,  W.:   Effect  of  intra- 
ventricular injection  of  5,7-dihydroxytryptamine  on  regional  tryptophan 
hydroxylase  of  rat  brain.   Journal  of  Neurochemistry,  in  press,  1973. 


/¥i 


Serial  No.        NHLI-85 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  Serotonin  N-Acetyl-Transf erase  in  Mammalian 
Pineal  Glands 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:  James  S.  Goodwin,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Report: 

Objectives;   Serotonin  N-acetyl  transferase  is  the  rate-limiting  enzjone  in  the 
conversion  of  serotonin  to  melatonin.  At  night  there  is  a  four  to  six-fold 
increase  in  melatonin  production  in  the  rat  pineal,  and  a  20  to  40  fold 
Increase  in  N-acetyl  transferase  activity.   This  increase  is  mediated  through 
new  protein  synthesis.   There  is  a  very  rapid  fall  in  N.A.T.  activity  in  vivo 
when  dark-adapted  rats  are  exposed  to  light.   This  is  parallelled  in  vitro 
by  the  rapid  loss  in  N.A.T.  activity  when  crude  pineal  homogenate  is  incubated 
at  27". 

The  objectives  of  this  present  investigation  are  to  determine  the  molecular 
basis  for  this  rapid  in  vivo  and  in  vitro  deactivation  of  N.A.T.  and  also  to 
determine  whether  reactivation  of  the  N.A.T.  is  possible  and  whether  such  a 
reactivation  plays  a  role  in  the  in  vivo  regulation  of  melatonin  synthesis. 

Specifically,  our  goals  are: 

1)  purification  of  N.A.T. 

2)  test  the  hypothesis  that  an  acetyl-enzyme  is  the  active  form  of  N.A.T. 

3)  test  the  hypothesis  that  a  sulf-hydryl  group  is  involved  in  the  active 
site  of  N.A.T. 

4)  test  hypothesis  that  N.A.T.  is  activated  via  phosphorylation  by  cAMP 
dependent  protein  kinase. 

Methods:   1)  Purification.   Beef  or  rat  pineal  homogenates  were  put  through 
standard  purification  steps,  including  ammonium  sulfate  fractionation,  Sephadex 
fractionation,  and  affinity  binding  to  sepharose  column  which  had  tryptamine 
(a  substrate  for  N.A.T.)  covalently  bound. 

1  /Vf 


Serial  No.   NHLI-85 


2)  Because  it  was  necessary  to  measure  low  amounts  of  enzyme  rapidly,  a 
new  method  (based  on  previous  concepts)  was  devised  for  the  assay  of  N.A.T. 
In  this  assay  the  enzyme  was  incubated  at  37°  in  the  presence  of  10"3  M 
pargyline,  lO'S  M  acetyl  CoA  and  2  x  10"^  M,  l^C  serotonin  (2.0  x  10^  dpm/ymole) . 
Reactions  were  done  with  a  total  volume  of  50  yl  and  stopped  by  the  addition 

of  0.5  ml  water.   The  mixture  was  then  passed  through  a  0.3  x  3  cm  column  of 
permutit  which  was  then  washed  with  1.0  ml  H2O.   The  acetylated  tryptamine 
appeared  in  the  affluent  which  was  collected  while  the  substrate  was  completely 
adsorbed  to  the  column.   This  assay  showed  the  appropriate  responses  to  the 
amount  of  tissue  and  time  of  incubation. 

3)  The  enzyme  N.A.T.  is  relatively  labile.   Another  method  had  to  be 
developed  to  quickly  separate  reagents  used  to  treat  the  N.A.T.  preparations 
before  the  enzyme  activity  was  assayed.   Consequently,  we  used  the  technique 
of  centrifuging  the  enzyme  prep  through  a  bed  of  G-25  Sephadex.   All  small 
molecular  weight  compounds  were  retained  in  the  Sephadex  bed  while  most  proteins 
including  greater  than  90%  of  N.A.T.  activity,  passed  through  the  Sephadex 

bed.   This  method  was  also  used  in  the  purification  steps,  with  increasing 
pore  size  of  Sephadex  being  utilized  in  a  step-wise  fashion,  enabling  us  to 
isolate  the  N.A.T.  activity  from  all  proteins  that  either  were  retarded  in 
G-50  Sephadex  or  were  not  retarded  by  G-lOO  Sephadex.   This  enabled  us  to 
approximate  the  size  of  the  N.A.T.  molecule.   The  centrifugation  step  is  fast 
(15  min)  and  does  not  result  in  dilution  of  the  N.A.T.,  as  does  regular  column 
fractionation. 

A)  Other  workers  have  found  that  large  doses  of  isoproteinol  to  rats  will 
mimick  the  nightly  40-100  fold  increase  in  N.A.T.  activity  in  the  pineal. 
Consequently  we  routinely  injected  rats  with  isoproterenol  (5  mg/kg)  S.Q.  three 
hours  before  sacrificing,  enabling  them  to  achieve  greater  enzyme  activity. 

Major  Findings:   As  reported  by  others,  the  level  of  N.A.T.  in  the  pineal  gland 
of  beef  or  rat  during  the  day  is  very  low  (15  pmole/mg/30  min) .   In  the  rat  the 
level  can  be  increased  by  several  hours  of  darkness  or  2  hour  prior  treatment 
with  isoproteranol  (5  mg/kg)  to  levels  as  high  as  1000  pmole/mg/30  min).   Since 
rat  pineal  provide  limited  amounts  of  tissue  (1  mg/rat)  we  attempted  to  purify 
and  concentrate  the  low  activity  from  beef  pineals.   About  90%  of  the  activity 
in  a  30,000  xg  supernatant  fraction  of  beef  pineal  gland  homogenates  precipitated 
between  45  and  60%  saturation  with  ammonium  sulfate.   Further  purification  was 
obtained  by  differential  centrifugation  using  Sephadex  G-50  and  G-150.   While 
the  specific  activity  of  this  preparation  was  considerably  lower  than  that  of 
the  activated  rat  pineal  gland,  this  did  provide  a  large  quantity  of  relatively 
active  enzyme  for  studies  on  the  properties  and  factors  related  to  its  stability. 

This  enzyme  preparation  had  a  half  life  of  about  15  minutes  when  incubated 
at  37°,  but  was  stable  for  up  to  2  weeks  when  stored  in  liquid  nitrogen. 

The  potential  role  of  sulf-hydryl  groups  of  the  enzyme  was  investigated 
by  incubation  in  the  presence  of  thiols,  and  by  the  use  of  reagents  that  react 
with  free  SH  groups.   Dithio-2-nitrobenzoic  acid  (Elman's  reagent)  was  a  good 


/SO 


Serial  No.   NHLI-85 

inhibitor  of  N.A.T.  and  the  inactivated  enzyme  could  be  reactivated  by  the 
addition  of  dithiothreitol.   The  latter  compound  itself  was  stimulatory  (20%) 
to  the  enzyme  preparation,  thus  it  appears  that  free  sulf-hydryl  groups  parti- 
cipate in  the  catalytic  site. 

Other  acetyl  transferase  systems  (citrate  lyase)  have  been  shown  to  be 
active  only  when  the  enzyme  is  acetylated,  and  a  sulf-hydryl  group  has  been 
identified  as  the  acetyl  acceptor.   In  an  attempt  to  demonstrate  a  similar 
phenomenon  with  N.A.T.  several  experimental  approaches  have  been  used: 

1)  treatment  of  the  enzyme  with  acetic  anhydride  (0.1  M)  in  the  presence 
or  absence  of  a  reducing  agent  resulted  in  no  apparent  activation  or  inhibiton 
of  enzyme  activity. 

2)  using  tritHted  acetyl  CoA  to  directly  demonstrate  an  acetylated  enzjme 
resulted  in  no  specific  incorporation  of  the  label  into  the  protein  fraction. 

3)  hydroxylamine  which  would  react  with  -S-C-CH3  groups  on  the  enzyme  is 
not  inhibitory  when  it  is  removed  from  the  enzyme  solution  prior  to  assay. 

It  can  be  tentatively  concluded  from  these  studies  that  an  acetylated 
enzyme  is  not  formed  during  the  transfer  of  the  acetyl  group  from  coenzyme  A 
to  the  indole  ethylamine.   Further  studies  will  be  required  to  confirm  this 
conclusion. 

The  question  of  whether  the  dramatic  changes  in  N.A.T.  activity  in  the 
pineal  gland  are  totally  dependent  on  protein  sjmthesis  and  destruction  was 
examined.   Since  this  increase  in  N.A.T.  activity  of  the  gland  is  mediated  by 
cAMP  and  the  gland  contains  high  levels  of  a  cAMP  dependent  protein  kinase,  we 
examined  the  possibility  that  phosphorylation  of  the  enzyme  extracts  might 
result  in  activation  or  deactivation.   Using  glands  taken  from  rats  30  mln 
following  the  onset  of  lighting,  the  homogenates  were  preincubated  with  cAMP, 
ATP  and  protein  kinase.  The  resulting  enzymes  consistently  showed  about  a  20% 
decrease  in  activity  over  the  control  (cAMP)  and  probably  not  for  deactivation. 

Another  approach  to  this  problem  was  to  measure  the  in  vivo  Incorporation 
of  l^C-leucine  into  proteins  of  the  pineal  gland.  Under  basal  and  stimulated 
(isoproterenol  5  mg/kg)  conditions.  No  gross  changes  in  protein  synthesis 
were  observed,  although  Incorporation  was  easily  measured. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:  The  regulation  of 
N.A.T.  activity  in  the  pineal  is  an  exceptional  model  for  mammalian  enzyme 
regulation.  This  activity  can  be  rapidly  induced  some  50  fold  over  its  basal 
level.   The  rapid  turnover  of  the  enzyme  and  consequently  its  great  lability 
in  vitro  however,  have  made  it  extremely  difficult  to  adequately  characterize 
this  protein.   The  results  of  the  study  to  date  indicate  that  this  is  a  sulf- 
hydryl  enzjnne  with  a  molecular  weight  in  the  range  of  40,000  to  60,000.   No 
conclusive  evidence  could  be  obtained  for  an  acetyl-enzyme  intermediate  although 
this  is  still  a  distinct  possibility.   It  is  clear  however  that  if  this  protein 
could  be  characterized  and  the  mechanism  by  which  it  is  activated  determined, 

o  tS-/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-85 


then  the  whole  sequence  of  events  by  which  neuronal  impulses  modulate  enzyme 
activities  would  be  understood. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Further  work  is  being  directed  at  purifying  N.A.T., 
and  working  with  more  purified  preparations  on  the  role  acetyl  CoA  and  diothio- 
threitol  play  in  stabilizing  N.A.T. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


/^ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-86 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  Tr3T)tophan  Hydroxylase 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Stephen  J.  Victor,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Tryptophan  hydroxylase  is  the  rate-limiting  enzyme  in  serotonin 
synthesis.   Study  of  this  enz3mie  is  thus  necessary  for  the  understanding  of 
physiologic  control  of  serotonin  synthesis,  as  well  as  its  possible  alteration 
by  drugs  and  in  disease  states.   The  ultimate  objective  of  this  project  is 
the  isolation  and  characterization  of  this  important  enzyme,  which  has  been 
difficult  to  study  in  the  past  because  of  its  instability,  and  is  difficult 
to  assay. 

Methods:   The  present  assay  for  tryptophan  hydroxylase  is  a  modification  of  one 
described  recently  in  the  literature.   Tissue  is  homogenized  in  0.05  M  Tris«HCl 
and  0.002  M  dithiothreitol  and  centrifuged  at  40,000  xg  for  20  minutes.  A 
portion  of  the  supernatant  fraction  containing  1.5  to  2.0  mg  protein  is  premar- 
bated  with  14  ymoles  of  Tris«HCl  (pH  7.4),  0.14  umole  ot-methyltetrahydropterin 
(cof actor)  and  0.5  ymole  dithiothreitol  for  10  min  at  37°.   Tryptophan  is  added 
to  a  final  concentration  of  1  wM.   and  the  mixture  is  incubated  for  30  min.   The 
reaction  is  terminated  by  the  addition  of  perchloric  acid  and  the  mixture  centri- 
fuged.  Two  hundred  yl  of  the  supernatant  fraction  is  added  to  1.1  ml  of  3  N  HCl 
and  the  native  hydroxyindole  fluorescence  is  measured. 

Major  Findings:   Significant  activity  of  tryptophan  hydroxylase  had  been  found 
in  beef  pineal  and  rat  brainstem  in  the  past,  and  partial  purification  of  these 
enzymes  was  accomplished.  Because  of  the  availability  of  this  new,  sensitive 
fluorometric  assay  and  new  understanding  of  the  optimal  type  and  amount  of 
cofactor,  much  larger  amounts  of  activity  have  been  shown  in  rat  brain.  We 
have  reinvestigated  the  level  and  regional  distribution  of  tryptophan  hydroxy- 
lase in  the  central  nervous  system  of  the  rat. 


/sy 


Serial  No.   NHLI-86 

Activity  Activity 

Brain  Region  5-HTP         Brain  Region  5-HTP 

nmole/nig/30  min  nmole/mg/30  rain 

Septum  0.73         Remaining  0.42 

forebrain 

Striatum  0.21         Mesencephalic         1.22 

tectum 

Pons-medulla  1.62  Mesencephalic  7.04 

tegmentum 

Hypothalamus  1.25  Spinal  cord  0.79 

Most  of  the  activity  in  rat  brain  is  found  in  mesencephalic  tegmentum,  the 
location  of  the  raphe  nuclei  which  contain  the  cell  bodies  of  most  of  the 
serotonergic  neurons  in  the  CNS.   Enzyme  obtained  from  this  region  can  be 
partially  purified,  and  is  stable  to  freezing,  thus  enabling  further  detailed 
studies.   Porcine  brain  tryptophan  hydroxylase  was  about  50%  that  of  the  rat, 
but  it  had  very  similar  regional  distribution.   Significant  activity  has  also 
been  found  in  human  carcinoid  tumor.   Enzyme  obtained  from  this  source  has 
also  been  partially  purified,  and  is  also  stable  to  freezing. 

Significance:   Serotonin  is  a  ubiquitous  biogenic  amine,  having  a  variety  of 
physiologic  and  pharmacologic  effects,  such  as  vasodilatation.   It  is  also 
believed  to  be  an  important  neurotransmitter  in  the  central  nervous  system, 
and  its  neurons  may  have  a  role  in  sleep,  in  aggressive  behavior  and  in 
temperature  and  blood  pressure  regulation,  as  well  as  in  hallucinogenic  drug 
action,  morphine  addiction  and  certain  disease  states.   Studies  of  the  rate- 
limiting  enzyme  in  its  synthesis  is  vital  to  the  understanding  of  its 
physiologic  and  pharmacologic  action. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Experiments  on  the  isolation  of  this  enzyme  are 

continuing.   Kinetic  studies  are  planned.   The  ultimate  goal  of  this  project 

is  determination  of  the  structure  of  this  enzyme  through  the  use  of  physico- 
chemical  methods. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

Lovenberg,  W. :   Serotonin  synthesis  in  brain,  in  "Proceedings  of  the  Inter- 
national Congress  of  Pharmacology",  S.  Karger,  Basel,  Switzerland,  in 
press. 


/^ 


Serial  No.  NHT,T-87 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Monoamine  Metabolism  and  Blood  Pressure  of  Spontaneously 
Hypertensive  Rats 

Previous  Serial  Number:  None 

Principal  Investigator:   Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Report: 

Objectives:  Rats  with  genetic  hypertension  provide  a  useful  model  for  the 
study  of  this  disease.  The  objective  of  this  project  is  to  clarify  the  role 
of  catecholamines  in  the  development  and  maintenance  of  the  spontaneous  hyper- 
tension.  Catecholamine  metabolism  in  the  spontaneously  hjrpertensive  rat  (SHR) 
has  been  studied  in  the  brainstem,  heart,  spleen,  kidney  and  adrenal  glands. 
Brainstem  serotonin  levels  and  tryptophan  hydroxylase  activities  have  also  been 
measured  since  there  is  evidence  suggesting  a  relationship  between  central 
serotonergic  system  and  the  blood  pressure  regulation. 

Methods:   Catecholamine  biosynthesis  has  been  investigated  by  measuring  1)  cate- 
cholamine content,  by  standard  methods,  2)  catecholamine  synthesis  rate  by  the 
a-methyl  tyrosine  method,  3)  rate  of  incorporation  of  radioactive  precursors 
into  catecholamines  and  4)  activities  of  enzymes  related  to  catecholamines 
(tyrosine  hydroxylase,  aromatic  L  amino  acid  decarboxylase  and  dopamine  6- 
hydroxylase  (DBH) .   Serotonin  content  and  tryptophan  hydroxylase  activity  have 
also  been  measured  in  the  brainstem.   In  some  experiments  animals  of  different 
ages  were  used,  i.e.,  4-5  week-old,  9-13  week-old  (early  hypertensive  stage) 
and  9  month-old  (advanced  stage) .  Age-matched  normotensive  Wistar/Kyoto  rats 
known  as  the  best  control  rats  for  SHR,  and  in  some  experiments  Wistar/NIH  rats 
were  used  as  controls. 

Major  Findings:   Catecholamine  content,  synthesis  rate,  incorporation  rate  of 
labelled  precursors  and  enzyme  activities  of  tyrosine  hydroxylase  and  aromatic 
L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  in  9-12  week  old  rats  were  reported  the  preceding 
year. 

Additional  findings  in  the  current  year  are  as  follows: 

1)  Brainstem:   the  NE  content  and  sjmthesis  rate  in  SHR  of  4.5  weeks  of 
age  and  9  months  of  age  were  not  lower  than  in  Wistar-Kyoto.  DBH  activity  in 

1  /5y 


Serial  No.   NHLI-87 


SHR  of  10-13  weeks  of  age  was  similar  to  that  in  Wistar/Kyoto,  but  lower  than 
in  W/NIH.   Serotonin  content  (ng/g)  was  20%  higher  in  SHR  of  12  weeks  of  age 
than  in  Wistar/Kyoto  but  tryptophan  hydroxylase  activity  was  nearly  identical. 

2)  Heart:   the  NE  content  and  synthesis  rate  in  SHR  of  4.5  weeks  of  age 
were  higher  than  in  Wistar/Kyoto,  but  those  in  SHR  of  10-12  weeks  of  age  and 
9  months  of  age  were  lower  than  in  Wistar/Kyoto. 

3)  Spleen:   the  NE  content  in  SHR  was  always  lower  than  in  Wistar/Kyoto. 
Although  the  NE  synthesis  rate  in  SHR  was  slightly  higher  at  4.5  weeks  of  age, 
it  was  substantially  reduced  at  10-12  weeks  and  9  months  of  age  than  in 
Wistar/Kyoto. 

4)  Kidney:   the  incorporation  of   C-tyrosine  (repeated  i.p.  injection, 
50  yCi)  into  norepinephrine  in  adult  W/NIH  was  substantially  higher  than  either 
Wistar/Kyoto  or  SHR. 

5)  Adrenal  glands:   DBH  activity  in  SHR  of  11-13  weeks  of  age  were  similar 
to  that  in  Wistar/Kyoto  but  far  lower  than  in  Wistar/NIH. 

6)  Serum:   serum  DBH  activity  in  Wistar/NIH  was  highest  among  these  three 
strains  but  very  low  and  below  the  sensitivity  of  our  assay  method  in  Wistar/ 
Kyoto  and  in  SHR. 

In  general,  catecholamine  synthesis  in  peripheral  organs  (heart  and  spleen) 
of  4.5  week-old  SHR  seems  to  be  higher  than  in  Wistar/Kyoto,  however  this 
pattern  was  reversed  in  9-13  weeks-old  and  9  month-old  SHR.   In  no  case  was 
catecholamine  metabolism  in  SHR  markedly  different  than  that  in  W/Kyoto.   DBH 
activities  in  brainstem,  adrenal  glands  and  serum  of  9  to  13  week-old  SHR  were 
lower  than  in  Wistar/NIH  but  very  similar  to  those  in  Wistar/Kyoto. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   Using  the  best  control 
rats  (Wistar/Kyoto),  catecholamine  metabolism  in  SHR  of  various  ages  was 
examined.   In  the  peripheral  tissues  such  as  the  heart  and  the  spleen,  cate- 
cholamine metabolism  was  lower  in  adult  and  older  SHR,  which  may  be  a  change 
secondary  to  sustained  hypertension,  but  it  was  higher  in  young  (4.5  week-old) 
SHR,  which  might  be  related  to  the  development  of  hypertension.   It  should  be 
noted  that  at  as  early  as  6  weeks  of  age,  there  is  already  a  significant  dif- 
ference of  blood  pressure  between  SHR  and  Wistar/Kyoto.   Catecholamine  metabo- 
lism in  the  brainstem  of  SHR  was  not  lower  than  that  of  Wistar/Kyoto  in  4.5 
weeks  of  age,  and  no  evidence  of  the  relationship  between  reduced  catecholamine 
metabolism  and  the  development  of  hypertension  was  found. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Further  studies  on  catecholamine  metabolism  in 
blood  vessels  will  be  investigated  using  animals  of  different  ages. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 


/Si 


Serial  No.       NHLI-87 

Publications: 

Yamabe,  H.,  de  Jong,  W. ,  and  Lovenberg,  W.M.  :   Further  studies  on 
catecholamine  synthesis  in  the  SHR:   catecholamine  synthesis  in  the 
central  nervous  system.   Eur.  J.  Pharm.,  22:91-98,  1973. 


^^7 


Serial  No.       NHLI-88 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Strain  Differences  of  Catecholamine  Synthesizing  Enzyme 
Activity  in  the  Rat 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 
Carl  T.  Hanson,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Laboratory  Aids  Branch 

Division  of  Research  Services,  NIH 

Project  Report: 

Objectives:  While  we  were  investigating  the  relationship  between  catechola- 
mine metabolism  and  the  development  of  the  high  blood  pressure  in  spontane- 
ously hypertensive  rats  (SHR) ,  it  was  noticed  that  two  control  normotensive 
Wistar  strains,  i.e.,  Wistar/NIH  (W/N)  and  Wistar/Kyoto  (W/K)  showed  some 
difference  in  catecholamine  metabolism  of  various  organs.   The  purpose  of  this 
work  is  to  determine  if  there  are  strain  differences  in  catecholamine  metabo- 
lism and  to  establish  whether  there  is  any  relationship  between  blood  pressure 
and  catecholamine  metabolism. 

Methods:   Tyrosine  hydroxylase,  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  and  dopamine 
6  hydroxylase  activity  was  measured  by  standard  technique  in  the  brainstem  and 
the  adrenal  gland  of  various  rat  strains.   Rat  strains  used  were  ACI/N,  ALB/N, 
M520/N,  M/N,  PETH/N,  RHA/N,  SD/N,  SHR/N,  WKY/N  (Wistar-Kyoto)  and  W/N.   5  to  8 
week  old  male  animals  were  used.   All  enzyme  activities  are  given  in  mymole 
product  formed/mg  soluble  protein/hour. 

Major  Findings: 

1)  Brainstem 

a)  Tyrosine  Hydroxylase  -  tyrosine  hydroxylase  activity  in  the  brain 
stem  of  these  strains  were  not  very  different  and  showed  0.47  to  0.58  mymoles 
Dopa  formed/hr/mg  water  soluble  protein. 

b)  Aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  -  these  rat  strains  may  be 
divided  into  two  groups  according  to  their  decarboxylase  activities. 


/S3 


Serial  No.   NHLI- 


(1)  RHA/N,  SHR/N  and  WKY/N  -  activities  ranged  from  38  to  45 
mymoles  dopa  decarboxylated/hr/mg  water  soluble  protein. 

(2)  ACl/N,  AlB/N,  M520/N,  OM-N,  SD/N  and  W/N  -  activities  ranged 
from  65  to  83,  which  were  approximately  twice  as  much  as  the  activity  of  the 
first  group. 

c)  Dopamine  B-hydroxylase  -  the  activities  ranged  from  4.5  (WKY/N) 
mymoles  octopamine  formed/hr/mg  0.1%  triton  X  soluble  protein  to  7.0  (RHA/N). 
The  activities  were  not  very  different  from  each  other,  although  the  range 
was  a  little  wider  than  seen  in  tyrosine  hydroxylase  activity.  While  these 
strains  exhibited  a  wide  spectrum  of  normal  blood  pressure  there  is  no  rela- 
tionship either  between  blood  pressure  and  any  of  these  enzyme  activities. 

2)  Adrenal  glands 

a)  Tyrosine  hydroxylase  activity  ranged  from  3.8  to  9.0  in  the 
following  increasing  order:   RHA/N,  DM/N,  M520/N,  SHR/N,  ACl/N,  AL3/N,  WKY/N 
and  ODS/N. 

b)  Aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  activity  ranged  from  121  to 
183,  in  the  following  increasing  order:   OM/N,  SHR/N,  RHA/N,  W/N,  PETH/N, 
M520/N,  NCl/N,  WKY/N. 

c)  DBH  activity  ranged  very  widely  (50  to  193)  SHR/N,  WKY/N,  RHA/N, 
PETH/N,  OM/N,  W/N,  ACl/N,  ALB/N,  M520/N.  M520/N  showed  far  higher  value  than 
other  strains. 

There  appears  to  be  positive  relationship  between  tyrosine  hydroxylase  activity 
and  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  activity  and  an  inverse  relationship 
between  either  blood  pressure  and  aromatic  L-amino  acid  decarboxylase  activity 
or  blood  pressure  and  DBH  activity,  although  these  relationships  are  of 
questionable  statistical  significance. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Comparing  the 
maximum  velocity  of  these  enzjnnes,  tyrosine  hydroxylase  is  clearly  the  rate- 
limiting  enzyme  of  norepinephrine  biosynthesis  in  either  the  brainstem  or 
adrenal  glands.   There  is  no  suggested  co-relationship  between  any  two  of 
these  three  enzyme  activities  except  tyrosine  hydroxylase  and  aromatic  L-amino 
acid  decarboxylase.  The  inverse  correlationship  between  brainstem  enzymes  and 
blood  pressure  as  suggested  earlier  was  not  seen  in  these  different  rat  strains. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Catecholamine  content  of  various  organs  in  these 
strains  will  be  measured,  and  some  enzyme  activities  in  other  organs  than 
brainstem  and  adrenal  gland,  especially  cardiovascular  systems,  will  be  measured 
to  see  if  there  is  a  relationship  between  blood  pressure  and  these  activities. 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications:   None 

2  ^^ 


Serial  No.        NHLI-89 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   cAMP  Dependent  Protein  Kinase  in  Vascular  Smooth  Muscle  and 
its  Relationship  to  Calcium  Uptake 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Joseph  A.  Fontana,  Ph.D. 

Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  purpose  of  this  study  is  to  characterize  the  microsomal 
Ca-H-  uptake  system  in  rabbit  aorta  in  regard  to  the  effects  of  cAMP  and  to 
demonstrate  a  cAMP  dependent  protein  kinase  in  the  microsomal  fraction. 

Methods:   Microsomes  were  prepared  by  differential  ultracentrifugation  from 
the  intimal  medial  layer  of  rabbit  aortas.   Calcium  uptake  in  the  presence  of 
oxalate  was  determined  by  ^5ca  incorporation.   Protein  kinase  activity  was 
determined  by  measuring  32p  incorporation  into  microsomal  protein  or  into 
exogenous  histone  from  y-^^P  ATP.  ^E   cAMP  binding  to  microsomal  protein  was 
determined.   Phosphorylated  protein,  protein  bound  3h  cAMP  or  ^5ca-H-  containing 
microsomes  were  trapped  on  Millipore  filters  and  counted.   Ca-Mg  ATPase  was 
determined  by  measuring  Pi  released  from  ATP. 

Major  Findings:   There  is  specific  binding  of  ^h  cAMP  to  rabbit  aortic  micro- 
somes and  there  is  stimulation  of  Ca++  uptake  by  cAMP  in  a  range  of  2  x  10~5 
to  5  X  10~^  M.   The  stimulation  averages  10%  (p  <  .05)  increase  from  a  basal 
value  of  36+8  mu  moles  Ca++  uptake/mg  protein/15  minutes  at  2A° .  A  cAMP 
dependent  protein  kinase  was  present  in  the  microsomes  which  phosphorylated 
both  endogenous  receptors  (2.8  pmoles/mg  protein/lO  min)  and  exogenous  histone 
(lA  pmoles/mg  protein/10  min).   The  addition  of  cAMP  results  in  no  further 
stimulation  of  the  Ca-Mg  ATPase. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   This  is  the  first 
description  of  a  stimulation  by  cAMP  of  vascular  smooth  muscle  microsomal  Ca++ 
uptake.   The  presence  of  a  cAMP  dependent  protein  kinase  which  phosphorylates 
microsomal  protein  and  the  lack  of  effect  of  cAMP  on  the  Ca-Mg++  ATPase  system 
suggests  that  the  protein  kinase  may  play  a  role  in  modulating  intracellular 
calcium  stores  and  thereby  affecting  excitation-contraction  coupling  in  vas- 
cular smooth  muscle. 

1  /6o 


Serial  No.    NHLI-89 
Proposed  Course  of  Project;  Terminated 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications :  None 


/^/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-90(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Biochemical  Pharmacology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Effects  of  Varying  Salt  Intake  and  of  Acute  Saline 

Infusion  on  Norepinephrine  and  Dopamine  Excretion  in  Man 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-197(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   John  R.  Gill,  Jr.,  M.D. 
Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 
Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinical  Endocrinology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  objectives  are  to  ascertain  whether  dietary  manipulation  of 
NaCl  intake  or  acute  saline  infusion  affects  the  urinary  excretion  of  dopamine 
and  norepinephrine  in  man. 

Methods:   Twenty-four  hour  urinary  dopamine  and  norepinephrine  excretions  were 
determined  in  normal  and  hypertensive  subjects  under  the  following  conditions: 
a)  ad  lib  salt  intake,  b)  9  meq  Na+  diet,  and  c)  259  meq  Na+  diet.   Addition- 
ally, in  7  normal  subjects  urinary  dopamine  and  norepinephrine  and  plasma 
dopamine  B-hydroxylase  activity  were  measured  before  and  during  acute  I.V. 
saline  infusion. 

Major  Findings:   During  the  salt  depletion  phase  of  the  study  a  decrease  in 
urinary  dopamine  of  up  to  50%  was  noted.   During  the  same  phase  of  the  study 
an  increase  of  up  to  75%  in  urinary  norepinephrine  in  comparison  with  baseline 
values  was  observed.   Conversely  salt  repletion  resulted  in  a  dopamine  excre- 
tion which  was  increased  relative  to  the  salt  depletion  state  in  all  cases  and 
relative  to  control  values  in  several  cases.   Concomitant  with  the  increased 
dopamine  excretion  during  salt  repletion  there  was  a  significant  decrease  in 
norepinephrine  excretion.   In  some  cases  this  decrease  was  to  below  baseline 
values.   There  was  no  significant  difference  between  the  normotensive  and 
hypertensive  patient  groups.   During  saline  infusion  an  increase  in  urinary 
dopamine  excretion  relative  to  control  periods  was  noted.   The  increase  was 
from  2.2  to  2.8  Mg  per  20  min  (p  <  0.05).   Plasma  dopamine  6-hydroxylase 
decreased  from  210  units/ml  to  172  units/ml  (p  <  0.05).   Changes  in  urinary 
norepinephrine  were  not  significant. 


/6d 


Serial  No.    NHLI-90(c) 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:  The  inverse  re- 
lationship between  dopamine  and  norepinephrine  excretion  when  sympathetic 
activity  was  manipulated  by  varying  the  salt  balance  was  unexpected.   Other 
Investigators  have  previously  demonstrated  relatively  large  amounts  of  dopamine 
and  its  primary  metabolite  homovanllllc  acid  in  the  urine.   The  physiologic 
role  and,  in  fact,  the  source  of  urinary  dopamine  are  unknown.   Several 
investigators  have  been  unable  to  detect  dopamine  in  the  plasma  of  man.   Our 
data  suggest  that  urinary  dopamine  is  related,  at  least  in  part,  to  the  sym- 
pathetic nervous  system  and  possibly  is  derived  from  renal  sympathetic  nerves. 

Still  other  investigators  have  demonstrated  that  dopamine  has  pharma- 
cologic effects  in  the  kidney  which  are  unique  relative  to  other  vascular  beds. 
Thus,  dopamine  dilates  the  renal  vasculature  and  consequently  is  strongly 
naturetlc.   The  present  study  suggests  a  possible  role  for  dopamine  In  normal 
sodlxun  homeostasis. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Terminated. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


/i>3 


Serial  No.  NHLI-91(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Clinical  Investigation  of  Cardiovascular  Drugs 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-192(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   David  Horwitz,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

B.  Van  Clineschmidt,  Ph.D. 
Richard  Wyatt,  M.D. 
Christian  Gillin,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinical  Psychopharmacology  Branch,  NIMH 

Project  Description: 

A.  Reactivity  of  Human  Temporal  Arteries 

Objectives :   Increased  sensitivity  of  arteries  to  the  sympathetic  neuromediator 
norepinephrine  has  been  widely  reported  in  patients  with  essential  hypertension. 
Previous  in  vivo  techniques  have  not  been  able  to  establish  whether  this  resulted 
from  enhanced  responsiveness  of  the  receptor-smooth  muscle  unit  or  from  a  dif- 
ferent initial  state  of  muscle  tone  and  a  different  wall-liunen  ratio.   In  an 
attempt  to  resolve  this  we  have  performed  in  vitro  studies  in  which  responses 
of  helical  strips  of  biopsied  human  temporal  arteries  to  graded  doses  of  nore- 
pinephrine and  phenylephrine  were  measured.   Through  the  use  of  the  competitive 
antagonist,  phentolamine,  the  dissociation  characteristics  of  alpha  receptors 
were  also  compared  in  hypertensive  and  normotensive  subjects. 

Major  Findings:   Dose-response  curves  were  obtained  from  vessel  strips  from 
eight  subjects  with  essential  hypertension  and  eight  normotensive  subjects. 
They  revealed  no  evidence  of  increased  reactivity  to  norepinephrine  and  phenyl- 
ephrine in  the  hypertensive  subjects.   Average  concentrations  in  ng/ml  of  nore- 
pinephrine and  of  phenylephrine  yielding  quarter-,  half-,  and  three-quarter- 
maximum  responses  were  as  follows: 

NOREPINEPHRINE  PHENYLEPHRINE 


ED25 

ED50 

ED75 

ED25 

ED50 

ED75 

Hypertensive  (n=8) 

13 

41 

153 

399 

1170 

3873 

Normotensive  (n=8) 

10 

41 

163 

286 

1070 

4452 

The  negative  log  of  the  molar  concentration  of  phentolamine  which  reduced 
the  effect  of  a  double  dose  of  phenylephrine  to  that  of  a  single  dose  (pA2)  was 

1  /^^ 


;d25 

ED50 

ED  7 

15 

49 

159 

4 

14 

62 

Serial  No.    NHLI-91(c) 

8.0  for  the  hjrpertensives  and  7.9  for  the  normotensives;  this  was  not  statisti- 
cally significant. 

The  effects  of  pretreatment  with  steroids  were  studied  in  six  additional 
normotensive  subjects;  four  had  received  dexamethasone  and  two  had  received 
prednisone.   The  results  suggested  increased  reactivity  of  the  vessels  from  the 
subjects  treated  with  prednisone  whereas  vessels  of  subjects  treated  with  dexa- 
methasone were  not  significantly  different  from  those  from  untreated  subjects. 

NOREPINEPHRINE 


Normotensive  -  Dexamethasone  (n=4) 

Normotensive  -  Prednisone  (n=2) 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   This  is  the  first 
direct  study  of  the  characteristics  of  receptors  and  smooth  muscle  in  human 
essential  hypertension.   It  demonstrated  that  the  receptor-smooth  muscle  unit 
of  hypertensives  was  not  hyper-reactive  to  sympathetic  agonists.  Moreover, 
dissociation  characteristics  of  alpha  receptors  were  similar  in  hj^iertensive 
and  normotensive  subjects. 

Initial  observations  suggested  that  reactivity  of  human  muscular  arteries 
to  norepinephrine  could  be  increased  by  pretreatment  with  prednisone. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Studies  of  vessel  characteristics  in  Raynaud's 
disease  and  further  studies  of  the  influence  of  steroids  on  vessel  reactivity 
are  planned. 

B,  Serotonergic  Mechanisms  in  Narcolepsy 

Objectives;   The  etiology  of  narcolepsy  is  unknown.  Normal  sleep  consists  of 
two  alternating  phases  which  have  been  designated  as  rapid  eye  movement  (REM) 
and  non-rapid  eye  movement  (NREM)  sleep.   Current  evidence  suggests  that  the 
attacks  of  sleepiness  and  related  symptoms  of  narcolepsy  are  associated  with 
episodes  of  REM  sleep.   In  previous  studies  in  this  Branch  it  was  shown  that 
parachlorophenylalanine  (PCPA) ,  an  inhibitor  of  serotonin  synthesis,  reduced 
REM  phase  sleep  by  20  to  70%  in  patients  with  migraine  and  the  carcinoid  syn- 
drome; administration  of  5-hydro3y tryptophan  (5-HTP),  the  precursor  of  sero- 
tonin, caused  varying  degrees  of  return  of  REM  sleep  in  subjects  receiving 
PCPA.   Our  studies  were  concerned  with  the  effects  of  drug-induced  alterations 
in  serotonin  levels  on  narcolepsy.   Parachlorophenylalanine  was  used  to  reduce 
brain  serotonin  levels.   L-5-HTP  was  used  to  increase  brain  serotonin  levels 
and  the  peripheral  decarboxylase  inhibitor  MK  486  was  given  concurrently  to 
enhance  penetration  into  the  brain.  Administration  of  the  monoamine  oxidase 
inhibitor  pargyline  is  believed  to  elevate  brain  levels  of  catecholamines  and 
of  serotonin. 


f^r 


Serial  No.     NHLI-91(c) 

Major  Findings:   a)  PCPA.   Three  patients  with  typical  REM-onset  narcolepsy 
received  parachlorophenylalanine  in  progressive  doses  to  a  maximum  of  2  gm/day 
for  25  to  35  days.   Effects  were  monitored  with  standard  rating  forms  and 
frequent  recordings  of  EEGs  and  eye  movements.   Each  subject  showed  an  increase 
in  REM  sleep  (7,10,55%);  clinical  effects  were  modest  and  variable.   The  effects 
on  REM  sleep  contrasted  with  those  obtained  in  past  studies  in  18  patients 
without  sleep  disorders;  all  of  the  latter  showed  decreases  in  REM  sleep  which 
ranged  up  to  70%. 

b)  L-5-HTP  and  MK  486.   Two  of  the  subjects  underwent  courses  of  MK  486, 
150  mg/day,  both  alone  and  together  with  small  doses  of  L-5-HTP.   Combined 
therapy  utilizing  up  to  200  mg/day  of  5-IITP  produced  multiple  side-effects  and 
mild  enhancement  of  sedation.   In  previous  studies  hypertensive  subjects  tolerated 
several-fold  larger  doses  of  both  drugs  with  minimal  side-effects. 

c)  Pargyline.   The  three  narcoleptic  subjects  received  pargyline  in  daily 
doses  of  up  to  50  mg/day.   Each  showed  virtually  complete  suppression  of  REM 
sleep  and  varying  degrees  of  symptomatic  improvement. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  results  suggest 
that  narcoleptics  respond  abnormally  to  changes  in  brain  levels  of  serotonin 
but  do  not  clearly  implicate  abnormalities  of  serotonergic  pathways  as  the 
cause  of  narcolepsy.   The  results  suggest  potential  usefulness  of  pargyline  for 
the  treatment  of  narcolepsy. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  study  will  be  pursued  in  additional  subjects. 
Effects  of  cholinergic  compounds  will  be  studied. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

Horwitz,  D.,  Alexander,  R.W. ,  Lovenberg,  W. ,  and  Keiser,  H.R. :   Human  serum 
dopamine-B-hydroxylase.   Relationship  to  hypertension  and  sympathetic 
activity.   Circulation  Res.  32:  594-600,  1973. 


I^i 


Serial  No.      NHLI-92 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  The  Role  of  Endogenous  Prostaglandin  Synthesis  in  the  Control 
of  the  Coronary  Circulation 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Kenneth  Kent,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 
John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Cardiology  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   To  ascertain  whether  prostaglandin  synthesis  in  the  dog  heart 
plays  a  role  in  the  control  of  coronary  circulation. 

Methods ;   The  left  main  coronary  artery  was  cannulated  and  perfused  in  two 
different  preparations.   In  the  first  preparation  the  left  main  coronary  artery 
was  perfused  via  an  extracorporeal  circuit  from  the  right  femoral  artery  in  an 
otherwise  intact,  open  chest  dog.   In  the  second  preparation,  a  heart  lung 
preparation  with  a  constant  after  load  of  100  mm  Hg,  the  left  main  coronary 
artery  was  perfused  via  an  extra-corporeal  circuit  from  the  main  extra  corporeal 
aortic  blood  flow.   The  coronary  sinus  was  cannulated  in  each  preparation  for 
blood  sampling.   The  following  physiologic  measurements  were  made: 

1)  coronary  blood  flow  by  means  of  a  flow  meter  interposed  in  the  extra- 
corporeal coronary  perfusion  circuit 

2)  systemic  arterial  pressure 

3)  left  atrial  pressure 

4)  arterial  pH,  PaC02,  hemoglobin  saturation  and  coronary  sinus  levels  of 
lactate  and  prostaglandins  (PG) 

5)  cardiac  Mygo 

6)  cardiac  tissue  PO2  by  means  of  an  epicardial  PO2  electrode 

Prostaglandins  were  measured  by  means  of  a  radioimmunoassay  after  organic  ex- 
traction, silicic  acid  chromatography  and  conversion  of  the  PGE  to  PGB  with 

1  i('7 


Serial  No.   NHLI-92 


alkali  treatment.   Two  maneuvers  were  utilized  to  induce  changes  in  coronary 
flow.   First  reactive  hyperemia  was  induced  by  occluding  the  coronary  perfusion 
circuit  for  variable  periods  up  to  20  seconds.   Second,  hypoxia  was  induced  by 
ventilating  with  5%  O2,  5%  CO2  and  90%  N2.   Prostaglandin  and  lactate  measure- 
ments were  made  before  and  during  the  increased  coronary  flow  resulting  from 
these  interventions.   The  influence  of  synthetase  inhibition  on  the  increased 
coronary  blood  flow  resulting  from  hypoxia  and  from  temporary  coronary  occlusion 
was  studied  by  giving  two  biochemically  different  PG  synthetase  inhibitors,        \ 
indomethacin  and  meclofenamate.   In  the  intact  animal  50  mg  of  either  drug  were 
infused  into  the  coronary  perfusion  circuit  over  15  minutes.   In  the  heart  lung 
preparation  15  mg  of  either  drug  were  injected  into  the  extracorporeal  circuit. 

Major  Findings:   Both  indomethacin  and  meclofenamate  markedly  attenuate  reactive 
hyperemia  in  the  intact  dog  and  in  the  heart  lung  preparation.   For  six  animals 
in  which  the  data  has  been  tabulated,  at  10,  15,  and  20  seconds  of  coronary 
occlusion  reactive  hyperemia  was  decreased  50-55%  (p  <  0.025  for  each  interval) 
after  indomethacin. 

In  the  heart  lung  preparation  during  hypoxia  both  the  absolute  increase 
in  blood  flow  and  the  percentage  increase  relative  to  the  pre  and  post-hypoxla 
baselines  were  decreased  after  PG  synthetase  inhibition. 

Of  particular  interest  was  the  observation  that  in  the  heart  lung  prepara- 
tion but  not  in  the  intact  animal,  a  progressive  increase  in  coronary  blood 
flow  was  seen  during  the  period  of  time  when  reactive  hyperemia  and  hypoxia       | 
were  induced.   After  each  intervention  the  basal  flow  was  higher  than  before 
eventually  increasing  up  to  two  fold.   Over  a  period  of  30  minutes  after  giving 
PG  synthetase  inhibitors,  the  basal  blood  flow  gradually  decreased  to  or  slightly 
below  the  initial  baseline  flow. 

Preliminary  observations  suggest  that  during  reactive  hyperemia  a  prosta- 
glandin-like  material  is  released  from  the  heart  in  an  amount  approximately 
two-fold  that  of  baseline  levels.   After  PG  synthetase  inhibition  no  release  of 
prostaglandin  is  seen  and  the  basal  release  from  the  heart  is  decreased.  No 
changes  in  O2  consumption  were  seen  after  indomethacin. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   This  is  the  first 
demonstration  that  endogenous  prostaglandin  synthesis  may  have  a  physiologic 
role  in  the  regulation  of  the  coronary  circulation.  We  believe  that  the  pro- 
gressive increase  in  coronary  blood  flow  seen  in  the  heart  lung  preparation  is 
due  to  a  decrease  in  sympathetic  tone  plus  the  effects  of  unopposed  endogenous 
PG  synthesis  with  resultant  dilatation.   With  inhibition  of  PG  synthesis  the      i 
blood  flow  returns  to  levels  determined  solely  by  the  metabolic  needs  of  the 
heart.   This  work  has  important  implications  in  angina  pectoris  and  myocardial 
infarction. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Other  prostaglandin  synthetase  inhibitors  will  be 
utilized  to  assure  that  the  observed  effects  are  not  non-specific.   The  prosta- 
glandin-like  materials  released  will  be  characterized  and  identified.   The 
effects  of  prostaglandin  inhibition  on  the  regional,  i.e.,  endocardial-epicardial 
blood  flow  in  the  heart  will  be  studied.  ( 

2  /£S 


Serial  No.       NHTJ-92 
Honors  and  Awards:      None 
Publications:      None 


I6<f 


Serial  No.   NHLI-93(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Role  of  Renal  Prostaglandins  in  Sodium  Homeostasis  and 
Blood  Pressure  Regulation  in  Man 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D,,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Report: 

Objectives:   To  develop  methodology  for  measuring  prostaglandins  in  sub-nanogram 
amounts  and  to  apply  these  methods  to  the  study  of  the  role  of  prostaglandins 
in  renal  physiology  and  pathology  in  man. 

Methods:   A  radioimmunoassay  for  prostaglandins  has  been  developed.   Existing 
methods  have  been  modified  to  permit  the  quantitative  extraction  and  fraction- 
ation of  prostaglandins  of  the  A,  E  and  F  series  from  plasma  or  urine.   After 
acidification  and  organic  extraction  the  prostaglandins  are  chromatographed  on 
silicic  acid  columns.   The  PGA  and  PGB,  PGE,  and  PGF  fractions  are  eluted.   An 
antibody  to  PGA  has  been  developed  in  the  sheep  which  provides  a  sensitivity 
in  our  radioimmunoassay  for  either  PGA  or  PGB  of  10  picograms.   The  primary 
renal  prostaglandin,  PGE2,  is  measured  as  PGB2  after  the  alkali  conversion  of 
PGE2  to  PGB2.  A  radioimmunoassay  for  PGF2 ^  is  being  developed. 

Major  Findings:   Normal  values  for  plasma  PGA  in  man  have  been  found  to  be  200- 
300  pg/ml.   Normal  values  for  plasma  PGE  are  approximately  300  pg/ml.   Normal 
values  of  PGE  in  urine  are  being  determined. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  development  of 
methods  for  the  measurement  of  prostaglandins  in  urine  and  plasma  of  man  is 
essential  for  the  elucidation  of  the  role  of  these  potent  compounds  in  sodium 
and  water  homeostasis,  vasoregulatory  functions  and  in  such  pathologic  states 
as  essential  and  renovascular  hypertension  and  primary  aldosteronism. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   As  a  necessary  complementary  and  confirmatory 
prostaglandin  assay,  the  parallel  superfused  bioassay  of  Vane  will  be  set  up  in 
our  laboratory  in  May,  1973  with  the  assistance  of  Dr.  Sergio  Ferreira  from 
Dr.  Vane's  laboratory.   Plasma  and  urine  levels  of  prostaglandins  will  be 
measured  in  normals  and  hypertensive  patients  during  control  and  experimental 
conditions. 

1  /70 


Serial  No.  NHLI-93(c) 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 
Publications:   None 


/7l 


Serial  No.   NHLI-94(c) 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  the  biological  role  of  histamine:   Alteration 
of  histamine  metabolism  in  man  and  animals  by  salicylates 
and  other  inhibitors 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-186(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Michael  A.  Heaven,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Zdenka  Horakova,  Ph.D.,  Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 
and  Kenneth  L.  Kirk,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Laboratory  of  Chemistry,  NIAMDD 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  synthesis  and  metabolism  of  histamine  in  man  has  been  in- 
vestigated with  the  objective  of  finding  ways  to  increase  histamine  levels 
in  tissues  in  the  treatment  of  vascular  disorders.   One  approach  was  the 
administration  of  large  doses  of  L-histidine,  the  precursor  of  histamine,  and 
the  other  was  the  administration  of  various  inhibitors  of  histamine  metabolizing 
enzymes.   As  described  in  last  year's  report  the  effectiveness  of  these  treat- 
ments was  assessed  by  measurement  of  urinary  histamine  excretion  and  by  study- 
ing the  metabolism  of  injected  6-  H-histamine  in  vivo.   In  the  course  of  this 
year's  studies  one  patient  had  a  clearly  abnormal  pattern  of  labeled  histamine 
metabolites  in  urine.   This  finding  prompted  us  to  inquire  about  the  patient's 
medications  and  it  was  discovered  that  this  patient  ingested  aspirin  daily. 
Further  studies  in  patients  and  rats  have  confirmed  our  original  observation 
with  aspirin  and  these  studies  are  described  in  this  report.   In  addition,  a 
series  of  f luorohistamine  and  histidine  compounds  produced  by  Dr.  K.  L.  Kirk 
have  been  tested  for  their  inhibitory  activity  on  the  various  enzymes  related 
to  histamine  metabolism. 

Methods :   Drugs  were  administered  orally  three  times  daily  for  6  days  in  human 
subjects  or  four  times  over  a  24  hour  period  in  rats.   Single  doses  of  drugs 
were  also  given  to  rats.   Labeled  histamine  was  injected  I.V.,  2  hour  after 
the  last  dose  of  drug.   6--^H-Histamine  was  given  to  human  subjects  (5  yCi/kg) 
and  rats  (50  uCi/kg) .   In  some  studies  2  (ring  carbon) -I'^C-histamine  (25 
uCi/kg)  and  H- imidazole  acetic  acid  (50  yCi/kg)  were  injected  into  rats. 
Urine  was  collected  every  6  hours,  and  aliquots  frozen.   The  labeled  compounds 
were  assayed  by  1)  isotope  dilution,  derivatization  and  crystallization  using 
the  procedures  described  in  previous  reports  and  publications  of  this 
laboratory,  and  2)  chromatographic  separation  (10  pi  urine)  on  thin-layer 
cellulose  plates  using  a  butanol,  ammonia,  system  and  measurement  of  radio- 

1  /7A 


Serial  No.   NHLI-94(c) 

activity  on  2  nm  segments.  With  10  pi  urine,  the  labeled  metabolites  separate 
into  sharp  bands  2  to  6  mm  wide  and  can  be  assayed  separately  on  the  one 
chromatogram. 

3 
The  H-imidazole  acetic  acid  was  prepared  from  the  unlabeled  material  by 

catalytic  exchange  and  was  purified  by  thin  layer  chromatography  using  the 
system  described  above. 

The  various  fluorohistamines  and  histidine  derivatives  were  added  in 
concentrations  of  10"^,  10"^  and  10~6  m  to  incubations  of  the  following; 
1)  histaminase,  partially  purified  from  rat  intestine  or  plasma  from  pregnant 
women  plus  3-%-histamine,  10"^  M;  2)  partially  purified  preparation  of  guinea 
pig  brain  histamine  methyl  transferase,  S-adenosyl  methionine--'-^C  (methyl)  and 
histamine,  10~7  m,  and  3)  histidine  decarboxylase  partially  purified  from  rat 
fetal  liver  and  from  germ-free  rat  stomachs,  L-histidine  2.5  x  10~5  M  and  L- 
hlstidine-carboxyl-l^C  or  L-histidine-2  (ring  label) -l^C,  100  nCi.   Pyridoxal 
phosphate,  10"^  M,  was  included  in  1)  and  3).   Enzyme  activity  was  determined 
by  release  of  %20  ^^   1)  ^^^   ■'■^002  in  3)  and  by  formation  of  ■^^C-methylhistamine 
in  2)  and  ^^C-histamine  in  3)  using  the  procedures  that  have  been  developed 
in  this  laboratory  and  described  in  various  annual  reports  over  the  past  4 
years.   Incubations  were  run  with  and  without  the  fluorocompounds  to  assess 
inhibition  of  enzyme  activity  by  the  compovind  and  without  substrate  to  deter- 
mine if  the  fluorocompound  is  a  substrate  for  the  enzyme. 

Major  Findings:   Studies  with  fluorohistamine  and  histidine  derivatives  and 
enzymes  related  to  histamine.   The  2,  and  4,  fluorohistidine  and  the  fluoro- 
histamine analogs  did  not  inhibit  histidine  decarboxylase,  histamine-N-methyl 
transferase  or  histaminase  activity  in  concentrations  up  to  10"^  M.   Small 
(<  1%)  but  measurable  amounts  of  a  l^C-methylated  derivative  was  formed  when 
4  fluorohistamine  was  incubated  with  histamine-N-methyl  transferase  and  S- 
adenosyl  methionine--'-^C.   The  methylated  compound  was  not  identified  further 
and  it  is  not  known  if  the  labeled  compound  was  derived  from  fluorohistamine  or 
from  histamine  present  as  a  contaminant. 

Inhibition  of  histamine  metabolism  by  various  inhibitors  in  man.   Studies 
have  now  been  completed  in  28  patients  with  the  following  results.   In  8» 
patients  who  received  no  drug,  g--^H-histamine  was  recovered  in  urine  as  H- 
methylhistamine  (11  to  20%) ,  %-methylimidazole  acetic  acid  (57  to  72%) ,  the 
riboside  of  %-imidazo.le  acetic  acid  (16  to  24%)  and  1  to  4%  as  unchanged  %- 
histamine.  Administration  of  amino guanidine  (30  mg  daily),  a  specific  inhibitor 
of  histaminase,  to  5  patients  abolished  the  formation  of  imidazole  acetic  acid 
and  increased  the  excretion  of  tritiated  methylimidazole  acetic  acid  from  14 
to  29%.   In  3  patients  the  administration  of  chloroquin  (250  mg  daily)  produced 
drug  levels  that  were  sufficient  to  inhibit  histamine-N-methyl  transferase  by 
more  than  90%  in  vitro  but  produced  no  significant  reduction  of  methylation  in 
vivo.   Administration  of  the  monoamine  oxidase  inhibitor,  pargyline  (1  mg/kg, 
7  days)  in  two  patients  resulted  in  the  excretion  of  additional  -'H-methyl- 
histamine  (7  and  14%  before  pargyline  and  22  and  32%  after  pargyline)  and  a 
corresponding  decrease  in  the  deaminated  product  -^H-methylimidazole  acetic  acid. 


i73 


Serial  No.  NHLI-94(c) 

From  these  studies  it  appears  that  1)  both  the  two  pathways  of  histamine 
metabolism,  deamination  by  diamine  oxidase  and  methylation  by  histamine-N- 
methyl  transferase  complte  for  histamine  metabolism,  2)  when  diamine  oxidase 
is  inhibited,  histamine  is  metabolized  by  the  alternative  pathway;  i.e., 
methylation,  and  3)  inhibition  of  methylation  in  vivo  is  not  possible  with 
currently  known  inhibitors  of  this  enzyme. 

The  effect  of  salicylates  on  the  metabolism  of  3--'H-histamine  in  man  and 
rats.   Chronic  administration  of  aspirin  (3.6  g  daily)  in  5  subjects  largely 
abolished  the  excretion  of  the  riboside  conjugate  of  imidazole  acetic  acid 
(13  to  24%  to  less  than  4%).   Acetaminophen,  3.6  g  daily,  had  no  apparent  effect 
on  metabolism  of  g-^H-histamine  in  one  subject. 

In  rat,  aspirin  and  sodium  salicylate,  in  doses  of  300  mg/kg,  blocked 
completely  riboside  conjugation  (n=5) .   Other  anti-inflammatory  agents  which 
included  phenylbutazone,  acetaminophen,  salicylamide,  indomethacin  and 
phenacetin  in  high  doses  did  not  alter  the  metabolism  and  excretion  of  labeled 
histamine.   The  inhibition  of  riboside  conjugation  by  aspirin  was  related  to 
dose.   As  little  as  10  mg/kg  aspirin  partially  inhibited  riboside  conjugation 
(by  20%).   After  25  mg/kg  aspirin,  conjugation  was  inhibited  50%,  after  50 
mg/kg  aspirin,  76%,  and  almost  complete  inhibition  was  achieved  with  higher 
doses. 

3 
Injected  H-imidazole  acetic  acid  was  converted  (96%,  n=3)  to  imidazole 

acetic  acid  riboside  in  rat.   This  reaction  was  inhibited  by  sodium  salicylate 

or  aspirin  to  the  same  degree  as  that  observed  in  studies  with  labeled  histamine. 

When  -^H-imidazole  acetic  acid  and  l^C-histamine  was  injected  simultaneously, 

the  ratio  of  %  to  I'^C  for  all  metabolites  remained  constant   after  all  doses 

of  aspirin,  even  though  riboside  conjugation  was  suppressed  by  variable  amounts. 

The  ^H- imidazole  acetic  acid  appeared  to  be  uniformly  mixed  with  the  endogenous 

pool  of  imidazole  acetic  acid  in  the  body. 

The  above  studies  show  that  salicylates  specifically  inhibit  the  conjuga- 
tion of  imidazole  acetic  acid  to  riboside  in^  vivo,  and  that  inhibition  is 
almost  complete  with  therapeutic  doses  of  aspirin  in  man. 

Significance;   The  studies  indicate  that  normal  therapeutic  doses  of  salicylates 
inhibit  riboside  conjugation  of  histamine  metabolites,  although  further  studies 
are  required  to  determine  if  conjugation  reactions  with  other  sugars  are  blocked 
by  salicylates. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   In  view  of  the  well-established  findings  that 
aspirin  markedly  alters  sugar  metabolism,  the  effect  of  aspirin  on  the  conjuga- 
tion of  some  endogenous  substances  as  well  as  foreign  compounds  is  now  being 
studied. 

Honors  and  Awards;   None 

Publications;   None 


/7/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-95(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  biological  role  of  histamine  and  monoamines:   Studies 
of  histaminase  and  other  enzyme  activities  in  medullary 
thyroid  carcinoma  and  hyperlipoproteinemia 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-185(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Michael  A.  Beaven,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Floyd  L.  Atkins,  M.D. 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 
Ronald  M.  Krauss,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Surgery  Branch,  NCI;  Molecular  Diseases  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Objectives;   This  project  continues  all  clinical  studies  of  various  enz3nnes, 
including  histaminase,  in  normal  and  disease  states.   These  studies  explore 
the  possible  usefulness  of  sensitive  isotopic  assays  in  the  diagnosis  and 
characterization  of  disease.   In  this  report  we  describe  our  studies  of  two 
disorders;  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma  and  familial  Type  I  hyperlipoproteinemia, 
a  disorder  associated  with  low  plasma  lipolytic  activity  after  heparin 
administration. 

Medullary  carcinoma  of  the  thyroid  is  a  calcitonin  producing  tumor  of 
thyroid  C-cells  and  frequently  occurs  in  association  with  pheochromocytoma 
as  an  inherited  trait  (Sipple's  syndrome).   The  work  described  last  year  showed 
that  histaminase  activity  is  a  specific  marker  for  this  tumor  and  measurement 
of  this  enzyme  has  been  widely  used  in  studies  of  a  large  family  (Wampler 
family)  with  this  disease.   Recently,  workers  in  Sweden  reported  that  mammalian 
thyroid  C-cells  contain  the  aromatic  amino  acid  decarboxylase,  DOPA  decarboxylase. 
This  report  prompted  us  to  look  for  DOPA  decarboxylase  and  related  enzymes  in 
the  human  tumor. 

Methods :   Control  subjects  were  healthy  laboratory  personnel  or  volunteers 
hospitalized  at  the  NIH.   The  patients  with  medullary  carcinoma  of  the  thyroid 
were  members  of  a  family  with  the  inherited  disease  as  well  as  patients  whose 
families  had  no  history  of  the  disease.   The  diagnosis  of  medullary  thyroid 
carcinoma  was  confirmed  by  histological  examination  of  surgical  and  biopsy 
specimens  and  by  high  calcitonin  levels  in  plasma.   Tissues  for  chemical 
analyses  were  obtained  at  surgery. 

Patients  with  hypertriglyceridemia  were  diagnosed  as  Type  I,  III,  IV,  and 

1  /7i^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-95(c) 


V  according  to  the  classification  of  Fredrickson,  Levy  and  Lees,  by  measure- 
ment of  plasma  triglyceride  and  cholesterol  concentrations  and  the 
characterization  of  plasma  lipoproteins  by  paper  electrophoresis.   Assays  were 
performed  on  homogenates  of  frozen  or  freshly  excised  tissues.   Histaminase 
activity  was  assayed  by  the  tritium  release  assay  described  in  earlier  reports. 
The  various  amino  acid  decarboxylases  were  assayed  by  measurement  of  the  re- 
lease of  1^C02  from  L-DOPA-1-l'^C  (DOPA  decarboxylase) ;  D-L-ornithine-1-l^C 
(ornithine  decarboxylase)  ;  L-histidine-l--'-'^C  (histidine  decarboxylase) . 
Histidine  decarboxylase  was  also  assayed  by  an  isotope  dilution  technique. 
Tyrosine  and  tryptophan  hydroxylase  were  determined  using  3, 5--^H- tyrosine  (  H 
release)  and  L-tryptophan  (serotonin  formation)  as  substrates.   Extraction  and 
fluorimetric  procedures  were  used  for  the  assay  of  serotonin  and  the  catechol- 
amines.  The  enzymatic  procedure  of  Beaven  et  al.  (Clin.  Chim.  Acta  1972)  was 
used  for  the  assay  of  histamine.   Calcitonin  levels  were  assayed  by  radio- 
immunoassay (Tashjian  et  al. ,  New  Eng.  J.  Med.  283:  890,  1970)  in  the  labora- 
tory of  Dr.  A.  H.  Tashjian,  Jr. 

Major  Findings:   Enzyme  activities  in  tumor  from  patients  with  medullary  thyroid 
carcinoma.   The  thyroid  tumor  had  high  DOPA  decarboxylase  activity  compared  to 
that  in  adjacent  thyroid  or  thyroid  obtained  from  patients  without  the  disease. 
The  mean  (+  SEM)  activity  in  tumor  was  1306  +  247  nmoles/g/hr  compared  to  31  + 
10  nmoles/g/hr  in  adjacent  thyroid  and  115  nmoles/g/hr  in  normal  thyroid  from 
patients  without  the  tumor.   These  values  paralleled  those  of  histaminase 
activity  which  we  have  shown  previously  and  is  a  marker  for  medullary  thyroid 
carcinoma.   Ornithine  decarboxylase  and  histidine  decarboxylase  activities 
were  not  detected  in  tumor.   Tyrosine  and  tryptophan  hydroxylase  were  present 
but  not  significantly  different  in  tumor  and  normal  thyroid. 

The  DOPA  decarboxylase  activity  in  the  tumor  resembled  that  in  pheo- 
chromocytoma  in  its  behavior  to  various  decarboxylase  inhibitors.   The  enzyme 
in  both  tumors  decarboxylated  L-DOPA,  L-tryptophan  and  L-tyrosine  to  the  same 
degree  and  are  inhibited  by  specific  inhibitors  of  DOPA  decarboxylase.   The 
levels  of  serotonin,  catecholamine,  histamine,  in  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma 
were  similar  to  those  in  adjacent  thyroid. 

Plasma  histaminase  activity  as  a  marker  for  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma. 
Serum  histaminase  activity  has  now  been  measured  in  over  300  normal  subjects 
and  patients.   In  80  normal  subjects  the  enzyme  levels  have  ranged  from  0.3  to 
6.3  units/ml  (mean  1.7  +  0.8  S.D.).   In  52  patients  with  medullary  thyroid 
carcinoma  activity  has  ranged  from  0.8  to  150  units/ml  and  in  29  of  these 
patients  the  enzyme  activity  was  above  normal  (>  3.6  units/ml).   In  70 
relatives  of  these  patients  and  56  patients  with  a  variety  of  other  tumors,  the 
activity  in  all  cases  was  in  the  range  of  normal.   These  data  indicate  that 
histaminase  activity  is  a  specific  marker  for  this  tumor  but  may  not  be  elevated 
in  all  patients  with  the  disease.   Our  experience  with  surgical  treatment  is 
now  extensive  and  the  results  indicate  that  measurement  of  this  enzyme  is  use- 
ful in  detecting  metastatic  tumor.   In  16  patients  who  had  localized  disease, 
plasma  enzyme  activity  fell  to  normal  levels  but  in  9  patients  activity  did  not 
decline  and  in  some  patients  increased  after  surgery.   Metastatic  tumor  was 
subsequently  detected  in  all  9  patients.   Calcitonin  levels  had  returned  to 

9  /7<r 


Serial  No.  NHLI-9  5(c) 

normal  in  all  but  one  of  these  patients  and  for  this  reason  metastatic  tumor 
was  not  at  first  suspected. 

Studies  in  patients  with  hyperlipoproteinemia:  Heparin  administration 
and  plasma  histaminase  activity.   In  normal  subjects  (n=37)  a  rise  in  plasma 
histaminase  activity  occurred  after  the  administration  of  heparin  in  doses  as 
low  as  10  units/kg.   The  extent  of  this  rise  varied  widely  but  in  a  particular 
individual  the  response  was  constant  and  dose  dependent.   The  studies  described 
in  last  years  report  showed  that  in  13  patients  with  Type  I  hyperlipoproteinemia 
the  increase  in  plasma  histaminase  after  10  units  heparin/kg  was  significantly 
less  than  that  in  normals  or  in  patients  (n=27)  with  other  types  of  hyperlipo- 
proteinemia.  This  low  response  was  more  apparent  after  75  units/kg  of  heparin. 
However,  the  deficiency  (or  defect)  was  not  absolute.   There  was  a  small 
response  in  half  of  the  patients  with  the  Type  I  disorder  and  in  one  patient 
the  response  was  high.   The  high  response  may  indicate  a  genetic  or  biochemical 
heterogeneity  in  this  disorder,  although  this  patient  was  otherwise  similar 
to  other  Type  I  patients. 

Careful  examination  of  the  data  from  all  patients  and  normal  subjects 
(n=65)  has  shown  a  highly  significant  correlation  (p  <  0.001,  r  =  0.84) 
between  the  individual's  basal  plasma  histaminase  activity  (i.e.,  before 
heparin)  and  the  increase  in  activity  after  heparin.  A  possible  explanation 
for  this  relationship  is  that  the  basal  level  and  the  rise  in  plasma  enzyme 
activity  are  determined  by  the  level  of  histaminase  activity  in  tissues.   Thus, 
high  amounts  of  histaminase  in  tissues  would  lead  to  high  basal  enzyme  activity 
in  plasma  and  a  large  response  to  heparin. 

Significance;   The  studies  in  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma  are  the  first  demon- 
stration of  DOPA  decarboxylase  in  thyroid  C-cells  in  humans  and  they  indicate 
that  monoamines  may  have  a  role  in  calcitonin  secretion  as  suggested  by  other 
workers  for  the  C-cells  in  thyroid  of  other  species.   The  finding  of  the 
enzyme  in  both  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma  and  pheochromocytoma  provides 
evidence  that  the  syndrome  of  medullary  carcinoma  and  pheochromocytoma  result 
from  a  heritable  defect  in  a  single  cell  system  possibly  the  neuro-ectodermal 
cell  system.   The  studies  also  indicate  that  histaminase  activity  has  a  useful 
role  to  play  in  the  detection  of  metastatic  medullary  carcinoma. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   The  effect  of  alterations  of  monoamine  metabolism 
on  calcitonin  secretion  in  patients  with  medullary  thyroid  carcinoma  will  be 
studied  to  determine  if  monoamines  have  an  essential  role  in  the  regulation  of 
calcitonin  secretion  by  the  C-cells. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

1.   Baylin,  S.  B.  ,  Beaven,  M.  A.,  Keiser,  H.  R. ,  Tashjian,  A.  H. ,  Jr., 
and  Melvin,  K.  E.  W. ;   Serimi  histaminase  and  calcitonin  levels  in 
medullary  carcinoma  of  the  thyroid.   Lancet  I:  455-458,  1972. 


/77 


Serial  No,  NHLI-95(c) 


2.  Baylin,  S.  B. ,  Beaven,  M.  A.,  Buja,  L.  M. ,  and  Keiser,  H.  R.  : 
Histaminase  activity:   A  biochemical  marker  for  medullary 
carcinoma  of  the  thyroid.   Am.  J.  Med.  53:  723-733,  1972. 

3.  Keiser,  H.  R. ,  Beaven,  M.  A.,  Doppman,  J.,  Wells,  S. ,  Jr.,  and 
Buja,  L.  M. :   Sipple's  syndrome:   Medullary  thyroid  carcinoma, 
pheochromocytoma,  and  parathyroid  disease.   Combined  Clinical 
Staff  Conference  at  the  National  Institutes  of  Health.   Ann.  Int. 
Med.  78:  561-579,  1973. 

4.  Baylin,  S.  B. ,  Beaven,  M.  A.,  Krauss,  R.  M. ,  and  Keiser,  H.  R.  : 
Response  of  plasma  histaminase  activity  to  small  doses  of  heparin 
in  normal  subjects  and  patients  with  hyperlipoproteinemia. 

J.  Clin.  Invest.,  in  press  (August). 


11% 


Serial  No.     NHTJ-96 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Biological  Role  of  Histamine  and  Other  Amines:   Partici- 
pation of  Histamine  and  Serotonin  in  Inflammation 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-188 

Principal  Investigator:   Zdenka  Hor4kov4,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Michael  A.  Beaven,  Ph.D. 
Marion  E.  Webster,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Histamine,  serotonin,  the  kinins  and  prostaglandins  are  all 
thought  to  mediate  the  inflammatory  response  after  tissue  injury.  One  hypo- 
thesis that  ties  these  separate  mediators  together  is  that  the  release  of  hista- 
mine and  in  some  species,  serotonin,  precedes  that  of  kinins  and  prostaglandins. 
It  has  been  suggested  from  studies  with  inhibitors  of  histamine,  kinin  and 
prostaglandin  synthesis,  that  histamine  release  mediates  the  initial  response 
and  other  mediators  participate  in  the  later  stages  of  inflammation.  Direct 
measurements  of  the  time  course  of  release  of  all  of  these  mediators  have  not 
been  made,  and  in  this  study  the  kinetics  of  release  of  the  first  of  these 
mediators,  histamine,  has  been  investigated.   The  studies  are  designed  to  answer 
two  questions:   1)  if  there  is  a  correlation  between  the  development  of  edema 
and  release  of  the  amines  after  mild,  moderate  or  severe  injury  and  2)  if  the 
release  of  histamine  is  essential  for  the  later  stages  of  inflammation, 
possibly,  in  the  induction  of  kinin  and  prostaglandin  synthesis.  Accordingly, 
we  have  studied  the  inflammatory  response  after  depletion  of  mast-cell  amines 
by  treatment  with  compound  48/80. 

Methods:  Mild,  moderate  and  severe  inflammation  was  induced  by  1)  immersion  of 
the  rat  paw  in  hot  water  at  53°,  or  SS^C  for  30  sec;  2)  injection  of  0.1  ml  10% 
sodium  urate  suspension,  or  3)  carrageenin  solution.   Samples  of  skin  and  sub- 
cutaneous tissue  exudate,  and  blood  from  aorta  and  popliteal  vein  were  collected. 
Edema  was  determined  by  measurement  of  paw  volume.   Histamine  was  assayed  by 
the  enzymatic  procedure  of  Beaven  et  al  (Clin.  Chim.  Acta,  1972).  A  similar 
assay  is  being  developed  for  serotonin. 

Major  Findings:   Time-Course  of  Inflammation  and  Histamine  Release.   Our  previous 
studies  showed  that  edema  developed  after  heating  at  53°  and  56°C  and  was  accom- 
panied by  release  of  tissue  histamine  into  tissue  fluid  and  blood.  More  detailed 
investigation  of  the  kinetics  of  this  release  has  now  shown  that  the  release 
is  closely  correlated  with  the  development  of  edema.   After  53°C,  there  was  a 

1  (^9 


Serial  No.    NHLI-96 

delay  of  30  min  and  then  edema  developed  rapidly.   Histamine  release  showed  a 
similar  delay  and  rapid  release.   After  56°C,  edema  and  histamine  release  was 
immediate  and  rapid.   Once  edema  was  fully  developed  the  release  of  amino  into 
the  tissue  fluid  and  plasma  diminished. 

The  edema  slowly  subsided  after  53°C  but  not  after  56°C  and  was  not  asso- 
ciated with  further  release  of  histamine.   Injury  at  the  higher  temperature 
resulted  in  extensive  tissue  necrosis  and  in  loss  of  40%  of  the  paw.   Tissue 
damage  was  minimal  after  SS'C. 

Carrageenin  injection  resulted  in  a  rapidly  developing  severe  inflammation. 
Edema  was  maximum  by  1  hr  and  then  slowly  subsided  over  the  course  of  24  hrs. 
Histamine  measurements  have  not  been  completed  at  this  time.   Uric  acid  in 
contrast,  produced  a  slowly  developing  edema  (50%  increase  in  paw  volume). 
There  was  no  substantial  decrease  in  histamine  levels  in  the  paw  tissue  although 
the  levels  decreased  in  the  wound  fluid  during  the  development  of  edema.   No 
increase  in  histamine  levels  could  be  detected  in  the  blood. 

Measurement  of  Serotonin.   Because  rat  mast  cells  contain  serotonin  in 
addition  to  histamine,  an  enzymatic  isotope  procedure  is  being  developed  for 
the  assay  of  serotonin.   The  assay  is  based  upon  the  conversion  of  serotonin 
to  N-acetyl  serotonin  by  N-acetyl  transferase  from  rat  liver  and  acetyl  CoA 
and  then  to  melatonin  by  pineal  methyl  transferase  enzyme  and  S-adenosylmethionine 
(l^C-methyl) .   The  l^C-melatonin  thus  formed,  is  extracted  into  chloroform 
which  is  assayed  for  •'•^C.   Plasma  proteins  have  been  found  to  inhibit  the 
acetylation  of  serotonin  and  our  current  work  is  concerned  with  the  development 
of  a  simple  procedure,  such  as  micro  ultra-dialysis,  to  prepare  protein  free 
samples  for  assay. 

Effect  of  Compound  48/80  on  Inflammation  and  Histamine  Release  .  Depletion 
of  tissue  histamine  by  administration  of  the  histamine  liberator,  compound  48/80 
(1  mg/kg,  i.p.,  4  times  over  48  hr),  resulted  in  a  greatly  reduced  inflammation 
and  tissue  damage  after  heating  at  53°  or  56°C.   Edema  was  reduced  (60%)  as 
was  the  release  of  histamine  from  tissue  (85%)  and,  as  described  in  last  year's 
report,  tissue  damage  was  reduced.   These  rats  have  now  been  observed  over  the 
course  of  6  months  and  permanent  damage  was  confined  to  the  loss  of  toes  which 
reduced  paw  length  to  25%  (range  24  to  30%)  compared  to  40%  loss  (range  35  to 
46%)  in  rats  that  did  not  receive  compound  48/80. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  studies  show 
that  histamine  is  released  directly  into  tissue  fluid  and  the  circulation  and 
that  this  release  is  intimately  associated  with  the  development  of  edema.   The 
studies  with  compound  48/80  further  indicate  that  the  release  of  histamine  has 
an  important  influence  on  the  later  stages  of  inflammation,  and  suppression  of 
histamine  release  may  be  a  useful  approach  in  the  treatment  of  inflammation. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Further  studies  of  heat  and  carrageenin  induced 
inflammation  will  include  measurements  of  prostaglandin  synthesis.   The  possible 
influence  of  histamine  on  prostaglandin  synthesis  will  be  examined  by  pretreat- 
ment  of  animals  with  compound  48/80  or  with  combinations  of  antihistamine  and 

2  /iO 


Serial  No.  NHLI-96 


antiserotonin  agents.   The  effect  of  the  non-steroid  anti- inflammatory  agents, 
aspirin,  phenylbutazone  and  Indomethacin  on  the  release  and  synthesis  of  the 
various  mediators  will  be  investigated. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

Cohen,  I.K.,  Beaven,  M.A.,  Horakova,  Z.,  and  Keiser,  H.R. :   Histamine  and 
collagen  synthesis  in  keloid  and  hypertrophic  scar.   Surgical  Forum, 
23:509  (1972). 


/^/ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-97 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  the  biological  role  of  histamine  and  polyamines: 
Ornithine  decarboxylase  and  histaminase  activities  in  rat 
thymus  and  other  organs 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-189 

Principal  Investigator:   Floyd  L.  Atkins,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Michael  A.  Beaven,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  polyamines,  putrescine,  spermidine  and  spermine,  are  thought 
to  play  a  role  in  rapid  tissue  growth.   In  several  systems  increased  polyamine 
synthesis  and  RNA  polymerase  activity  are  associated  with  rapid  growth.   These 
systems  include  the  regenerating  rat  liver  after  partial  hepatectomy  and  the 
cardiac  hypertrophy  induced  by  stress.   Studies  in  this  laboratory  have  shown 
that  polyamines  may  also  have  an  important  role  in  the  thymus  possibly  in 
relation  to  the  proliferation  of  Ijnnphocytes  in  this  organ.   The  thymus  has 
high  levels  of  polyamines,  a  rapid  cell  turnover,  and  high  levels  of  ornithine 
decarboxylase  and  histaminase  (diamine  oxidase) ,  two  important  enzymes  in  the 
biosynthesis  and  metabolism  of  the  polyamines. 

In  this  report  we  describe  studies  which  show  that  the  ornithine 
decarboxylase  is  located  inside  and  histaminase  outside  the  lymphocyte  and 
that  in  the  intact  lymphocyte,  L-omithine  is  normally  taken-up  and  converted 
to  putrescine.   In  addition,  the  level  of  ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  in 
the  soluble  and  insoluble  fractions  of  various  tissues  has  been  studied  since 
preliminary  studies  had  indicated  that  a  major  part  of  the  ornithine  decarboxyl- 
ase in  tissue  homogenates  resides  in  the  insoluble  (nuclear)  fraction  whereas 
in  prostrate,  a  principle  source  of  the  enzyme,  the  enzyme  is  soluble. 

Methods;  Ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  was  assayed  in  two  ways:   by 
measurement  of  the  release  of  ^^C02  from  D,L-omithine-carboxyl-l^C  and  by 
measurement  of  the  formation  of  ^^C-putrescine  (by  an  isotope  dilution 
derivative  procedure)  from  D,L-ornithine-2-l^C.   Histaminase  activity  was 
determined  by  measurement  of  tritiated  water  formed  upon  deamination  of  3-%- 
histamine  and  diamine  oxidase  by  measurement  of  the  deamination  of  I'^C-putrescine 
as  described  by  Beaven  and  Jacobsen  (J.  Pharmacol.  Exptl.  Therap.  176:  52, 
1971). 


/?<?- 


Serial  No.  NHLI-97 


Dexamethasone  phosphate  (500  yg/kg)  was  administered  s.c.  to  deplete 
thymus  lymphocytes.   The  animals  were  sacrificed  24  hours  after  administration 
of  dexamethasone.   Isolated  lymphocytes  were  prepared  by  teasing  the  cells 
out  from  the  thymus  and  washing  them  in  buffer. 

Major  Findings;   1)  Studies  of  ornithine  decarboxylase  and  histaminase  in 
rat  thymus .   High  levels  of  both  enzyme  activities  were  found  in  thymus  of 
a  variety  of  rat  strains  and  germ-free  rats.   The  ornithine  decarboxylase 
activity,  and  to  a  lesser  extent  the  histaminase  activity,  declined  after  the 
involution  of  thymus  in  older  rats.   After  depletion  of  the  thymus  lymphocytes 
by  dexamethasone  treatment,  ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  decreased  by  60% 
after  one  dose  of  dexamethasone  and  by  more  than  90%  after  two  doses,  while 
histaminase  activity  was  largely  unchanged.   The  assay  of  various  thymus 
fractions  indicated  that  at  least  90%  of  the  ornithine  decarboxylase  in  thymus 
was  present  in  the  lymphocyte  and  that  99%  of  the  histaminase  activity  resided 
outside  these  cells  in  a  soluble  form. 

The  activity  of  ornithine  decarboxylase  was  dependent  on  the  presence  of 
intact  lymphocytes.   This  enzyme  activity  was  largely  destroyed  by  sonication 
of  the  lymphocytes  or  extensive  homogenization  of  the  thymus.   Enzyme  activity 
was  also  destroyed  by  freezing  and  thawing.   When  the  lymphocytes  were  incubated 
with  DL-[2--'-^C] -ornithine  and  the  labeled  products  separated  by  paper  electro- 
phoresis, two  peaks  of  radioactivity,  which  corresponded  to  ornithine  and 
putrescine,  were  obtained.   -^^C-labeled  putrescine  was  found  in  the  lymphocytes 
but  not  in  the  incubation  medium.  When  [ 2, 3-^H] -putrescine  was  added  to  the 
incubation,  the  tritium  labeled  amine  remained  outside  the  lymphocytes  and 
was  not  metabolized.   These  results  indicated  that  putrescine  was  formed  with- 
in the  lymphocyte  and  that  it  did  not  readily  diffuse  across  the  cell  wall. 

Further  characterization  of  the  ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  in 
lymphocytes  showed  that  the  enzyme  was  not  inhibited  by  10~-3m  a-methyldopa, 
an  inhibitor  of  the  aromatic  ly-ami no  acid  decarboxylase,  but  was  inhibited, 
98%  and  78%  respectively,  by  10-3m  NSD  1055  and  10"%  a-hydrazinohistidine 
both  of  which  inhibit  pyridoxal  dependent  decarboxylases  such  as  histidine 
decarboxylase  and  the  aromatic  Lr-amino  acid  decarboxylase. 

2)  Studies  of  ornithine  decarboxylase  in  other  tissues.   In  kidney,  brain 
and  heart  homogenates,  a  major  part  (>  90%)  of  the  ornithine  decarboxylase 
activity,  as  measured  by  CO2  release,  was  associated  with  the  particulate 
fraction  which  was  separated  by  low  speed  centrifugation.   In  the  prostate, 
however,  60  to  70%  of  the  enzyme  activity  was  in  the  soluble  fraction. 

In  regenerating  rat  liver,  ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  increased  7  to 
13  fold  in  both  the  soluble  and  particulate  fraction.   When  enzyme  activity 
was  at  its  highest  level  (8  hours  after  partial  hepatectomy)  only  10%  of  the 
total  activity  was  in  the  soluble  fraction.   The  nature  of  the  soluble  and 
insoluble  enzyme  requires  further  study. 

3)  The  identity  of  histaminase  with  diaiaine  oxidase  in  rat  thymus  and 
other  organs.   Diamine  oxidase  has  been  isolated  and  purified  from  two  sources, 

2  /i3 


Serial  No.   NHLI-97 

pig  kidney  and  human  placenta,  and  has  been  shown  to  catalyze  the  deamination 
of  putrescine  as  well  as  histaminase.   However,  other  soluble  amine  oxidases, 
for  example,  soluble  plasma  amine  oxidase,  possess  histaminase  activity  and 
the  identity  of  the  histaminase  activity  in  rat  and  human  tissues,  as 
measured  by  the  tritium  release  assay,  was  established  by  the  following 
findings.   All  tissues  with  high  histaminase  activity,  including  rat  intestine, 
thymus,  adrenals,  plasma  after  heparin  injection  and  human  plasma  during  preg- 
nancy, medullary  thyroid  carcinoma,  possess  high  diamine  oxidase  activity.   The 
correlation  between  the  histaminase  and  the  diamine  oxidase  activities  were 
highly  significant.   In  each  tissue,  putrescine,  a  substrate  of  diamine  oxidase, 
competitively  inhibited  histamine  deamination,  and  histamine  inhibited 
putrescine  deamination.   Hence,  the  two  activities  appear  to  be  due  to  the 
same  enzyme. 

Significance:   Investigations  in  the  last  10  years  have  shown  that  the  thymus 
is  necessary  for  survival  and  development  of  the  immune  system.   The  role  of 
thymus  is  not  completely  understood.   A  number  of  studies  indicate  that  the 
thymus  lymphocytes  perform  essential  tasks  in  the  other  lymphoid  organs  of  the 
body.   Measurement  of  ornithine  decarboxylase  activity  or  the  labelling  of 
the  polyamine  pool  in  thymus  Ijonphocytes  may  provide  one  approach  in  the  study 
of  thymus  derived  lymphocytes  in  the  body.   The  polyamines  are  thought  to  be 
important  in  the  regulation  of  RNA  synthesis  and  the  finding  of  high  levels  of 
intracellular  ornithine  decarboxylase  in  thymus  lymphocytes  is  compatible  with 
this  role. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  The  role  of  polyamines  in  the  living  cell  will  be 
further  studied  using  the  thymus  lymphocyte  as  a  model.  Ornithine  decarboxyl- 
ase inhibitors  will  be  studied  in  respect  to  their  effect  on  RNA  synthesis  and 
cell  growth. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

1.  Beaven,  M.  A.  and  de  Jong,  W. :  Presence  of  histaminase  and 
ornithine  decarboxylase  activities  in  rat  thjnnus.  Biochem. 
Pharmacol.  22:  257-265,  1973. 


/S/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-98(c) 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Metabolism  of  Hydroxyproline  and  Collagen 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-191(c) 

Principal  Investigator:   Harry  R.  Keiser,M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   I.  Kelman  Cohen,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Charles  Vogel,  M.D. ,  Solid  Ttomor  Centre,  Uganda  Cancer 
Institute,  Kampala,  Uganda;  NCI 

William  B.  Looney,  M.D.,  Ph.D.,  Division  of  Radiobiology 
and  Biophysics,  University  of  Virginia,  Charlottesville, 
Va. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   1.  Study  of  collagen  metabolism  of  skin  in  normal  man,  healing 
wounds  and  certain  disease  states.   2.  Study  of  the  effects  of  various  agents 
on  wound  healing.   3.  Further  studies  of  protocollagen  proline  hydroxylase 
(PPH)  activity  as  a  diagnostic  test  for  and  an  index  of  therapeutic  effective- 
ness in  patients  and  animals  with  hepatocellular  carcinoma. 

Methods :   PPH  activity  in  tissues  is  a  good  index  of  the  rate  of  collagen 
synthesis.   PPH  activity  is  measured  in  minced  tissue  by  determining  the 
tritium  released  during  hydroxylation  from  a  biologically  prepared  ^H-proline 
labelled  substrate.   With  only  minor  modification  we  have  utilized  the  same 
method  to  measure  PPH  activity  in  blood,   Collagenase  activity  in  media 
around  cultured  explants  of  tissue  is  a  good  index  of  collagen  degradation. 
This  activity  is  quantitated  by  measuring  the  ^H-labelled  fragments  released 
by  collagenolytic  splitting  off  of  small  fragments  from  a  reconstituted  gel 
of  biologically  prepared  radioactively  labelled  collagen  fibrils.   Previous 
reports  detail  the  establishment,  testing  and  validation  of  these  methods  in 
our  laboratory. 

Major  Findings:   We  have  shown  previously  that  collagen  synthesis  as  measured 
by  PPH  activity  and  collagen  degradation  as  measured  by  collagenolytic  activity 
are  markedly  increased  in  both  keloid  and  hypertrophic  scars.   Since  both 
lesions  are  characterized  by  excessive  scar  formation  it  is  apparent  that  the 
increase  in  collagen  synthesis  is  greater  than  the  increase  in  degradation. 
One  form  of  therapy  has  been  injection  of  a  corticosteroid  directly  into  the 
lesion.   We  chose  5  patients  with  bilateral  earlobe  keloids  and  3  patients 
with  large  hypertrophic  scars.   One  earlobe  keloid  or  one  end  of  the 

1  isr 


Serial  No.   NHLI-98(c) 

hypertrophic  scar  in  each  patient  was  injected  with  1  to  2  ml  of  triamcinolone 
(40  mg/ml)  every  A  to  6  weeks.   The  opposite  earlobe  keloid  or  the  other  end 
of  hypertrophic  scar  was  injected  with  an  equal  amount  of  vehicle.   When  the 
lesions  became  smaller  or  softer  they  were  excised  or  biopsied.   The  PPH 
activity  in  5  untreated  keloids,  3685  +  642  dpm/mg  dry  wt/hr  (mean  +  SEM) ,  and 

3  hypertrophic  scars,  2373  +  983,  was  significantly  (p  <  0.01)  higher  than 
that  of  6  normal  scars,  659  +  233,  and  7  biopsies  of  normal  skin,  450  +  119. 
The  PPH  activity  in  treated  keloids,  4589  +  2281,  appeared  higher  than  that 
in  untreated  keloids  but  not  significantly  so.   The  PPH  activity  in  treated 
hypertrophic  scars,  1477  +  935,  appeared  lower  than  that  in  untreated  hyper- 
trophic scars,  but  not  significantly  so.   Thus,  while  corticosteroids  produced 
a  reduction  in  the  size  of  the  lesions  there  was  no  significant  decrease  in 
the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis. 

Scleroderma  is  a  disease  which,  during  its  early  phases,  is  characterized 
by  increased  collagen  deposition  in  the  skin.   We  have  shown  previously  that 
the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  in  this  disease  is  increased.   In  this  study 
we  measured  both  PPH  activity  and  collagenase  activity  in  skin  biopsies  from 
6  patients  with  scleroderma  and  6  patients  of  the  same  ages  with  other  diseases 
but  no  apparent  skin  abnormalities.   The  PPH  activity  in  the  skin  of  the 
patients  with  scleroderma,  410  +  18  dpm/mg/hr  (mean  +  SEM)  was  significantly 
(p  <  0.001)  higher  than  that  of  controls,  233  +  25.   The  collagenase  activity 
in  the  skin  of  patients  with  scleroderma,  215  +  39  cpm/10  mg  dry  wt  tissue/ 

4  hr  incubation  (mean  +  SEM),  was  significantly  (p  <  0.01)  lower  than  that  of 
controls,  392  +  32.   Thus  in  scleroderma  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  is 
markedly  increased  at  the  same  time  the  rate  of  collagen  degradation  is 
significantly  decreased. 

We  have  shown  previously  that  the  liver  is  the  major  source  of  PPH  activity 
in  serum  and  that  a  high  level  of  serum  PPH  activity  in  man  is  a  good  diagnostic 
test  for  hepatocellular  carcinoma.   However,  we  could  only  theorize  that  the 
high  levels  of  serum  PPH  activity  in  patients  with  hepatocellular  carcinoma 
were  due  to  a  very  rapid  turnover  of  cells  in  this  rapidly  fatal  tumor.   There- 
fore, we  measured  PPH  activity  in  tumors  from  6  groups  of  rats,  9  animals  per 
group,  each  group  with  a  different  strain  of  hepatocellular  carcinoma.   The 
results  were  as  follows: 

Tumor 
Tumor  Strain  Doubling  Time  (days)*  Tumor  PPH  (dpm/mg/hr) 

3924A  4.35  2251  +  160 

5123TC  5.03  1092  +  156 

7800  6.07  1088  +  197 

9121  7.96  1288  +  99 

9633  17.46  469  +  52 

16  24.46  758  +  124 

*Doubling  time  determined  by  measurement  of  thymidine  turnover  in  vivo. 

It  is  apparent  that  there  is  an  inverse  correlation  between  doubling  time  and 
tumor  PPH  activity. 

2  /U 


Serial  No.   NHLI-98(c) 


Significance;   In  keloids  and  hypertrophic  scars  the  rates  of  collagen  syn- 
thesis and  degradation  are  both  increased.   Since  both  lesions  are 
characterized  by  excessive  collagen  the  S3mthetic  process  overbalances  degrada- 
tion.  Systemic  corticosteroids  have  been  shown  to  decrease  collagen  synthesis 
in  normal  wounds.   When  corticosteroids  are  injected  into  keloids  and  hyper- 
trophic scars  both  lesions  get  smaller  and  softer.   Our  data  would  indicate 
that  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  in  these  lesions  remains  high  despite  the 
corticosteroids.   This  suggests  that  the  steroids  are  producing  their 
therapeutic  effect  by  stimulation  of  collagen  degradation.   The  activation  of 
collagenase  by  steroids  has  been  suggested  previously  by  J.  Houck.   The  data 
also  suggest  that  collagen  synthesis  in  these  lesions  is  not  as  sensitive  to 
control  as  it  is  in  a  normal  wound. 

We  have  shown  previously  that  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis  in  the  skin 
of  patients  with  scleroderma  is  increased  over  that  of  controls.   Now  we  show 
that  the  collagenase  activity  in  this  skin  is  significantly  reduced  from  that 
of  controls.   Thus,  collagen  synthesis  is  increased  while  degradation  is  de- 
creased.  This  combination  of  events  explains  more  readily  the  rapid  accumula- 
tion of  collagen  noted  in  this  disease  and  provides  2  possible  therapeutic 
points  of  attack. 

The  finding  that  the  PPH  activity  in  various  strains  of  hepatocellular 
carcinomas  in  rats  varies  inversely  with  the  doubling  time  or  rate  of  growth 
of  the  tumor  supports  our  hypothesis  that  the  high  levels  of  PPH  activity  in 
the  serum  of  patients  with  hepatocellular  carcinoma  are  due  to  the  rapid  turn- 
over of  liver  cells  in  this  tumor.   This  suggests  that  following  serum  levels 
of  PPH  activity  in  patients  with  this  tumor  may  be  a  useful  index  of  chemo- 
therapeutic  effectiveness. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   1.   Studies  of  keloids  and  hypertrophic  scars  have 
ended  since  Dr.  Cohen,  our  plastic  surgeon,  has  left.   2.   Further  information 
on  levels  of  PPH  activity  in  patients  with  hepatocellular  carcinoma  receiving 
chemotherapy  have  stopped  since  research  activities  and  our  source  of  specimens 
were  stopped  by  political  unrest  in  Uganda.   3.   We  plan  to  study  the  effects 
of  certain  anti-cancer  drugs  on  the  levels  of  PPH  in  rat  hepatocellular  carci- 
nomas as  a  further  means  of  evaluating  the  effectiveness  of  these  agents . 
4.   Studies  of  collagen  metabolism  in  blood  vessels  of  normal  and  hypertensive 
man  and  animals. 

Honors  and  Awards;   None 

Publications; 

Reiser,  H.R. ,  Vogel,  C.L. ,  and  Sadikali,  F. ;  Protocollagen 
proline  hydroxylase  in  sera  of  Ugandans  with  hepatocellular 
carcinoma.   J.  Nat.  Cancer  Inst.  49;  1251-1255,  1972. 


/?7 


Serial  No.  NHLI-99(c) 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  the  Interrelationships  Between  the  Renin-Angiotensin 
System,  Urinary  and  Plasma  Kallikrein  and  Prostaglandins  in 
Normal  Volunteers  and  Hypertensive  Patients 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Perry  V.  Halushka,  Ph.D.,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

R.  Wayne  Alexander,  Ph.D.,  M.D. 
Harry  S.  Margolius,  Ph.D.,  M.D. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  role  of  the  renin-angiotensin  in  soditrai  homeostasis  has  been 
extensively  studied  in  normal  volunteers  and  patients  with  various  forms  of 
hypertension.   The  purpose  of  this  study  was  to  investigate  the  interrelation- 
ships between  the  renin-angiotensin  system,  plasma  prostaglandins  and  urinary 
and  plasma  kallikrein  in  normal  volunteers  and  hypertensive  patients  during 
changes  in  sodium  intake. 

Until  recently  the  only  methods  available  to  measure  the  activity  of  the 
renin-angiotensin  system  were  bioassay  procedures  which  were  unreliable  and 
tedious.   In  1969  (J.  Clin.  Endocr.  29,  1349,  1969)  a  radioimmunoassay  procedure 
was  developed  to  measure  the  activity  of  the  renin-angiotensin  system  and  this 
new  procedure  proved  to  be  more  reliable  and  expeditious  than  bioassay  pro- 
cedures. 

Methods:   The  previous  radioimmunoassay  procedures  were  modified  to  produce  a 
decrease  in  the  variability  and  also  to  increase  the  number  of  unknown  samples 
which  could  be  processed  at  one  time. 

The  pH  of  plasma  samples  was  adjusted  to  6  just  prior  to  a  standard  incu- 
bation at  37°.   By  incubating  the  samples  at  the  pH  optimum  of  plasma  renin  the 
amount  of  angiotensin  I  generated  was  increased  per  unit  time  and  the  incubation 
time  could  be  reduced  to  one  hour.   This  helped  to  insure  linear  generation  of 
angiotensin  I  during  the  incubation  without  the  addition  of  excess  renin  sub- 
strate.  The  addition  of  this  step  also  markedly  decreased  the  interassay 
variability. 

Another  important  modification  was  the  addition  of  deangiotensinized  plasma 
to  the  blank  and  standard  tubes.   This  decreased  the  blank  readings  and  also 
made  the  standard  tubes  more  representative  of  the  unknown  tubes.   The  potency 
estimates  for  the  unknown  samples  were  obtained  using  a  computer  program 

1  /92 


Serial  No.   NHLI-99(c) 


("Competitive  Protein  Binding  Assays",  O'Dell  and  Daughaday,  Chapter  8). 
The  quality  control  sample  had  a  mean  value  +  S.E.M.  of  2.49  +  0.13  ng/ml/hr 
after  29  determinations. 

Patients  and  normal  volunteers  were  placed  on  a  series  of  diets  contain- 
ing 109  meq  Na  for  1  week,  then  9  meq  Na'^  for  1  week,  and  finally  259  meq 
Na'^  for  1  week.   Each  diet  contained  100  meq  id".   At  the  end  of  each  dietary 
period  a  supine  and  standing  (4  hr)  blood  sample  was  taken  for  PRA,  plasma 
kallikrein  and  plasma  prostaglandins. 

Major  Findings;   Plasma  renin  activity  in  normal  volunteers  and  patients  with 
essential  hypertension. 

109  meq  Na"*"       9  meg  Na"^     259  meq  Na 

Normal  Volunteers  Supine     1.39  (0.1-5.8)*   4.6  (1.5-8.3)   0.71  (0-2.5) 
(n=8)  Standing   4.7   (2.1-10.9)   16.2  (11.1-23)   3.0   (0.2-8.4) 

Essential         Supine     3.2   (0.43-6.3)    7.2  (0.48-19.8)  0.74  (0-2.5) 
Hypertension       Standing   7.3   (1.6-19.5)   15.1  (0.97-30)   2.4   (0.43-5.0) 
(n=8) 

*mean  (range)  in  ng/ml/hr 

Our  values  of  PRA  for  the  normal  volunteers  and  patients  with  essential 
hypertension  on  9  meq  and  109  meq  Na  diets  are  similar  to  what  has  been  re- 
ported by  another  group  (J.  Lab.  Clin.  Med  77^:  1025,  1971)  using  a  similar 
assay  procedure.   PRA  values  for  subjects  on  a  259  meq  Na"'"/100  meq  KT*"  are  not 
available  from  the  literature.  Measurements  of  plasma  and  urine  kallikrein 
have  been  completed  in  most  of  these  normals  and  patients  and  are  reported 
in  the  annual  report  by  Margolius  et  al.   Plasma  prostaglandin  levels  are 
being  measured  as  indicated  in  an  annual  report  by  Alexander  et  al.   Correla- 
tions and  interrelationships  between  these  three  systems  will  be  made  as  soon 
as  all  individual  values  are  determined. 

Significance;   It  is  apparent  that  the  regulation  of  blood  pressure  is  due  to 
a  fine  balance  between  the  renin-angiotensin-aldosterone,  kallikrein-kinin , 
and  prostaglandin  systems.  All  previous  studies  have  been  directed  at  only 
one  aspect  of  this  problem.  We  can  now  study  the  role  and  interrelationships 
of  these  systems  in  normals  and  hypertensive  subjects  and  understand  both 
normal  physiologic  and  pathologic  mechanisms.   This  should  lead  to  more 
effective  therapy  for  hypertension. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Further  studies  are  planned  using  antihyperten- 
sive agents,  drugs  which  block  the  synthesis  or  action  of  prostaglandins  and 
drugs  which  block  the  actions  of  angiotensin  II.   The  present  study  is  also 
being  continued  to  identify  and  characterize  important  subgroups  of  hyper- 
tensive patients  such  as  those  with  low  plasma  renin  activity. 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications:   None 

2  /Sf 


Serial  No.       NHLI-100 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  Tolbutamide  on  Plasma  Renin  Activity  (P.R.A.) 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Perry  V.  Halushka,  Ph.D.,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Recent  studies  (Diabetes  19:(suppl  2)  747,  1970)  have  provided 
evidence  that  the  use  of  tolbutamide  or  phenformin  for  the  treatment  of  adult- 
onset  diabetes  mellitus  is  associated  with  an  increased  cardiovascular  morbidity 
and  mortality  when  compared  to  the  placebo  or  insulin  treated  groups. 

Other  studies  (N.E.J.M.  286,  44,  1972)  have  purported  to  show  an  increased 
cardiovascular  morbidity  and  mortality  in  patients  with  essential  hypertension 
and  an  increased  PRA. 

This  project  was  initiated  to  ascertain  whether  or  not  tolbutamide  could 
increase  PRA. 

Methods:   Plasma  renin  activity  (P.R.A.)  was  measured  using  a  radioimmunoassay 
as  described  in  another  annual  report. 

Dogs  were  anesthetized  with  pentobarbital,  30  mg/kg  I.V.,  and  a  catheter 
was  placed  in  the  femoral  artery  for  monitoring  systemic  arterial  pressure. 
The  left  renal  artery  and  vein  were  cannulated  for  infusing  tolbutamide  and 
sampling  renal  venous  blood  respectively.   Tolbutamide  was  infused  in  doses 
of  2  mg/kg,  4  mg/kg  and  8  mg/kg  into  the  renal  artery,  each  over  a  30  minute 
period  and  at  the  end  of  each  period  a  renal  venous  sample  was  taken  for  deter- 
mination of  PRA. 

Major  Findings:   Plasma  renin  activity  was  elevated  above  control  levels  in  3 
of  5  dogs  at  the  2  mg/kgm  and  8  mg/kgm  doses  and  in  4  of  5  dogs  at  the  4  mg/kgm 
dose.   However,  the  mean  PRA  for  each  dose  was  not  statistically  different  from 
that  of  the  control  period. 

The  effects  of  tolbutamide  may  have  been  partially  obscured  by  the  fact 
that  the  PRA  had  already  been  markedly  stimulated  by  pentobarbital  anesthesia. 


l9o 


Serial  No.    NHLI-100 


Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  question  about 
the  effect  of  oral  hypoglycemic  agents  on  PRA  remains  unanswered.   There  appears 
to  be  an  effect  but  It  Is  not  a  very  large  effect.   Further  studies  along  this 
line  would  require  large  numbers  of  animals  and  are  not  warranted. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   A  protocol  has  been  approved  to  study  the  effects 
on  PRA  of  intravenous  Infusions  of  tolbutamide  (1  gm)  in  diabetic  patients  and 
normal  volunteers.   Another  protocol  has  been  approved  for  the  study  of  the 
effect  of  chronic  oral  administration  of  tolbutamide  on  PRA  in  diabetic  patients. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


f9/ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-lOl(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Urinary  and  Plasma  Kallikrein 

Previous  Serial  Numbers:   NHLI-79(c),  194(c),  207 

Principal  Investigator:   Harry  S.  Margolius,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   David  Horwitz,  M.D.,  Ronald  G.  Geller,  Ph.D., 

R.  Wayne  Alexander,  M.D. .Ph.D.,  John  R.  Gill,  M.D. , 
John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D.,  Jack  V.  Pierce,  Ph.D., 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 


Cooperating  Units:  1-  Ronald  Brown,  M.D. 

2.  Stephen  Zinner,  M.D. 
Edward  Kass,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

3.  Hans  Brunner,  M.D. 
John  Laragh,  M.D. 

4.  Drori  Ben-Ishay,  M.D. 


Department  of  Medicine 
Vanderbilt  University 
Department  of  Medicine 
Harvard  University 
Department  of  Medicine 
Columbia  University 
Department  of  Medicine 
Hadassah  Medical  School 
Jerusalem 


Project  Description: 

Objectives:   To  study  the  role  of  the  kallikrein-kinin  system  in  normal  and 
hypertensive  humans  and  animals. 

Methods:   Humans.   Urinary  kallikrein  excretion  was  measured  with  a  previously 
described  radiochemical  assay  (NHLI  79c) .   Plasma  kallikrein  activity  was 
measured  with  a  modification  of  that  procedure  developed  by  Pisano  et  al. 

Urinary  and  plasma  kallikrein  were  measured  in  normal  subjects,  patients 
with  essential  hypertension  or  primary  aldosteronism  during  different  salt 
intakes.   The  effects  of  drugs  and  acute  saline  or  acute  water  loading  on 
kallikrein  excretion  were  determined. 

Urinary  kallikrein  excretion  from  each  kidney  was  measured  in  patients 
with  renovascular  hypertension.   Urinary  levels  were  determined  in  children 
from  families  with  and  without  hypertensive  histories  and  in  patients  with 
essential  hypertension  categorized  according  to  plasma  renin  levels. 

Rats.   The  effects  of  altered  sodium  intake,  desoxycorticosterone  or 
adrenalectomy  on  urinary  kallikrein  excretion  were  measured  in  normal,  spon- 
taneously hypertensive,  and  the  "salt-sensitive"  versus  "salt-resistant" 


199- 


Serial  No.  NHLI-lOl(c) 

strains  of  rats  developed  by  Dahl. 

Major  Findings;  Humans.   1)  Urinary  kallikrein  excretion  is  significantly 
increased  (p  <  0.001)  during  9  meq  Na  intake  and  falls  to  control  levels 
during  259  meq  Na  intake  in  normal  subjects  (ad  lib  Na  =  11.6  +  1.0  EU/24  hr, 
9  meq  Na  =  33.0  +  2.5  EU/24  hr,  259  meq  Na  =  11.2  +  0.8  EU/24  hr) .   Kallikrein 
excretion  in  essential  hypertensives  is  significantly  lower  than  in  normals 
and  increases  less  during  9  meq  Na  intake  (ad  lib  Na  -  5.0  +  0.8  EU/24  hr, 
9  meq  Na  =  9.4  +1.8  EU/24  hr,  259  meq  Na  =  5.1  +  0.9  EU/24  hr) .   Kallikrein 
excretion  in  9  patients  with  primary  aldosteronism  is  elevated  and  unrespon- 
sive to  changes  in  Na  intake  (9  meq  Na  =  22.2  +  3.3  EU/24  hr,  259  meq  Na  = 
26.4  +3.6  EU/24  hr) .   Fludrocortisone  increased  kallikrein  excretion  in  each 
of  6  subjects  from  9.6  +  2.8  EU/24  hr  to  21.4  +  4.6  EU/24  hr  (p  <  0.025). 
Spironolactone  decreased  kallikrein  excretion  in  primary  aldosteronism  and 
in  normals  on  9  meq  Na  intake.   The  data  show  that  urinary  kallikrein 
excretion  is  a  new  diagnostic  tool  for  detecting  hyperaldosteronism  in  patients 
with  hypertension. 

2)  Contrary  to  previous  reports,  neither  acute  water  nor  saline  loading 
altered  urinary  kallikrein  excretion  in  any  of  11  normal  volunteers. 

3)  Although  all  data  is  not  yet  evaluated,  there  appears  to  be  a  difference 
in  the  amount  of  kallikrein  excreted  by  the  compromised  vs^  the  normal  kidney 
in  25  patients  with  unilateral  renovascular  disease,  with  the  contralateral 
normal  kidney  excreting  very  little,  if  any,  kallikrein. 

4)  Studies  in  396  children  from  75  families  have  so  far  shown  a  highly 
significant  familial  aggregation  of  kallikrein  excretion  (p  <  0.001).   The 
data  are  being  evaluated  to  determine  if  urinary  kallikrein  excretion  in 
children  is  correlated  in  any  way  with  their  blood  pressure  (Zinner  et^  al. , 
New  Eng.  J.  Med.  284:  401,  1971). 

5)  Kallikrein  excretion  was  measured  in  the  coded  urines  of  60  patients 
with  essential  hypertension  and  with  low,  normal  or  high  plasma  renin  activity. 
The  data  has  not  been  decoded  at  this  time. 

6)  Plasma  kallikrein  levels  for  19  normals  averaged  2678  +  144  (Mean  +  SEM) 
dpm/30  min  incubation  (range  1539  to  3588) .   This  was  significantly  lower 

(p  <  0.001)  than  that  for  34  hypertensives  where  levels  were  3356  +  122 
(range  1349  to  4999) .   Kallikrein  levels  were  constant  in  the  same  individual 
over  several  weeks.   No  significant  difference  in  plasma  kallikrein  was  noted 
between  supine  and  standing  values  or  with  alterations  in  dietary  sodium. 

Rats.   In  normal  rats,  low  sodixim  intake  or  desoxycorticosterone  administra- 
tion increased  kallikrein  excretion  2  to  3-fold  after  10  days  to  2  weeks  thus 
confirming  the  findings  in  normal  human  subjects.   Bilateral  adrenalectomy 
significantly  decreased  kallikrein  excretion  (p  <  0.01).   In  contrast, 
spontaneously  hypertensive  rats  show  a  decrease  in  kallikrein  excretion  with 
low  Na  intake  and  an  increase  with  high  Na  intake. 


/93 


Serial  No.  NHLI-lOl(c) 


Although  not  yet  completed,  there  is  a  significant  difference  in  urinary 
kallikrein  excretion  in  the  "salt-sensitive"  compared  with  the  "salt- 
resistant"  rats. 

Significance:   The  above  data,  taken  collectively,  provide  further  strong 
support  for  the  hypothesis  that  the  kallikrein-kinin  system  is  actively 
involved  in  hypertensive  disease,  mineralocorticoid  effects  and  sodium 
homeostasis.   Our  studies  show  that  urinary  kallikrein  excretion  is  controlled 
by  endogenous  aldosterone  levels  in  rats  and  humans.   Measurement  of  urinary 
kallikrein  excretion  is  an  important  new  tool  in  screening  for  hyperaldo- 
steronism  in  hypertensive  subjects. 

Our  data  indicate  that  the  kallikrein-kinin  and  renin-angiotensin  systems 
are  interdigitated.   Kallikrein  and  renin  are  both  present  in  the  kidney. 
Angiotensin  is  vasoconstrictor  and  anti-natriuretic.   The  enzyme  in  lung  which 
produces  angiotensin  II  ("converting  enzyme")  is  now  known  to  be  identical  to 
the  enzyme  which  destroys  kinins  in  lung  (bradykininase  II).   Therefore,  it 
is  possible  that  understanding  the  relationships  between  the  kallikrein-kinin 
system  and  renin-angiotensin-aldosterone-axis  will  be  of  fundamental  impor- 
tance in  the  pathophysiology  and  perhaps,  etiology,  of  different  hypertensive 
disease  states. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   1.   Study  the  effects  of  drugs  especially  anti- 
hypertensive therapy  on  the  kallikrein-kinin  system  in  normal  and  hypertensive 
man.   2.   Localize  kallikrein  within  the  kidney.   3.   Determine  more  precisely 
the  relationships  between  renin-angiotensin  levels  and  kallikrein-kinin  levels. 
4.   Determine  if  other  factors  (renal  vascular  resistance,  intravascular 
volume,  prostaglandins,  etc.)  can  be  related  to  kallikrein-kinin  system 
activity  in  urine,  renal  tissue,  and  blood. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications: 

1.  Margolius,  H.S.,  Geller,  R.G.,  de  Jong,  W. ,  Pisano,  J.J.,  and 
Sjoerdsma,  A.:  Urinary  kallikrein  excretion  in  hypertension. 
Circulation  Res.  Suppl.  II  31:  125-131,  1972. 

2.  Geller,  R.G.,  Margolius,  H.S.,  Pisano,  J.J.,  and  Keiser,  H.R. : 
Effects  of  mineralocorticoids,  altered  sodium  intake,  and 
adrenalectomy  on  urinary  kallikrein  in  rats.   Circulation 
Res.  31:  857-861,  1972. 


(H 


Serial  No.       NHLI-102 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Studies  on  Renal  Catecholamine  Synthesis 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Osamu  limura,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Harry  R.  Reiser,  M.D. 
Hirohiko  Yamabe,  M.D. 
Walter  M.  Lovenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  A  role  for  dopamine  (DA)  in  sodium  homeostasis  of  the  kidney  has 
recently  been  suggested  by  several  investigators.   DA  and  norepinephrine  (NE) 
synthesis  from  l^C-tyrosine  has  been  studied  in  the  kidney  of  rats  under  the 
following  experimental  conditions:   denervation  of  the  kidney,  salt  loading, 
salt  restriction,  stressful  stimuli  and  experimental  high  blood  pressure. 

Methods:   l^C-tyrosine,  50  yCi  in  total,  was  injected  i.p.  at  two  hour  intervals 
and  rats  were  sacrificed  2  hours  after  the  last  injection.   Radioactivity  in 
tyrosine,  dopa,  DA  and  NE  was  measured  following  separation  on  columns  of  Dowex 
50  and  alumina. 

Major  Findings:  Under  the  experimental  conditions  described  above  about  400 
dpm/gm  kidney  were  found  in  the  DA  fraction  and  about  200  dpm/gm  in  the  NE  frac- 
tion.  The  NE  synthesis  rate  is  consistent  with  data  obtained  in  other  tissues 
and  experiments.   The  incorporation  into  DA  however  was  much  larger  than  antici- 
pated based  on  known  total  DA  content  and  specific  activity  of  the  tyrosine  in 
servim.   While  it  is  possible  that  the  incorporation  may  be  in  a  small  rapidly 
turning  over  pool,  it  is  possible  that  the  DA  fraction  is  contaminated  with 
another  metabolite  of  tyrosine  and  therefore  DA  incorporation  rates  must  be 
considered  tentative. 

The  effects  of  the  various  physiologic  maneuvers  on  catecholamine  synthesis 
are  as  follows: 

1)  Denervation  of  the  kidney:   In  each  animal,  the  left  kidney  was  denervated 
and  the  right  kidney  was  left  intact.   ^^C-NE  was  lower  in  the  denervated  kidney 
but  similar  incorporation  of  ^^C-tyrosine  into  l^C-DA  was  noted  in  both  kidneys. 

2)  Salt  loading  and  restriction  (15  days) :   Salt  loaded  rats  showed  lower 


Serial  No.    NHLI-102 


C-DA  and  ^^C-NE  in  the  kidney  compared  with  salt  restricted  rats  or  control 
rats  under  normal  diet. 

3)  Cold  and  immobilization  stress:   Immobilization  stress  increased  ■'^^C-NE 
synthesis  and  cold  stress  increased  apparent  ■'-^C-DA  synthesis. 

4)  Spontaneous  hypertension:  Adult  spontaneously  hypertensive  rats  (SHR) 
showed  significantly  lower  l^C-NE  than  that  of  Wistar/NIH  (W/N)  but  similar  to 
Wistar/Kyoto  (W/K) .   l^C-DA  in  SHR  and  W/N  were  higher  than  that  in  W/K. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   Since  catecholamines 
have  been  postulated  to  play  a  role  in  Na+  homeostasis  it  is  of  significance 
that  salt  loading  changes  DA  and  NE  synthesis  in  the  kidney.   Denervation  of 
the  kidney  as  expected  reduces  NE  synthesis,  but  does  not  seem  to  affect  DA 
synthesis,  suggesting  a  possible  extraneuronal  source  of  dopamine.   It  should 
be  noted  that  aromatic  _L  amino  acid  decarboxylase,  the  enzyme  that  catalyzes 
the  synthesis  of  DA  is  largely  an  extraneuronal  enzyme  in  the  kidney. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   When  all  of  the  data  has  been  analyzed  the  project 
will  be  terminated. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   None 


m 


Serial  No.     NHLI-103 


1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Experimental  Medicine 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Acute  Effects  of  Alphamethyldopa  on  Plasma  Renin  Activity 

Principal  Investigator:   Perry  V.  Halushka,  Ph.D. ,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Alphamethyldopa  (Aldometv-/)  has  been  shown  to  exert  its  anti- 
hypertensive effect  primarily  through  the  central  nervous  system  (J.  Pharm. 
Pharmac.  20:409,  1968).   Chronic  oral  treatment  with  alphamethyldopa  (200  mg/ 
kg/day)  in  dogs  has  reportedly  produced  a  significant  lowering  of  plasma  renin 
activity  (PRA) .   The  purpose  of  this  project  was  to  determine  if  the  lowering 
of  plasma  renin  activity  was  mediated  through  the  central  nervous  system. 

Methods;   PRA  was  measured  using  a  radioimmunoassay  as  described  in  another 
annual  report. 

Dogs  were  anesthetized  with  pentobarbital  (30  mg/kg)  Intravenously  and 
then  given  a  continuous  maintenance  dose  of  6  mg/kg/hr  intravenously.   Systemic 
arterial  blood  pressure  was  measured  continuously  from  the  femoral  artery  and 
blood  samples  for  PRA  were  taken  from  the  external  jugular  vein.   The  left 
vertebral  artery  was  exposed  at  the  angle  of  the  neck  and  clavicle  and  cannu- 
lated.  Normal  saline  was  infused  into  it  at  a  rate  of  0.5  ml/min  for  1  hour 
during  which  control  blood  samples  were  taken  for  plasma  renin  activity. 
Alphamethyldopa  (20  mg/kg)  dissolved  in  saline  was  Infused  into  the  vertebral 
artery  of  4  dogs  over  a  period  of  approximately  one  hour.  Another  group  of 
four  dogs  was  prepared  in  a  similar  fashion  but  instead  of  alphamethyldopa 
received  the  vehicle,  (normal  saline  adjusted  to  pH  4.5).  A  third  group  (4 
dogs)  received  alphamethyldopa  (20  mg/kg)  intravenously. 

Major  Findings;   Preliminary  studies  using  the  soluble  ethylester  of  alphamethyl- 
dopa produced  inconsistent  results. 

Within  60  minutes  after  the  start  of  the  infusion  of  alphamethyldopa  into 
the  vertebral  artery  mean  PRA  decreased  from  a  control  value  of  32.5+4.0  ng/ml/hr 
(mean+S.E.M. )  to  12.2+4.4  (p<0.01).   PRA  remained  significantly  depressed  for 
3  hrs  before  returning  to  control  levels  by  the  fourth  or  fifth  hour.   The  mean 
arterial  blood  pressure  was  significantly  lowered  from  control  levels  of  123.5+ 
0.9  mm  Hg  (mean+S.E.M.)  to  107.5+4.4  within  1-1/2  hours  after  the  start  of  the 
alphamethyldopa  and  remained  significantly  lowered  until  the  experiment  was 
terminated  5  hours  later. 

1  197 


Serial  No.   NHLI-103 


Alphamethyldopa  administered  intravenously  significantly  lowered  PRA  within 
30  minutes  from  a  control  level  of  23.4+3.4  ng/ml/hr  (mean+S. E.M, )  and  reached 
the  lowest  level  of  activity  in  1-1/2  hours  (7.3+2.6)  (p<.01)  and  remained 
suppressed,  returning  to  control  levels  at  3  hours.   The  mean  arterial  blood 
pressure  fell  within  30  min  from  a  control  level  of  141.9+3.1  mm  Hg  and  remained 
significantly  decreased  for  1-1/2  hours  (121.3+6.0  mm  Hg)  (p<.05).   Thereafter, 
although  the  blood  pressure  never  returned  to  the  control  values  it  was  not 
statistically  significantly  different  from  the  control  values. 

In  the  dogs  that  received  only  saline  the  PRA  (control  36.5+10.8  mg/ml/hr) 
and  the  mean  arterial  blood  pressure  (control  151.9+3.1  mm  Hg)  did  not  change 
significantly  throughout  the  study. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Unfortunately,  the 
results  of  these  studies  do  not  help  to  localize  the  site  of  action  of  alpha- 
methyldopa' s  effect  on  PRA. 

Thus,  the  important  question  still  remains  as  to  where  centrally  acting 
anti-hypertensive  drugs  produce  their  PRA  lowering  effect,  centrally  or  peri- 
pherally. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Further  studies  are  going  to  be  carried  out  in  an- 
imals to  elucidate  the  mechanism  of  the  suppression  of  PRA  by  alphamethyldopa. 
Experiments  are  just  beginning  in  dogs  which  have  had  acute  unilateral  nephrec- 
tomy and  denervation  of  the  contra-lateral  kidney  to  determine  if  the  suppressive 
effect  of  alphamethyldopa  on  PRA  is  mediated  through  the  central  nervous  system. 

Additional  studies  are  planned  to  study  the  mechanism  of  the  lowering  of 
PRA  by  other  centrally  active  antihypertensive  agents. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


/f« 


Serial  No.     NHLI-104(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Neuroendocrinology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIII 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effects  of  Steroid,  Thyroid  and  Protein  Hormones,  Electrolytes 
and  Psychodelic  Agents  on  Neural  and  Sensory  Function. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI  218  (c) 

Principal  Investigator:  Robert  I.  Henkin,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:  N.  Prakash,  Ph.D. 

J.  Fontana,  Ph.D. 

M.  Buchsbaum,  M.D. 

D.  Gilbert,  Ph.D. 

J.  Gillin,  M.D. 

F.  Catalanotto,  D.D.S. 

Cooperating  Units:  National  Institute  of  Mental  Health,  National  Institute  of 
Neurological  Diseases  and  Stroke,  Bethesda,  Maryland; 
Harvard  School  of  Dental  Medicine,  Boston,  Massachusetts. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives :  To  investigate  systematically  the  interrelationships  between 
steroid  hormones,  protein  hormones,  electrolytes  and  psychodelic  agents  on 
neural  and  sensory  function  with  respect  to  the  manner  by  which  sensory  signals 
are  detected  and  integrated  by  the  sensory  receptor,  neuraxon  and  brain. 

Q 

Major  Findings:   1.   Effects  of  lysergic  acid  diethylamide  (LSD-25)  and  A 
tetrahydrocannibol  (marihuana)  on  neural  conduction  in  squid  giant  axon. 
In  an  effort  to  evaluate  the  action  of  the  hallucinogens  LSD-25  and  marihuana 
on  neural  conduction  the  effects  of  these  drugs  on  the  basic  ionic  events  which 
give  rise  to  the  neuraxon  potential  in  squid  giant  axon  were  investigated.  Ad- 
ministration of  either  of  these  hallucinogens  in  high  concentrations  did  not 
alter  the  basic  ionic  events  which  give  rise  to  the  action  potential.  However, 
administration  of  amounts  of  LSD-25  smaller  than  those  which  were  ineffective 
in  altering  Na*  or  K*  currents  to  the  intact  squid  produced  inhibition  in  several 
behavorial  parameters  including  touch  and  spontaneous  swimming.  These  results 
suggest  that  LSD-25  is  effective  in  altering  some  aspects  of  neural  activity 
in  the  squid  but  it  is  ineffective  in  altering  the  Na*  or  K*  currents  of  the 
action  potential.  The  apparent  locus  for  the  major  effects  of  these  drugs 
appears  to  be  at  the  synapse. 

2.   Neural  correlates  of  age,  sex  and  gonadal  hormones.   It  has  been 
previously  observed  that  the  amplitude  of  the  electroencephalogram  (EEC)  of 
women  is  much  larger  than  that  of  men.  This  suggested  to  us  that  there  could 

1  /ff 


Serial  No.   NHLI-104(c) 


be  hormonal  influences  upon  the  electrical  activity  of  the  brain.   In  an  effort 
to  evaluate  the  affects  of  sex  steroids  on  neural  function  visual  and  auditory 
average  evoked  responses  (AER)  were  studied  in  166  normal  males  and  females 
from  age  6  to  60  and  in  10  patients  with  chromatin  negative  gonadal  dysgenesis 
(45  XO) .   Females  of  all  ages  and  patients  with  45  XO  without  treatment  with 
gonadal  steroids  exhibited  larger  amplitude  AER  than  men.   No  correlation  be- 
tween cephalometric  roentgenographs  (i.e.,  measurement  of  thickness  of  the 
skull  bone  or  scalp  skin  thickness)  and  AER  amplitude  was  found  to  explain 
these  differences.   Younger  subjects  exhibited  larger  AER  amplitude  and  greater 
increases  in  amplitude  with  increasing  stimulus  intensity;  latencies  were  shorter 
and  increased  with  increasing  intensity  rather  than  decreasing  as  in  older 
subjects.   These  findings  suggest  that  levels  of  FSH,  LH  or  gonadal  steroids 
cannot  be  the  only  determinants  of  the  sex  differences  observed  in  the  electrical 
activity  of  the  brain.   From  the  data  on  patients  with  45  XO,  it  may  be  hy- 
pothesized that  a  marker  to  which  genetic  information  determining  female 
characteristics  may  be  related,  may  be  associated  with  the  female  AER  pattern. 

3.  Manual  and  oral  sensation  in  patients  with  taste  and  smell  loss  of 
several  etiologies.   Patients  with  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia  of  several  etiologies 
may  exhibit  other  perceptual  abnormalities  in  the  oral  cavity.  To  study  these 
possible  changes,  we  measured  manual  and  oral  stereognosis  in  patients  with 
hypogeusia  and  hyposmia  which  occurred  following  influenza  (n=53) ,  x-irradiation 
to  the  head  and  neck  (n=4)  ,  trauma  to  the  head  (n=5]  ,  and  subsequent  to  surgi- 
cal procedures  not  involving  the  head  and  neck  (n=3) .  The  control  group  con- 
sisted of  50  adult  normal  volunteers.  Mean  scores  and  times  of  the  patients 
groups  for  the  20  NIH  forms  used  were  compared  to  the  control  means. 

Patients  who  developed  taste  and  smell  abnormalities  following  influenza 
or  x-irradiation  recognized  the  same  number  of  manual  forms  as  did  the  controls, 
but  took  significantly  longer  (p  <  .01)  to  do  so.  These  same  patients  recognized 
significantly  fewer  oral  forms  that  did  the  controls  (p  <  .01)  while  patients 
who  developed  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia  following  trauma  or  after  surgery  recog- 
nized approximately  the  same  number  of  forms  as  controls.   Patients  with  taste 
and  smell  abnormalities  of  any  etiology  took  about  twice  as  long  as  controls 
to  recognize  the  oral  forms  but  the  differences  were  significant  (p  <  .01) 
only  for  those  developing  symptoms  after  influenza  or  x-irradiation.  These  re- 
sults suggest  that  some  patients  with  taste  and  smell  disorders  also  exhibit 
abnormalities  in  the  oral  perception  of  form  whereas  others  do  not.  The 
mechanisms  by  which  these  differences  occur  may  be  important  to  our  understanding 
of  the  sensory  modalities  of  taste  and  smell. 

4 .  The  role  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  in  the  control  of  manual  and  oral 
sensation.   Patients  with  decreased  taste  and  smell  acuity  (hypogeusia  and 
hyposmia,  respectively) ,  not  uncommonly  exhibit  other  abnormalities  of  oral 
perception.   Some  complain  of  glossopyrosis  (burning  tongue)  without  overt 
glossitis,  changes  in  salivary  consistency  without  measurable  decreases  in 
salivary  flow  and  abnormal  speech  patterns  caused  by  what  patients  relate  as 
unreliable  oral  placement  of  the  tongue  during  conversation.  Others,  soon 
after  the  onset  of  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia,  exhibited  changes  in  auditory 

2  ^ac 


Serial  No.   nHLI- 104(c) 

perception  including  decreased  auditory  acuity,  tinnitus  and  vertigo.   In  an 
effort  to  learn  more  about  changes  in  oral  perception  in  these  patients  we 
studied  manual  and  oral  stereognosis  in  patients  with  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia 
of  several  etiologies.   In  these  studies,  manual  and  oral  stereognosis  was 
measured  in  7  patients  with  Gushing 's  syndrome  (CS)  and  50  normal  volunteers. 
Since  patients  with  Gushing' s  syndrome  without  treatment  also  exhibit  hypogeusia 
and  hyposmia  as  well  as  other  impairments  of  sensory  detection  and  recognition 
we  also  studied  light  touch  and  two  point  discrimination.  Thresholds  for  light 
touch  on  the  hand  and  in  the  mouth  were  consistently  higher  in  the  patients  with 
CS  than  in  the  normal  subjects.   Similarly  the  patients  with  GS  made  significantly 
more  errors  than  did  the  normal  volunteers  and  required  significantly  longer  to 
do  so.  Treatment  of  the  patients  with  antiadrenal  drugs  or  with  surgery  which 
significantly  lowered  endogenous  secretion  of  Cortisol  resulted  in  a  return  of 
light  touch  and  manual  and  oral  from  recognition  to  or  toward  normal.  These 
results  indicate  that  touch  and  form  recognition,  as  taste,  smell  and  hearing, 
are  regulated  by  carbohydrate-active  steroids  with  respect  to  detection  and 
recognition  of  sensory  signals. 

5.  The  role  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  in  the  control  of  circadian 
variation  of  taste  and  olfaction  in  normal  man  and  in  patients  with  adrenal 
cortical  insufficiency.  Although  circadian  changes  in  the  endogenous  secre- 
tion of  adrenal  corticosteroids  and  ACTH  have  been  well  known  for  some  time  as 
have  the  relationships  between  concentration  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  and 
several  sensory  functions  the  role  which  adrenocorticosteroids  and  AGTH  play 
in  the  regulation  of  circadian  changes  in  taste  and  olfaction  had  not  been 
previously  evaluated.   In  these  studies  taste  and  smell  thresholds  were 
measured  in  17  normal  volunteers  (9  men,  8  women)  and  in  5  patients  with  adrenal 
cortical  insufficiency  (2  with  panhypopituitarism,  3  with  Addison's  disease) 

on  adequate  hormonal  replacement  therapy  and  after  all  therapy  was  withdrawn 
for  4  or  more  days.   Results  indicated  that  there  was  a  specific  circadian 
pattern  of  variation  in  both  taste  and  smell  detection  in  normal  men  and  women 
which  closely  followed  in  time  the  circadian  pattern  of  secretion  of  endogenous 
Cortisol.  The  circadian  pattern  of  variation  for  women  extended  over  a  wider 
range  than  for  men  although  the  pattern  for  the  two  sexes  was  similar.   Patients 
with  adrenal  cortical  insufficiency  on  normal  replacement  therapy  exhibited 
circadian  patterns  of  variation  which  could  not  be  distinguished  from  the  normal 
volunteers.   However,  removal  of  hormonal  replacement  therapy  resulted  not  only 
in  a  significant  increase  in  detection  acuity  for  both  taste  and  smell  but  also 
the  elimination  of  the  circadian  pattern  of  variation.  This  occurred  both  in 
patients  with  panhypopituitarism  as  well  as  with  Addison's  disease  which  suggests 
that  Cortisol  rather  than  ACTH  is  the  major  determinant  of  this  change.   Read- 
ministration  of  hormonal  replacement  therapy  resulted  both  in  a  decrease  in 
detection  acuity  and  in  the  return  of  a  circadian  pattern  of  variation  in  these 
patients  within  24-48  hours;  this  pattern  could  not  be  distinguished  from  that 
of  normal  subjects. 

6.  Effects  of  adrenocorticosteroids  and  of  ACTH  on  sleep.  To  determine 
the  effects  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  and  adrenocorticotropin  (ACTH)  on  human 
sleep  8  hour  intravenous  infusions  of  ACTH  40  U  were  administered  to  9  healthy 
volunteers  (beginning  at  either  8  a.m.,  3  p.m.,  or  11:30  p.m.)  and  to  3  patients 

3  ^/ 


Serial  No.    NHLI- 104(c) 


with  Addison's  disease  beginning  at  8  a.m.  ACTH  produced  a  significantly 
greater  reduction  in  REM  sleep  in  the  normal  volunteers  than  in  the  patients 
with  Addison's  disease.   During  the  overnight  infusion,  approximately  4  hours 
of  continuous  infusion  of  ACTH  was  required  before  REM  sleep  was  reduced.  The 
REM  suppressive  effect  of  ACTH  appeared  to  attenuate  about  12  hours  following 
the  termination  of  the  ACTH  infusion.   In  addition,  ACTH  significantly  reduced 
total  sleep  time  in  the  volunteers  following  infusions  beginning  at  8  a.m.  and 
3  p.m.  but  not  when  ACTH  was  infused  during  sleep.   Delta  sleep  was  also  re- 
duced following  the  8  a.m.  infusion  in  the  volunteers. 

These  results  suggest  that  ACTH  affected  sleep  through  its  effect  on 
adrenal  corticosteroid  secretion.  Time  appears  to  be  an  important  aspect  of 
the  effect  of  ACTH  and  adrenocorticosteroids  upon  the  central  nervous  system. 
(Table  1) 

7.   Sensory  changes  during  the  menstrual  cycle.  It  has  been  commonly  ob- 
served that  women  experience  changes  in  perception  during  the  menstrual  cycle. 
However,  attempts  of  several  investigators  to  measure  the  magnitude  or  the 
timing  of  these  changes  within  the  cycle  have  not  been  consistently  successful. 
Beiguelman  studied  taste  sensitivity  to  the  bitter  substance  phenylthiourea 
(PTC)  during  the  menstrual  cycle  and  was  unable  to  demonstrate  any  change 
whereas  Glanville  and  Kaplan  reported  that  changes  in  the  taste  of  PTC  did 
occur  during  menses.  Olfactory  sensitivity  to  the  smell  of  the  musk-like 
compound  exaltalide  was  reported  to  be  most  acute  in  the  mid-cycle  period  by 
Le  Magnen  who  considered  the  increased  acuity  specific  for  this  substance,  re- 
lated to  its  supposed  sexual  proclivity.   Koster  reported  that  changes  in  ol- 
factory acuity  occurred  at  various  times  during  the  menstrual  cycle  related 
primarily  to  the  length  of  the  cycle  itself.   These  changes  were  demonstrable 
using  m-xylol  as  the  test  stimulus  leading  him  to  suggest  that  these  changes 
were  based  on  differences  in  olfactory  acuity  rather  than  to  any  sexual  con- 
natation  of  the  stimulus.   Changes  in  auditory  acuity  during  the  menstrual 
cycle  were  reported  usually  during  the  luteal  phase  of  the  cycle.   Other  in- 
vestigators reported  that  pathological  changes  in  auditory  acuity  i.e.,  deafness, 
occurred  during  the  menstrual  cycle  in  some  patients  again  usually  during  the 
luteal  phase.  This  phenomenon  was  called  pre-menstrual  deafness  and  usually 
remitted  in  intensity  after  the  onset  of  menses. 

These  previous  studies  suggested  that  changes  in  sensory  acuity  for  several 
modalities  occurred  during  menses  but  the  nature  of  these  changes  and  their  re- 
lationship to  the  hormonal  changes  which  occurred  during  the  menstrual  cycle 
were  not  clearly  identified.  The  purpose  of  our  present  studies  was  to  define 
the  sensory  changes  which  occurred  during  the  menstrual  cycle  and  to  attempt 
to  relate  these  changes  to  the  hormonal  changes  that  occur  during  this  period. 

The  present  study  was  carried  out  in  5  normal  female  subjects  aged  19-23. 
Body  weight,  basal  body  temperature,  detection  and  recognition  thresholds  for 
the  taste  of  NaCl  and  for  the  smell  of  pyridine  in  water,  detection  of  sinusoidal 
auditory  signals,  tactile  perception  on  the  adductor  surface  of  the  palm  of  the 
left  hand,  two  point  discrimination  and  plasma  LH,  by  radioimmunoassay,  were 
measured  either  daily  or  at  intervals  of  2-3  days  in  each  subject.   Studies 
demonstrated  that  sensory  detection  for  all  sensory  modalities  including  taste. 


,035. 


Serial  No.      NHLI-104(c) 


•H 

+ 

vO 

00 

Oi   1-1 

1-1 

CN 

f- 

-H 

1^ 

■H      -H 

LO  h- 

1-^ 

■* 

4J 

w 

to 

•       • 

• 

c 

e: 

o 

C-J    1-1 

vO 

to 

U 
0) 

to 

to    CM 

to 

CN 

U) 

(J 

tw 

to 

00 

LO    LO 

to 

Ol 

(U 

<4-l 

+ 

• 

• 

•       • 

X 

•H 
Q 

+ 

to 

■H 
00 

LO    to 

■H      -H 

00 

■H 

00 

4-1 

II 

(U 

• 

• 

1—1 

o 

< 

<U 

o^ 

r- 

VD 

\D 

'd^ 

LO 

2] 

21 

h 

S 

< 

to 

t-- 

o  to 

VO 

1—1 

c 

3 

o 

2 

1— t 

a: 

c 

■M 

H 

o 

CM 

1-1    (M 

CN 

s 

•H 

•H 

A 

td 

Z 

•H 

•H 

•H      -H 

•H 

-H 

cd 

• 

>s 

1— 1 

1—1 

00 

t--    CNI 

LO 

to 

'*— ' 

> 

-P 

P 

4-> 

C 

1—1 

CN 

CM 

c 

C 

•H 

<u 

>s 

0) 

V 

in 

> 

* 

■M 

T) 

ft 

ft 

C 

•H 

< 

t-^ 

1—4 

vO   00 

to 

o 

•H 

c 

U) 

w 

v 

u 

H 

1—1 

(N 

CNI    CNI 

CN 

CN 

If) 

cd 

a 

J 

-H 

■H 

•H      +1 

-H 

-H 

c 

• 

• 

vt 

W 

LO 

to 

Ul  o 

00 

to 

0 

h- 1 

g 

E 

s 

c 

Q 

Ln 

^ 

to  •>* 

to 

to 

T3 

1— 1 

tu 

o 

1—1 

cd* 

cd'. 

a: 

•H 

rf 

CO 

1-1  o 

t-- 

00 

s: 

> — ' 

to 

i-i 

to 

to 

t   vO 

1—1 

•^ 

m 

o 

o 

o 

^ 

1— t 

•H 

t-- 

vO   1-1 

■H 
CNI 

■H 

o 

ni 

cd 

to 

to 

LO 

to 

to 

r-  CM 

CN    CM 
LO    00 

LO 
CN 

Ol 
CM 

to 

II 

Q 

II 
cd 

ft 

to 

o 

•p 

o 

■p 

td 

< 

O 

o 

O 

o  o 

O 

o 

■p 

ID 

e 

B 

+  " 

oi 

•H 

•H 

-H      -H 

•H 

-H 

f^ 

1—1 

1—1 

+ 

•o 

LO 

<N 

\0  •* 

f—i 

CTl 

+-> 

<u 

in 

ft  cd 

+ 

c 

• 

■       • 

(U 

Q 

o\° 

cd 

I— I 

'"' 

1— (  1—1 

CN 

1—1 

C 

tp 
o 

o 
to 

o 
to 

rs 

o 

(i) 

u 

u 

yi 

o 

• 

tu 

XI 

Oi 

■* 

1-1   vO 

CN 

00 

^— V 

T3 

1—1 

to 

oe: 

d) 

• 

■ 

ftOO 

C 

r—l 

o 

o\o 

rt 

\D 

r-~  LO 

I^ 

LO 

<D 

1 

(U 

B 

.« 

rt 

s 

"H 

■H 

■H      -H 

-H 

■H 

<U 

o 

e 

o 

+ 

1—1 

U] 

CNI 

to 

lO   lO 

LO 

to 

r-t 

T3 

o 

f^ 

+ 

a. 

13 

OS 

(Nl 

00 

l-( 

CM    i-l 

LO 

CM 

(Ti 

tn 
o 

tp 
o 

C 
cd 

f-1 

tp 

<p 
ft 

(U 

+-> 

0) 

p 

ft 

(L) 

u 

Jh 

(i> 

w 

LOT 

1—1 

(U 

0) 

<U 

OS 

H 

to 

\D 

to  en 

CN 

CN 

^ 

cd 

tn 

OJ 

1—1 

Cd 

IS 

(N) 

CM 

to   1—1 

to 

CN 

■p 

o 

C 

to 

• 

Cl 

PQ 

■H 

•H 

+1      -H 

■H 

41 

3 

w 

o 

to 

cd 

o\° 

oi 

•* 

1— ( 

\D   t- 

LO 

cn 

o 

cd 

X 

i-( 

r>. 

o  -"a- 

o 

t-^ 

cd 

c 

(U 

s 

•P 

1—1 

1—1 

1—1 

w 

0) 

<i> 

E 

/— ^ 

LU 

•H 

4-1 

c 

(U 

B 

•H 

p 

/— s 

/-^ 

OS 

s 

* 

u 

-C 

o 

s 

•  H 

P 

OT 

P 

P 

\0 

f>j 

CN    1* 

r~- 

o 

M 

p 

P 

(U 

to 

to 

II 

v> 

hJ 

1-1 

r- 

lO  to 

to 

■* 

•  H 

T3 

<D 

P 

p 

(U 

<u 

U 

b: 

■H 

■H 

•H      -H 

■H 

rH 

0) 

X^ 

P 

c 

1 

p 

p 

M 

<D 

t-- 

1^ 

o  t^ 

to 

ri- 

~ 

^H 

c 

<u 

■p 

1 

1 

o 

CD 

r-- 

to 

t^    CNI 

t-^ 

t^ 

E 

o 

o 

<D 

-a 

p 

p 

tp 

C 

o 

to 

cd 

u 

0) 

<u 

13 

13 

p     • 

3 

* 

w 

^1 

S 

<D 

ft 

!h 

<U 

<U 

ft-^ 

1— 1 

•<«• 

Ln 

to   00 

w 

1—1 

(U 

.« 

cd 

ft 

•H 

^ 

u 

(U  00 

o 

C/2 

lO 

to 

to  to 

"* 

s 

II 

Cd 

•H 

•H 

O      1 

> 

H 

-H 

•H 

■H      ■» 

■H 

<D 

w 

(U 

II 

ft  cd 

Cd 

X  o 

\D 

t^ 

t-  o 

1—1 

CM 

B 

Qi 

S 

to 

ft 

ft 

QJ 

1— 1 

to 

00 

CNI    00 

1—1 

o 

•H 

•H 

in 

to 

f-l 

T3 

tp 

cd 

■* 

to 

■«*  to 

•<* 

•^ 

+J 

C 

P 

p 

fH 

3 

0) 

13 

13 

to   o 

s 

V— ^ 

•  H 

o 

3 

O 

1—1 

(U 

<U 

tu 

H 

+ 

to 

LO    CNI 

LO 

1—1 

s 

OJ 

O 

j=: 

■H 

1—1 

1—1 

■P    (U 

o 

nJ 

LO 

1-1 

1-1    (M 

1—1 

1—1 

>, 

m 

x: 

Cd 

•H 

•H 

3  -1 

z 

CO 

•H 

+1 

-H       -H 

+1 

■H 

o 

~x^ 

X 

•^ 

+-> 

Cd 

Cd 

C    cd 

00 

1-H 

Ol     LO 

o 

00 

c 

p 

cd 

3 

■^ 

1 

P 

p 

•H     O 

e 

1— t 

(N 

1-1    CN 

to 

CN 

(U 

•H 

S 

tn 

• 

■a 

o 

1 

S    to 

o 

+J 

> 

< 

a 

p 

c 

s 

o 

(U 

fH 

<u 

> 

cd 

■H 

tp 

tfl 

CN 

p 

s 

c 

C   cd 

M-l 

6 

6 

1—1 

P 

o 

o 

CO 

,—1 

■p 

o 

•H 

•H 

S 

1 

o 

p 

o\° 

V— ' 

C 

cd 

H 

•  ^~.    o 

(Xr-~.     O 

o 

ft 

cd 

cd 

u 

+1 

o\° 

LO 

<u  o 

4-> 

PhvO      ^ 

1-1   LO     XI 

e    •     x> 

(U 

•  H 

0) 

S 

o 

1— 1 

LO 

u 

Cd 

C 

■*              (U 

1-1             0) 

•  e  ^-vo) 

(U 

p 

tJ 

Xl 

c 

s: 

tu 

o 

o 

cd  13 

a 

o 

1     II       u 

X 

1    II     on: 

ft    •  -^o 

X 

1—1 

C 

<u 

cd 

tu 

Oi 

o 

0) 

•H 

cd 

6- 

cd  H 

cd       Cd 

H 

to 

0) 

s 

3 

(U 

Di 

to    U 

P^ 

to 

e      C          r-i 

u 

6     C      rH   u 

O            II 1-1 

U 

s 

>H 

c 

£ 

II 

V 

V- 

V 

<L)    3 

(U 

,3 

•  ^-^     D, 

< 

.  w  a.  < 

to  o      &. 

< 

II 

<u 

0) 

II 

3    to 

(U 

4h 

cd 

ft 

••  to    c 

> 

p 

II 

II 

+ 

ft  ft  ft 

r-i    cd 

t-H 

C 

1— 1   .•  > — ' 

l-J 

o 

c 

+ 

+ 

cd    <D 

C/D 

hH 

00 

to 

r-i    !->. 

u> 

e 

1—1 

c 

+ 

+ 

+ 

* 

(!) 

un 

>    B 

A}3 


Serial  No.    NHLI-104(c) 

smell,  hearing,  touch  and  two-point  discrimination  was  more  acute  during  the 
follicular  phase  of  the  menstrual  cycle  than  during  the  luteal  phase.  These 
changes  were  observed  whether  the  menstrual  cycle  was  "short",  i.e.,  less  than 
28  days  or  "long",  i.e.,  greater  than  28  days.  These  changes  occurred  for  all 
sensory  modalities  but  were  more  apparent  for  olfactory  acuity  than  for  other 
sensory  modalities.  These  effects  may  be  related  not  only  to  the  effect  of 
estrogen  on  increasing  sensory  acuity  during  the  follicular  phase  of  the  cycle 
but  also  to  the  effects  of  progesterone  on  decreasing  sensory  acuity  during 
the  luteal  phase  of  the  cycle. 

8.  The  role  of  thyroid  hormone  in  sensory  function.  Taste  and  smell 
thresholds  were  determined  in  18  unselected  primary  hypothyroid  patients, 
each  diagnosis  gased  upon  unequivocal  clinical  and  laboratory  criteria,  in- 
cluding elevated  levels  of  serum  TSH.  Median  detection  thresholds  (MDT)  and 
median  recognition  thresholds  (MRT)  for  4  taste  stimuli,  NaCl,  sucrose,  HCl 
and  urea,  and  2  smell  stimuli,  pyridine  and  nitrobenzene,  were  determined  using 
a  forced  choice  -  3  stimulus  drop  technique  for  taste  and  sniff  technique  for 
smell.  MDT/MRT  in  the  entire  hypothyroid  group  for  taste  stimuli  were:  NaCl 
75/90  (normal:  12/30  mM/L);  sucrose  30/30  (normal:  12/30);  HCl  15/22.5  (normal: 
3/6);  and  urea  500/500  (normal:  120/150),  and  for  smell  stimuli  were:  pyridine 
10-3/10-2  (normal:  lO'^/lO'^  M/L)  and  nitrobenzene  lO'^/lO'^  (normal:  10"^/ 
10"^) .   Decreased  detection  of  at  least  one  taste  stimulus  occurred  in  14/18 
patients  and  one  smell  stimulus  in  17/18.   Subjective  responses  of  hypothyroid 
patients  to  taste  and  smell  stimuli  generally  indicated  markedly  diminished 
appreciation  of  the  intensity  of  the  stimuli.   Symptoms  of  dysgeusia,  including 
metallic  taste  in  the  mouth,  and  disagreeable  taste  of  certain  foods,  were 
elicited  in  10/18  patients  and  symptoms  of  dysosmia  in  8/18.   Following  treat- 
ment with  triiodothyronine  or  thyroxine,  both  subjective  and  objective  improve- 
ment in  taste  and  smell  were  marked,  and  occurred  as  early  as  3  weeks  after  on- 
set of  therapy.  These  results  show  that  taste  and  smell  functions  are  frequently 
and  significantly  impaired  in  hypothyroid  patients  and  that  these  defects  are 
reversible  with  treatment. 

Significance:   1 .   Role  of  hallucinogens  in  neural  conduction.  We  have  shown 
that  LSD- 25  and  marihuana  do  not  affect  the  manner  by  which  the  neuraxon  is 
depolarized.  These  data,  indirectly,  support  the  concept  that  these  drugs  carry 
out  their  effects  by  primarily  interfering  with  synaptic  transmission. 

2.   Role  of  steroid  and  thyroid  hormones  in  neural  function.   A.   Adreno- 
corticosteroid  hormones  affect  sensory  function  for  all  sensory  stimuli,  i.e., 
vision,  audition,  taste,  smell,  hearing  and  touch.  The  studies  which  we  carried 
out  in  the  past  year  demonstrated  the  role  these  hormones  played  in  touch  sen- 
sitivity. These  effects  appear  to  be  mediated  through  the  direct  role  of  the 
adrenocorticosteroid  on  the  receptor,  the  neuraxon,  the  brain  or  some  combination 
of  these  three  systems  not  through  ACTH  effects.  These  steroid  hormones  serve 
to  control  sensory  inflow  inhibiting  the  inflow  of  signals  from  the  outside 
world  so  that  maximum  integration  of  those  sensory  signals  which  do  get  received 
can  take  place.   Removal  of  these  hormones  results  in  the  failure  of  normal 
integrative  phenomenon  and  information  loss.  The  role  of  ACTH  in  this  system 
is  unclear. 

6  3^o<f 


I 


Serial  No.    NHLI-104(c) 

3.  Gonadal  hormones  and  pituitary  gonadotropins  also  influence  neural 
function  as  measured  by  visual  or  auditory  evoked  responses.   Estrogen  in- 
creases the  amplitude  of  the  electrical  activity  of  the  brain.  However,  these 
neural  phenomena  are  also  influenced  by  age  and  genetic  factors  which  are  in- 
dependent of  gonadal  hormone  function.   It  appears  that  absence  of  the  Y  chrom- 
osome also  contributes  to  the  large  amplitude  electrical  activity  of  the  brain 
observed  in  phenotypic  females. 

4.  Thyroid  hormones  and  neural  function.   In  a  manner  similar  to  the 
ubiquitous  effects  of  adrenocorticosteroids  on  neural  function  thyroid  hormones 
appear  to  effect  receptor,  neuraxon  and  brain  function.  They  also  effect  sen- 
sory acuity  for  taste,  smell  and  hearing.  The  manner  and  extent  of  these  effects 
are  not  clearly  defined. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:  1.  To  define  the  role  of  ACTH  in 
sensory  and  neural  function  to  evaluate  if  there  is  any  role  of  this  protein 
hormone  on  neural  function  independent  of  its  effects  on  stimulation  of  adreno- 
corticosteroid  secretion. 

2.  To  define  the  role  of  thyroid  function  in  taste,  smell  and  hearing  in 
man  and  animals  and  to  define  the  role  which  thyroid  hormones  play  in  receptor 
function.   Similarly,  the  role  which  TRH  (thyroid  releasing  hormone)  plays  in 
neural  function  in  relationship  to  its  effects  on  thyroid  hormone  secretion 
will  be  evaluated. 

3.  Sensory  studies  in  patients  with  various  metabolic  and  nutritional 
disorders  will  continue  to  evaluate  the  roles  these  abnormalities  play  in  the 
obtaining  of  various  types  of  sensory  information. 

Honors  and  Awards :  None 

Publications:  Henkin,  R.I.,  Stillman,  I.S.,  Gilbert,  D.L.  and  Lipicky,  R.J. : 
Ineffectiveness  of  hallucinogens  on  altering  Na-K  currents  in 
squid  giant  axon.   Psychopharmacologia  (In  press) 

Henkin,  R.I.,  Gilbert,  D.L.,  Stillman,  I.S.  and  DiPolo,  R.: 
Ineffectiveness  of  adrenocorticosteroids  and  adrenocorticotropin 
in  altering  Na-K  currents  in  squid  giant  axon.  Experientia 
1973  (In  press) . 

Catalanotto,  F.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Manual  and  oral  stereognosis 
in  patients  with  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia.  Archives  of  Oral 
Biology,  1973  (In  press). 

Henkin,  R.I.:  The  role  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  in  sensory 
processes.  In  Sayers,  G.  (Ed.):  Handbook  of  Physiology,  1973 
(In  press) . 


^or 


Serial  No.    NHLI-105(c) 

1.  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Neuroendocrinology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Trace  Metal  Metabolism 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI  219  (c) 

Principal  Investigator:  Robert  I.  Henkin,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Eugene  Giroux,  Ph.D. 
N.  Prakash,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  Fontana,  Ph.D. 
J.  Levine,  M.D. 
R,  Aamodt,  Ph.D. 
A.E.  Jones,  M.D. 
G.  Johnston,  M.D. 
C.F.T.  Mattern,  M.D. 
D.  Tschudy,  M.D. 
J.C.  Gillin,  M.D. 
S.  McConnell,  Ms. 
M.  Swenberg,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  Department  of  Medicine,  Presbyterian  Hospital,  N.Y.,N.Y., 
Department  of  Pediatrics,  Denver,  Colorado;  Department  of 
Pediatrics  §  Obstetrics,  N.Y.  Hospital,  N.Y.,  N.Y.;  De- 
partment of  Physiology,  University  of  Minnesota,  School  of 
Medicine,  Duluth,  Minnesota;  National  Cancer  Institute, 
Clinical  Investigation  Branch,  National  Cancer  Institute, 
Nuclear  Medicine  Branch,  NIAID,  Virology  Branch,  Bethesda, 
Maryland 

Objectives :  To  study  the  physiology,  metabolism,  biochemistry  and  pathology 
of  copper,  zinc  and  other  trace  metals  in  physiological  fluids  and  tissues  of 
normal  subjects,  in  patients  with  various  diseases  and  in  animals.  These  stucfi.es 
include  the  interaction  between  metals  and  their  binding  proteins. 

Major  Findings: 

Biochemistry:   1 .   Effect  of  transitional  metal  ions  on  (Na  +   K  )ATPase  activ- 
ity and  the  uptake  of  norepinephrine  and  choline  by  brain  synaptosomes .  The 
inhibition  of  (Na*  +  K*)ATPase  activity  of  rat  brain  synaptosomes  by  transition 
metal  ions  takes  three  forms:  (a)  Cu**  and  Hg   completely  inhibit  activity  at 
a  concentration  exceeding  10  pM,  (b)  Zn"*"*"  inhibition  is  intermediate  with  comr 
plete  inhibition  occurring  at  concentrations  exceeding  100  yM  and  (c)  Co**, 
Ni   and  Mn**  inhibition  never  exceeds  20%  even  at  concentrations  exceeding 
200  pM. 


Ao6 


Serial  No.    NHLI-105(c) 


Inhibition  of  (Na  +  K  )ATPase  activity  of  rat  brain  synaptosomes  by  Cu 
is  rapid,  irreversible  and  unaffected  by  subsequent  addition  of  EDTA.   Prein- 
cubation of  synaptosomes  with  Cu'*"''  for  as  short  as  10  min  produced  complete  in- 
hibition of  (Na"*"  +  K''')ATPase  activity.   Preincubation  with  Zn"*"^  for  over  20  min 
was  required  to  produce  complete  inhibition  while  little  or  no  inhibition 
occurred  after  preincubation  with  Mn ■•■■*■  or  Co*"^  for  as  long  as  30  min. 

Except  for  Mn  ,  uptake  of  H  norepinephrine  (NE)  and  H  choline  (CH)  by 
rat  brain  synaptosomes  was  inhibited  by  those  transitional  metal  ions  which  in- 
hibited synaptosomal  ATPase  activity.  For  Mn"*"*"  up  to  300  yM  had  no  effect  on 
CH  uptake  whereas  NE  uptake  was  depressed  by  as  much  as  54%  in  the  presence  of 
10  yM  of  Mn"*"*.  At  this  latter  concentration  (Na"^  +  K''')ATPase  activity  was  un- 
affected. 

2.  Competition  for  zinc  among  serum  albumin  and  amino  acids.  A  stability 
constant  at  pH  7.4  for  the  1:1  zinc-human  serum  albumin  complex  was  determined. 
The  effectiveness  with  which  amino  acids  compete  with  human  serum  albumin 

for  zinc  was  shown  to  depend  upon  the  relevant  metal  complex  stability  constants. 
Studies  by  gel  chromatography  of  model  systems  and  computations  involving  sta- 
bility constants  indicate  that  cysteine  and  histidine  are  the  only  important 
amino  acid  ligands  of  zinc  in  plasma.  The  amount  of  amino  acid-complexed  zinc 
in  normal  human  serum  is  calculated  to  be  1  yg  zinc  per  100  ml.  The  small 
ligand-complexed  fraction  in  plasma  may  be  of  importance  in  zinc  transport  and 
probably  accounts  for  most  urinary  zinc  excreted  in  normal  and  pathological 
conditions. 

3.  Macromolecular  ligands  of  exchangeable  copper,  zinc  and  cadmium  in 
human  serum.  Dissociation  of  metal -protein  complexes  of  copper,  zinc  and 
cadmium  in  human  seriim  by  histidine  and  glycine  was  studied.  Distribution  of 
metal  between  protein-complexed  and  amino  acid-complexed  species  as  a  function 
of  amino  acid  concentration  is  similar  for  solutions  of  human  serum  albumin  and 
native  human  serum,  indicating  that  human  serum  albumin  and  the  macromolecular 
ligands  which  complex  loosely  bound  serum  copper,  zinc,  and  cadmium  have  equal 
avidity  for  these  metal  ions.  Copper-albumin  complex  is  the  least  stable, 
cadmium- albumin  complex  the  most  stable  and  zinc-albumin  intermediate  with  re- 
spect to  dissociation  by  histidine. 

Physiology 

1.  Changes  in  total,  non-diffusible  and  diffusible  plasma  zinc  and  copper 
during  infancy.  Concentrations  of  total,  non-diffusible  and  diffusible  zinc  and 
copper  in  plasma  were  studied  in  130  normal  infants.  Total  plasma  zinc  concen- 
tration in  the  newborn  was  at  adult  levels,  fell  to  values  just  below  adult  levels 
within  the  first  week  of  life,  fell  further  to  values  significantly  below  adult 
levels  at  two  and  three  months  of  age,  returned  toward  adult  values  at  four 
months  of  age  and,  except  for  a  fall  to  levels  significantly  below  adult  levels 
about  one  year  of  age,  remained  at  adult  levels  throughout  the  remainder  of  in- 
fancy. On  the  other  hand,  total  plasma  copper  concentration  in  the  newborn  was 
at  levels  significantly  below  adult  levels,  gradually  rose  during  the  first  week 
of  life,  fell  to  levels  significantly  below  adult  levels  at  two  months  of  age, 
rose  to  levels  within  the  adult  range  at  three  months  of  age,  and  rose  still 

2  c^iOZ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-105(c) 


higher  to  levels  above  the  adult  range  at  eight  months  of  age,  at  which  level 
values  persisted  throughout  the  remainder  of  infancy.  Changes  in  total  plasma 
zinc  and  copper  during  this  period  of  time  were  related  mainly  to  changes  in 
non-diffusible  or  macromolecular  liganded  zinc  and  copper, 

2.  Inhibition  of  urinary  porphyrins  and  porphyrin  precursors  and  excretion 
of  total  body  zinc  in  two  types  of  hepatic  porphyrin  by  histidine.   Zinc  and 
porphyrin  metabolism  were  studied  in  three  patients  with  hepatic  porphyria 

[one  with  cutanea  tarda  (PCT)  and  two  with  acute  intermittent  porphyria  (AIP)] 
on  a  metabolic  ward  at  NIH  while  ingesting  a  constant  diet.  Measurements  of 
urinary  uroporphyrin  and  coproporphyrin  in  PCT,  serum  and  urinary  porphobilinogen 
(PBG)  and  6-aminolevulinic  acid  (6-ALA)  in  AIP,  serum  and  urinary  zinc  and 
copper  and  total  body  ^S^n  were  made  during  the  following  12-16  day  sequential 
periods:  initial  control,  oral  administration  of  ^^Zn,  ZnSO^  (300-400  mg/day) , 
and  L-histidine  (8-32  g/day) ,  and  final  control.   ZnS04  significantly  increased 
serum  and  urinary  zinc,  but  had  no  consistent  effect  on  copper,  porphyrins,  or 
porphyrin  precursors.   L-histidine  (24-32  g/day)  significantly  lowered  urinary 
uroporphyrin  and  coproporphyrin  in  PCT  and  significantly  lowered  serum  and 
urinary  PBG  and  6-ALA  in  AIP;  concurrently,  significant  decreases  in  biological 
th   of  °^Zn,  increases  in  urinary  zinc  excretion,  decreases  in  serum  zinc  with- 
out significant  change  in  fecal  ^^Zn,  occurred  in  all  patients  compared  to  the 
ZnSO^  period  or  to  the  previous  control  period.  Withdrawal  of  L-histidine  re- 
sulted in  the  rapid  onset  of  significant  increases  in  urine  and  serum  6-ALA 
and  PBG  in  AIP,   In  PCT,  urinary  uroporphyrin  and  coproporphyrin  remained  sig- 
nificantly decreased  after  L-histidine  withdrawal  for  the  remainder  of  the  study. 
Simultaneous  decreases  in  serum  and  urinary  porphyrin  precursors  in  AIP  suggest 
that  L-histidine  is  not  acting  via  renal  mechanisms.  Thus,  the  observed  de- 
creases in  porphyrins  and  porphyrin  precursors  may  be  related  to  some  direct  or 
indirect  effect  of  L-histidine  on  porphyrin  metabolism  or  to  an  L-histidine- 
mediated  mobilization  and  excretion  of  a  tightly  bound  tissue  zinc  pool. 

3.  Control  of  copper  and  zinc  metabolism  by  estrogen  and  progesterone. 
The  relationships  between  plasma  and  tissue  concentrations  of  copper  and  zinc 
and  that  of  several  hormones,  including  adrenal  cortical  steroids,  thyroid  hor- 
mone, growth  hormone,  and  estrogen  have  been  studied  in  man  and  other  animals. 
Changes  in  serum  concentration  of  copper  and  zinc  have  been  reported  to  occur 
during  the  menstrual  cycle  and  during  pregnancy.  However,  the  details  of  these 
physiological  and  biochemical  interrelationships  have  not  been  well  characterized 
and  therefore  the  pituitary-gonadal  regulation  of  copper  and  zinc  metabolism 

has  not  been  clearly  established. 

In  order  to  define  these  interrelationships,  changes  in  the  concentrations 
of  plasma  copper  and  zinc  were  studied  in  intact  female  rats  throughout  the 
estrous  cycle,  during  pregnancy  and  pseudopregnancy,  in  ovariectomized  female 
rats  before  and  after  administration  of  estrogen  and/or  progesterone  and  in 
ovariectomized,  hypophysectomized  rats  before  and  after  administration  of  human 
chorionic  gonadotropin  and  pregnant  mares'  serum  gonadotropin.  Changes  in  plasma 
copper  followed  changes  in  plasma  estrogen  during  the  estrous  cycle,  following 
ovariectomy  and  following  administration  of  exogenous  estrogen.  Changes  in 
plasma  copper  followed  changes  in  plasma  progesterone  during  the  estrous  cycle, 
following  ovariectomy  and  following  administration  of  exogenous  progesterone. 

3  A>S 


Serial  No.   NHLI-105(c) 

Changes  in  plasma  zinc  could  not  be  consistently  related  to  changes  in  either 
plasma  progesterone  or  estrogen. 

4 .  Growth  hormone  dependent  changes  in  zinc  metabolism  in  man.   Serum 
zinc  and  plasma  growth  hormone  concentrations  and  urinary  zinc  excretion  were 
measured  in  18  patients  with  untreated  acromegaly  before  and  after  treatment 
with  X- irradiation.  These  same  parameters  were  also  measured  in  4  patients  with 
isolated  growth  hormone  deficiency  before  and  after  treatment  with  human  growth 
hormone.   For  the  patients  with  untreated  acromegaly  serum  zinc  concentration 
was  significantly  (p  <  0.001)  below  normal  (patients,  62  ±  3  yg/100  ml,  M  ±  1 
SEM;  controls,  92  *  2  ug/100  ml)  while  urinary  zinc  excretion  was  significantly 
(p  <  0.001)  greater  than  normal  (patients,  1318  ±  154  yg/24  hours,  controls, 
456  ±  23  )ig/24  hours).   Plasma  growth  hormone  levels  ranged  from  5  to  160 
myg/ml.   Following  treatment  serum  zinc  concentrations  in  patients  with  acro- 
megaly increased  significantly  (p  <  0.01)  to  82  ±  5  ug/100  ml,  urinary  zinc 
excretion  decreased  significantly  (p  <  0.01)  to  580  ±  223  yg/24  hours  and 
human  growth  hormone  levels  fell.   In  patients  with  untreated  isolated  growth 
hormone  deficiency  serum  zinc  concentration  was  elevated  above  normal  and 
urinary  zinc  excretion  was  below  normal  levels.   Serum  zinc  concentration  de- 
creased following  treatment  with  human  growth  hormone  whereas  urinary  zinc  ex- 
cretion increased. 

These  data  demonstrate  that  growth  hormone  levels  in  serum  are  inversely 
related  to  levels  of  zinc  in  serum  and  directly  related  to  urinary  excretion 
of  zinc.  These  changes  may  be  related  to  the  manner  by  which  human  growth 
hormone  either  directly  or  indirectly  affects  the  binding  of  zinc  to  macromo- 
lecular  ligands  in  blood  and  thereby  the  urinary  excretion  of  zinc  bound  to 
micromolecular  ligands. 

5.  The  role  of  adrenal  corticosteroids  in  the  control  of  zinc  and  copper 
metabolism.   Serum  zinc  and  copper  concentration  and  urinary  zinc  and  copper 
excretion  were  measured  in  8  patients  with  adrenal  cortical  insufficiency  or 
panhypopituitarism  on  and  off  hormonal  replacement  therapy  and  in  8  patients 
with  Gushing' s  syndrome  without  treatment  and  after  treatment  with  drugs  which 
suppressed  endogenous  secretion  of  adrenalcorticosteroids  or  after  surgical 
adrenalectomy.   These  same  parameters  were  also  measured  in  10  normal  volunteers 
before  and  after  administration  of  adrenocorticotropin  (AGTH) ,  40  units  given 
intravenously  over  8  hours  each  day  for  1-4  days  or  after  administration  of  the 
carbohydrate-active  steroid  prednisolone,  50  mg  orally  for  5  days.   Serum  zinc 
and  copper  concentrations  were  also  measured  in  20  cats  prior  to  and  after  sur- 
gical adrenalectomy  and  after  replacement  with  either  carbohydrate-active 
steroids,  Na-K  active  steroids  or  both  hormones.  Diffusible  and  non-diffusible 
zinc  and  copper  were  also  measured  in  each  patient  group  by  ultrafiltration 
through  a  membrane  which  allowed  the  passage  of  proteins  or  molecular  weight 
greater  than  20,000  but  retarded  proteins  of  heavier  molecular  weight. 

Patients  with  adrenal  cortical  insufficiency  on  adequate  hormonal  replace- 
ment therapy  exhibited  sertim  concentrations  of  zinc  and  copper  and  urinary  ex- 
cretion of  zinc  and  copper  which  were  not  significantly  different  from  that  of 
controls.  After  withdrawal  of  hormonal  replacement  therapy  both  serum  zinc 

4  aof 


Serial  No.    NHLI-105(c) 

and  copper  concentration  increased  significantly  while  urinary  zinc  and  copper 
excretion  decreased.   Significant  increases  in  serum  zinc  and  copper  also 
occurred  after  adrenalectomy  in  cats.   After  replacement  therapy  with  carbohy- 
drate-active steroids  alone  or  with  added  Na-K  active  steroids  semm  zinc  and 
copper  concentrations  decreased  to  normal  levels  and  urinary  zinc  and  copper 
excretion  increased.   In  normal  volunteers  ACTH  administration  decreased  serum 
zinc  and  copper  concentrations  during  the  first  day  of  administration  and  in- 
creased urinary  zinc  and  copper  excretion  as  did  oral  administration  of  pred- 
nisolone.  Patients  with  Gushing 's  syndrome  exhibited  serum  zinc  and  copper  con- 
centrations which  were  significantly  lower  than  normal  and  urinary  zinc  and 
copper  excretion  which  was  significantly  greater  than  normal.  Treatment  with 
adrenal  cortical  suppressive  agents  or  with  surgical  adrenalectomy  resulted  in 
a  return  of  serum  zinc  and  copper  concentrations  to  normal  and  a  lowering  of 
urinary  zinc  and  copper  excretion. 

These  studies  indicate  that  an  inverse  relationship  exists  between  levels 
of  plasma  Cortisol  and  serum  zinc  and  copper  concentration  whereas  a  direct 
relationship  exists  between  plasma  Cortisol  and  urinary  excretion  of  zinc  and 
copper.  These  changes  can  be  related  to  a  direct  effect  of  Cortisol  on  the 
production  of  increases  in  diffusible  serum  zinc  and  copper,  subsequent  decreases 
in  both  serum  zinc  and  copper  concentrations  and  an  increase  in  urinary  zinc 
and  copper  excretion. 

6.  The  role  of  zinc  in  growth  and  development.   Zinc  has  been  considered 
to  be  essential  for  normal  growth  and  development.   However,  zinc  deficiency, 
per  se,  has  always  been  associated  with  anorexia  which  obviously  limits  growth 
and  development.   In  an  effort  to  separate  zinc  deficiency  from  anorexia  4 
groups  of  rats  were  studied.  One  group  received  zinc  deficient  diet,  ad  lib, 
while  a  second  was  pair-fed  with  zinc  supplemented  diet  to  this  group.  A  third 
group  received  zinc  supplemented  diet  ad  lib  while  a  fourth  group  was  forced 
fed  a  zinc  deficient  diet  in  an  amount~as  near  as  possible  to  that  of  the  ad  lib 
rats  fed  zinc  supplemented  diet.  Growth  and  organ  weight  of  groups  1  and  2~and 
of  groups  3  and  4  were  comparable  except  for  the  decreased  size  of  testes  in 
group  1.  However,  serum  zinc  concentration  and  urinary  zinc  excretion  of  the 
rats  fed  zinc  deficient  diet,  groups  1  and  4,  were  similar  and  were  low  whereas 
that  of  groups  2  and  3  were  similar  and  were  high  and  significantly  different 
from  normal.  These  data  indicate  that  anorexia  rather  than  zinc  deficiency  per 
se  is  the  relevant  factor  in  the  production  of  growth  retardation  in  zinc  de- 
ficiency in  rats. 

7.  The  role  of  zinc  in  the  morphology  of  the  testes  and  in  the  secretion 
of  testosterone.  To  investigate  whether  or  not  zinc  plays  a  specific  role  in 
the  function  of  the  gonad  per  se  we  compared  the  in  vitro  formation  of  testos- 
terone (T)  and  dehydroepiandrosterone  (DHEA)  from  1,2  H3  cholesterol  in  testi- 
cular tissue  of  zinc  deficient  and  pair-fed  rats.  Morphologic  evaluation  of 
testes  from  both  groups  of  rats  was  also  performed. 

Results  showed  that  body  weight  of  the  pair-fed  and  zinc  deficient  rats 
were  the  same  but  that  plasma  zinc  concentration  and  testes  weight  of  the  zinc 
deficient  rats  were  significantly  lower  tliat  their  pair-fed  controls  (p  <  0.005, 
t  test).   Results  also  showed  that  testicular  tissue  from  zinc  deficient  and 
pair-fed  control  rats  produced  the  same  amount  of  T  and  DHEA  (Table  1). 


Serial  No.   NHLI-105(c) 


3  3 

TABLE  2  Synthesis  of  H  testosterone  (T)  and  H  dehydroepiandrosterone 

(DHEA)  from  1,2  H^  cholesterol  by  testes  from  zinc  deficient 

and  pair-fed  control  rats 


Zinc  Deficient 

Pair-Fed  Control 

T 

7.2  ±  0.8"" 

8.83  +  2.9 

DHEA 

2.5  ±   0.4* 

2.8  ±  0.6 

*(Mean  dpm/gm  tissue  +  1  SEM)  x  10  ;   *  (Mean  dpm/gm  tissue  ±  1  SEM)  x  10' 


Morphological  examination  of  testicular  tissue  from  zinc  deficient  rats  re- 
vealed a  spermatogenic  arrest.  These  studies  indicate  that  zinc  deficiency, 
per  se,  does  not  directly  decrease  gonadal  hormone  secretion  and  suggest  that 
the  major  effect  of  zinc  deficiency  on  gonadal  function  is  through  some  alter- 
ation of  pituitary  gonadotropins. 

8.  Role  of  zinc  ion  in  LH  secretion.  Since  testosterone  secretion  was 
similar  from  the  testes  of  zinc  deficient  and  pair-fed  rats  the  defect  in  zinc 
deficiency  was  related  to  release  of  testosterone.  This  placed  the  defect  in 
the  hypothalamus,  the  pituitary  or  in  some  combination  of  these  two  tissues. 
In  order  to  evaluate  this  possibility  four  groups  of  rats  fed  the  following 
diets  were  studied:   (1)  zinc  deficient  diet,  ad  lib,  (2)  pair-fed  with  (1) 
with  zinc  supplemented  diet,  (3)  zinc  supplemented  diet,  ad  lib,  (4)  force  fed 
zinc  deficient  diet  in  an  amount  similar  to  that  eaten  by  group  (3) .   Serum 
zinc  concentration  and  urinary  zinc  excretion  revealed  groups  1  and  4  to  be 
zinc  deficient  whereas  groups  2  and  3  were  zinc  replete.  Measurement  of  pitui- 
tary LH  concentrations  were  similar  in  groups  1  and  2  but  were  significantly 
lower  in  groups  3  and  4  (Table  2).  These  data  indicate  that  anorexia  rather 
than  zinc  deficiency  per  s£  results  in  a  significant  decrease  in  pituitary  LH 
content.  The  pituitary  LH  deficit  in  zinc  deficient  rats  may  be  altered  if 
caloric  intake  can  be  increased  even  though  total  body  zinc  is  apparently 
decreased. 

TABLE  2  CONDITION  LH  (yg,mg  pituitary) 

Group  I     Zn  Deficient  Diet,  ad  lib  1.06 

Group  II    Pair-Fed  with  I  Zn  supplemented  Diet  0.82 

Group  III   Zn  Supplemented  Diet,  ad  lib  1.40 

Group  IV    Force  Fed  Zn  deficient  Diet  1.94 

6  ^// 


Serial  No.   NHLI-105(c) 

9.  Effects  of  L-histidine  and  zinc  on  serum  and  urinary  zinc  and  copper 

in  rat.   In  an  effort  to  obtain  a  satisfactory  model  system  in  which  the  effects 
of  L-histidine  could  be  studied  over  a  long  period  of  time  21  male  Sprague 
Dawley  rats  were  housed  individually  in  metabolic  cages  and  divided  into  3 
groups  of  7  each.   Group  I  received  zinc  supplemented  diet  alone,  Group  II 
received  zinc  supplemented  diet  with  histidine  added  at  3  concentrations, 
1  g/kg,  5  g/kg  and  7.5  g/kg.   Group  III  received  the  same  diet  as  Group  II 
only  with  additional  zinc,  8  g/kg.   Growth  rate  of  the  three  groups  of  rats 
were  similar.  However,  urinary  zinc  excretion  was  significantly  greater  in 
the  histidine  and  histidine  +  zinc  fed  rats  than  in  the  rats  fed  zinc  supple- 
mented diet  alone.  These  data  indicate  that  zinc  and  copper  excretion  can  be 
significantly  increased  by  feeding  L-histidine  in  rat. 

10.  Measurements  of  salivary  zinc  and  copper  in  normal  man  and  in 
patients  with  various  disease  states  including  disorders  of  taste  and  smell. 
Because  of  the  low  concentration  of  zinc  and  copper  in  saliva  it  has  been  im- 
practical to  measure  these  metals  in  this  important  fluid.  However,  with  the 
use  of  the  atomic  absorption  flameless  sampler  in  which  the  entire  sample  is 
combusted  under  control  conditions  it  is  possible  to  measure  zinc  and  copper 
in  the  range  of  1  ppb  instead  of  the  0.5  ppm  which  was  the  lower  limit  of 
accuracy  with  the  flame.  With  this  technical  advance  it  was  ascertained  that 
parotid  saliva,  collected  via  a  Lashley  cup  method,  in  normal  man  was  fairly 
uniform,  independent  of  rafe  of  flow  and  was  between  30  to  100  ppb  for  Zn 

and  15  to  40  ppb  for  Cu. 

In  general,  patients  with  hypogeusia  which  occurred  following  an  upper 
respiratory  infection,  following  surgery  or  head  injury  exhibit  significantly 
lower  than  normal  parotid  salivary  concentrations  of  zinc,  between  0  to  20  ppb 
whereas  concentrations  of  copper,  Na  and  K  are  within  normal  limits.  Treatment 
of  patients  with  zinc  ion  produces  two  types  of  changes.  One  group  of  patients 
treated  with  zinc  ion  exhibit  significant  increases  in  parotid  salivary  zinc 
concentration  to  levels  as  high  as  2  times  the  upper  limit  of  norm.al  whereas 
the  other  group  shows  no  change  over  those  levels  measured  prior  to  treatment. 
However,  serum  zinc  levels  and  urinary  zinc  excretion  increases  in  both  groups 
of  patients.   It  is  of  great  interest  that  only  those  patients  who  exhibit  a 
significant  increase  in  parotid  salivary  zinc  concentration  exhibit  a  concomi- 
tant subjective  and  objective  improvement  in  taste  acuity  whereas  those  patients 
in  whom  little  or  no  change  in  salivary  zinc  concentration  occurs  exhibited  little 
or  no  subjective  or  objective  change  in  taste  acuity  after  treatment.   Increases 
in  salivary  zinc  are  always  accompanied  by  a  concomitant  increase  in  protein. 
These  data  suggest  that  in  those  patients  in  whom  zinc  ion  administration  pro- 
duces an  increase  in  both  zinc  and  salivary  parotid  protein  the  zinc  ion  has 
induced  a  zinc  containing  salivary  protein.  This  protein  has  been  found  in  nor- 
mal subjects  with  normal  taste  acuity  and  where  levels  are  low  it  is  always 
associated  with  hypogeusia,  even  in  apparently  "normal  subjects"  who  do  not  com- 
plain overtly  of  hypogeusia.  This  parotid  salivary  protein  may  act  as  a  taste 
supporting  protein. 


^a 


Serial  No.  NHLI-105fc> 

11.  Copper  and  zinc  metabolism  in  Schizophrenia.  Zinc  and  copper  concen- 
trations were  studied  in  blood,  urine,  CSF,  gastric  fluid,  and  hair  of  20  patients 
with  unmedicated  acute  and  chronic  schizophrenia.  Ceruloplasmin  was  measured 

in  blood  in  each  patient.  Mean  values  for  the  patients  for  each  tissue  studied 
were  as  follows:  serum,  Zn  92  ±  3,  yg/100  ml  (mean  ±  1  SEM) ,  Cu  93  ±  5,  yg/100 
ml;  urine,  Zn  286  ±  35  yg/24  hr,  Cu  30  ±  3  yg/24  hr;  CSF,  Zn  2  ±  1  yg/100  ml  , 
Cu  3  ±  1  yg/100  ml;  gastric  fluid,  Zn  42  ±  4  yg/100  ml,  Cu  7  ±  2  yg/100  ml;  hair, 
Zn  136  ±  6  yg/100  ml.  These  values  are  all  within  normal  limits  and  suggest  that 
patients  severely  ill  with  acute  and  chronic  schizophrenia  do  not  differ  from 
normal  in  any  parameter  of  zinc  or  copper  concentration  in  any  tissue  studied. 
Although  treatment  with  zinc  or  copper  chelating  agents  have  been  used  with  some 
frequency  in  patients  with  schizophrenia  this  therapy  cannot  be  based  on  abnor- 
malities of  zinc  or  copper  levels  in  several  tissues  of  these  patients. 

12.  Alterations  in  copper  and  zinc  metabolism  following  administration  of 
6-azauridine-triacetate.  Various  drugs  alter  copper  and  zinc  metabolism  in  man. 
6-azauridine  triacetate  (6-Az)  is  an  antimetabolite  which  inhibits  de_  novo 
pyrimidine  synthesis  and  has  been  used  in  man  for  treatment  of  a  variety  of 
diseases.   It  also  alters  amino  acid  metabolism  producing  increases  in  serum 

of  thiol  containing  amino  acids  and  of  histidine.   Since  the  relationship  be- 
tween these  amino  acids  and  the  metabolism  of  copper  and  zinc  has  been  under 
intensive  study  in  our  laboratory  over  the  past  few  years  we  studied  7  women 
with  progressive  systemic  sclerosis  given  6-Az  in  order  to  evaluate  the  changes 
in  blood  and  urine  copper  and  zinc  which  occurred  following  its  administration. 
The  drug  was  given  orally  for  periods  of  7  days  beginning  with  3  g  daily  and 
increasing  by  3  g  daily  each  7  day  period  of  a  total  of  4  periods  and  a  maxi- 
mum dose  of  12  g  daily.   Significant  decreases  in  total  serum  zinc  and  copper 
were  found  in  each  patient  (p  <  0.05)  whereas  significantly  increased  urinary 
zinc  excretion  occurred  (p  <  0.01).  These  changes  can  be  directly  related  to 
the  hyper-aminoacidemia  and  hyper-aminoaciduria  (particularly  histidine  and 
thiol  containing  amino  acids)  which  occurred  following  administration  of  this 
drug.  The  decreased  serum  zinc  concentration  and  increased  urinary  zinc  ex- 
cretion was  dose  related  to  the  amount  of  drug  administered. 

13.  Zn  M  and  Zn   metabolism  in  patients  with  various  abnormalities  of 
zinc  metabolism.   Because  of  the  need  to  study  the  absorption,  distribution 

and  excretion  of  zinc  in  man  Zn°^  and  Zn^%  have  been  administered  intravenously 
and  orally  to  23  patients  with  several  abnormalities  of  taste  and  smell,  with 
Addison's  disease,  with  hepatic  porphyria  and  to  those  with  cystinuria  taking 
D-penicillamine.  Results  are  still  being  processed  for  most  of  these  studies. 
However,  preliminary  data  suggest  that  in  man  zinc  is  absorbed  to  a  large  part 
in  the  stomach  and  not  in  the  duodenum  as  in  rat.  Other  preliminary  data  in- 
dicate that  D-penicillamine  increases  the  normal  rate  of  zinc  absorption  from 
about  30%  of  the  injected  dose  to  over  95%  of  the  injected  dose  and  is  also 
active  in  enhancing  its  time  of  excretion. 


^/3 


Serial  No.  NHLI-105(c) 


14.  The  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  Panel  on  Zinc.  The  EPA 
has  established  several  panels  to  ascertain  the  present  state  of  knowledge  about 
various  metals.  These  include  chromium,  lead,  magnesium,  copper,  and  zinc. 
These  panels  have  been  set  up  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Science.   I  have  been  designated  Chairman  of  the  Panel  on  Zinc  for  the  EPA.  The 
task  of  the  panel  is  to  publish  a  position  paper  on  the  one  hand  with  respect 
to  possible  toxic  levels  of  this  element  in  the  environment  or  in  other  sources 
such  as  food  or  water  products  and  on  the  other  with  respect  to  inadequacy  of 
zinc  content  in  the  environment  or  in  sources  of  this  element  reaching  man. 

Significance: 

1.  Metal-protein  interactions.   We  have  established  that  copper-cerulo- 
plasmin  and  zincQi2  macroglobulin  complexes  are  metalloproteins  which  act  as 
blood  storage  forms  of  metals  and  that  copper- albumin  and  zinc-albumin  complexes 
are  the  physiologically  active  metalloproteins  in  blood.  These  latter  macro- 
molecular  ligands  are  in  equilibrium  with  micromolecular  ligands  in  serum 
mainly  the  amino  acids,  histidine  and  cysteine.   The  metals  are  conserved  and 
protected  against  renal  loss  by  their  complex  formation  with  large  molecular 
weight  proteins.   If  excessively  large  concentrations  of  histidine  or  cysteine 
appear  in  blood  as  occurs  in  hepatitis  or  cancer  or  after  histidine  administration 
then  these  metals  are  lost  from  the  body  and  metal  depletion  occurs.  This  sys- 
tem has  allowed  for  a  useful  model  of  the  production  of  Wenecke's  encephalopathy 
via  zinc  loss  with  histidine  administration.  This  system  can  also  be  utilized 
for  the  treatment  of  metal  poisoning  and  may  be  one  of  the  most  effective  forms 

of  treatment  of  metal  toxicity,  including  lead  or  mercury.   It  has  been  shown 
to  be  effective  in  vitro  in  removing  cadmium  from  its  albumin  binding  site. 

2.  Role  of  zinc  in  growth  and  development.  The  immediate  major  role  of 
zinc  in  growth  appears  to  be  through  its  control  of  food  intake  for  if  this 
metal  is  removed  from  the  diet  man  or  animals  will  stop  eating.  Our  studies 
suggest  that  the  endocrine  and  growth  effects  of  this  metal  are  due  to  its 
effects  on  food  intake  rather  than  to  any  direct  effect  on  hormone  metabolism. 

3.  Age-related  changes  in  copper  and  zinc.   No  previous  data  about  copper 
and  zinc  levels  in  man  between  birth  and  2  years  of  age  have  been  published. 

We  have  filled  in  this  gap.  We  have  also  suggested  that  age-dependent  changes 
in  total  serum  copper  and  zinc  levels  are  due  largely  to  increases  in  serum 
levels  of  the  major  transport  form  of  copper,  ceruloplasmin  and  to  the  macro- 
molecular  ligands  which  bind  zinc. 

4.  Drug  and  hormonal  effects  on  zinc  metabolism.   Because  zinc  is  a  criti- 
cally important  trace  element  its  loss  produces  severe  pathological  changes  in 
several  organ  systems.  Therefore,  it  is  important  to  identify  drugs  or  other 
agents  which  alter  zinc  metabolism  and  it  is  important  to  specify  their  mode  of 
action,  6-Azauridine  and  histidine  produce  zinc  depletion  by  altering  the 
manner  by  which  zinc  is  complexed  with  alblumin.   Similar  changes  have  been  pro- 
posed for  the  action  of  growth  hormone.  Adrenal  cortical  steroids  may  act  via 

a  direct  role  on  the  kidney  since  they  do  not  appear  to  alter  directly  the  for- 
mation of  the  zinc-albumin  complex  in  blood.   We  have  also  shown  for  the  first 
time  that  progesterone  directly  affects  blood  copper  levels  probably  through 
induction  of  ceruloplasmin.  This  means  that  both  estrogen  and  progesterone 
induce  this  metal loprotein. 

9  Sl</ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-105(c) 


5.  Treatment  of  the  hepatic  porphyria  with  histidine.  Data  in  four  sub- 
jects with  hepatic  porphyria  indicate  that  histidine  administration  either  sig- 
nificantly inhibits  the  production  of  urinary  uroporphyrin  and  coproporphyrin 
or  inhibits  the  production  of  porphyrin  precursors.  Our  initial  data  suggest 
that  this  inhibition  occurs  through  a  histidine  inhibition  of  6  amino  acid  levu- 
linic  acid  and  suggests  that  histidine  may  play  some  role  in  heme  synthesis. 

6.  Treatment  of  patients  with  hypogeusia  with  zinc  ion.   Successful 
treatment  of  patients  with  idiopathic  hypogeusia  with  zinc  ion  is  uniformly 
associated  with  the  production  of  a  zinc  containing  protein  in  parotid  saliva. 
These  data  suggest  that  zinc  acts  to  induce  the  production  of  this  protein  in 
the  same  manner  that  copper  induces  ceruloplasmin  in  the  blood  of  patients 
with  Menkes  Steely  Hair  Syndrome.  Previously  only  hormones  and  similar  agents 
have  been  associated  with  the  induction  of  metal  carrying  proteins  but  the 
present  data  suggest  that  a  metal  itself  may  be  involved  as  an  inducer  of  its 
own  carrying  protein  under  specific  conditions.  The  induction  of  this  protein 
is  dose  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  administered  zinc  ion.   In  some  patients 
25  mg  of  zinc  ion  is  too  little  whereas  50  mg  of  zinc  ion  is  adequate  to  induce 
this  protein.  Removal  of  zinc  ion  from  these  patients  is  associated  with  the 
loss  of  this  protein  from  saliva.  This  protein  appears  in  normal  parotid  saliva. 
Since  taste  buds  do  not  contain  blood  vessels  or  lymphatics  the  presence  of 

this  zinc  containing  parotid  salivary  protein  serves  to  support  taste  bud 
function.  These  studies  are  the  first  in  which  a  specific  role  for  saliva  in 
taste  has  been  observed  and  they  firmly  relate  the  role  that  zinc  plays  both 
in  saliva  and  in  taste. 

In  patients  with  idiopathic  hypogeusia  in  those  in  whom  this  protein  is  in- 
duced by  zinc  ion  taste  acuity  returns  to  normal  following  zinc  administration. 
Continued  administration  of  zinc  ion  is  necessary  for  continued  function  and 
continued  production  of  the  protein.   In  those  patients  in  whom  zinc  ion  dies 
not  induce  this  protein  taste  function  does  not  return  to  normal.  These  results 
suggest  two  possible  modes  of  therapy:   (1)  since  the  induction  of  this  protein 
is  dose-dependent  with  respect  to  zinc,  and  since  zinc  toxicity  occurs  at 
levels  20  times  the  largest  dose  given  in  any  of  our  studies,  administration 
of  larger  amounts  of  zinc  ion  may  be  effective  in  inducing  this  protein,  or 
(2)  in  those  patients  in  whom  this  protein  cannot  be  practically  induced  it 
should  be  possible  to  supply  this  protein  topically  and  return  acuity  to  normal 
in  this  manner. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project: 

1.  The  several  mechanisms  by  which  hormones  and  drugs  affect  zinc  metabolism 
will  be  investigated. 

2.  The  role  of  various  diuretic  agents  and  their  cysteine  and/or  histidine 
complexes  will  be  studied  to  investigate  the  direct  role  these  agents  play  at 
the  ascending  loop  of  Henle  and  in  the  proximal  tubule. 


10  ^/r 


Serial  No.  NHLI-105(c) 

3.  Kinetics  of  Zn   and  Zn  M  will  be  studied  in  man  to  learn  more  about 
the  metabolism  of  this  metal. 

4.  The  zinc  containing  protein  in  parotid  saliva  will  be  isolated  and  its 
characteristics  evaluated.  The  relationship  between  this  metalloprotein  and 
the  normal  and  abnormal  metabolism  of  zinc  in  normal  subjects  and  in  patients 
with  various  diseases  will  be  investigated.   Isolation  of  this  protein  should 
offer  a  useful  tool  by  which  patients  with  various  taste  disorders  may  be 
treated. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications : 

1.  Giroux,  E.L.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Macromolecular  ligands  of  exchangeable 
copper,  zinc  and  cadmitim  in  human  seriam.   Bioinorganic  Chem.  2:  125- 
133,  1972. 

2.  Prakash,  N.,  Fontana,  J.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:   Effect  of  transitional 

+    + 
metal  ions  on  (Na  ♦  K  )ATPase  activity  and  the  uptake  of  norepinephrine 

and  choline  by  brain  synaptosomes .   Life  Sci.  12:  249-259,  1973. 

3.  Sato,  N.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Pituitary-gonadal  regulation  of  copper  and 
zinc  metabolism  in  the  female  rat.  Amer.  J_.  Physiol .  (In  press). 

4.  Henkin,  R.I,,  Schulman,  Joseph  D.,  Schulman,  Carol  B.,  Bronzert,  Diane: 
Changes  in  total,  non-diffusible  and  diffusible  plasma  zinc  and  copper 
during  infancy.   J_.  of  Pediatrics  82:  831-837,  1973. 

5.  Slavik,  M.,  Danilson,  D.,  Keiser,  H.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Alterations  in 
metabolism  of  copper  and  zinc  following  administration  of  6-azauridine 
triacetate.   Biochemical  Pharm.   (In  press). 


11  <3/6 


Serial  No.  NHLI-106(c) 


1 .  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Neuroendocrinology 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Taste  and  Olfaction 

Previous  Serial  No.:  NHLI-220  (c) 

Principal  Investigator:  Robert  1.  Henkin,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Clark  Lum,  Ph.D. 

Paul  J.  Schechter,  M.D.,  Ph.D. 

Eugene  L.  Giroux,  Ph.D. 

A.  L.  Larson,  M.D. 

Frank  Catalanotto,  D.D.S. 

C.F.  T.  Mattern,  M.D. 

Navah  Paran,  Msc 

Cooperating  Units:  Department  of  Psychology,  Duke  University,  Durham,  N.C.; 
Presbyterian  Hospital,  N.Y.,N.Y.;  Cambell  Institute  for 
Food  Research,  Camden,  N.J.;  NIAID:LCI,  NEI,  NCI: Surg., 
NIDR:OMS,  NIAMD:  A  5  R,  NCI:  Pathological  Anatomy  Branch. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  To  investigate  in  a  systematic  manner  the  anatomical,  physiologi- 
cal, pharmacological,  pathological  and  chemical  correlates  of  taste  and  ol- 
faction. 

Major  Findings:   Taste 

Anatomy.   1.  Architecture  and  function  of  taste  buds.  A.  Three  major  cell 
types  comprise  the  40-60  cells  which  make  up  the  taste  bud  of  man  and  other 
animals.  Type  I  cells  comprise  approximately  80%  of  the  taste  cells.  Type  II 
cells,  approximately  15%  of  the  taste  cells  and  Type  III  cells,  5%  of  the 
cells.  Although  the  function  of  these  cell  types  are  not  completely  understood 
synapses  are  structured  such  that  brain  — >   taste  bud  connections  are  present 

in  Type  I  and  II  cells  whereas  taste  bud  >■  brain  connections  are  present 

only  in  Type  III  cells.   Helical  bundles  of  tonafilaments  have  been  observed 
in  Type  II  cells  and  we  have  suggested  that  their  function  lay  in  contraction 
and  relaxation  such  that  the  structures  of  the  pore  might  be  protected  from 
noxious  or  toxic  substances  which  enter  the  oral  cavity  and  which  might  injure 
the  taste  bud.  Using  relatively  primitive  techniques  with  light  microscopy  two 
years  ago  we  observed  what  appeared  to  be  opening  and  closing  of  fungiform 
papillae  in  mouse  tongue  following  the  application  of  noxious  substances  such 
as  high  concentrations  of  HCl.  Recently  using  an  episcope,  TV  camera  and  a 
video  tape  recorder  Mattern  has  demonstrated  an  outpouring  of  cell  fluid  from 

1  ^/r 


Serial  No.   NHLI-106(c) 

the  pore  of  the  fungiform  papilla  of  a  mouse  tongue  in  response  to  the  appli- 
cation of  the  vapor  of  high  concentrations  of  HCl.  This  is  compatible  with 
the  proposed  function  of  the  Type  II  cell.   Preliminary  studies  with  reserpine 
and  similar  agents  suggest  that  this  mechanism  is  controlled  by  adrenergic 
agents  since  reserpine  injected  into  the  mouse  blocks  this  action. 

B.  Using  available  clinical  and  physiological  information  we  hypothesized 
that  the  major  neurochemical  transmitter  system  in  the  taste  bud  must  be  cho- 
linergic in  nature.   In  an  effort  to  evaluate  this  hypothesis  we  predicted  that 
acetylcholine  and  acetylcholinesterase  had  to  be  present  at  the  pore  of  the 
taste  bud.   Studies  to  demonstrate  the  validity  of  this  hypothesis,  using  histo- 
chemical  electron  microscopic  techniques,  have  indeed  showed  the  presence  of 
acetylcholinesterase  distributed  along  the  finger-like  projections  of  the  taste 
bud  cells  within  the  taste  pore.  Appropriate  controls,  including  eserin  and  BW 
completely  inhibited  the  acetylcholinesterase  reaction.   However,  to  date, 
acetylcholine  has  not  yet  been  demonstrated  by  autoradiography  using  radio- 
active precursor  material.   In  another  series  of  experiments  various  ganglionic 
blocking  agents  have  been  presented  orally  to  man  and  taste  thresholds  for  four 
taste  qualities  and  forced  scaling  values  have  been  obtained.   In  these  studies 
the  depolarizing  post -ganglionic  blocking  agent  succinyl  choline  was  effective 
in  producing  hypogeusia  for  all  taste  qualities.  The  non-depolarizing  pre- 
ganglionic blocking  agent  curare  produced  ageusia  in  man.  The  non-depolarizing 
post  ganglionic  blocking  agent  panchoronium  also  produced  hypogeusia  as  did  the 
drug  methacholine  which  acts  like  succinyl  choline  in  competing  for  acetylcho- 
line sites  at  the  post  ganglionic  membrane.  These  studies  strongly  suggest 
that  neurochemical  events  involving  cholinergic  transmission,  probably  involving 
acetylcholine  probably  control  the  generator  potential  of  the  taste  bud.  Our 
anatomical  evidence  of  synapse  direction  suggests  that  this  event  takes  place 

at  the  Type  III  cell;  therefore  this  cell  is  probably  the  receptor  cell  of  the 
taste  bud.  Thus  the  tastant-receptor  complex  probably  forms  at  the  plasma  mem- 
brane of  the  Type  III  cell.   It  may  be  hypothesized  that  the  function  of  the 
Type  I  cell,  the  only  taste  cell  in  which  neurosecretory  granules  are  found,  is 
to  supply  acetylcholine  for  normal  taste  bud  function.  The  anatomical  obser- 
vations of  synaptic  direction,  in  part,  supports  this  hypothesis. 

C.  Effects  of  curare  on  response  to  NaCl  and  HCl  in  rat.   Female  Sprague- 
Dawley  rats  were  anesthetized,  their  chorda  tympani  nerves  exposed  and  the  neural 
output  monitored  by  a  recorder  and  counted  by  an  EPUT  meter.   By  this  method 
electrical  discharges  from  the  nerve  were  summed  for  periods  of  1  sec.  NaCl 

and  HCl  of  various  concentrations  were  placed  on  the  rat  tongue  and  the  responses 
recorded  before  and  after  placement  of  curare,  3  mg/ml  on  the  tongue.   Prior 
to  placement  the  usual  increasing  frequency  dose-response  relationship  was 
observed  for  increasing  concentrations  of  NaCl  (30-1000  mM)  and  HCl  (15-150  mM) . 
Following  placement  of  curare  response  to  NaCl  occurred  only  following  placement 
of  a  1000  mM  solution  and  that  response  was  1/3  the  untreated  value;  response 
to  HCl  first  occurred  at  a  60  mM  concentration  and  the  responses  were  also  1/2 
normal.  These  results  in  rat  verify  the  psychophysical  responses  obtained  in 
man  and  indicate  that  taste  responses  in  rat  may  be  greatly  inhibited  by  non- 
depolarizing preganglionic  blockage. 


<?/« 


Serial  No.  NHLI-106(c) 

Chemistry 

1.  Purification  and  some  properties  of  tlFGF,  a  taste-modlfylng  glycoprotein 
from  miracle  fruit.   MFGP  (miracle  fruit  glycoprotein)  Is  the  name  given  a  taste 
modifying  glycoprotein  purified  from  "Miracle  Fruit",  Synsepalum  dulclflcum.   We 
have  derived  a  new  purification  scheme  for  MFGP  which  involves  adsorption  of  the 
miracle  fruit  polyphenols  by  insoluble  polyvinylpyrrolidone  followed  by  three 
ion-exchange  column  chromatography  steps.   Some  of  the  chemical  and  physical 
properties  of  MFGP  were  determined.   Our  results  extend  those  of  others  although 
results  on  the  carbohydrate  constituents  are  contradictory.   MFGP  contains  6.3% 
carbohydrate,  14.4%  nitrogen  and  has  a  molecular  weight  of  approximately  45,000. 
When  denatured  and  reduced  it  is  cleaved  into  two  fragments,  of  approximately 
28,000  and  17,000  mol.  wt.   The  amino  acid  and  carbohydrate  composition  of  MFGP 
have  been  determined.   Fucose  xyloee,  mannose  and  galactose  have  been  confirmed 
in  acid  hydrolyzates  of  the  glycoprotein.   Twenty  micrograms  of  MFGP  produces  a 
marked  increase  in  sweetness  of  lemon  and  concomitantly  a  marked  diminution  of 
sourness.   This  yield  and  activity  is  more  than  three  times  that  reported  by  any 
other  group. 

2.  Chemistry  of  miracle  fruit  glycoprotein  (MFGP) .   Further  Isolation  and 
purification  of  MFGP.  A  modification  of  the  initial  procedure  used  to  isolate 
and  purify  MFGP  has  been  made  to  reduce  the  time  and  number  of  chromatography 
steps  previously  used.   These  modifications  consist  of:   (1)  reducing  the  volume 
of  0.1  M  carbonate  buffer  used  in  extraction  to  a  volume  of  3  times  the  net 
weight  of  the  berry  pulp;  (2)  reducing  the  time  for  extraction  to  30  minutes  for 
stirring  with  PVP;  (3)  adjusting  the  pH  of  the  extract  to  6.0  prior  to  passing 
it  through  the  first  Bio  Gel  MC-30  column  and  (4)  washing  the  column  with  pH  6.0 
buffer  and  then  pH  6.5  phosphate  0.1  M  buffer.   The  first  crude  carbonate  extract 
showed  physiological  activity  5  times  stronger  than  the  second  extract  when  the 
pulp  was  repeatedly  extracted  in  the  same  manner.  All  the  other  steps  and  amount 
of  reagent  used  were  the  same  as  used  previously. 

The  active  fractions  eluted  from  the  Bio  Gel  MC-30  column  were  colorless 
and  exhibited  one  single  band  with  either  Commassie  Brilliant  blue  (for  protein) 
or  with  Schiff 's  base  (for  glycoprotein)  in  Disc  electrophoresis.   These  fractions 
have  remained  stable  at  4°C  for  4  months. 

Further  purification  with  chromatography  on  Sephadex-DEAE  with  NaCl  linear 
concentration  gradient  elutlon  (0.05  and  0.65  M  in  0.1  M  carbonate  buffer,  pH 
10.5)  was  carried  out.   The  active  fraction  so  obtained  was  dialyzed  against 
water  and  lyophylized.   The  dried  protein  was  examined  for  biological  activity. 
A  linear  relationship  was  obtained  at  4'  to  100  yg  between  the  logarithm  of 
amount  of  protein  obtained  (yg)  v.s.  relative  sweetness  of  citric  acid  (C.02  M)  . 

3 .  The  effect  of  Smith  oxidation  and  borohydride  reduction  on  MFGP.   The 
pH  of  MFGP  was  adjusted  to  4.5  with  1.0  N  acetic  acid.  As  a  control  10%  dis- 
tilled water  was  added  to  an  aliquot  of  this  solution.   Into  the  MFGP  solutions 
at  pH  4.5  NalO^  was  added  to  make  solutions  ranging  in  concentration  from  10~7 
to  10~3  M.   The  mixtures  were  kept  at  4°C,  in  darkness,  for  5,  15,  30,  60,  75, 
120  minutes.  At  the  end  of  reaction  50  pi  of  sample  was  quickly  drawn  and  tested 
by  bioassay.   The  reaction  was  terminated  by  adding  one  or  two  drops  of  ethylene 
glycol.   The  activity  of  all  reaction  mixtures  were  reduced  from  40%  to  100%  in 

5  to  60  minutes  at  various  NalO^  concentrations;  at  3  x  10"^  M  40%  redaction 

3  ^(9 


Serial  No.  NHLI-106(c) 

occurred  In  5  minutes,  56%  in  15  minutes,  60%  in  30  to  120  min.;  at  5  x  10~5  M, 
60%  reduction  in  15  min.,  75%  in  45  and  75  min.;  at  10"^  M  68%  in  30  min.  and 
100%  reduction  in  60  min.   At  3  x  10"^  M  NaCl  solution  after  40  hours  the  MFGP 
lost  all  its  sugar  bioactivity  and  the  solution  of  0.02  M  citric  acid  was  taste- 
less (no  sourness  was  detected).   This  might  have  occurred  earlier  than  40  hours. 
The  reducing  sugar  was  decreased  as  the  sugar  bioactivity  decreased  but  the  pro- 
tein bands  were  unchanged;  the  disc  electrophoreses  showed  a  single  band  iden- 
tical to  the  control.   This  indicates  the  polysaccharide  moiety  plays  an  impor- 
tant role  in  the  taste  modifying  effect  of  MFGP.   These  results  also  suggest  that 
the  binding  effect  of  protein  which  apparently  has  a  blocking  effect  was  not 
effected  by  NalO^  at  the  concentrations  tested. 

Reduction  with  sodium  borohydride:   Dialized  MFGP  was  dissolved  in  0.1  M  phos- 
phate buffer  pH  8.0  or  the  pH  of  MFGP  solution  was  adjusted  to  8.0  with  Na2HP04 
solution  (0.1  M).   10%  of  10"^  M  NaBH4  was  added  to  this  solution  and  kept  at  4°C 
for  30  min.  to  27  hours.   At  the  end  of  the  reaction  samples  were  drawn  and 
tested  quantitatively  for  activity.   The  reaction  was  terminated  by  adjusting  pH 
of  reaction  mixture  to  3.5.  At  pH  7.6,  8.0  and  8.4,  all  solutions  increased 
their  activity  with  different  optimum  reaction  time.  At  pH  8.0  the  activity 
reached  maximum  at  2.5  hours  but  at  pH  7.6  and  8.4  more  than  20  hours  was  required. 
At  pH  8.0,  NaBH^  10"^  M  the  maximum  activity  increased  to  about  300%  over  control 
in  2.5  hours  and  remained  for  at  least  3  hours.   The  activity  decreased  after  10 
hours  and  returned  to  the  level  of  initial  activity  after  27  hours.  At  the  maxi- 
mal increase  in  activity,  the  protein  moiety  of  MFGP  remained  unchanged  as  shown 
by  disc  electrophoresis  and  by  Dawely  assay;  however,  the  amount  of  reducing 
sugar  was  reduced  10%.   As  the  activity  decreased  the  content  of  the  reducing 
sugar  was  also  continuously  decreased.   This  suggests  the  possibility  that  one 
sugar  was  reduced  first  and  the  change  in  this  sugar  is  responsible  for  the  in- 
crease in  activity.   The  further  reduction  of  the  other  sugars,  on  the  other 
hand,  may  be  responsible  for  decreasing  activity. 

4.  Hydrolysis  of  MFGP.   All  the  neutral  sugars  was  completely  liberated 
in  20-40  minutes  in  1.0  N  trif lugloacetic  acid  in  an  evacuated  sealed  tube 
containing  N2  at  105°C.   Under  the  same  condition  in  2.0  N  HCl  only  xylose  and 
mannose  were  liberated  after  1-4  hours  of  hydrolysis.   Further  studies  were 
undertaken  to  determine  the  sequence  of  polysaccharides  by  the  alternating  actions 
of  Smith  oxidation  and  borohydride  reduction  on  the  various  sugars.   Tritiated 
MFGP  derivatives  have  been  prepared  for  the  studies  in  structure-activity  inter- 
relationships, the  binding  specificity  of  MFGP  and  quantitative  assay  by  bio- 
chemical means  rather  than  by  bioassay. 

5.  Preparation  of  taste  bud  membranes.   The  isolation  procedure  of  taste 
bud  membranes  from  bovine  circumvallate  papillae  was  performed  by  initial  treat- 
ment of  excised  bovine  circumvallate  papillae  with  freezing,  hypotonic  swelling, 
nitrogen  pressurization,  selective  homogenization  and  filtration.   The  filtrate 
was  then  treated  to  isolate  purified  taste  bud  membranes  by  differential  and  su- 
crose gradient  centrifugation  from  the  nuclear  and  microsomal  pellets.   The  iso- 
lated taste  bud  membranes  were  washed  three  times  in  a  Kreb-bicarbonate  buffer, 
pH  7.4  and  dialyzed  overnight  against  the  same  buffer  solution  in  order  to  obtain 
a  sucrose  free  taste  bud  membrane  suspension.   The  exicsed  epithelial  tissues 
were  treated  in  the  same  manner  described  previously  in  the  taste  bud  membrane 
isolation. 

A  3t^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI- 106(c) 


6.  Measurements  of  specific  binding  of  sugars  to  taste  bud  membranes. 
Incubations  were  carried  out  at  30  C  in  plastic  micro  test  tubes  (Capacity 
0.4  ml).  The  incubation  medium  contained  10  mM  Kreb-bicarbonate  buffer,  pH 
7.4  and  labeled  and  unlabeled  sugars  at  various  concentrations.   Sugars  used 
in  the  study  were  labeled  and  unlabeled  sucrose,  fructose,  glucose,  cyclamate, 
and  saccharine.  Taste  bud  and  epithelial  membrane  suspensions (7-15  pg  protein) 
were  suspended  in  the  incubation  medium  to  complete  a  reaction  volume  of  100  yl. 
After  incubation,  with  shaking  for  30  min.  at  SO'C,  50  yl  of  1%  polyethylene 
glycol,  m.w.  6000  was  layered  on  top  of  the  incubation  mixture.  The  tubes 
were  centrifuged  immediately  in  a  Beckman  microcentrifuge  for  3  min.  The 
supernatant  fluid  was  aspirated  with  a  very  fine  tip  Pasteur  Pipette  attached 
to  a  vacuum  line.  The  pellet  was  washed  once  by  adding  50  yl  buffer  and  then 
the  fluid  was  aspirated  as  described  above.  The  tip  of  the  plastic  centrifuge  tube 
was  cut  off  with  a  razor  blade  at  a  point  just  above  the  pellet  and  was  trans- 
ferred to  a  10  ml  liquid  scintillation  fluid  for  radioactivity  counting. 

Biological  specificity  of  sugar  binding  on  the  taste  bud  membranes  hae   been 
demonstrated  for  all  sugars  studied  as  indicated  by  the  decrease  of  relative 
labeled  sugar  binding  on  the  taste  bud  membranes  when  concentrations  of  un- 
labeled sugar  are  increased.  However,  there  was  no  displacement  of  labeled 
sugar  on  the  epithelial  tissue  fraction  by  the  addition  of  unlabeled  sugar 
indicating  the  non-specificity  of  binding  to  other  than  taste  bud  membranes. 

The  specific  binding  activities  of  sucrose,  fructose,  glucose,  cyclamate 
and  saccharine  on  the  taste  bud  membranes  and  on  corresponding  epithelial 
tissue  were  placed  on  Scatchard  plots.  The  resulting  curves  showed  good 
linearity  for  sucrose,  fructose  and  glucose,  indicating  that  only  a  primary 
group  of  binding  sites  was  present  on  the  taste  bud  membranes.  The  resulting 
points  showed  non-linearity  for  cyclamate  and  saccharine,  indicating  there  was 
a  primary  group  of  binding  sites  present  on  the  initial  linear  portion  of  the 
curves,  and  a  secondary  group  of  binding  sites  present  on  the  lower  non- linear 
portion  of  the  curves . 

The  specific  binding  properties  of  sucrose,  fructose,  glucose,  cyclamate 
and  saccharine  are  shown  in  Table  1.   The  order  of  binding  affinity  was 
sucrose  >  fructose  >  glucose  >  cyclamate  >  saccharine.  The  highest  sugar  concen- 
tration bound  per  mg  membrane  protein  was  fructose,  the  lowest  concentration 
of  sugar  bound  was  sucrose. 

Taste  bud  membranes  isolated  from  taste  buds  of  bovine  circumvallate 
papillae  have  shown  specific  biological  activities  on  sucrose,  fructose,  glucose, 
cyclamate  and  saccharine.  The  specific  biological  activities  for  sucrose, 
|fructose  and  glucose  are  in  the  same  order  of  magnitude  as  behavorial  responses 
'in  cow,  and  the  concentrations  of  specific  binding  affinities  for  sucrose, 
fructose,  glucose,  cyclamate  and  saccharine  are  similar  to  the  reported  recog- 
nition thresholds  for  these  sugars  in  man. 


Sid- 1 


I 


Serial  No.   NHLI- 106(c) 

TABLE  1  Binding  Sugars  to  Taste  Bud  Membranes 

Sugar  Kd\  (f 

(x  10"^  M)       (x  10"2  M/mg  protein) 

0.5 

10.5 

2.5 

4.0 
6.6 

2.7 
6.4 


Dissociation  constant 

2 
Sugar  concentration  bound  per  mg  taste  bud  membrane  protein 


Sucrose 

1.06 

Fructose 

1.76 

Glucose 

3.36 

Cyclamate 

1" 

11.67 

1" 

32.57 

Saccharine 

1' 

18.28 

1" 

66.23 

Physiology 

1 .   Influence  of  intake  of  various  substances  on  the  intake  of  tastants 
and  other  substances.  A.  The  intake  of  dextrose  influences  the  intake  of  salt. 
Adult  Sprague-Dawley  male  rats  were  given  lab  chow  to  which  0,  10%,  20%,  30%, 
40%,  50%,  and  60%  dextrose  was  added  for  one  or  two  weeks.   During  the  intake 
of  this  diet  rats  were  offered  a  choice  between  0.30  M  NaCl  and  water.   Normally 
rats  reject  0.30  M  NaCl  and  prefer  water.  With  0  or  10%  added  dextrose  rats 
preferred  water  to  NaCl.  However,  with  concentrations  of  20%  dextrose  or 
greater  rats  took  in  significantly  greater  quantities  of  NaCl  than  under  control 
conditions  without  dextrose  or  with  10%  added  dextrose. 


^S^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-106(c) 


Condition 

Control  -  no  added  dextrose 

10%  -  added  dextrose 

20%  -  added  dextrose 

30%  -  added  dextrose 

50%  -  added  dextrose 

60%  -  added  dextrose 


Preference  for  0.30  M  NaCl 
1st  Week  2nd  Week 

20  ±  5%  (Mean  ±  1  SEM)      27  ±  4% 
25  ±4%  27  ±  5% 

44  ±7%  44  ±  8% 

51  ±  5% 
48  ±  5% 
46  ±  7% 


Upon  dlscontiniiatlon  of  added  dietary  dextrose  in  diet  (60%  added)  more 
than  3  weeks  was  required  before  a  significant  decrease  in  preference  for 
0.30  M  NaCl  occurred. 

B.   The  intake  of  monosodium  glutumate  (MSG)  and  NaCl  influences  the  intake 
of  bitter  substances.   Studies  carried  out  in  man  suggested  that  MSG  decreased 
taste  thresholds  for  bitter  substances.   In  order  to  study  this  phenomenon 
systematically  male  Sprague  Dawley  rats,  120  *  10  g  (Mean  ±  1  SEM)  were  housed 
individually  and  divided  arbitrarily  into  groups  of  3.   Each  rat  was  fed  daily 
with  10  g  lab  chow  containing  10%  glucose.   Their  drinking  behavior  was  observed 
when  offered  a  choice  between  water  or  quinine  sulfate  (1.1  x  10~^M) ,  water  or 
MSG  (10~^  and  lO'^M)  ,  water  or  quinine  sulfate  plus  MSG  (10"^,  5  x  10"^,  10-3, 
10-2m)  and  water  or  quinine  sulfate  plus  NaCl  (0.015  M) . 

The  results  indicated  that  rats  preferred  dilute  MSG  (10"%),  with  a  pre- 
ference of  77.6  ±  5.5%  and  rejected  higher  concentrations  of  MSG  (10"^M)  11.29 
±  5.1%.  MSG  (IQ-'^M)  had  no  effect  on  the  bitter  taste  of  quinine  (1.1  x  10"^) 
when  both  were  added  together  (11.0  ±  2.7%)  compared  to  that  of  the  control, 
water  v.s.  quinine  (1.1  x  lO'^M)  alone  (11.3  ±  2.7%).  As  the  concentration  of 
added  MSG  increased  the  preference  of  quinine  solution  increased,  16.6  *  9.6% 
for  5  X  10"^  M  MSG  and  43.5  ±  1.7%  for  10-3  M  MSG  but  decreased  as  the  concen- 
tration of  MSG  increased  to  10-2  M,  21.5  ±  6.1%.   With  0.015  M  NaCl  added  to 
quinine  the  taste  preference  of  rat  toward  quinine  also  increased  to  27.5  ±  4.0%. 


^SL3 


Serial  No.    NHLI-106(c) 

2.  Altered  preference  for  sodium  chloride,  anorexia  and  changes  in  plasma 
and  urinary  zinc  in  rats  fed  a  zinc  deficient  diet.  Changes  in  NaCl  preference 
and  in  plasma  and  urinary  zinc  were  studied  in  weanling  rats  fed,  ad_  libitum, 
zinc  deficient  or  zinc  supplemented  diets  and  in  rats  pair  fed  an  amount  of 
food  equal  to  that  eaten  by  rats  fed  a  zinc  deficient  diet.   NaCl  preference  in 
rats  fed  the  zinc  deficient  diet  was  significantly  greater  than  in  pair  fed 
(i.e.,  food  deprived)  controls  or  in  rats  fed  a  zinc  supplemented  diet,  ad 
libitum.  This  alteration  in  preference  occurred  within  3  days  of  initiation 

of  the  zinc  deficient  diet  although  anorexia  was  observed  in  these  rats  with- 
in the  first  two  days. 

Concentrations  of  plasma  zinc  and  24  hour  urinary  zinc  excretion  were  sig- 
nificantly lower  in  rats  fed  the  zinc  deficient  diet  than  in  pair  fed  rats  or 
in  rats  fed  the  zinc  supplemented  diet  ad_  libitiom.  These  data  suggest  an  inter- 
relationship between  an  increased  preference  for  NaCl  and  anorexia  mediated 
through  zinc  deficiency. 

3.  Effect  of  zinc  on  taste  preference  of  quinine  sulfate  and  HCl.  In  order 
to  extend  our  knowledge  of  the  manner  by  which  zinc  alters  taste  acuity  weanling 
male  Sprague  Dawley  rats,  50  *  5  g,  were  arbitrarily  divided  into  two  groups. 
One  group  of  rats  received  zinc  deficient  diet  (.5ppm  Zn"*"*") ,  while  a  second 
group,  the  control  group,  was  pair-fed  with  the  same  diet  supplemented  with 
zinc  (SOppm  Zn*"'') .   Growth  and  food  intake  were  measured  for  each  individual 
rat  and  means  for  each  group  were  calculated.  The  preference  behavior  of  the 
two  groups  of  rats  were  examined  by  the  standard  methods  used  in  our  laboratory 
to  determine  preference  for  the  noxious  substances  HCl  and  quinine  sulfate. 
Total  fluid  intake  was  also  measured.  Urinary  excretion  of  zinc  and  copper  was 
determined  throughout  the  course  of  studies  by  atomic  absorption  spectropho- 
tometry and  plasma  zinc  levels  were  measured  at  the  end  of  the  study. 

Urinary  zinc  excretion  of  the  pair  fed  rats  was  significantly  higher  than 
that  of  the  zinc  deficient  rats  and  their  plasma  zinc  fevels  were  also  signifi- 
cantly higher.  Urinary  zinc  excretion  was  significantly  lower  in  the  rats  fed 
zinc  deficient  diet  compared  to  the  pair  fed  rats.  These  differences  were  first 
observed  after  the  first  week  of  experiment .  At  the  end  of  5  weeks 

the  plasma  zinc  levels  of  control  rats  was  significantly  higher  (218.4  ±  8.5 
Mg/ml)  than  that  of  zinc  deficient  rats  (150.0  ±  15.6  P  <  0.005).  No  signifi- 
cant difference  between  the  two  groups  was  observed  in  plasma  copper.  The 
growth  of  the  two  groups  of  animals  were  identical  throughout  the  study. 

The  zinc  deficient  rats  exhibited  higher  taste  preferences  toward  quinine 
sulfate  (1.1  x  10"%),  39.8  *  4.9%  and  0.002  M  HCl,  42.4  ±  6.5%  than  those  of 
the  controls,  16.6  ±  2.6%  (P  <  0.005)  and  20.48  ±  6.6%  (P  <  0.05),  respectively. 

These  studies  demonstrate  that  zinc  deficient  rats  develop  hypogeusia; 
i.e.,  they  will  accept  solutions  normally  rejected  by  control,  zinc  replete 
rats. 


J^V 


Serial  No.  NHTJ-lQ6(c) 

4.  The  effects  of  histidlne  monohydrochlorlde  In  rats.   In  order  to  develop 
a  model  system  to  evaluate  effects  of  zinc  depletion  21  male  Sprague  Dawley  rats, 
270  ±  20  g,  were  arbitrarily  divided  into  3  groups.  One  group  of  rats,  the 
control  rats  (C)  received  zinc  supplemented  diet  ad  lib.  A  second  group  of  7 
rats  received  the  zinc  supplemented  diet  plus  histidine  monohydrochlorlde  at 
dosage  of  1.5  and  7.5  g/kg  for  2,  8  and  3  weeks  respectively  (H) ;  a  third 

group  of  7  rats  received  the  same  diet  as  the  H  group  plus  zinc  8  mg/kg  (as 
zinc  carbonate)  (HZ).  All  animals  were  pair  fed  their  respective  diets  with  the 
H  group.   The  effects  of  histidine  monohydrochlorlde  on  the  rats  were  observed 
with  respect  to  their  taste  preference  toward  NaCl  (0.3  M) ,  body  weight,  organ 
weight  and  urinary  and  plasma  zinc  and  copper  content. 

Total  fluid  intake  and  NaCl  preference  were  higher  in  the  H  group  than  in  C. 
The  additional  zinc  in  the  HZ  group  appeared  to  decrease  the  appetite  of  this 
group  resulting  in  less  food  intake  and  smaller  body  weights.   Histidine  at  high 
dosages,  5  and  7.5  g/kg  significantly  increased  the  total  body  weight,  and  the 
weights  of  liver  and  kidney  in  H  rats.   No  significant  differences  were  observed 
in  urinary  zinc  excretion  of  rats  given  1  g/kg  histidine  monohydrochlorlde. 
However  at  higher  doses  of  histidine,  5  or  7.5  g/kg,  urinary  zinc  excretion 
was  significantly  higher  (27.19  ±  2.9  ug/24  hr  and  34.88  ±  3.35  yg/24  hr  for 
H  group,  respectively,  and  26.18  ±  3.5  yg/24  hr  and  41.0  ±  3.9  yg/24  hr  for 
HZ  group,  respectively)  than  those  of  control  rats  (4.79  ±  0.49  ug/24  hr  and 
2.82  ±  0.28  yg/24  hr,  respectively).  At  higher  histidine  doses  the  urinary 
zinc  was  significantly  higher  in  both  H  and  HZ  groups. 

5.  Salt  taste,  salt  preference  and  hypertension  in  man  and  animals. 

A.  NaCl  preference  in  spontaneously  hypertensive  rats;  age  and  blood  pressure 
effects.   Preference  for  0.30  M  NaCl  was  determined  in  spontaneously  hyperten- 
sive (SH)  male  rats  and  in  normotensive  Wistar/Kyoto  (WI/KY)  controls  of  the 
same  strain  with  a  two  bottle  preference  test  for  16  weeks  post-weaning.  Pre- 
ference for  the  salt  solution  in  the  SH  rats  increased  as  blood  pressure  in- 
creased to  the  h3rpertensive  range  as  the  animals  increased  in  age.  Increased 
preference  and  hypertension  reached  maximal  levels  at  14  weeks  of  age  and  re- 
mained at  these  levels  thereafter.  No  significant  difference  in  preference  or 
blood  pressure  was  observed  in  the  normotensive  controls  during  the  same  period. 
SH  rats  in  which  preference  for  0.30  M  NaCl  was  measured  for  the  first  time  at 
14  weeks  of  age  had  hjrpertension  similar  to  that  of  the  SH  rats  exposed  to  the 
salt  solution  from  weaning;  elevated  preference  for  0.30  M  NaCl  in  these  two 
groups  of  SH  rats  was  also  similar.  WI/KY  normotensive  controls  first  given 
NaCl  at  14  weeks  of  age  had  low  levels  of  preference  similar  to  that  observed 
in  control  rats  given  NaCl  from  weaning. 

B.   Salt  preference  in  patients  with  untreated  and  treated  essential 
hypertension.  NaCl  preference  was  studied  in  16  patients  with  essential  hy- 
pertension and  26  normotensive  volunteers  over  a  2  day  test  period.  Prior  to 
placement  in  the  test  group  each  was  shown  to  exhibit  normal  detection  and 
recognition  thresholds  for  the  taste  of  NaCl.  Each  was  placed  on  a  constant 
dry  diet  containing  9  mEq  Na  and,  as  the  only  source  of  fluid,  given  a  choice 
of  drinking  either  distilled  E2O,  0.15  M  NaCl  or  some  combination  of  the  two 
fluids.  Patients  with  essential  hypertension  drank  a  significantly  greater 
proportion  of  their  total  fluid  as  saline  (day  1:  35%  vs  13%;  day  2:  34  vs  14%) 

9  <5j<r' 


Serial  No.   NHLI-106(c) 

and  drank  a  greater  total  volume  of  fluid  (day  1:  1332  vs  669  cc ;  day  2:  1419 
vs  824  cc)  than  did  the  normotensive  volunteers.   The  total  amound  of  Na"*"  con- 
sumed by  the  patients  was  4.8  to  7.3  times  greater  than  that  of  the  normotensive 
volunteers.   Effective  treatment  of  hypertension  lowered  mean  NaCl  preference, 
Na"*"  intake  and  total  fluid  intake  in  the  four  subjects  studied  under  these  condi- 
tions.  These  latter  findings  suggest  that  effective  treatment  with  antihyper- 
tensive agents  may  play  some  role  in  altering  salt  appetite. 

6.  Taste  localization  in  fungiform,  circumvallate  and  palatal  papillae  in 
man.   Using  a  forced  choice-three  stimulus  drop  technique  in  which  micropipettes 
rather  than  standard  sized  pipettes  were  used  as  droppers  it  was  possible  to 
determine  detection  and  recognition  thresholds  in  taste  buds  in  single  fungi- 
form, circumvallate  and  palatal  papillae  in  man.   Results  indicated  that  taste 
buds  in  fungiform  papillae  were  equisensitive  to  salt  and  sweet  solutions  and 
less  sensitive  to  sour  and  bitter  solutions.   Taste  buds  in  circumvallate  pa- 
pillae were  most  sensitive  to  sweet  solutions  and  less  sensitive  to  salt,  sour 
and  bitter  solutions.   Taste  buds  in  palatal  papillae,  as  previously  observed, 
were  most  sensitive  to  sour  and  bitter  solutions  and  less  sensitive  to  salt  and 
sweet  solutions.   These  results  indicate  that  taste  sensitivity  to  sweet  is 
equisensitive  over  the  entire  tongue  but  most  sensitive  to  salt  over  the  anterior 
2/3,  the  location  of  fungiform  papillae.   Sensitivity  to  sour  and  bitter  is 

most  acute  over  the  palate.   Studies  of  forced  scaling  indicate  that  judgments 
of  taste  intensity  are  related  primarily  to  the  number  of  functioning  taste 
buds  whereas  thresholds  are  related  to  the  presence  of  any  normally  functioning 
bud  within  any  group  of  buds. 

7.  Antidesma  taste  responsiveness.  Antidesma  bunius  is  a  tree  which  pro- 
duces a  purple-black  fruit  which  when  ripe  is  about  the  size  of  a  grape.  Most 
people  who  taste  this  fruit  say  that  it  tastes  sweet.  However,  a  few  people 
who  taste  this  fruit  say  that  it  tastes  bitter.   Studies  were  carried  out  to 
identify  the  nature  of  these  differences  and  to  attempt  to  relate  these  differ- 
ences to  definable  genetic  characteristics.   In  a  sample  of  200  people,  approx- 
imately 160  stated  that  this  berry  was  either  sweet  or  sour  whereas  the  other 
40  noted  that  it  was  either  tasteless  or  bitter.   These  40  were  also  character- 
ized by  absence  of  response  to  the  bitter  taste  of  phenylthiocarbamide  (PTC) 
whereas  the  other  160  all  tasted  PTC  as  bitter.   Of  the  40  PTC  non-taster-anti- 
desma  "tasters",  approximately  one-half  found  antidesma  tasteless,  the  other 
half  found  it  bitter.   Of  these  latter  patients  several  family  groups  were 
studied.  These  studies  suggested  that  the  bitter  taste  of  antidesma  was  in- 
herited as  an  autosomal  dominant  trait  and  that  it  was  associated  with  the 

XgA  marker  on  red  blood  cells  in  one  family  and  with  hypertrophic  subaortic 
stenosis  in  another. 

8.  Effects  of  pronase  on  taste  responsiveness  in  rat.   In  order  to  evaluate 
the  effects  of  alterations  in  the  protein  structure  of  the  taste  bud  membrane 

on  the  neural  responses  in  rat  the  chorda  tympani  of  rats  was  exposed,  an 
electrode  slipped  around  the  nerve  and  the  output  monitored  and  recorded  on 
an  EPUT  meter  before  and  after  placement  of  pronase, 1  mg/ml,  for  5  minutes 
onto  the  surface  of  the  rat  tongue.   Neural  responses  were  recorded,  before  and 
after  pronase,  following  the  -placement  of  varying  concentrations  of  NaCl  (30- 
1000  mM),  sucrose  (30-1000  mM) ,  HCl  (15-150  mM)  and  urea  (500-5000  mM)  on  the 


10 


3^i, 


Serial  No.  NHLI-1 06(c) 

surface  of  the  tongue.  Prior  to  placement  of  pronase  or  after  the  placement 
of  the  buffer  in  which  the  pronase  was  kept  responses  to  each  tastant  was  sim- 
ilar to  that  reported  by  several  investigators  for  normal  rats.  After  placement 
of  pronase  responses  to  all  tastants  were  attenuated  and  higher  concentrations 
of  tastant  were  necessary  to  elicit  threshold  responses.  However,  once  thres- 
hold was  reached  responses  were  similar  to  those  recorded  prior  to  pronase 
placement.  Electron  microscopic  studies  of  taste  buds  after  oral  placement  of 
pronase  for  5  minutes  showed  no  anatomical  changes  in  the  region  of  the  pore. 
These  studies  indicate  that  the  neural  events  of  taste  may  be  influenced  by 
modification  of  the  manner  by  which  tastant-receptor  interaction  occur  as  re- 
lated to  alteration  of  the  protein  structure  of  the  receptor. 

Pathology 

Pathophysiology  of  taste  and  olfaction. 

1.  Taste  loss  and  anorexia  followed  thermal  burn.  Anorexia  and  subsequent 
decreased  caloric  intake  commonly  follow  thermal  injury..  In  addition,  there  is 
an  accompanying  loss  of  large  amounts  of  fluid  and  electrolytes,  including  trace 
metals.  Previous  work  in  this  laboratory  has  demonstrated  a  relationship  be- 
tween loss  of  trace  metals,  including  zinc,  and  anorexia  and  hypogeusia  in  man. 
Other  investigators  have  noted  severe  anorexia  in  zinc-depleted  animals.  Be- 
cause severe  decreases  in  tissue  zinc  have  followed  thermal  injury,  we  wondered 
if  anorexia  and  hypogeusia  were  related  to  zinc  loss  in  this  condition.   In  an 
effort  to  study  these  relationships,  changes  in  zinc  and  copper  metabolism  and 
taste  acuity  were  measured  concomitantly  in  14  patients  following  thermal  injury. 
Eighty-four  percent  exhibited  hypogeusia  (decreased  taste  acuity) .  Mean  serum 
total  zinc  concentration  was  decreased  and  mean  urinary  zinc  excretion  was  in- 
creased in  the  patients  with  hypogeusia  compared  to  controls.  An  association 
among  hypogeusia  anorexia,  and  altered  zinc  metabolism  after  thermal  injury  is 
strongly  suggested. 

2.  Taste  abnormalities  after  X- irradiation.   We  have  studied  several 
patients  who  developed  hypogeusia  following  radiation  therapy  of  different  in- 
tensities to  several  organ  systems.   In  general,  treatment  of  these  patients 
with  zinc  ion,  25  mg  of  elemental  zinc  given  orally  as  zinc  sulfate  four  times 
a  day,  has  been  efficacious  in  returning  their  taste  acuity  toward  or  to  nor- 
mal (109.95  mg  of  zinc  sulfate  contains  25  mg  of  zinc  ion).   Since  administra- 
tion of  zinc  ion  may  itself  produce  some  gastrointestinal  toxicity,  therapy 

is  always  given  in  the  middle  or  toward  the  end  of  each  meal  and  with  a  snack 
at  night.   In  addition,  we  have  treated  some  patients  prophylactically  with 
zinc  ion  prior  to  the  start  of  their  radiation  therapy.   These  latter  patients 
have  generally  experienced  fewer  subjective  complaints  referable  to  the  gusta- 
tory system,  and  none  has  developed  as  severfe  hypogeusia  as  observed  in  any 
of  the  nontreated  patients.  Due  to  possible  gastrointestinal  symptoms  which 
can  occur  with  oral  zinc  therapy,  the  amount  of  prophylactically  administered 
zinc  ion  has  varied  considerably.   The  particular  dosage  is  dependent  upon 
several  factors  of  the  radiation,  including  intensity  and  duration  of  the 
therapy,  site  of  treatment,  and  the  development  of  subsequent  nausea.   In  gen- 
eral, prophylactic  administration  of  zinc  ion  was  particularly  useful  in  allaying 
the  anorexia  and  dysgeusia  observed  in  some  patients  following  irradiation. 


11  ^^7 


Serial  No. NHTJ-106(c) 

3.  Taste  abnormalities  In  anorexia  nervosa.   Patients  with  anorexia  ner- 
vosa exhibit  anorexia,  amenorrhea,  lower  than  normal  levels  of  serum  zinc,  lower 
than  normal  levels  of  urinary  zinc  excretion  and  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia. 

Some  patients  also  exhibit  dysgeusia  and  dysosmia  which  occur  after  the  onset 
of  their  anorexia.   Hypogeusia  was  measured  in  each  patient  with  anorexia  ner- 
vosa in  whom  amenorrhea  and  lowered  urinary  excretion  of  zinc  was  observed. 
Whether  or  not  these  changes  follow  the  onset  of  the  anorexia  and  are  secondary 
or  whether  the  zinc  abnormalities  are  the  cause  of  the  anorexia  is  not  knovm. 
However,  treatment  with  placebo  does  not  alter  either  the  abnormalities  of  zinc 
metabolism  the  amenorrhea,  the  anorexia,  hypogeusia  or  hyposmia. 

4.  Relationship  between  disordered  gustatory  function,  liver  function  and 
zinc  metabolism  in  patients  with  acute  and  chronic  liver  disease.  Anorexia  is 
a  prominent  symptom  in  patients  with  liver  disease.   Since  appetite,  food 
preference  and  taste  acuity  are  manifestations  of  gustation  a  systematic  eval- 
uation of  gustatory  function  was  undertaken  in  22  patients  with  acute  viral 
hepatitis  and  in  16  patients  with  chronic  liver  disease  (9  alcoholic  cirrhosis, 

5  post-necrotic  cirrhosis,  2  chronic  active  hepatitis).   Sixteen  of  the  patients 
with  hepatitis  were  studied  throughout  the  course  of  their  disease.   Subjective 
information  about  gustation  and  objective  measurements  of  taste  acuity  (detection 
and  recognition  thresholds  and  scaling  judgments  for  NaCl,  sucrose,  HCl  and  urea) 
were  obtained  in  each  patient.  Anorexia,  dysgeusia  and  increases  in  detection 
thresholds,  recognition  thresholds  and  scaling  judgments  (decreased  acuity)  were 
found  in  patients  with  acute  viral  hepatitis  and  with  chronic  liver  disease  when 
compared  with  the  responses  of  47  normal  volunteers.   In  the  16  patients  with 
hepatitis  studied  serially  gustatory  function  (subjective  and  objective  measure- 
ments) improved  significantly  as  their  disease  waned.   In  patients  with  acute 
viral  hepatitis  and  in  patients  with  chronic  liver  disease,  measurements  of 
taste  acuity  were  correlated  significantly  with  concentrations  of  serum  bilirubin, 
alkaline  phosphatase  and  zinc.  These  parallel  changes  suggest  that  gustatory 
acuity  quantatively  reflects  some  aspects  of  hepatic  function. 

5.  Idiopathic  hypogeusia  and  hyposmia.   We  have  recently  described  the 
syndrome  of  idiopathic  hypogeusia  with  dysgeusia,  hyposmia  and  dysosmia.   This 
relatively  common  heretofore  unrecognized  syndrome  occurred  following  an  influ- 
enza-like illness  in  87  of  the  first  143  patients  (61%)  studied  at  the  NIH.  The 
evaluation  of  patients  with  this  syndrome  called  PIHH  has  led  us  to  recognize 
that  a  specific  set  of  diagnostic  factors  must  be  evaluated  in  order  to  make  this 
diagnosis. Tests  used  to  evaluate  this  disease  are  as  follows:   (A)  History.   Per- 
sistent loss  of  taste  and  smell  following  an  upper  respiratory  infection. 

(E)  Examination  of  nasal  airway.   The  tenacious,  clear,  usually  white,  mucous 
blanket  normally  present  is  missing.   The  nasal  airway  is  markedly  patent  such 
that  the  deeper  structures  of  the  nasal  cavity  may  be  easily  observed  on  anterior 
rhinoscopy.   (C)  Localization  of  ^^TcO/,  in  the  region  of  the  nose  following  in- 
travenous injection.   From  30-50%  of  patients  with  PIHH  exhibit  accumulation  of 
this  radionuclide  in  the  area  of  the  nose  whereas  less  than  5%  of  patients  with- 
out this  disease  do  so.   (D)  Abnormal  nasal  mucous  membrane.   Each  patient  with 
PIHH  exhibits  a  characteristic  change  in  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  as  observed 
by  biopsy.   These  changes  include  squamous  metaplasia  of  the  mucosal  epithelium 
and  marked  infiltration  of  lamina  propria  with  chronic  inflammatory  cells.  Ade- 
quate treatment  of  these  patients  results  in  a  return  toward  normal  of  these 

^2  ^S 


Serial  No.   NHLI- 106(c) 


pathological  changes.  (E)  Abnormal  levels  of  parotid  salivary  zinc  containing 
protein.  In  each  patient  with  this  disease  parotid  salivary  zinc  is  lower  than 
in  subjects  with  normal  taste  acuity  (0-20  ppb  Zn  ,  patients;  30-100  ppb  Zn  , 
controls) .  Abnormal  levels  persist  in  those  patients  treated  with  zinc  ion  who 
do  not  respond  to  therapy  whereas  in  those  patients  who  respond  to  therapy  with 
zinc  there  is  an  increase  in  this  salivary  zinc  either  to  normal  levels  or  to 
levels  as  great  as  2-3  times  normal. 

6.  Abnormalities  of  taste  and  smell  following  head  trauma.  Loss  of  ol- 
factory acuity  after  trauma  to  the  head  is  a  well  recognized  phenomenon  and 
has  been  estimated  to  occur  in  1.3%  to  65%  of  all  head  injuries.   Blows  to  the 
occiput  have  been  reported  more  likely  to  produce  smell  loss,  prestimably  by  a 
contre-coup  effect,  than  blows  to  the  forehead  or  other  sites  on  the  head 
and  even  trivial  injuries  have  been  shown  to  result  in  olfactory  sensory  deficits. 
In  addition,  distortion  of  odors  has  been  described  after  head  trauma.   Spon- 
taneous recovery  of  olfactory  acuity  has  been  claimed  in  8  to  39%  of  patients 
suffering  from  post-traumatic  smell  loss. 

We  have  studied  patients  who  experienced  abnormalities  of  taste  and  smell 
following  head  trauma.  For  the  first  time  quantitative  estimates  of  the  taste 
and  smell  losses  were  made  in  these  patients.  Abnormalities  of  taste  and  smell 
were  found  in  each  of  the  29  patients  who  were  studied.   These  abnormalities 
Included  hypogeusia,  dysgeusia,  hyposmia  and  dysosmia.   This  sjmdrome  can  occur 
even  after  minimal  head  trauma  and  can  begin  months  after  the  moment  of  injury. 
The  patients  exhibited  a  significant  decrease  in  total  serum  zinc  concentration 
(patients,  77  ±  3  yg/100  cc,  mean  ±  1  SEM,  vs  controls,  99  ±  2,  p   0.001)  and 
a  significant  increase  in  total  serum  copper  concentrations  (113  -   4  yg/100  cc 
vs  100  ±  2,  p  <  0.001)  compared  to  control  subjects.   Symptoms  of  hypogeusia, 
dysgeusia  and  dysosmia  are  frequent  sequellae  of  head  injury  and  are  important 
to  the  patients  and  to  their  care  following  trauma. 

Olfaction 

1.  Olfactory  status  and  response  to  clomiphene  in  male  gonadotropin  de- 
ficiency. Administration  of  clomiphene  citrate,  200  mg  daily  for  7  to  14  days 
and  50  to  100  mg  daily  for  4  additional  weeks,  produced  significant  increases 
in  plasma  levels  of  gonadotrophins  and  testosterone  in  noinnal  males.   Patients 
with  multiple  anterior  pituitary  hormone  deficiencies  or  with  isolated  gonado- 
trophin  deficiency  and  type  I  hyposmia  (absent  response  to  vapors  at  the  pri- 
mary olfactory  area)  were  unresponsive  to  clomiphene.  With  clomiphene  treat- 
ment two  of  three  patients  with  type  II  hyposmia  (subnormal  olfactory  responsive- 
ness) and  one  of  two  patients  with  normal  olfaction  and  hypogonado trophic  hypo- 
gonadism had  increases  of  levels  of  plasma  testosterone  and  plasma  or  urinary 
gonadotrophins  to  the  normal  male  range.  Normal  spermatogenesis  was  demonstrated 
in  two  cases  and  fertility  in  one.  Clomiphene  is  effective  treatment  for  certain 
males  with  gonadotrophin  deficiency. 

2.  Nasal  mucous  membrane  biopsy  in  Sjogren's  syndrome;  A  new  technique 
for  evaluation  of  the  pathology  of  the  syndrome.   We  have  recently  emphasized 
the  frequent  occurrence  of  xerorhinia  in  patients  with  Sjogren's  sjmdrome,  asso- 

13  Sd^f 


Serial  No.   NHTJ-IOfi^c^ 

elated  with  nasal  crusting  and  hyposmia  resulting  from  decreased  nasal  mucous 
secretion.   We  hypothesized  that  the  xerorhinia  occurred  via  the  same  mechanism 
as  did  the  xerostomia;  i.e.,  infiltration  of  mucous  and  serous  glands  of  the 
nasal  mucous  membrane  with  chronic  inflammatory  cells.   We  thus  wondered  whether 
biopsy  of  the  nose  might  not  prove  to  be  easier  and  associated  with  less  morbidity 
than  biopsy  of  the  lip  yet  provide  similar  information.   In  addition,  the  easy 
availability  of  the  tissue  would  make  repeat  studies  practical.   We  have  studied 
15  patients  with  well  documented  SjHgren's  syndrome.   Biopsies  of  the  nasal  mu- 
cous membrane  were  performed  in  each  patient  and  the  results  compared  with  simi- 
lar biopsies  taken  from  the  minor  salivary  glands  of  the  lip.   Results  indicate 
that  pathological  changes  found  in  both  tissues  were  similar  and  that  morbidity 
of  the  former  procedure  was  minimal. 

3.  The  localization  of    TCO4  in  the  region  of  the  nose  in  SjHgren's  syn- 
drome.  Rudolph's  Sign:   Xerostomia  and  xerorhinia  have  resulted  in  decreased 
taste  and  smell  acuity,  respectively,  in  patients  with  Sjtigren's  syndrome.  These 
patients  also  complain  of  local  nasal  symptoms  such  as  dry  nose,  nasal  crusting, 
and  loss  of  smell  acuity.   These  changes  prompted  us  to  examine  the  nasal  mucous 
membrane  following  surgical  biopsy  and  specific  pathophysiologic  changes  were  ob- 
served.  Rgyiew  of  the  salivary  scintigrams  of  these  patients  revealed  an  accumu- 
lation of   ^''TcO^  in  the  region  of  the  nose  and  we  vondered  whether  these  phen- 
omena might  be  related.   The  present  study  was  undertaken  to  examine  systemati- 
cally the  uptake  of  "^^TcO^  in  the  region  of  the  nose  of  14  patients  with  Sjo- 
gren's syndrome,  to  demonstrate  the  extent  and  intensity  of  accumulation  of  the 
nuclide  in  the  nasal  region  and  to  attempt  to  explain  the  pathophysiology  of  this 
event. 

Eleven  of  14  patients  (79%)  exhibited  significant  uptake  of  ^'cO^  in  the 
region  of  the  nose  (Rudolph's  sign);  8  of  these  patients  had  a  grade  of  3"^  or 
greater  (scale  0  to  4''").   In  each  of  the  11  patients  with  Rudolph's  sign  there 
was  significant  infiltration  of  chronic  inflammatory  cells  around  the  glands  of 
the  nasal  mucous  membrane  as  seen  by  nasal  biopsy  and  evaluated  independently 
from  evaluation  of  the  ^^"'Tc04  accumulation.   This  chronic  inflammatory  reaction 
in  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  appears  to  be  the  basis  for  the  accumulation  of 
'^^TcO^  in  the  nasal  region  of  the  face  for  any  area  of  acute  or  chronic  inflam- 
mation appears  to  take  up  ^'^''"■TcOi^.      In  a  concomitant  study  of  40  other  consecu- 
tive patients  in  whom  brain  scan  was  carried  only  2  (5%)  exhibited  any  uptake  of 
99mxc04  in  the  region  of  the  nose. 

4.  A  study  of  the  potential  applications  of  olfactory  research  in  man. 
This  study  provides  a  comprehensive  review  of  the  feasibility  of  developing  and 
utilizing  the  chemical  senses  of  the  soldier.   While  bio-sensors  and  odor-sensing 
devices  can  supplement,  they  cannot  replace  the  potential  performance  of  the  nor- 
mal human  olfactory  system.   There  is  no  current  program  in  the  Army  to  train  sol- 
diers to  use  their  chemical  senses.   Experience  in  other  countries  suggests  that  a 
soldier  trained  to  recognize  olfactory  cues  is  more  effective  in  the  field,  more 
responsive  to  hazards,  and  less  likely  to  give  olfactory  information  to  the  enemy 
than  one  whose  chemical  senses  are  underutilized.   Practical  testing  and  training 
methods  suited  to  the  Army's  needs  have  been  lacking  in  the  past,  and  basic  know- 
ledge of  the  mechanisms  of  olfaction  and  taste  is  incomplete.   However,  elements 
of  a  suitable  technology  have  been  identified  in  agencies  such  as  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards  and  in  certain  industries.   This  technology  appears  suitable 
for  further  development  within  the  Army  research  and  development  community.   This 

14  ^30  ■ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-106(c) 

report  concludes  that  it  is  feasible  for  the  Army  to  use  these  methods  in  deter- 
mining classifications  of  personnel  that  require  normal  acuity  of  the  chemical 
senses  and  to  institute  training  programs. 

In  addition,  regular  testing  for  normal  acuity  of  the  chemical  senses  may 
uncover  early  cases  of  some  illnesses,  indicate  extensive  exposures  to  ionizing 
radiation,  and  categorize  personnel  as  either  suitable  or  unfit  for  certain  Army 
duties.   If  administered  at  recruitment,  these  tests  can  be  used  later  to  docu- 
ment disability  claims  for  service-related  losses  of  olfaction  and  taste. 

Significance;  Taste 

1.  Anatomy.   Difference  in  function  of  each  of  three  major  types  of  cells 
in  the  taste  bud  has  been  described  and  related  to  anatomy.   Taste  studies  in  man 
have  related  form  and  function  of  taste  buds  in  various  types  of  papillae  such 
that  an  accurate  "taste  map"  can  now  be  drawn  for  the  first  time.  Although  all 
taste  buds  subserve  all  taste  qualities,  buds  in  fungiform  papillae  are  most  sen- 
sitive to  sweet  alone.  This  makes  the  tongue  equisansitive  to  sweet  with  the  an- 
terior portion  most  sensitive  to  salt.   The  buds  in  the  palatal  papillae  are  most 
sensitive  to  sour  and  bitter. 

The  neurochemical  basis  for  the  initial ^preneural  events  in  taste,  i.e.,  the 
formation  of  the  generator  potential,  has  been  described.   This  has  been  demon- 
strated by  locating  acetylcholinesterase  in  the  pore  region  of  the  bud  around  the 
finger-like  projections.   This  also  has  been  demonstrated  by  producing  hypogeusia 
and  ageusia  in  man  following  the  oral  introduction  of  anticholinergic  agents 
without  the  production  of  anesthesia.   Blockade  of  electrical  activity  measured 
at  the  chorda  tympani  in  rat  has  also  been  carried  out  by  placing  anticholinergic 
agnets  on  the  tongue  of  rat.   This  is  the  first  demonstration  of  the  role  of  a 
neurotransmitter  at  the  pore  of  the  taste  bud. 

2.  Chemistry.   Taste  bud  membranes  have  been  isolated  and  their  chemical 
properties  described.   Specific  binding  of  several  sugars  has  been  shown  to  take 
place  at  the  membranes  whereas  control  tissue  does  not  possess  any  of  these  pro- 
perties.  Binding  constants  have  been  calculated  and  they  agree  closely  with 
psychophysical  data. 

Miracle  fruit  glycoprotein  (MFGP)  has  been  isolated  and  purified.  MFGP  has 
two  effects  in  man  when  placed  into  the  oral  cavity:  (1)  altering  the  taste  of 
all  sour  tastants  to  sweet,  and  (2)  blocking  sweetness  and  bitterness  normally 
produced  by  sweet  and  bitter  tastants.   The  chemical  properties  of  MFGP  have  been 
described  including  its  amino  acid  and  sugar  composition.  Various  chemical  reac- 
tions have  produced  changes  in  activity.   Removal  of  the  terminal  sugar  complete- 
ly inhibits  the  action  of  MFGP  in  altering  sour  tastants  to  sweet  whereas  the 
blocking  ability  remains  intact.  Removal  of  several  of  the  glycosidese  linkages 
in  a  manner  not  yet  clearly  defined  enhances  the  activity  of  MFGP  with  respect  to 
change  of  sour  to  sweet  taste  by  a  factor  of  2-3.  Through  this  mechanism  we  have 
also  labeled  MFGP  radioactively.   The  data  thus  far  obtained  strongly  suggests 
that  MFGP  is  a  plant  lectin  and  appears  to  be  the  first  plant  lectin  isolated 
which  has  any  physiological  activity.  This  finding  has  also  been  instrumental  in 
allowing  us  to  obtain  a  biochemical  rather  than  a  bioassay  for  this  material. 
Since  MFGP  can  alter  the  taste  of  all  sour  tastants  to  sweet  it  has  ideal  pro- 
perties as  a  sugar  sugstitute  and  is  important  in  the  treatment  of  obesity. 

15  ^3/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-106(c) 

3.  Physiology.  Various  substances  when  added  to  food  or  drink  have  been 
shown  to  alter  intake  behavior.   Addition  of  MSG  or  NaCl  decreases  sensitivity 
to  bitter  tastants .    It  is  useful  to  add  these  agents  to  reduce  the  bitterness 
of  certain  foods  and  fluids.  Addition  of  glucose  increases  salt  intake.  Since 
sugar  is  being  added  in  larger  amounts  to  more  and  more  foods  and  drinks  its 
association  with  the  production  of  increased  NaCl  intake  represents  an  important, 
heretofore  unrecognized  etiological  source  of  hypertension.  Zinc  depletion 

from  food  produces  anorexia  and  hypogeusia.  Decreased  zinc  intake  produces 
decreased  food  intake,  hypogeusia  and  eventually  marked  slowing  of  growth  and 
sexual  development.  This  problem  is  a  much  more  common  one  than  previously 
recognized.  This  association  has  been  found  in  middle-class  school  children 
in  Denver,  Colorado,  as  well  as  patients  in  Egypt  and  Iran.  Correction  of  this 
abnormality  by  supplying  enough  zinc  in  the  diet  is  uniformly  associated  with 
the  return  to  normal  of  each  abnormal  symptom.  This  syndrome  occurs  in  adults 
as  well  as  in  children  and  deserves  close  attention.   Salt  intake  and  hypertens  ion 
have  been  related  in  man  and  animals  for  many  years.   We  have  demonstrated  that 
patients  with  hv'pertension  prefer  saltier  solutions  than  do  normal  subjects 
and  that  effective  treatment  of  the  hypertension  returns  this  abnormal  propensity 
to  normal.  This  suggests  that  some  factor(s)  which  influence  blood  pressure 
also  influence  salt  preference  and  salt  intake  in  man. 

A  new  genetic  taste  marker  has  been  discovered  which  differentiates  among 
those  people  who  are  PTC  taste  blind.  This  marker  is  the  fruit  of  the  plant 
Antidesma  bunius.   Approximately  1/2  of  the  PTC  taste  blind  people  taste 
antidesma  as  sweet  or  sour  whereas  the  other  1/2  taste  it  as  intensely  bitter. 
This  trait  has  been  linked  in  one  group  of  patients  to  an  XgA  marker  on  red 
blood  cells  and  in  another  group  to  hypertrophic  subaortic  stenosis. 

4.  Pathology.   Zinc  loss  by  any  means  is  associated  with  anorexia  and 
hypogeusia.   We  have  shown  this  interrelationship  in  patients  following  ther- 
mal burn  due  to  loss  of  zinc  rich  fluids,  following  X-irradiation,  following 
head  trauma,  after  hypothyroidism  and  in  acute  and  chronic  liver  disease  due 
to  wastage  of  zinc  in  the  urine. 

Idiopathic  hypogeusia  is  a  disease  in  which  taste  acuity  is  lost.  The 
diagnosis  of  this  disease  involves  several  parameters  which  we  have  developed 
over  the  past  year.  These  parameters  include  the  presence  of  Rudolph's  sign, 
the  infiltration  of  chronic  inflammatory  cells  into  the  lamina  propria  of 
the  nasal  mucous  membrane  and  the  decrease  in  production  of  a  parotid  salivary 
zinc  containing  protein.  The  mechanism  of  taste  loss  appears  to  parallel  and 
to  be  secondary  to  the  loss  of  the  parotid  salivary  zinc  containing  protein 
whose  normal  function  is  to  supply  nutrients  to  the  taste  bud  (since  it  con- 
tains no  blood  vessels  or  lymphatics)  and  appears  to  get  its  major  nutrition 
from  parotid  saliva.   In  this  sense  we  have  proposed,  for  the  first  time,  a 
specific  mechanism  whereby  saliva  supports  taste.   In  patients  with  this 
disease  treated  with  zinc  ion,  those  who  recover  taste  acuity  do  so  through 
induction  of  this  protein  either  directly  or  indirectly  with  zinc.  Those 
patients  who  do  not  recover  taste  acuity  exhibit  no  change  in  the  low  concen- 
tration of  this  protein  which  they  pathologically  exhibit.  This  induction  is 
dose  dependent  upon  the  amount  of  zinc  ion  administered. 


16  S53^. 


Serial  No.    NHLI-106(c) 

Olfaction 

The  prediction  of  ultimate  fertility  in  hypogonadal  men  may  be  related 
to  the  type  of  olfactory  defects  present.  Men  with  Type  II  hyposmia  usually 
become  fertile  with  appropriate  therapy  whereas  men  with  Type  I  hyposmia  have 
not  reached  fertility  in  spite  of  the  therapy  applied.  This  observation 
clearly  relates  olfactory  acuity  and  sexual  function  in  men. 

A  new  approach  to  the  diagnosis  of  several  disease  states  involving 
olfactory  defects  has  been  made  through  the  development  of  the  technique 
of  biopsy  of  the  nasal  mucous  membrane  and  through  the  localization  of 
Technitium  ^^'"  in  the  region  of  the  nose  (Rudolph's  sign).  These  techniques 
have  allowed  us  to  identify  the  characteristic  pathology  of  patients  with 
Sjogren's  syndrome  and  those  with  hyposmia  of  several  different  etiologies. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project: 

1.  The  major  neurochemical  transmitters  in  the  taste  bud  will  be  identi- 
fied. 

2.  Form  and  function  differences  among  taste  buds  in  the  various  types 
of  papillae  in  man  will  be  identified  and  characterized. 

3.  The  taste  bud  receptor  protein  will  be  studied  to  understand  the 
mechanism(s)  by  which  tastant-receptor  binding  takes  place. 

4.  MFGP  will  be  studied  with  respect  to  its  mechanism  and  to  how  its 
binding  to  the  taste  receptor  membrane  influences  the  initial,  preneural 
events  of  taste.  The  use  of  MFGP  in  low  calorie  foods  as  a  treatment  for 
obesity  will  be  investigated. 

5.  Studies  of  the  mechanism  by  which  various  substances  influence  taste 
and  food  intake  will  be  studied.  These  substances  include  MSG,  carbohydrates 
of  various  types  and  NaCl . 

6.  The  relationship  between  salt  intake  and  hypertension  will  be  studied 
with  respect  to  the  manner  by  which  intake  is  controlled  and  how  it  influences 
blood  pressure. 

7.  The  role  of  zinc  in  taste  at  the  membrane-receptor,  in  receptor  enzymes 
such  as  alkaline  phosphatase  and  in  the  parotid  zinc  containing  protein  will  be 
studied. 

8.  The  relationship  between  olfaction  and  sexual  function  will  be  studied. 

Honors  and  Awards:  Maryland  State  Lecturer  in  Otorhinolaryngology,  1973. 
Maryland  State  ENT  Otorhinolaryngology  Society 

Certificate  of  Merit,  New  York  Institute  of  Food 
Technologists,  1973 


17  ^^^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-106(c) 


Publications: 

McConnell,  S.D.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:   Increased  preference  for  Na*  and  K* 
salts  in  spontaneously  hypertensive  (Sfl)  rats.   Proc.  Soc.  Exp.  Biol.  Med. 
143:  185-188,  1973. 

Cohen,  K.,  Schechter,  P.J.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:   Hypogeusia,  anorexia  and 
altered  zinc  metabolism  following  thermal  burn.  JAMA  223:  914-916,  1973. 

Hamilton,  C.R.,Jr.,  Henkin, R. I.,  Keir,  G.  and  Kliman,  B. :  Response  to 
clomiphene  and  olfactory  status  in  male  gonadotropin  deficiency.   Effects 
of  prolonged  clomiphene  treatment  of  male  hypogonadotropinism.  Annals 
of  Int.  Med.  78:  47-55,  1973. 

Henkin,  R.I.:  Handbook  of  Sensory  Physiology,  Vol. IV.,  Chemical  Senses  1, 
Olfaction  (Ed.  L.M.  Beidler)  New  England  J.  Med.  287:  997,  1972  (Book  Review) 

Henkin,  R.I.:  Handbook  of  Sensory  Physiology,  Vol. IV.,  Chemical  Senses  1, 
Olfaction  (Ed.  L.M.  Beidler)  JAMA  222:  1314,  1972.  (Book  Review) 

Henkin,  R.I.:  Handbook  of  Sensory  Physiology,  Vol. IV.,  Chemical  Senses  1, 
Olfaction  (Ed.  L.M.  Beidler)  Annals  of  Int.  Med.  78:468,1973  (Book  Review) 

Catalanotto,  F.,  Slavik,  M. ,  Danilson,  D.,  Keiser,  H. ,  and  Henkin, R. I.: 
Changes  in  preference  for  NaCl  following  administration  of  6-azauridine 
and  6-a2auridine  triacetate. Pharmacology  and  Therapeutics  in  Dentistry 
(In  press)  1973. 

Sato,  N.,  Haller,  E.W.,  Powell,  R.D.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Sexual  maturation 
in  bulbectomized  female  rats.  J.  of  Reproduction  and  Fertility  (England) 
(In  press)  1973. 

Henkin,  R.I.:  A  study  of  circadian  variation  in  taste  and  smell  in  normal 
man  and  in  patients  with  adrenal  cortical  insufficiency:   the  role  of  adrenal 
cortical  steroids.  Circadian  Conference,  Columbia  University.  In  Bio- 
rhythms  and  Human  Reproduction,  John  Wiley  S  Sons,  N.Y.  (In  press)  1973. 

Henkin,  R.I.:  Sensory  changes  during  the  menstrual  cycle.  Circadian 
conference,  Columbia  University,  In^  Biorhythms  and  Human  Reproduction, 
John  Wiley  5  Sons,  N.Y.  (In  press)  1973. 

Schechter,  P.J.,  Horwitz  ,  D.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Sodium  chloride  preference 
in  essential  hypertension.  JAMA  (In  press)  1973. 

McConnell,  S.D.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:   NaCl  preference  in  spontaneously  hy- 
pertensive rats:  age  and  blood  pressure  effects.  Amer.  J.  Physiol. 
(In  press)  1973. 


18 


^5/ 


Serial  No.    NHLI-106(c) 


McConnell,  S.D.  and  Henkin,  R.I.:  Altered  preference  for  sodium  chloride, 
anorexia  and  changes  in  plasma  and  urinary  metabolism  in  rats  fed  a  zinc 
deficient  diet.   J.  of  Nutrition  (In  press)  1973. 

Henkin,  R.I.:   Anosmia  and  ageusia  due  to  nonallergic  rhinitis.  JAMA 
(In  press)  1973  Questions  6  Answers 


19  ^3^ 


Annual  Report  of  the 
Molecular  Hematology  Branch 
National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


The  mechanism  of  hemoglobin  biosynthesis  and  the  regulatory  controls 
involved  in  hemoglobin  gene  expression  are  being  studied  in  human  disease 
states  as  well  as  in  animal  model  systems o  The  objective  is  to  understand 
the  molecular  basis  of  hereditary  anemias  (specifically  the  thalassemias  and 
hemoglobinopathies)  in  order  to  be  able  to  devise  effective  methods  for 
treating  these  diseases «  The  general  approach  has  been  to  fractionate  normal 
and  diseased  red  blood  cells  into  the  various  components  required  for  hemo- 
globin synthesis  and  then  to  reconstitute  the  cellular  components  in  such  a 
way  as  to  reproduce  the  activity  of  che  original  intact  cello  The  function  of 
each  cellular  component  from  the  diseased  cell  can  then  be  compared  with  its 
counterpart  from  a  normal  cell.   The  first  phase  of  this  program  has  been 
successfully  completed,  namely,  the  fractionation  of  the  cytoplasm  of  normal 
and  diseased  reticulocytes  and  the  reconstitution  of  a  cell-free  system 
capable  of  duplicating  the  normal  and  disturbed  functions  of  reticulocyte 
cytoplasm.   The  laboratory  is  now  engaged  in  a  similar  attack  on  the  nucleus 
of  erythrocyte   precursors.   In  addition,  two  related  projects  have  received 
strong  emphasis:   first,  a  program  has  been  established  which  is  aimed  at  the 
cell-free  synthesis  of  the  DNA  gene  for  a  globin  chain;  second,  the  recent 
ability  to  induce  A  -♦  C  globin  gene -switching  in  tissue  culture  encourages 
attempts  to  learn  the  mechanism  of  this  switch  in  order  to  try  to  obtain 
adult  to  fetal  gene  switching  in  humans » 

A  summary  of  our  results  obtained  over  the  past  twelve  months  for 
projects  continued  from  past  years  follows: 

1)  Initiation  factors:  An  intensive  effort  has  been  made  to  purify 
the  four  known  initiation  factors,  IF-Ml,  IF-M2A,  IF-MZB,  IF-M3  and  the  two 
known  elongation  factors,  EF-1  and  EF-2,  to  homogeneityo   IF-Ml  and  EF-2  are 
now  pure  and  IF-M2B  and  EF-1  are  within  1-2  steps  of  purity.   IF-M2A  and 
IF-M3  are  now  under  attack.  During  these  studies  another  factor,  ribosome 
dissociation  factor,  has  been  discovered. 

2)  Mechanism  of  hemoglobin  initiation:  Because  of  its  unique 
structure  and  in  vivo  role,  the  mechanism  of  initiation  of  the  sheep  p 
chain  has  been  investigated  in  detail.  The  p  chain  is  5  amino  acids  short 
on  its  N-terminal  end:  the  N-terminus  is  Pro.   In  all  other  globin  chains 
studied  (human  a,  ^,   p^,  y;   rabbit  a  and  p,  sheep  a,  p^,  p^) ,  the  chain  is 
initiated  with  a  Met  donated  from  the  initiator  tRNA,  Met-tRNAp.  This  Met  is 
then  cleaved  or  not  depending  on  the  globin  chain.  Once  cleaved  the  next 
amino  acid  serves  as  the  N-terminal  amino  acid  of  the  final  globin  chain. 
However,  in  the  case  of  the  p  chain,  more  than  Met  is  cleaved:   the  N-terminal 
dipeptide  of  the  nascent  chain  is  Met-Asn  not  Met-Pro. 

3)  Molecular  basis  of  thalassemia:  Active  mRNA  has  been  insolated 
from  the  bone  marrow  cells  of  patients  with  thalassemia  and  various  other 


A37 


hemolytic  anemias.  Jusc  as  with  previous  studies  using  reticulocyte  mRNA, 
the  bone  marrow  mRNA  faithfully  reproduces  the  globm  synthesizing  ability 
of  the  intact  cell.  Studies  on  the  mechanism  of  initiation  of  the  thalas- 
semic  (3  globin  chain  indicates  that  initiation  appears  to  be  normal.  Thus 
the  molecular  defect  in  p-thalassemia  is  probably  in  the  amount,  rather  than 
in  the  translation,  of  the  P  globin  mRNAo 

4)  Hemoglobin  A  -  C  switch  in  sheep  and  goats;   The  A  -  C  globin 
gene  switch  in  goats  has  been  reproduced  in  tissue  culture  cells.   Cultured 
Type  A  bone  marrow  cells,  in  the  presence  of  erythropoietin,  partially  switch 
off  Hb  A  {.0-2^2   ^    synthesis  and  switch  on  the  synthesis  of  Hb  C  {0.2^2']  »   This 
switch  has  been  confirmed  by  product  identification  of  the  globin  chains  by 
CMC  chromatography o 

5)  Tissue  culture  of  bone  marrow  cells;   Culture  conditions  have 
been  found  for  maintaining  bone  marrow  cells  in  an  active  metabolic  state 

for  several  days.   Erythroid  precursors  are  maintained  in  number  and  function. 
These  conditions  were  utilized  in  obtaining  the  A  —  C  switch  described  in 
(4)  above. 


A  report  on  the  new  programs  established  during  the  past  twelve  months 
follows : 

1)  Synthesis  of  a  globin  DNA  gene;   Utilizing  the  enzyme  RNA- 
directed  DNA  polymerase  from  avian  myeloblastosis  virus,  a  DNA  copy  directed 
from  globin  mRNA  has  been  obtained.   Unfortunately,  this  copy  is  not  a  com- 
plete one.  The  mechanism  of  activity  of  the  enzyme  is  now  being  examined  in 
detail  in  hopes  of  developing  conditions  for  synthesizing  a  complete  (and 
active)  DNA  gene, 

2)  Cell-free  synthesis  of  globin  mRNA:   The  enzyme  DNA -dependent 
RNA  polymerase  is  being  purified  from  bone  marrow  and  liver  cells.   This 
enzyme  is  being  used  in  an  attempt  to  synthesize  globin  mRNA  from  bone 
marrow  chromatin  (or  DNA)  in  a  cell-free  system. 


ats 


Serial  No.      NHLI-107 

1.  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Mechanism  of  Globin  mRNA  Transcription  in  Bone  Marrow  Cells 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Alan  W.  Steggles,  Ph.D. 

W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Dante  J.  Picciano,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:        Dr.  Joseph  E.  Pierce,  Section  on  Lab  Animal 

Medicine  and  Surgery,  NIH 
Mr.  Leonard  Stuart,  Ungulate  Unit,  NIH  Animal 
Center 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Since  the  molecular  defect  in  beta-thalassemia  appears  to  be 
in  the  decreased  amount  of  beta  globin  mRNA,  a  defect  in  the  regulation  of 
beta-globin  mRNA  synthesis  is  suggested.   The  objective  of  this  project  is 
to  determine  the  normal  mechanism  of  regulation  of  globin  mRNA  synthesis  in 
bone  marrow  cells. 

Methods :   Young  sheep  are  the  source  of  bone  marrow  and  other  tissue. 
Chromatin  and  chromatin  fractions  (histones,  acidic  proteins,  DNA)  are  ob- 
tained by  standard  techniques.   DNA-dependent  RNA  polymerase  is  purified  by 
standard  enzyme  purification  techniques.   RNA  product  analysis  is  by  sucrose 
gradient  centrlfugation  and  polyacrylamide  gel  electrophoresis. 

Major  Findings:   1)  The  crude  RNA  polymerase  B  fraction  from  several  tissue 
sources  appears  to  be  similar.   The  mammalian  RNA  polymerase,  however,  is 
distinctly  different  from  E.  coli  RNA  polymerase. 

2)   A  "stimulatory  factor"  has  been  partially  purified  which  increases 
the  activity  and  (?)  specificity  of  the  mammalian  RNA  polymerase. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Research:   Understanding 
the  mechanism  of  mRNA  transcription  in  eucaryotic  cells  is  essential  to 
understanding  gene  action. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Purification  of  the  RNA  polymerase  and  the 
"stimulatory  factor"  followed  by  studies  on  the  detailed  mechanism  of  action 
of  the  enzyme  and  the  factor. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 

1  A39 


Serial  No.     NHLI-108 


1.  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Mechanism  of  Hemoglobin  Biosynthesis  in  Rabbit  Reticulo- 
cyte Cell-free  Systems 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-295:  NHLI-286 


Principal  Investigators: 


William  C.  Merrick,  Ph.D. 
Norton  Elson,  M.D. 
Hermann  Graf,  Ph.D. 
Dante  J.  Picciano,  Ph.D. 
Ronald  G.  Crystal,  M.D. 
W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 


Other  Investigators: 


Philip  Prichard,  Ph.D. 
Jerold  A.  Last,  Ph.D. 


Cooperating  Units: 
Project  Description: 


None 


Objectives :   The  mechanism  and  regulation  of  mammalian  protein  synthesis  is 
being  investigated  by  utilizing  hemoglobin  biosynthesis  as  a  model  system. 
The  rabbit  reticulocyte  has  been  fractionated  into  many  of  its  various  com- 
ponents.  The  separate  steps  required  in  the  protein  synthesizing  process 
can  be  separately  studied  by  recombining  just  those  components  required  for 
each  individual  step. 

Methods :   Standard  techniques  of  enzyme  purification  and  of  protein  and 
nucleic  acid  fractionation  have  been  employed.   Enzymatic  assays  have  been 
developed  or  modified  from  those  described  in  the  literature  to  examine  the 
individual  steps  in  the  processes  of  initiation  and  elongation  of  protein 
synthesis.   Chromatographic  and  electrophoretic  techniques  have  been  devel- 
oped for  product  analysis  of  partial  globin  chains. 

Major  Findings:   1)   Continuing  efforts  to  purify  each  initiation  and  elonga- 
tion factor  to  homogeneity  has  resulted  in  pure  IF-Ml  and  EF-2,  and  nearly 
purified  IF-M2B  and  EF-1.   IF-M2A  and  IF-M3  are  now  being  emphasized. 

2)  A  new  factor,  ribosome  dissociation  factor,  has  been  discovered. 
This  factor  is  distinct  from  the  known  initiation  and  elongation  factors.   Its 
function  is  related  to  the  dissociation  of  the  80  S  ribosome  into  the  60  S 
and  40  S  subunits. 

3)  Because  of  its  unique  structure  and  i^  vivo  role,  the  mechanism  of 
initiation  of  the  sheep  Q^   chain  has  been  investigated  in  detail.   The  6^ 

1  ^<A> 


I 


Serial  No.  NHTJ-10R 
chain  is  5  amino  acids  short  on  its  N-terminal  end:   the  N-terminus  is  Pro. 
In  all  other  glob in  chains  studied  (human  a,  B  ,  B^,  Y;  rabbit  a  and  B, 
sheep  a,  B^,  B^) «  the  chain  is  initiated  with  a  Met  donated  from  the  initiator 
tRNA,  Met-tBtNAp.   This  Met  is  then  cleaved  or  not  depending  on  the  globin 
chain.   Once  cleaved  the  next  amino  acid  serves  as  the  N-terminal  amino  acid 
of  the  final  globin  chain.   However,  in  the  case  of  the  B^  chain,  more  than 
Met  is  cleaved:   the  N-terminal  dipeptide  of  the  nascent  chain  is  Met-Asn  not 
Met-Pro . 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   An  understanding 
of  the  mechanism  and  regulation  of  mammalian  protein  synthesis  is  important 
to  the  understanding  of  overall  normal  cell  function. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;  Purification  of  each  initiation  and  elongation 
factor  to  homogeneity.  Determination  of  the  precise  role  of  each  factor  in 
the  translation  process. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications; 

1.  Crystal,  R.G.,  Nienhuis,  A.W.,  Elson,  N.A. ,  and  Anderson,  W.F.; 

Initiation  of  globin  synthesis.   Preparation  and  use  of  reticulo- 
cyte ribosomes  retaining  initiation  region  messenger  ribonucleic 
acid  fragments.   J.  Biol.  Chem.,  247,  5357-5368,  1972. 

2.  Crystal,  E.G.,  Nienhuis,  A.W.,  Prichard,  P.M.,  Picciano,  D.,  Elson, 

N.A.,  Merrick,  W.C,  Graf,  H.,  Shafritz,  D.A.,  Laycock,  D.G., 
Last,  J.A. ,  and  Anderson,  W.F.;   Initiation  of  globin  synthesis. 
FEES  Letters,  24,  310-314,  1972. 

3.  Elson,  N.A. ,  Crystal,  R.G.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.:   Paper  electro- 

phoresis and  chromatography  of  oligopeptides  with  N-terminal 
methionine.  Analyt.  Biochem.  (in  press) . 

4.  Crystal,  R.G.,  Elson,  N.A. ,  and  Anderson,  W.F.;   Initiation  of 

globin  synthesis;  Assays.   K.  Moldave  and  L.  Grossman  (eds) ; 
Methods  in  Enzymology,  (in  press) . 

5.  Merrick,  W.C,  Graf,  H.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.;  Preparation  of  protein 

synthesis  initiation  factors  IF-Ml,  IF-M2A,  and  IF-M2B  from  rabbit 
reticulocytes.   K.  Moldave  and  L.  Grossman  (eds):  Methods  in 
Enzymology,  (in  press) . 

6.  Prichard,  P.M.  and  Anderson,  W.F.:   Preparation  of  rabbit  reticulo- 

cyte initiation  factor  IF-M3.   K.  Moldave  and  L.  Grossman  (eds); 
Methods  in  Enzymology,  (in  press) . 

7.  Merrick,  W.C,  Lubsen,  N.H.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.:  A  ribosomal 

dissociation  factor  from  rabbit  reticulocytes  distinct  from 
known  initiation  factors.   Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.  USA  (in  press). 

8.  Anderson,  W.F.;   Purification  and  characterization  of  reticulocyte 

initiation  factors.  Proc.  of  Internat.  Colloquium  on  Normal 
and  Abnormal  Protein  Synthesis  in  Higher  Animals,  Paris,  1973 
(in  press) . 

2  •^'i^/ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-109(c) 

1.  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Regulation  of  Hemoglobin  Chain  Synthesis  in  Beta-Thalassemia 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-317(c):  NHLI-285(c) 

Principal  Investigators:   Arthur  W.  Nienhuis,  M.D. 

Norton  A.  Elson,  M.D. 
Ronald  G.  Crystal,  M.D. 
W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Ramon  Velez,  M.D. 

Patricia  Canfield 

Cooperating  Units:        None 

Objectives:   Beta  thalassemia,  also  known  as  Cooley's  Anemia,  is  an  hereditary 
disease  characterized  by  severe  anemia.   The  anemia  is  a  consequence  of  a 
low  level  of  beta  chains  of  hemoglobin  being  produced  by  the  patient's  red 
blood  cells  which  results  in  an  excess  of  alpha  globin  chains.   These  excess 
alpha  chains  precipitate  in  the  cell  and  cause  the  cell  to  be  lysed.   No 
amino  acid  change  has  been  found  in  the  hemoglobin  beta-chains  of  thalassemic 
patients.   It  is  generally  assumed,  therefore,  that  the  molecular  abnormality 
resides  in  the  regulation  of  beta-chain  synthesis.   The  normal  mechanisms  for 
regulation  of  hemoglobin  chain  synthesis  and  the  nature  of  the  defect  in 
beta-thalassemic  cells  which  allows  normal  alpha-chain,  but  limited  or  absent 
beta-chain,  production  are  being  investigated. 

Methods:   Blood  and/or  bone  marrow  is  obtained  both  from  patients  with  beta- 
thalassemia  and  from  patients  displaying  a  high  reticulocyte  count  secondary 
to  another  cause  (for  example,  autoimmune  hemolytic  anemia,  sickle  cell  anemia, 
etc.).   Cellular  components  involved  in  hemoglobin  synthesis  are  isolated 
and  utilized  in  a  cell-free  hemoglobin  synthesizing  system.   By  substituting 
each  component  in  turn  from  the  thalassemic  cells  into  the  non- thalassemic 
cell-free  system,  it  has  been  possible  to  test  each  component  of  the  thalas- 
semic system  to  determine  which  is  normal  and  which  is  abnormal. 

Major  Findings:   1)  Active  mRNA  has  been  isolated  from  the  bone  marrow  cells 
of  patients  with  thalassemia  and  various  other  hemolytic  anemias.   Just  as 
with  previous  studies  using  reticulocyte  mRNA,  the  bone  marrow  mRNA  faith- 
fully reproduces  the  globin  synthesizing  ability  of  the  intact  cell. 

2)   Studies  on  the  mechanism  of  initiation  of  the  thalassemia  beta 
globin  chain  indicates  that  initiation  appears  to  be  normal.   The  thalassemic 
beta  globin  chain  is  initiated  by  Met-tRNA-  and  requires  the  normal  initia- 
tion factors.   Elongation  and  termination  are  already  known  to  be  normal. 

1  <:5ya 


Serial  No.    NHLI-109(c) 
Thus  the  molecular  defect  in  beta-thalassemia  is  probably  in  the  amount, 
rather  than  in  the  translation,  of  the  beta  globin  mRNA. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Beta-thalassemia 
is  a  severe  hereditary  disease  which  affects  a  sizeable  number  of  individuals 
in  the  Mediterranean  and  Asiatic  countries.  A  method  for  treating  this 
disease,  which  will  reduce  or  eliminate  the  frequent  blood  transfusions 
required,  is  needed.   In  addition,  the  techniques  utilized  to  learn  how  the 
rate  of  hemoglobin  synthesis  is  regulated  can  then  be  applied  to  studying 
other  diseases  where  the  defect  is  also  in  faulty  regulation  in  the  synthesis 
of  a  gene  product. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Attempts  will  be  made  to  correct  the  alpha/beta 
globin  chain  imbalance  by  influencing  the  synthesis  of  alpha  and/or  beta 
chains  ±n  vitro  in  thalassemic  bone  marrow  and  reticulocytes. 

Honors  and  Awards;   None 

Publications : 

1.  Nienhuis,  A.W. ,  Canfield,  P.H.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.;   Human  bone 

marrow  hemoglobin  messenger  RNA;   Isolation  and  translation  in 
homozygous  and  heterozygous  beta-thalassemia.   J.  Clin.  Invest, 
(in  press) . 

2.  Crystal,  R.G.,  Elson,  N.A.,  Nienhuis,  A.W. ,  Thornton,  A.C.,  and 

Anderson,  W.F.;   Initiation  of  globin  synthesis  in  beta-thalassemia. 
New  Eng.  J.  Med.  288,  1091-1096,  1973. 

3.  Nienhuis,  A.W. ,  Falvey,  A.K.,  and  Anderson.  W.F.;   Preparation  of 

globin  messenger  RNA.   K.  Moldave  and  L.  Grossman  (eds) ;   Methods 
in  Enzymology  (in  press) . 

4.  Anderson,  W.F.:   Isolation  and  translation  of  messenger  RNA  from 

beta-thalassemia  reticulocytes.   Proc.  Third  Conf.  on  Cooley's 
Anemia,  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences,  New  York,  1973  (in  press). 

5.  Anderson,  W.F.;   Isolation  and  translation  of  thalassemia  mRNA. 

Proc.  Internat.  Colloquium  on  Normal  and  Abnormal  Protein  Synthesis 
in  Higher  Animals,  Paris,  1973  (in  press). 


c^'/S 


Serial  No.   NHLI-110 


1 .  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Evolutionary  Homology  of  Components  of  the  Protein 
Synthesizing  Machinery 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-316:  NHLI-288 

Principal  Investigators:   Dante  Picciano,  Ph.D. 

Norton  Elson,  M.D. 
W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      William  C.  Merrick,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:        None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  extent  of  evolutionary  homology  of  the  components  of  the 
cell's  protein  synthesizing  machinery  in  organisms  thoughout  the  phylogenetic 
tree  is  being  examined. 

Methods :   Cell  components  are  isolated  from  organisms  ranging  from  E.coli 
to  human.   Interchangeability  of  components  between  species  is  analyzed  in 
cell-free  assays. 

Major  Findings:   1)   The  initiation  factors  from  rabbit  liver  appear  to  be 
identical,  or  at  least  very  similar,  to  the  corresponding  factors  from 
rabbit  reticulocytes. 

2)  The  initiator  tRNA  from  E.coli  (Met-tRNAp   )will  not  replace  the 

mammalian  initiator  tRNA(Met-tRNA^^^^^^)  in  initial  dipeptide  synthesis 

(Met  -Val)  directed  by  globin  mRNA. 
r 

3)  Globin  mRNA  from  various  sources  (human,  rabbit,  sheep,  goat,  human) 
can  be  effectively  translated  in  a  rabbit  cell-free  system. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   The  fact  that  at 
least  parts  of  the  cell's  protein  synthesis  apparatus  appear  to  have  remained 
essentially  unchanged  during  evolutionary  development  implies  that  many  con- 
clusions concerning  the  mechanism  of  cell  function  determined  in  lower  or- 
ganisms might  be  applicable  to  human  tissues.   By  demonstrating  the  inter- 
changeability of  a  component,  it  is  possible  that  genetic  apparatus  from 
lower  organisms  might  eventually  be  used  therapeutically  in  man. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  species  and  tissue  specificity  of  the  cell 
components  involved  in  protein  synthesis  will  continue  to  be  investigated. 

1  «2/(^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-llQ 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications: 

1.  Picciano,  D.J. ,  Prichard,  P.M.,  Merrick,  W.C.,  Shafritz,  D.A. , 

Graf,  H.,  Crystal,  R.G.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.:   Isolation  of  protein 
synthesis  initiation  factors  from  rabbit  liver.  J.  Biol.  Chem. 
248.  204-214,  1973. 

2.  Picciano,  D.J.,  and  Anderson,  W.F.:   Preparation  of  protein  synthesis 

initiation  factors  from  rabbit  liver.  K.  Moldave  and  L.  Grossman 
(eds) :  Methods  in  Enzymology  (in  press) . 


jx/r' 


Serial  No.        NHLI-111 


1.  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Mechanism  of  Hemoglobin  Switching  in  Sheep  and  Goats 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-287 

Principal  Investigators:   Jane  Barker,  Ph.D. 

Jerold  Last,  Ph.D. 
Sherrill  Adams,  M.A. 
W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Arthur  Nienhuis,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:        Dr.  Joseph  E.  Pierce,  Section  on  Lab  Animal 

Medicine  and  Surgery 
Mr.  Leonard  Stuart,  Ungulate  Unit,  NIH  Animal 
Center 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   An  animal  model  is  sought  to  study  the  mechanisms  involved  in 
the  regulation  of  gene  expression  for  globin  synthesis  including  the  mechanism 
for  globin  chain  switching  (which  occurs  in  many  higher  organisms  including 
humans) .   The  best  model  system  appears  to  be  the  switch  from  hemoglobin  A 
to  hemoglobin  C  which  occurs  in  goats  and  certain  sheep  when  they  are  made 
anemic.   This  switch  appears  to  be  induced  by  the  hormone  erythropoietin. 
We  hope  to  reproduce  this  globin  chain  gene  switch  in  an  in  vitro  system 
and  to  investigate  the  mechanism. 

Methods:   Sheep  and  goats  are  made  anemic  by  bleeding  or  by  phenylhydrazine 
injection.   Samples  of  bone  marrow  cells  are  obtained  and  are  grown  in  tissue 
culture.   Alterations  in  cellular  activity  are  studied  as  a  function  of 
erythropoietin  administration  and  of  experimental  conditions.   Methods  are 
being  developed  for  isolating  active  messenger  RNA  from  these  cultured  bone 
marrow  cells. 

Major  Findings:   1)  The  hemoglobin  A  to  hemoglobin  C  switch  in  goats  has  been 
reproduced  in  tissue  culture  cells.   Cultured  Type  A  bone  marrow  cells,  in 
the  presence  of  erythropoietin,  partially  switch  off  Hb  A  (aaBa^)  synthesis 
and  switch  on  the  synthesis  of  Hb  C  (aaBa^) •   This  switch  has  been  confirmed 
by  product  identification  of  the  globin  chains. 

2)  Culture  conditions  have  been  found  for  maintaining  bone  marrow  cells 
in  an  active  metabolic  state  for  several  days.   Erythroid  precursors  are 
maintained  both  in  number  and  function.   These  conditions  were  utilized  in 
obtaining  the  A  to  C  switch  described  above. 

1  SLf^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-111 


Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Research;   It  has  been 
widely  suggested  that  a  potential  treatment  for  thalassemia  as  well  as  for 
sickle  cell  anemia  would  be  to  induce  the  patient's  bone  marrow  cells  to 
switch  from  the  synthesis  of  hemoglobin  A  to  the  synthesis  of  hemoglobin  F. 
Such  a  switch  should  eliminate  production  of  the  abnormal  hemoglobin.   In 
order  to  understand  how  the  normal  switch  from  hemoglobin  F  to  hemoglobin  A 
occurs,  as  well  as  to  understand  how  it  might  be  possible  to  make  this 
switch  reversible,  the  mechanism  by  which  a  reversible  switch  in  an  animal 
model  system  occurs  is  being  studied.   Sheep  and  goats  provide  such  a  model 
system  for  analysis.   By  learning  the  mechanism  of  switching  in  sheep  and 
goats,  it  should  be  possible  to  apply  this  knowledge  to  human  patients. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project;   Studies  are  in  progress  to  determine  this 
mechanism  of  the  A  to  C  switch  in  tissue  culture. 

Honors  and  Awards;   None 

Publications: 

1.  Nienhuis,  A.W.  and  Anderson,  W.F.:   Hemoglobin  switching  in  sheep 

and  goats:   Change  in  functional  globin  messener  RNA  in  reticulo- 
cytes and  bone  marrow  cells.  Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  USA,  69, 
2184-2188,  1972. 

2.  Barker,  J.E.,  Last,  J. A.,  Adams,  S.L.,  Nienhuis,  A.W.,  and 

Anderson,  W.F.:   Hemoglobin  switching  in  sheep  and  goats: 
Erythropoietin-dependent  synthesis  of  hemoglobin  C  in  goat  bone- 
marrow  cultures*.   Proc.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  USA  (in  press). 


At^Z 


Serial  No.     NHLI-112 

1.  Molecular  Hematology  Branch 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Mechanism  of  Action   of  the  Enzyme  RNA-Directed  DNA 
Polymerase 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Amy  Falvey,  Ph.D. 

Joel  Vavich,  M.D. 
Judith  Kantor,  M.Sc.&Hyg. 
W.  French  Anderson,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:      Jerold  A.  Last,  Ph.D. 

Dante  J.  Picciano,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:        Robert  Gallo,  M.D.  of  the  National  Cancer 

Institute 

Special  Virus  Cancer  Program,  National  Cancer 
Institute 
Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  enzyme  RNA-directed  DNA  polymerase,  also  known  as  Reverse 
Transcriptase,  from  avian  myeloblastosis  virus  (and  other  sources)  provides 
a  possible  means  for  synthesizing  a  DNA  gene  directly  from  isolated  messen- 
ger RNA.   Unfortunately,  the  DNA  product  so  far  obtained  is  only  a  partial 
copy  of  the  mRNA  template.   It  is  desired,  therefore,  to  learn  the  mechanism 
of  action  of  the  enzyme  in  order  to  establish  conditions  whereby  a  complete 
(and  active)  DNA  gene  can  be  transcribed  from  a  globin  mRNA. 

Methods :  1)  The  enzyme  is  purified  by  standard  procedures  from  avian 
myeloblastosis  virus  obtained  from  Dr.  Beard  thru  the  National  Cancer 
Institute's  Special  Virus  Cancer  Program. 

2)  Globin  mRNA  is  isolated  from  rabbit  reticulocytes;  DNA  product 
analysis  is  by  CeSO^  density  gradient  centrifugation. 

3)  Artificial  block  polynucleotide  templates  are  being  synthesized  by 
means  of  various  enzymatic  and  chemical  techniques  including  use  of  the 
enzyme  polynucleotide  phosphorylase. 

4)  Primers  and  single  base  oligonucleotides  are  prepared  by  enzymatic 
and/or  chemical  means  followed  by  purification  by  standard  nucleic  acid 
fractionation  techniques. 


P<^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-112 

Major  Findings;   1)  The  DNA  gene  product  obtained  from  globln  mRNA  directed 
Reverse  Transcriptase  action  is  only  a  partial  product. 

2)  Mechanism  studies  using  artifically  synthesized  block  polynucleotides 
demonstrated  that  the  activity  of  the  enzyme  Reverse  Transcriptase  is  greatly 
affected  by  the  composition  and  size  of  the  template  and  primer. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   The  ability  to 
synthesize  a  DNA  gene  Iji  vitro  would  be  a  major  step  towards  the  goal  of 
successful  therapy  of  human  genetic  diseases. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Detailed  studies  on  the  mechanism  of  action  of 
the  enzjnne  RNA-directed  DNA  polymerase  are  being  carried  out. 

Honors  and  Awards ;   None 

Publications;   None 


SiH 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
LABORATORY  OF  TECHNICAL  DEVELOPMENT 

NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  Laboratory  of  Technical  Development  develops  new 
instruments,  devices  and  methods  that  can  contribute  to  the 
solution  of  clinical  and  basic  medical  science  problems. 

Specific  technological  systems  and  devices  as  well  as 
advances  in  engineering  and  basic  physical  science  are  exploited 
for  the  needs  of  research  and  clinical  medicine.   Systems  are 
developed  and  evaluated  in  close  association  with  other  NIH 
research  programs. 

LIQUID  LIQUID  CHROMATOGRAPHY 

Development  of  countercurrent  chromatography  has  been 
continued  on  two  types  of  instruments,  the  flow-through  coil 
planet  centrifuge  and  the  elution  centrifuge,  previously 
developed  here.   Versatility  and  advantages  over  the  convention- 
al chromatographic  system  have  been  demonstrated  by  applying  a 
variety  of  two-phase  systems  and  test  samples. 

With  the  flow- through  coil  planet  centrifuge,  both  simple 
and  gradient  elution  of  dipeptide  samples   are  carried  out  at 
high  efficiencies  ranging  from  3000  to  1300  theoretical  plates. 
The  gradient  elution  technique  demonstrates  a  solute  concentrat- 
ing power  as  high  as  10  times  that  in  the  original  sample  solution, 
which  can  be  applied  to  extract  a  minute  amount  of  biological 
principle  from  a  large  quantity  of  a  crude  mixture.   The 
system  also  enables  the  prediction  of  the  retention  volume  of 
the  solute  from  the  partition  coefficient  determined  by 
separatory  funnel  technique.   For  separation  of  macromolecules , 
the  optimum  column  configuration  of  a  coiled  helix  (60°)  is 
chosen  to  stabilize  low  interfacial  tension  phase  systems 
without  losing  the  column  efficiency.   With  a  sec.  Butanol  1% 
Dichloroacetic  acid  (1:1)  phase  system,  bovine  insulin  is 
eluted  out  in  a  few  hours  to  demonstrate  a  co-existing 
deaminated  form  which  was  previously  reported  by  Craig  et.  al., 
with  countercurrent  distribution  method  requiring  over  1000 
transfers. 

The  elution  centrifuge  technique  is  found  to  be  applicable 
to  polymer  phase  systems  used  for  partition  of  macromolecules 
and  particulates.   Among  various  column  configurations  examined, 
the  coiled  helix  col\amn  satisfies  the  fundamental  requirements, 
that  is,  stability  of  the  retained  stationary  phase  and 
efficiency  of  partitioning.   Capability  of  the  technique  is 


.057 


demonstrated  on  partition  of  polynucleotides  (poly  U,  poly  C, 
poly  A,  and  poly  I) ,  DNA  and  RNA  by  stepwise  and  gradient 
elution.   Since  the  conventional  liquid  chromatography  can 
hardly  utilize  this  aqueous/aqueous  phase  system  and  the 
partition  entirely  relies  upon  the  time  consuming  counter- 
current  distribution  method,  the  present  method  should  be  useful 
to  extend  the  potential  of  the  polymer  phase  systems. 

FLUORESCENCE  METHODS 

Proteins  labeled  with  dyes  have  a  visible  fluorescence 
which  is  partly  polarized.   The  degree  of  polarization  can 
be  altered  by  shortening  the  lifetime  with  a  quencher. 
Correlation  of  the  lifetime,  the  polarization,  and  the  rate 
of  change  of  polarization  with  change  of  lifetime  allows 
determination  of  the  rotational  relaxation  time  of  the  protein. 

Bilirubin  complexes  with  proteins  are  of  practical  and 
theoretical  interest.   The  fluorescence  circular  dichroism 
and  absorption  spectra  of  bilirubin  complexes  with  albumins 
of  different  species  and  apo-myoglobins  of  horse  and  sperm 
whale  have  been  investigated  showing  conformational  features 
of  both  protein  and  ligand. 

A  series  of  solutions  of  specific  fluorescent  substances 
has  been  developed  which  have  known  lifetimes  of  from  0.20 
to  115  nsec.  +  3%.   These  solutions  can  be  used  to  standardize 
lifetime  apparatuses  as  well  as  to  aid  in  the  computation  of 
lifetimes . 

Fluorescent  impurities  have  been  found  in  water  held  in 
contact  with  polyethylene.   The  spectra  and  characteristics 
of  various  types  of  water  used  in  analytical  procedures  have 
been  investigated. 

Stopped-flow  fluorescence  has  been  applied  to  the  rate 
of  folding  and  unfolding  of  different  proteins,  using  the 
changes  in  quantum  yield  of  the  tryptophan  emission.   A  study 
was  performed  which  showed  that  the  fluorescence  of  low  density 
lipoprotein  was  changed  in  various  ways  by  partial  or  total 
delipidation.   Silver  ion  fluorescence  quenching  of  protein 
fluorescence  was  also  studied.   The  mechanisms  involved  were 
found  to  be  energy  transfer  and  collisional  quenching. 

CYTOLOGICAL  METHODS 

Rapid  assay  of  cell  response  to  mitogens,  lectins,  and 
immunoactive  reagents  is  being  explored  along  several  lines 
in  collaboration  with  other  laboratories  at  NIH.   The  capillary 


cXTA 


I 


tube  scanning  equipment  developed  for  automation  of  micro- 
biological assays  of  similar  agents  and  antibiotic  testing 
is  now  being  evaluated  for  cell  assays. 

Efforts  of  the  past  year  have  been  directed  at  developing 
methods  for  growing  cells  within  a  capillary  tube  so  that  the 
monitoring  and  assaying  of  their  growth  can  be  accomplished 
using  scattered  light.   This  has  included  developing  methods 
for  creating  the  proper  environment  for  the  cells,  developing 
techniques  for  handling  and  washing  the  cells  within  the 
capillary  tube  and  using  pulse  height  analysis  and  integration 
to  assay  their  growth. 

Mouse  marrow  granulocyte  growth  has  been  monitored  and 
assayed  using  these  techniques  and  this  technique  will  be 
extended  to  study  human  stem  cells. 

A  method  for  culturing  mycoplasma  has  shown  promise.   This 
is  a  method  whereby  the  cells  are  grown  in  thin  lines  on  an 
agar  plate. 

Studies  of  cell  adhesion  utilizing  mouse  hepatoma  cells 
have  also  shown  promise.   Two  methods  are  being  looked  at, 
resistance  to  fluid  drag  and  centrifugatal  forces  applied  to 
the  cells  while  in  the  capillary  environment.   Both  of  these 
methods  have  shown  promise  and  it  seems  that  cell  synchroniza- 
tion and  separation  within  the  capillary  can  alse  be  performed 
using  these  methods. 

It  would  appear  that  a  method  of  observing  discrete  cell 
responses  could  be  observed  by  a  method  that  would  be  responsive 
to  individual  cell  temperatures  reflecting  their  state  of 
activity. 

The  capillary  tube  method  is  responsive  to  growth  and 
requires  sequential  observation  to  determine  their  response 
and  the  method  is  not  particularly  suited  to  recovery  of 
specific  cells.   The  proposal  to  explore  the  utility  of  a 
method  responsive  to  individual  cell  temperature  to  reflect 
the  state  of  metabolic  or  physical  activity  has  shown  some 
promise.   Previous  efforts  to  demonstrate  individual  cell 
temperatures  were  based  on  the  use  of  a  newly  developed  solid 
state  material,  Barium  Strontium  Niobate ;  it  was  abondoned  due 
to  defects  in  the  crystals  available  and  observation  that  the 
curie  temperature  was  higher  (45°C)  than  represented  (35°C) . 
Liquid  crystal  free  and  microencapsulated  were  tested  but 
appeared  less  promising  in  terms  of  sensitivity  and  homogeneity. 

Current  efforts  have  demonstrated  apparent  success  by 
use  of  the  interferometric  observation  of  the  thickness  of  a 


<PS'3 


deposit  of  volitile  silicone  oil  on  the  obverse  of  a  thin 
membrane  bearing  the  cells  and  observed  with  a  microscope. 
Dynamic  evaporation  and  recondensing  the  oil  maintains  a 
dynamic  state  of  constantly  reforming  oil  films  the  thickness 
of  which  is  responsive  to  the  temperature  of  the  membrane. 

An  imaging  system  with  a  niobium  foil  held  at  its 
superconducting  transition  temperature  in  a  liquid  helium 
cryostat  to  measure  infrared  radiation  from  individual  cells 
is  being  constructed  for  comparison.   The  niobium  transition 
bolometer  is  a  novel  approach  suggested  by  our  liason  physicist 
on  temporary  duty  here  from  the  Naval  Weapons  Center  at  China 
Lake  California. 

Improvements  in  materials  and  signal  processing  equipment 
form  the  basis  of  a  new  concept  of  microcalorimetry  applicable 
to  biological  measurements  where  long  equilibration  times 
and  slow  integrations  are  incompatible  with  the  instability  of 
such  systems.   A  scheme  for  isothermal  calorimetry  has  been 
analyzed  and  is  in  process  of  being  evaluated  which  is  based 
on  the  idea  that  a  pair  of  high  efficiency  thermoelectric 
heat-pumping  wafers  can  be  placed  face  to  face  to  enclose  a 
thin  microcavity  for  the  sample  with  the  other  faces  in  contact 
with  a  heat  sink  that  is  only  required  to  absorb  the  evolved 
heat  emitted  by  a  micro  sample  without  significant  temperature 
change.   The  unusual  characteristics  of  the  system  are  obtained 
by  supplying  current  to  the  heat  pump  to  maintain  a  near  zero 
thermal  gradient  across  each  element  by  alternatly  sensing  and 
pumping  heat.   An  isothermal  system  is  maintained  by  this  means; 
evolved  heat  is  simply  a  function  of  pumping  current.   The 
system  greatly  increases  the  speed  of  response  and  negates 
thermal  capacity  by  pumping  heat  rather  than  permitting  it  to 
escape  by  conduction  or  warming  the  sensor.   Thus,  equilibration 
after  adding  a  sample  is  very  rapid  as  the  system  is  forced  to 
equilibrium  by  the  pump  current.   The  period  can  be  disregarded 
while  the  slower  evolution  of  heat  can  be  measured  during  growth 
or  reaction  by  integration  of  the  pump  current. 

The  device  has  been  constructed,  its  electrical  behavior 
analyzed  and  is  ready  for  application  to  model  biological 
binding,  immunochemical  or  micrometabolic  studies  to  evaluate 
what  appears  to  be  a  new  concept  in  calorimetry  by  eliminating 
the  need  for  large  heat  sinks  and  thick  insulation. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL  MEASUREMENTS 

A  calorimetric  instrument  that  monitors  pC02  in  the 
extracorporeal  blood  circuit  during  the  use  of  a  membrane 
oxygenator  for  acute  respiratory  failure  exploits  the  fact 
that  the  reaction  of  1  nl/sec  of  CO  with  LiOH  releases  4  ywatts 
of  heat.   We  have  built  a  microcalorimeter  with  sensitivity  and 


<av 


stability  adequate  to  measure  10  nl/sec.  of  CO2  with  a  40:1 
signal-to-noise  ratio.   Blood  passes  through  a  probe  in  the 
extracorporeal  circuit;  a  short  length  of  silicone  rubber 
tube  allows  CO2  to  pass  from  the  blood,  in  proportion  to  the 
blood  PCO2 ,  through  the  wall  of  the  silicone  tube  with  a  stream 
of  nitrogen.   The  nitrogen  carries  the  CO2  through  a  desiccant 
to  a  container  of  LiOH  in  the  calorimeter  where  the  heat 
released  by  the  reaction  is  measured.   We  have  shown  that  the 
system  can  operate  for  a  least  7  days  with  baseline  stability 
of  +  3T  (equivalent)  and  sensitivity  stability  of  +  2T  (equiva- 
lent) .   The  overall  instrument,  less  carrier  gas  supply,  is 
housed  in  a  13  X  23  X  32  cm  box;  the  sensor  probe  is  at  the  end 
of  a  1  meter  dual  lumen  tube. 

The  principle  was  further  developed  to  measure  picomoles 
of  acid-releasable  COo  in  nanoliter  amounts  of  fluid  in  the 
study  of  kidney  acid-base  control  mechanisms.   We  have  exploited 
the  fact  that  4  yjoule  is  released  when  10"^  1  of  CO2  reacts 
with  LiOH  to  build  a  calorimetric  micro  CO2  analyzer.   We  put  a 
grain  of  LiOH  on  one  of  a  pair  of  thermistors  forming  a 
resistance  measuring  half-bridge.   Nanoliter  samples  are  injected 
through  a  mercury  drop  seal  into  concentrated  phosphoric  acid 
and  the  released  CO2  is  transported  to  reaction  chamber  by  a 
stream  of  Freon-12.   The  system  noise  is  low  enough  to  yield 
an  ultimate  sensitivity  of  4xl0~12  moles  of  CO2 . 

Nuclear  magnetic  resonance  flow  measuring  and  tracing 
instrumentation  has  been  constructed  to  operate  at  low  magnetic 
fields  to  reduce  the  contribution  of  the  protons  in  the  tissue 
overlying  the  flowing  blood  on  the  basis  that  only  premagnetized 
protons  make  a  major  contribution  to  the  observed  signal  and 
low  frequencies  used  in  low  fields  penetrate  with  less  loss 
than  high  fields.   The  instrumentation  has  not  lived  up  to 
expectations  and  is  still  being  improved.   While  the  instrumenta- 
tion is  being  further  developed  in  this  laboratory  the  contract 
laboratory  at  the  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin  has  confirmed 
that  using  tap  water  with  a  2.1  second  time  constant  that  good 
signals  could  be  obtained  seven  time  constants  later  without 
signal  enhancement  methods. 

These  findings  suggest  that  NMR  tag  detect  systems  are 
useful  over  large  distances  involving  many  time  constants. 
Further  studies  with  T]^  indicated  that  relaxation  time  was 
dependent  upon  the  magnetic  field  and  hence  the  frequency  of 
detection.   With  h\aman  blood,  T-,  of  0.25  seconds  was  measured 
with  a  dc  magnetic  field  of  23.4  gauss  corresponding  to  a 
Larmor  frequency  of  100  kHz.   Similar  studies  in  a  magnetic 
field  of  760  gauss  with  a  detector  operating  at  3.2  megaHz  gave 
a  T-,  of  approximately  0.7  seconds  for  fully  oxygenated  human 
blood.   A  T-,  of  0.4  seconds  was  measured  in  partially  oxygenated 
human  blood.   These  tests  and  theoretical  investigation  suggests 
that  T-i  is  a  function  of  frequency  and  percent  of  oxygenated 

5  A^^ 


hemoglobin.   Future  studies  will  be  designed  to  investigate 
structures  capable  of  providing  larger  magnetic  fields  to 
study  T-j^  as  a  function  of  frequency,  oxygenation,  so  that  a 
practical  system  can  be  designed  for  use  in  the  measurement 
of  human  cerebral  blood  flow.   At  present  the  experimental  and 
theoretical  studies  suggest  that  it  should  be  possible  to 
measure  arterial  and  venous  cerebral  blood  flow  in  the  human 
with  NMR  systems.   Theoretical  studies  have  confirmed  our 
experimental  studies  in  tapered  and  bifurcated  tubes.   During 
this  phase  of  the  project,  flow  studies  were  made  in  the 
isolated  perfused  kidney  of  the  dog.   Continuous  flow  and 
regional  flow  measurements  were  possible  in  this  preparation. 
Pulsatile  flow  was  measured  in  the  radial  artery  at  the  wrist 
of  an  adult  human  volunteer.   Furthermore,  preliminary  NMR  studies 
were  conducted  in  stumptail  macaque  monkeys  indicating  that  NMR 
signal  output  levels  changed  in  a  coil  located  over  the  occipital 
protuberance  with  deprivation  of  oxygen  secondary  to  clamping 
off  an  endotracheal  airway  or  following  hyperventilation.   The 
studies  to  date  have  been  encouraging  and  have  provided  new 
information  on  the  effects  of  T-^  vs.  frequency  and  oxygenation. 

INSTRUMENTATION  FOR  KINETIC  AND  EQUILIBRIUM  MEASUREMENTS 

The  high-speed  stopped  flow  apparatus  developed  in  this 
laboratory  has  been  undergoing  a  number  of  refinements  to 
improve  its  reliability,  resistance  to  corrosion,  and  biological 
compatibility.   Three  experimental  instruments  made  to  our 
specifications  have  been  built  and  are  undergoing  testing.   One 
of  the  instruments  has  made  it  possible  to  work  out  the  primary 
steps  in  the  lactate  dehydrogenase,  its  isoenzymes,  creatine 
phosphokinase ,  and  transaminase  reactions. 

The  high  time  resolution  of  this  instrument  has  permitted 
direct  stopped-flow  flash  photolysis  studies  on  red  cells. 
Thus,  in  Hb  S  the  sickling  process  can  be  studied  . 

A  further  extension  of  the  development  of  instruments  to 
study  sickle  cell  anemia  is  being  continued  at  the  University 
of  Milan.   Several  instruments  are  being  built  to  assist  in 
the  assessment  of  hemoglobin  reactions  using  the  special  cyanate 
intermediates  made  there. 

In  collaboration  with  the  Thermochemistry  Section,  NBS , 
three  batch  calorimeters  have  been  constructed  at  NIH  and  are 
undergoing  testing  in  various  laboratories  to  ascertain  their 
suitability  for  use  in  biochemical  and  clinical  chemistry  using 
only  150  microliters  of  each  reagent.   The  measurement  of  amino 
acids,  using  decarboxylases  has  achieved  a  sensitivity  of  0.2 
nanomoles.   Another  instrument  is  being  used  to  study  antigen- 
antibody  reactions  and  the  deoxygenation  of  sickle  cells. 


A$5 


I 


In  order  to  carry  out  replicate  experiments  rapidly  on 
highly  labile  biological  materials,  a  stopped-flow  micro- 
calorimeter  has  been  constructed  and  is  operating  with  a  cycle 
time  of  5  minutes.   The  same  sensitivity  as  the  batch  machine 
is  available  but  with  the  ability  to  handle  100  to  500  micro- 
liter samples  of  each  reagent. 

SECTION  ON  PULMONARY  AND  CARDIAC  ASSIST  DEVICES 

This  section  has  established  the  value  of  the  spiral  coil 
membrane  lung  for  extended  respiratory  assist  in  pulmonary 
failure  in  the  laboratory  in  sheep,  and  clinically  in  man. 
Recently,  a  patient  with  acute  respiratory  failure  from 
Pneumocystis  carinii  pneumonia  was  supported  continuously  for 
9  1/2  days  with  the  membrane  lung  with  subsequent  recovery. 
He  is  now  well  and  alive.   This  perfusion  is  the  longest  on 
record  and  attests  to  the  benign  nature  of  this  treatment  mode, 
and  the  superiority  of  the  membrane  lung  over  presently 
used  blood  oxygenators. 

We  have  developed  a  technique  for  producing  pinhole  free 
silicone  rubber  membranes  reliably,  and  in  quantity.   Membranes 
of  pure  dimethylsiloxane  gum  have  also  been  cast  without 
pinholes  with  equal  reliability.   These  pure  silicone  gum 
membranes  have  been  shown  to  be  superior  in  antithrombogenicity 
to  all  pure  polymers  studied  so  far.   These  and  other  new 
membranes  are  continuously  evaluated  in  chronic  animal  studies 
in  sheep.   This  project  is  carried  out  in  conjunction  with  an 
on  campus  scientist  from  the  Armed  Forces  Radiological  Research 
Institute  and  a  guest  worker  from  the  Asahi  Chemical  Co.,  in 
Japan. 

Work  is  in  progress  to  permit  long  term  preservation  of 
an  excised  heart  or  another  internal  organ.   Sheep  hearts 
have  been  perfused  ex  vivo  for  3  days  at  10 °C  with  normal 
function  on  rewarming.   Hearts  have  also  been  maintained  with 
a  synthetic  perfusate  dialyzed  against  animal  blood  across 
cellophane  and  thin  silicone  rubber  membranes.   All  these 
hearts  exhibit  a  continuous  electrical  and  mechanical  activity 
down  to  10°C  and. lower. 


a^r 


Serial  No.  NHLI-113 

1.  Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS  -  NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Discrete  Cell  Temperature  Measurement  Study 

Previous  Serial  No.:  NHLI-105 

Principal  Investigator:   E.  Ronald  Atkinson 

Other  Investigator:   Robert  L.  Bovman 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Cellular  metabolic  processes  produce  heat.  The  heat  produced 
results  in  a  temperature  gradient  about  living  cells.  The  objectives  of  this 
project  are  (a)  to  determine  a  method  of  measuring  this  temperature  gradient 
about  discrete  cells  in  vitro,  (b)  to  provide  a  rapid  method  of  measurement, 
and  (c)  to  provide  a  non-destructive  method  of  measurement. 

Methods  Employed: 

(a)  Analysis:   The  analytical  portion  of  the  project  consists  of  simple 
modeling  of  the  thermal  cell-ambient  situation.  Adjustable  parameters  are 
experimentally  evaluated.  On  the  basis  of  the  model,  the  instrumental 
requirements  for  thermal  and  spatial  resolution  are  established.  Alternative 
physical  effects  are  considered  for  exploitation  and  a  preliminary  selection 
made. 

(b)  Materials  Selection:  Materials  having  the  requisite  properties  are 
configured  and  tested  in  a  manner  similar  to  their  actual  use  in  cell 
temperature  determination.  Measurements  of  living  cells  are  made. 

(c)  Instrumental  Design:   The  most  promising  approach  is  subjected  to 
design  optimization.  A  prototype  instrument  is  fabricated  and  evaluated. 
Performance  limits  and  problem  areas  are  defined  for  this  class  of  instrument. 

Major  Findings: 

(1)   Updated  MEDLARS  and  Smithsonian  SIE  literature  searches  indicated  that 
no  discrete  cell  temperature  measurements  have  yet  been  made.  A  number  of 
microcalorimetric  studies  of  large  aggregates  of  cells  were  found.  These 
studies  indicate  thermal  outputs  on  the  order  of  10"'  to  10"°  watts/cell 
in  actively  metabolizing  mammalian  and  bacterial  cells  of  10  to  100  micro- 
meter diameter. 


^sy 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  113 


(2)  Several  laboratories  of  the  U.  S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission  have  been 
canvassed  for  possible  radioactive  isotope  materials  to  be  used  in 
calibrating  cell  temperature  instruments.   It  appears  that  plutonium  239 
oxide  microspheres  are  appropriate  for  the  job.   Acquisition  and  handling 
of  these  microspheres  is  under  investigation. 

(3)  A  super-conductive  bolometer  cryostat  has  been  designed  and  is  in  the 
final  stages  of  fabrication  and  asserably.   Twenty-five  micron  thick  niobium 
foil  has  been  acquired  for  the  construction  of  the  super-conductive  bolometer 
element . 

(4)  Some  of  the  better  known  cholesteric  liquid  crystal  temperature 
indicators  were  configured  for  discrete  cell  temperature  measurement.  The 
materials  investigated  thus  far  fell  far  short  of  the  required  sensitivity. 
Other  liquid  crystals  will  be  examined  as  they  become  available. 

(5)  Barlum-strontium-niobate  was  ground  and  polished  to  thin  film 
dimensions  and  configured  on  a  thermal  stage  to  test  the  ferroelectric 
curie  point  thermometer  concept.  The  strontium  rich  barium-strontium- 
niobate  tested  fell  far  short  of  the  required  sensitivity.  The  material 
was  found  to  have  a  very  gradual  ferroelectric-paraelectric  transition. 
This  gradual  transition  seems  to  be  characteristic  of  the  few  non-stoichio- 
metric  ferroelectrics  reported  in  the  literature.   A  single  composition 
material,  triglycene  selenate  has  a  curie  point  at  the  right  temperature 
and  will  be  tested  for  adequate  sensitivity  for  discrete  cell  temperature 
measurement. 

(6)  A  unique  instrument,  the  "Teensy-Temp',  has  been  designed,  fabricated, 
and  is  under  intensive  investigation  for  discrete  cell  temperature  measure- 
ment.  The  device  utilizes  the  differential  condensation  rate  of  hexamethyl 
siloxane  on  a  cellulose  nitrate  membrane  to  measure  heat  output  of  objects 
resting  on  the  other  side  of  the  membrane.   Read-out  of  siloxane  film 
thickness  is  by  inter ferometric  imaging.  The  "Teensy-Temp"  appears  to  have 
adequate  sensitivity  and  may  lend  itself  well  to  certain  types  of  discrete 
cell  temperature  measurement.   Preliminary  experiments  with  protozoa  and 
mouse  hepatoma  cells  have  been  encouraging.   A  computer  simulation  of"reen8y- 
Teap"  operation  has  been  programmed  and  system  parameters  are  being  optimized. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the  Institute: 
Cell  temperature  measurement  is  fundamental  to  metabolic,  ontologlc ,  and 
pathologic  cytological  investigations. 

Proposed  Course:   It  is  proposed  to  continue  the  material  investigation 
to  establish  performance  bounds  and  develop  configurations  suitable  for  cell 
temperature  measurement.  An  instrument  incorporating  one  or  more  selected 
materials  will  be  designed,  fabricated,  and  evaluated  with  a  variety  of 
cell  cultures. 


^C 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  113 


Honors  and  Awards:  None 


Publications:   "Microscopic  Temperature  Determination  with  Ferroelectric 
Thin  Film  Optics"  by  R.  L.  Bowman  and  B.  R.  Atkinson.  Proceedings  of 
the  16th  Annual  Technical  Meeting  of  the  Society  of  Photo-Optical  Instru- 
mentation Engineers,  17  October  1972,  San  Francisco,  California. 


3i6l 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  114 

1.  Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 

3.   Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS  -  NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Project  Title: 


Previous  Serial  No. 


Development  of  Stopped-Flow  Micro-Calorimetry  for 
the  Study  of  Biochemical  and  Cellular  Reactions; 
Applications  to  Clinical  Biochemistry 

NHLI-104 


Principal  Investigator:   Robert  L.  Berger 


Other  Investigators: 


Cooperating  Units: 


Nadja  Rehak,  Frank  Noble,  Technical  Development 

Donald  Young,  Chief,  Clinical  Chemistry,  NIH 

G.  A.  Armstrong,  Chief,  Thermochem.  Sect.,  NBS 

Edward  Prosan,  Physical  Chemistry  Div.,  NBS 

N.  0.  Kaplan,  Prof.,  School  of  Med,  Univ.  Calif. S.D. 

Hans  Krebs ,  Prof.  Biochem.,  Oxford  Univ. 

Luigi  Rossi-Bemardi ,  Prof.  Enzymology,  Univ.  Milan 

Mario  Marini,  Assoc. Prof .Biochem. ,  Northwestern  Univ. 

Norman  Davids,  Prof.,Eng.  Mech.,  Penn  State  Univ. 

Fabrication-BEMI;  Research  Instr.  Facility,  School 
of  Med.,  UCSD;,  American  Instr.  Co.;  Thermonetics , 
Inc.;  Thermometries,  Inc. 


Project  Description: 

Objectives:  Virtually  all  chemical  reactions  produce  heat  and  calorimetry 
has  long  been  used  to  investigate  them.  For  biological  use,  however,  high 
sensitivity,  small  volumes  of  reactants ,  and  short  equilibration  times  are 
needed.  It  is  the  objective  of  this  project  to  develop  such  an  instrument 
for  use  in  the  time  range  of  a  few  seconds  to  1  or  2  hours. 

Methods  Employed:   Initial  designs  are  constructed  in  this  laboratory  with 
special  assistance  from  commercial  firms  in  the  construction  of  sensors; 
contracts  are  let,  where  warranted,  for  the  development  of  a  completed 
instrument  with  refinements  that  would  tax  our  own  facilities.   The  instru- 
ment is  then  tested  in  conjunction  with  other  interested  biochemical  calori- 
metrists  utilizing  appropriate  enzymatic  and  cellular  reactions. 

Major  Findings:   Three  of  the  batch  type  small  calorimeters  have  been  built 
and  two  placed  in  different  laboratories  for  testing.   This  instrument, 
developed  in  collaboration  with  NBS,  is  identical  to  the  new  flow  calorimeter 
except  that  a  small  two-compartment  cell  is  used  and  mixing  is  achieved  by 
rotation  of  the  inner  block.   150  ^1  of  each  reagent  can  be  used.   Equilibrium 


Sii,X 


Serial  No.  NHLI-114 

Is  achieved  in  15  min.  One  of  these  units  has  been  placed  with  Prof.  Hans 
Krebs,  Oxford  Infirmary,  for  exploratory  studies  of  its  use  for  decarboxyla- 
tion reactions  in  amino  acid  analysis  and  metabolic  control  reactions.  The 
second  unit  has  been  placed  with  Prof.  Luigi  Rossi-Bernardl,  University  of 
Milan;  his  report  follows: 

The  NBS-NIH  mlcrocalorlmeter  has  been  extensively  tested  In  our  laboratory 
by  measuring  changes  resulting  from  (a)  a  standard  neutralization  reaction 
and  (b)  reactions  of  biochemical  and  clinical  interest.  The  reaction  was  thus 
initiated  by  mixing  100  to  150  microliters  of  Reagent  1,  which  was  contained 
in  a  Kel-F  cuvette  contained  in  the  calorimeter  with  5  to  30  microliters  of 
the  second  reagent  contained  in  a  micro  syringe.   Satisfactory  calibration 
curves  were  obtained  by  this  method  by  titrating  standard  base  and  acid. 
The  heat  changes  measured  were  between  5  and  100  mllllcalorles.  The  first 
reaction  of  biochemical  Interest  studied  was  a  thermal  titration  of  human 
oxy  and  deoxyhemoglobin,  obtaining  results  in  agreement  with  those  obtained 
by  standard  macro  calorimetrlc  techniques.   Several  reactions  of  clinical 
significance  are  under  study  in  our  laboratory  at  the  present  tlmej  such  as 
(a)  agglutination  reactions  like  those  Involved  in  the  determination  of  blood 
groups  and  for  the  diagnosis  of  pregnancy  and  (b)  the  deoxygenation  reaction 
of  normal  human  oxyhemoglobin  and  of  hemoglobin  from  sickle  cell  anemic 
patients. 

Stop- flow  mlcrocalorlmeters  developed  in  this  laboratory  and  a  rapid  batch 
mlcrocalorlmeter  designed  by  E.  Prosen  (NBS)  have  been  calibrated  using 
HCl/NaOH  (C02-fre«)  reaction.  The  calibration  heat  was  in  the  range  of 
0.5  -  150  meal,  and  the  minimum  volume  of  each  reactant  was  29  )il  (max. 
175  jil).  The  heat  output  obtained  was  linear  (+  2-U%)    and  the  stability 
over  a  period  of  7  months  satisfactory  (K  =  16.67  +  0.17  Joules/volt  sec). 

In  order  to  evaluate  the  use  of  microcalorlmetry  in  clinical  chemistry, 
the  following  enzyme , catalyzed  reactions  have  been  investigated  and  their 
heats  of  reaction  as  measured  are  listed: 

Urate/urlcase  4.26  kcal/mole 

Urate/uricase  catalase  28.26  kcal/mole 

L-glutamlc  acid  3.88  kcal/mole 

L-lyslne  3.47  kcal/mole 

The  heat  corresponding  to  reactions  catalyzed  by  catalase  obtained  on  the 
basis  of  the  urate  reaction  is  24.0  kcal/mole  at  30°  C  as  compared  to  the 
reported  value  of  24,0  +  0.3  kcal/mole. 

In  order  to  evaluate  the  use  of  microcalorlmetry  for  the  kinetic  study  of 
enzjrme  catalyzed  reactions,  the  urate-uricase  reaction  was  chosen  for 
Investigation.  The  stolchlometry  of  this  reaction  Is  quite  well  established 
and  the  kinetic  studies  have  been  carried  out  by  spectrophotometric  methods. 
Thus  the  results  obtained  using  microcalorlmetry  can  be  compared  with  those 
already  existing. 

2  <9^3 


Serial  No.  NHLI-114 


Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the  Institute:   The  use 
of  these  methods  as  an  analytical  tool  for  clinical  chemistry  shows  consider- 
able promise  as  a  means  of  improving  the  accuracy,  precision,  and  thruput  of 
clinical  tests.   In  addition,  it  makes  possible  the  use  of  many  new  tests 
for  enzyme  or  substrate  tests,  antigen-antibody  reactions,  coagulation  tests, 
etc.,  which  are  not  now  able  to  be  done  due  either  to  the  lack  of  a  suitable 
detection  method  or  to  the  fact  that  the  present  tests  are  long,  have  high 
variability,  and  are  therefore  not  used. 

Perhaps  of  more  importance  from  the  long-range  significance  of  this  project 
is  the  possibilities  that  the  calorimeter  offers  for  the  study  of  many 
biochemical  reactions  which  cannot  now  be  investigated  due  to  a  lack  of  a 
suitable  detector  of  the  reaction.  An  example  of  current  interest  is  the 
many  steps  preceeding  final  coagulation  that  occurs  in  the  forming  of  a 
thrombus. 

Proposed  Course:   The  direct  application  of  these  methods  is  projected  by 
a  variety  of  individuals  requesting  grant  support.   Two  projects,  one  using 
our  calorimeter  (NBS)  and  one  employing  our  thermal  titration  apparatus 
(Marini)  are  pending  funding  by  the  Automated  Clinical  Chemistry  Section, 
NIGMS.  Our  own  interests  will  be  directed  toward  instrument  development  as 
outlined  under  the  project  on  the  development  of  methods  for  investigating 
the  mechanism  of  hemoglobin  reactions.   In  addition,  we  will  serve  as 
consultants  to  both  the  NBS  personnel  and  the  Northwestern  group  (Marini). 
This  will  involve  assisting  in  biochemical  systems  analysis  and  instrumental 
problems.  The  problems  of  references,  serum  samples,  etc.,  will  be  handled 
by  Young,  NIH  Clinical  Center,  Clinical  Chemistry  Section.   Cooperation  with 
several  industrial  firms  desiring  to  become  active  in  the  area  will  also  be 
provided  (American  Instrument  Company,  Division  of  Travenol  Laboratories, 
Thermonetics ,  Inc.,  and  Thermometries,  Inc. 

Honors  and  Awards:   Invited  speaker,  Symp.  on  Thermochemistry:  Clinical 
Applications  of  Microcalorimetry ,  NIOIS.   Invited  speaker.  Academic  Clinical 
Laboratory  Physicians  and  Scientists  Annual  Meeting. 

Publications:   None 


»^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-115 

PHS  -  NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  The  Development  of  Methods  for  Investigating  the 

Mechanism  of  Biochemical  Reactions  Important  in 
Cardiology,  Pulmonary  and  Respiratory  Function, 
and  in  the  Circulation. 

Previous  Serial  Ho.:     NHLI-103 

Principal  Investigator:   Robert  L.  Berger 

Other  Investigators:     R.  Wayne  Albers,  NIND&S,  Lab.  Neural.  Chem. 

M.  Marini,  Dept.  Biochem,  Northwestern  Univ.  Med.  Sch. 
N.  0.  Kaplan  &  J.  Everse,  U  of  C  San  Diego  Med.  Sch. 
L.  Rossi-Bernardi,  Univ.  of  Milan 

T.  Asakura,  J.A.McCray,  &  P.  Smith,  Johnson  Founda- 
tion, Univ.  of  Penna. 
W.  F.  Friauf,  BEIB 

R.  Shrager,  DCRT,  Lab.  Physical  Sciences 
M.  Sapoff,  Thermometries,  Inc. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  The  objectives  of  this  project  are  to  develop  new  instrumentation 
methods,  data  handling  techniques  and  theoretical  treatments  for  the  physio- 
cheaical  study  of  the  thermodynamics,  kinetics  and  thus  the  mechanisms  of 
enzyme  action  in  solutions  and  in  the  intact  cell  or  cell  membrane.   In 
particular,  to  study,  in  collaboration  with  other  laboratories,  the  reactions 
of  hemoglobin  with  the  respiratory  gases  both  in  the  normal  state  and  as 
modified  by  the  changes  of  physical  factors,  small  molecules,  various 
metabolites,  and  genetically,  such  as  in  sickle  cell  anemia.  The  reactions 
of  various  cellular  enzymes,  particularly  ATPase  and  lactate  dehydrogenase, 
and  their  interactions,  and  control,  in  the  cell  are  studied  as  they  relate 
to  the  hemoglobin  reactions  in  cardiology,  pulmonary  and  respiratory  function, 
and  circulation.  Where  appropriate  application  is  indicated,  clinical 
analytical  methods  are  developed  using  these  techniques. 

Methods  Employed:   the  methods  used  in  the  Investigation  of  the  mechanisms 
of  enzyme  action  are  those  of  pre-steady  state  chemical  kinetics  and  thermo- 
dynamics. Measurements  of  the  appropriate  parameters  are  made  by  building  the 
necessary  equipment  to  mix  solutions  rapidly  and  follow  the  course  of  the 
resulting  chemical  reactions  by  optical,  thermal,  glass  electrode,  etc., 
detectors.   In  general,  equipment  is  not  available,  either  in  the  literature 
or  commercially,  for  investigations  in  this  area.  Such  appratus  is  conceived 
and  designed  in  this  laboratory,  together  with  consultants,  construction  being 
carried  out  wherever  most  appropriate;  i.e.,  in  our  shops  or  by  commercial 
forms,  special  university  facilities,  or  at  the  several  special  research 
laboratories  such  as  the  Jet  Propulsion  Laboratory.  A  special  effort  is  then 

1  s^r 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  115 


made  to  produce  commercial  versions  of  the  equipment  available  to  the  public. 
In  pursuing  these  investigations,  a  wide  variety  of  physical  parameters  must 
be  studied,  which  leads  to  the  need  for  an  understanding  of  the  underlying 
physical  theory  governing  the  reactions.   Expert  consultants  and  collaborators 
are  brought  in  to  assist  in  the  design,  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  the 
equipment,  particularly  as  it  applied  to  certain  specific  enzyme  systems 
under  investigation. 

Major  Findings:   The  high-speed  flow  apparatus  has  been  undergoing  improvements 
in  materials  to  render  it  less  prone  to  corrosion,  vibration,  and  stop-valve 
breakdown.   Three  instruments  are  in  the  field,  one  at  the  University  of 
California  at  San  Diego  where  Kaplan  and  Everse  are  studying  the  initial  rates 
of  reaction  of  the  dehydrogenases  with  their  coenzyme  and  substrates;  another 
at  the  Johnson  Foundation  for  Medical  Physics,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
where  McCray  and  Smith  are  adapting  the  unit  to  a  high-energy  liquid  dye 
laser  to  do  stopped-flow  laser  flash  photolysis  of  oxyhemoglobin  with 
particular  emphasis  on  HbS.   In  addition,  preliminary  experiments  indicate  work 
can  be  done  directly  on  the  red  cell  which  would  help  considerably  in  under- 
standing the  sickling  process.   The  third  apparatus  is  in  this  laboratory 
where  continued  work  is  being  done  on  hemoglobin  and  the  Ca  +  EGTA  reaction. 
It  is  hoped  that  materials  and  instrument  electronic  problems  will  be  finished 
in  the  near  future  and  extensive  testing  can  begin. 

Work  on  the  stopped-flow  rapid  reaction  thermal  and  pH  system  has  proceeded 
slowly,  due  to  the  lack  of  personnel,  but  several  important  advances  are  to  be 
noted.  A  fast  thermistor  probe  has  been  developed  and  tested.   Its  1/e  res- 
ponse is  12  milliseconds  with  a  glass-coated  bead.   An  A-C  Bridge  has  been 
developed  by  BEMB  which  has  a  sensitivity  of  about  50  microdegrees  using 
this  probe. 

Some  advance  has  been  made  on  the  problem  of  coating  glass  electrodes  to 
protect  them  from  the  response  slowing  caused  by  exposure  to  protein.   A 
commercial  coating,  a  silicone,  has  been  found  to  help  considerably.   Uncoated 
response  (10-907.)  was  2  sec  for  the  radiometer  type  G222  C  in  phosphate  buffer 
with  stirring  (likely  time  limit  is  the  stirring).   In  10  mM  hemoglobin  the 
response  was  down  to  10  sec  or  slower.   After  coating,  it  was  back  to  2  sec. 
Automation  of  the  pH  titration  system  cannot  proceed  until  the  electrode 
response  has  been  considerably  improved. 

The  new  three-syringe  variable  ratio  stopped-flow  system  has  been  completed. 
A  small  double  mixer  attached  to  a  supersil  Quartz  observation  cell  has  been 
built  to  go  with  it.   The  dimensions  are  such  that  it  will  fit  any  1  cm 
square  cuvette  holder.   The  unit  has  been  installed  in  a  standard  Guilford 
Spectrophotometer  with  a  modified  photometer  head.   Mixing  tests  and  kinetic 
experiments  on  solubilized  ATPase  are  being  conducted  by  Albers. 


3iU 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  115 


A  thermal  titration  system  developed  in  this  laboratory  has  been  undergoing 
intensive  testing  on  hemoglobin,  cytochrome  C,  and  other  molecules  at  the 
Dept.  of  Biochemistry,  Northwestern  Univ.  School  of  Medicine.   Data  analysis 
is  being  carried  out  on  the  DCRT  PDP-10  computer  using  the  Shrager-Knott 
MLab  system.  The  first  full  analysis  of  any  isolonic  protein  titrated 
potentiometrically  and  thermally  has  been  carried  out  on  isoionic  hemoglobin 
and  the  results  are  presently  being  analyzed.  At  present  the  major  instru- 
ment problem  is  the  development  of  a  fast  pH  electrode  unaffected  by  protein. 
The  thermal  titration  takes  only  90  sec  whereas  the  pH  titration  takes  over 
an  hour.   It  is  hoped  that  a  combined  pH-heat  system  can  be  built  in  the  near 
future . 

A  new  stopped-flow  microcalorimeter  has  been  constructed  using  Peltier  sensors. 
A  pre-incubator  has  been  installed  and  a  new  PVC  cell  constructed.  Testing 
indicates  an  instrument  constant  of  13.4  joules/volt-sec.  The  lower  this 
number,  the  more  sensitive  the  instrument  is.  This  instrument  can  handle 
100  to  500  microliters  of  each  reagent.  The  instrument  has  a  sensitivity 
of  .1  microwatt.   In  terms  of  a  chemical  reaction  this  represents  0.2  nanomoles, 
A  repeat  can  be  done  every  five  minutes.   IS  min  are  required  presently  between 
different  samples.  It  is  now  clear  that  the  sensitivity  can  be  increased 
another  order  of  magnitude  and  the  time  for  equilibration  reduced  two  orders 
of  magnitude. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the  Institute: 
An  understanding  of  the  basic  mechanism  of  disease  is  a  prerequisite  to 
prevention  or  cure.  The  investigation  of  the  reaction  of  the  respiratory 
gases  with  hemoglobin,  the  red  cell,  and  cytochrome  oxidase  in  heart  muscle 
cells  is  fundamental  to  an  understanding  of  normal  cell  respiration  and 
particularly  to  what  has  gone  wrong  as  in  the  case  of  sickle  cell  anemia, 
mycardial  infarction,  etc.   It  is  hoped  that  this  research  will  result  in 
instrumentation  to  permit  the  medical  scientist  to  perform  research  leading 
to  clarification  of  the  ways  in  which,  for  example,  sickle  cell  anemia  can  be 
managed  by,  say,  the  use  of  cynate,  which  we  know  binds  to  the  charged 
terminal  ex; -amino  groups  of  the  hemoglobin  molecule.  The  extension  of  such 
investigations  to  other  disease  systems  and  possible  results  seem  abundantly 
clear  in  terms  of  preventive  medicine  and  improvement  in  health  care. 

Proposed  Course:  The  high-speed  flow  system  will  continually  be  upgraded 
and  extensively  tested  both  as  a  stopped-flow  unit  and  combined  with  the 
liquid  dye  laser.  The  hemoglobin  experiments  in  cooperation  with  others 
will  be  expanded  to  a  more  comprehensive  pH  and  temperature  range  as  well  as 
to  mutant  hemoglobins  such  as  HbS,  Seattle  and  Bethesda.  All  of  these  show 
widespread  and  physiologically  important  variations  in  their  dissociation 
curves,  which  almost  assuredly  can  be  elucidated  by  an  understanding  of  the 
"on"  and  "off"  reactions  coupled  with  the  Bohr  effect. 


5i67 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  115 


Extensive  tests  are  also  planned  for  the  new  thetmistor  stopped-flow  apparatus 
together  with  a  new  variable  ratio  stopped-flow  system  that  will  permit  an 
enzyme  concentration  to  be  held  constant  while  substrate  is  varied  in  order 
that  Vjpgjj  and  Michaelis  constants  can  be  very  rapidly  determined. 

A  differential  thermal  titration  cell  will  be  constructed  for  the  purpose 
of  eventually  including  the  automated  pH  titration  system  also  under 
development. 

The  new  driven  Peltier  calorimeter  will  be  developed  and  tested  for  use  in 
clinical  biochemistry  reactions.   The  computer  simulation  and  data-handling 
problems  will  be  extended  to  improve  the  effectiveness  and  simplicity  of 
the  instrument.   In  particular,  the  interface  between  the  instrument  and 
the  PDP-10  Computer  Modeling  Laboratory  will  be  expanded  to  achieve  reasonably 
fast  turnaround  time. 

Honors  and  Awards: 

1.  Member,  Advisory  Board  "Kinetic  Center",  Johnson  Foundation  for  Medical 
Physics,  Dept.  of  Biophysics  and  Biophysical  Chemistry,  School  of  Medicine, 
University  of  Pennsylvania. 

2.  Consultant,  Biotechnology  Branch,  Division  of  Research  Resources. 

3.  Guest  Worker  and  Consultant  to  Thermochemistry  Section,  Physical  Chemistry 
Division,  Inst,  of  Material  Sciences,  National  Bureau  of  Standards. 

Publications: 

1.  J.  Everse,  R.  L.  Berger  and  N.  0.  Kaplan,  Complexes  of  Pyridine  Nucleotides 

and  their  Function.   In  Structure  &  Function  of  Oxidation  Reduction 
Enzymes.   Edited  by  A.  Skeson  &  A.  Ehrenberg,  Pergamon  Press,  Oxford 
and  New  York,  1972. 

2.  R.  L,  Berger,  L.  Carpenter,  J.  Everse  and  J.  L.  Kaplan,  Human  Isoionic 

Hemoglobin:  Preparation  and  Kinetic  Properties.   Anal.  Ltr  6:125,  1973. 

3.  R.  L.  Berger  and  B.  Balko,  Thermal  Sensor  Coatings  Suitable  for  Rapid 

Response  Biomedical  Applications.   In  Temperature,  Its  Measurement  and 
Control  in  Science  and  Industry,  Vol.  5,  Part  3,  1973. 


3i4,g 


Serial  No.   NHLI-  116 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   An  Automated  Method  for  Rapid  Bacterial  and 
Mammalian  Cell  Growth  and  Assay 

Previous  Serial  No.:   NHLI-102 

Principal  Investigator:   Peter  Carmeci 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   Clinical  Chemistry  Laboratory 

Department  of  Laboratory  Medicine 
University  of  Minnesota  Hospital 
Dr.  Philip  Blume 

Laboratory  of  Infectious  Diseases,  NIAID 
Dr.  Helmut  Brunner 

Medicine  Branch,  NCI 

Dr.  Joan  Bull,  Dr.  Larry  Abrams 

Molecular  Diseases  Branch,  NHLI 
Dr.  V.  Mangenello 

American  Instrument  Company,  providing 
Test  prototype  for  manufacturing. 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  objectives  of  this  project  are  to  adapt  this 
instrument  to  various  requirements  of  biomedical  research  by 
cooperating  with  potential  users  of  the  method  to  develop  the 
techniques  and  methods  necessary  to  facilitate  the  utilization 
of  the  capillary  tube  scanner  for  clinical  and  research 
application.   At  the  present  time  efforts  have  been  expended  in 
the  following  five  areas  of  endeavor. 

A.  Developing  methods  and  techniques  for  automating  antibiotic 
sensitivity  tests. 

B.  Developing  methods  of  pulse  height  discrimination  for 

(1)  segregating  types  of  bacterial  colonies  during  incubation, 
and  (2)  studying  the  effects  of  growth  factors  and  environment 
on  mammalian  cells. 


a^f 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  116 


C.  Developing  methods  for  early  detection  of  mycoplasma 
(pneumonia) . 

D.  Developing  methods  for  detecting  the  adhesive  qualities  of 
of  hepatoma  and  other  cells. 

E.  Developing  methods  for  assaying  bone  marrow  stem  cells. 

A.  The  efforts  to  date  have  been  oriented  towards  developing 
an  inexpensive  and  readily  automated  method  for  performing 
antibiotic  sensitivity  tests  using  the  Colony  Counter  System 
developed  here.   The  approach  has  been  to  replace  the  capillary 
tubes  with  a  single  plastic  plate  containing  14  channels  that 
will  accept  a  mixture  of  agar  and  organisms.   Each  channel  of 
the  plate  contains  a  strip  of  antibiotic  impregnated  filter 
paper.   This  paper  is  bonded  to  the  side  of  the  channel  so  that 
the  light  path  is  not  obstructed.   The  entire  plate  is  covered 
with  an  adhesive  backed  mylar  film.   The  entire  plate  can 
readily  be  prepared  and  stored  prior  to  injection  of  an  agar- 
bacterial  solution. 

To  date  a  final  mold  has  been  fabricated  and  2000  plates  have 
been  made.   Dr.  Blume  at  the  Universitv  of  Minnesota  Hospital 
will  use  these  for  clinical  tests.   Subsequent  work  will  be 
aimed  at  overcoming  the  technical  and  economic  difficulties  of 
performing  these  clinical  tests. 

B.  A  bread-board  model  pulse  height  discriminator  has  been 
built  and  the  growth  of  stem,  myeloma,  hepatoma  cells  has  been 
demonstrated.   In  addition,  it  has  been  found  that  a  measurement 
of  total  growth  of  all  viable  colonies  in  a  capillary,  i.e., 

the  integration  of  light  scattered  pulses,  provides  another 
distinctive  and  sensitive  parameter  for  growth  analysis.   Both 
of  these  parameters,  total  growth  and  pulse  height  discrimina- 
tion, have  been  designed  and  fabricated  in  a  new  unit  that  is 
presently  undergoing  test.   Subsequent  work  will  be  to 
characterize  the  growth  of  myeloma,  hepatoma,  and  stem  cells 
under  specific  environmental  conditions. 

C.  Previous  indications  have  shown  that  myoplasma  can  be 
detected  by  scattered  light  within  48  hours  (compared  to  10  day 
incubation  period  normally  required) .   Growth  in  agar  has  not 
been  conducive  to  growth.   Growth  in  broth  and  in  thin  films 

of  agar  has  been  successful  but  not  optimal.   A  new  technique, 
based  on  the  previous  experience  of  growing,  mycoplasma  on  thin 
films  of  agar,  has  shown  more  optimal  growth.   This  consists  of 
introducing  the  mycoplasma  in  solution  to  the  surface  of  a 
thick  (2  mm)  surface  of  agar  in  a  number  of  thin  lines  that  are 
optically  aligned  to  the  capillary  scanner.   Further  testing  of 


$^70 


Serial  No.  NHLI-116 


this  technique  is  under  way. 

D.  The  adhesiveness  of  cells  to  glass  is  related  to  the 
characteristics  of  the  cell  surface  or  membrane.   This 
adhesiveness  has  been  used  as  a  measure  for  alterations  of  this 
surface  by  gluco-cortecoids  and  other  substances.   The  capillary 
tube  and  the  detection  of  scattered  light  provides  a  relatively 
easy  means  for  assaying  the  property  of  cell  adhesiveness. 
Preliminary  work  has  shown  that  hepatoma  cells  grown  in  media 
within  a  capillary  tube  adhere  to  the  glass  and  can  readily  be 
counted.   The  capillary  also  provides  a  means  for  washing  off 
the  media  and non -adhered  cells  and  monitoring  the  growth  of 
adhered  cells. 

Two  methods  of  assaying  adhesiveness  have  been  investigated. 
The  first  is  to  wash  the  cells  in  the  capillary  using  known 
shearing  forces  i.e.;  wash  the  cells  using  constant  pressure. 
The  other  has  been  to  centrifuge  the  cells  in  the  capillary 
removing  all  but  the  well  adhered  cells.   Both  of  these  methods 
have  shown  promise  for  adhesive  assay  along  with  the  possibility 
of  using  these  methods  to  synchronize  cell  growth  and  for  cell 
separation.   Studies  so  far  have  indicated  that  the  small 
immature  cells  have  much  greater  adhesive  qualities  than  larger 
groups.   Subsequent  work  will  be  aimed  at  determining  which  of 
the  techniques  provides  more  optimal  results  for  cell  adhesion 
and  to  investigate  the  use  of  these  methods  for  cell  separation 
and  synchronization. 

E.  The  assaying  of  viable  bone  marrow  stem  cells  normally 
requires  10  days.   It  has  been  demonstrated  that  stem  cell 
growth  can  be  detected  and  assayed  within  3  days  using  capillary 
tubes  and  the  scanner.   Present  efforts  have  been  towards 
correlating  data  from  the  scanner  with  present  methods  of  assay, 
developing  filling  and  culturing  techniques,  and  determining 
the  effects  of  pH,  type  of  media,  temperature  and  oxygen  upon 
the  growth  of  the  cells  in  a  capillary  environment.   Pulse 
height  analysis  should  give  further  insight  into  the  growth 
characteristics  of  bone  marrow  stem  cells.   These  studies  have 
been  performed  in  mouse  marrow  granulocyte  growth,  subsequent 
work  will  be  aimed  at  normal  human  stem  cells. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   The  utilization  of  capillary  tube  scanning  techniques 
in  bacteriology  and  mammalian  cell  cultures  provides  (a)  means 
of  detection  very  early  in  the  growth  of  colonies,  and  (b) 
methods  that  are  rapidly  adaptable  to  automation  and  require 
extremely  small  samples.   The  application  to  the  study  of  cell 
metabolism,  metabolic  defects,  oncology,  and  clinical  cell 
sample  assay  is  anticipated. 


57/ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-116 


Proposed  Course: 


A.  Continued  application  to  fully  automate  the  antibiotic 
sensitivity  testing  procedures  by  cooperating  with  Dr.  Blume. 

B.  Develop  hardware  for  pulse  height  analysis  and  investigate 
its  utilization  for  segregation  of  two  or  more  organisms  by 
their  growth  rates,  and  characterize  cell  growth  under  varying 
conditions . 

C.  Develop  techniques  to  apply  capillary  scanning  for  detecting 
and  measuring  mycoplasma  (pneumonia) . 

D.  Investigate  the  potentials  of  the  instrument  for  determining 
cell  adhesiveness,  cell  synchronization  and  cell  separation. 

E.  Optimize  this  technique  for  bone  marrow  stem  cell  assay. 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications : 

Abrams ,  L. ,  Carmeci,  P.,  Bull,  J.  M. ,  and  Carbone ,  P.  P.: 
Capillary  Tube  Scanning  Applied  to  In  Vitro  Mouse  Marrow 
Granulocyte  Growth.  J.  Nat.  Cancer  Inst.  50:  267-270,  1973. 


A7A 


Serial  No.   NHLI-117 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Fluorescent  Complexes  of  Proteins 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-263 

Principal  Investigator:   Raymond  F.  Chen 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  Proteins  have  biological  functions  which  are  very 
often  complexes  where  the  ligand  emits  light,  we  can  study  the 
nature  of  the  binding  and  further  our  understanding  of  protein 
function.  Also,  proteins  covalently  labeled  with  fluorochrome 
signal  their  physical  characteristics  through  the  properties  of 
their  extrinsic  fluorescence. 

Methods  Employed:   Fluorescence  measurements  of  spectra,  quantum 
yield,  lifetime,  and  polarization  were  made  according  to  methods 
previously  developed  and  described  using  Aminco-Bowman  spectro- 
fluorometer  and  TRW  lifetime  apparatus. 

Major  Findings:   Work  was  continued  on  the  bilirubin-albumin 
system.   Previously  we  had  found  that  bilirubin  in  complex 
with  the  albumins  of  several  species  including  human,  bovine, 
rabbit,  pig,  horse,  and  sheep  was  fluorescent  and  developed 
intense  CD  bands.   Also  we  had  found  that  fluorescence  quenching 
of  the  albumin  fluorescence  by  the  bilirubin  was  a  convenient' 
way  to  determine  the  dissociation  constants.   Stopped-flow 
fluorescence  measurements  had  shown  that  the  binding  was  fast, 
but  the  development  of  bilirubin  fluorescence  was  measurable, 
in  the  range  of  15-100  msec.   We  have  now  continued  the  stopped- 
flow  measurements  to  study  the  binding  kinetics  with  the  differ- 
ent albumins  and  have  shown  marked  species  difference  in  rates 
of  bilirubin  fluorescence  development.   A  major  finding  was 
that  although  the  binding  is  very  rapid,  there  is  not  only  a 
slower  development  of  bilirubin  fluorescence  but  also  a  slower 
additional  quenching  of  protein  fluorescence.   In  other  words, 
after  bilirubin  binds  to  albumins,  bilirubin  structure  changes 
as  does  protein  conformation. 

Bilirubin  has  also  been  bound  to  apo-myoglobins.   The  myoglobins 
are  proteins  containing  heme.   Apo-myoglobins  are  the  proteins 
with  the  heme  removed.   It  was  reasoned  that  since  bilirubin  is 
a  tetrapyrrole  breakdown  product  of  heme,  the  bilirubin  might 
be  able  to  curl  up  and  bind  in  the  heme  crevice  of  the  apo- 


3i73 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  117 

myoglobins.   We  have  investigated  this  possibility  with  horse 
and  sperm  whale  myoglobins  and  find,  indeed,  that  the  binding 
the  bilirubin  causes  a  strong  extrinsic  circular  dichroism  band 
(CD)  consistent  with  asymnetric  binding  to  a  specific  site  on 
the  proteins.   The  fluorescence  of  the  bilirubin  does  not  seem 
to  be  enhanced  on  binding.   However,  the  protein  fluorescence 
is  quenched  and  it  is  suggestive  of  1:1  binding.   This  is 
supported  by  apparent  displacement  of  the  bilirubin  by  hemin, 
and  displacement  of  ANS  (a  dye  which  binds  to  the  heme  crevice) 
by  bilirubin. 

Depolarization  of  fluorescence  measurements  have  been  used  for 
about  a  dozen  years  for  following  changes  in  shape  of  proteins. 
Usually  the  method  is  to  measure  the  polarization  of  fluorescence 
as  a  function  of  temperature  of  viscosity  and  calculate  the 
relaxation  time  from  the  data.   An  alternative  method  has  been 
applied  by  others  to  depolarization  studies   utilizing  tryptophan 
fluorescence  of  proteins;  namely,  to  follow  the  polarization 
changes  upon  altering  the  lifetime  of  the  fluorescence  with 
quenchers.   This  approach  has  been  investigated  with  dye-protein 
conjugates,  and  various  quenchers.   We  have  prepared  protein 
complexes  containing  DNS,  fluorescein,  anthracene,  and  NBD 
(an  oxadiazole  dye)  and  tested  the  efficacy  of  various  quenchers 
including  Cu"*"*",  iodide,  and  various  other  anions.   The  advantages 
and  limitations  of  this  method  of  utilizing  fluorescence 
polarization  have  been  appreciated.   On  the  one  hand,  one  can 
get  the  relaxation  times  at  1  temperature  without  changing  the 
viscosity.   On  the  other  hand,  the  precision  of  the  measurements 
depends  on  the  precision  of  the  lifetime  measurements,  and  there 
is  a  question  as  to  whether  the  quencher  interacts  with  the 
protein  complex  to  alter  the  very  characteristics  one  seeks  to 
measure.   We  find  generally  that  the  method  is  useful  where 
the  dyes  are  attached  to  exposed  sites. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   Bilirubin-albumin  complexes  occur  physiologically 
and  ,are  important  in  heme  metabolism  and  certain  pathological 
states  such  as  kernicterus.   Furthermore,  bilirubin  competes 
with  fatty  acids  for  binding  sites  on  albumin,  so  the  study  of 
bilirubin-albumin  complexes  is  relevant  to  fatty  acid  transport 
and  metablolism.   The  investigation  into  the  use  of  quenching 
to  obtain  fluorescence  depolarization-relaxation  time  data 
helps  to  advance  a  biophysical  method  for  determining  protein 
structure. 

Proposed  Course:   Although  part  of  the  bilirubin  work  has  been 
written  up  in  a  symposium  proceedings  volume,  we  wish  to  do  a 
more  complete  write-up  and  publication.   We  also  wish  to  do 


a7f 


Serial  No.  NHLI-117 

further  experimental  work  on  the  bilirubin-myoglobin  systems. 
The  plarization  of  fluorescence  measurements  will  be  studied 
further  using  the  newly  arrived  ORTEC  single  photon  spectrometer, 
using  nanosecond  polarization  methods.   Also,  we  hope  to  set 
the  instrument  up  to  do  time-resolved  spectra. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications: 

Chen,  R.  F:  Bilirubin  Fluorescence  and  Fluorescence  Quenching 
in  Complexes  with  Serum  Albumins  of  Different  Species. 
Abstract  EVIb5/4 ,  Fourth  International  Congress  of  Biophysics, 
Moscow,  Aug.  7-14,  1972. 


SilS- 


Serial   No.      NHLl-lli 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Methodology  in  Fluorescence  Measurements 

Previous  Serial  No. :   NHLI-95 

Principal  Investigator:   Raymond  F.  Chen 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Instrumentation  and  methods  in  fluorescence 
spectroscopy  are  increasing  as  the  number  of  people  using  these 
tools  increases.   There  is  room  for  improvement  and  extension 
of  techniques,  and  we  wish  to  make  a  continuing  effort  in  this 
direction. 

Methods  Employed:   As  in  the  past,  we  have  taken  commercially 
produced  instrumentation  and  asked  ourselves  how  to  improve  or 
modify  the  apparatus  to  extend  its  usefulness.   Also  we  try  to 
point  out  in  the  literature  ways  to  use  various  apparatus  that 
are  not  initially  obvious. 

Major  Findings:   1)   With  the  new  ORTEC  model  9200  single  photon 
spectrometer,  we  investigated  the  possibility  of  determining 
lifetimes  without  need  for  a  digital  computer.   The  instrument 
determines  the  shape  of  the  lamp  pulse  and  then  determines  the 
convolution  of  the  lamp  pulse  with  the  fluorescence  decay  of  a 
sample.   The  desired  decay  curve  is  one  which  would  result  from 
a  true  delta  function  light  pulse.   As  this  is  not  directly 
obtainable,  most  workers  resort  to  a  digital  computer  to  de- 
convolute  the  observed  fluorescence  curve.   Our  approach  is  to 
make  up  a  series  of  fluorescent  solutions  of  known  lifetime. 
One  then  compares  the  curve  for  the  unkown  with  the  curves  of 
the  standards  until  one  finds  the  standard  curve  which  matches. 
In  order  to  have  standard  solutions  of  known  lifetime,  we  have 
found  that  quinine  in  sulfuric  acid  has  a  lifetime  which  is 
generally  agreed  to  be  18.9  nsec.  in  0.1  N  H2SO4 .   We  then 
discovered  that  Cl~  quenches  the  fluorescence  with  very  strict 
adherence  to  collisional  kinetics  (Stern-Volmer  law)  even  where 
the  quenching  is  over  99%  complete.   Thus , addition  of  chloride 
ion  produces  parallel  quenching  and  shortening  of  lifetime. 


^7^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-118 

Any  desired  lifetime  from  0.20  to  18.9  nsec.  can  be  produced 
with  an  estimated  accuracy  of  3%.   Also,  pyrenebutyric  acid  in 
water  was  found  to  have  a  lifetime  of  115  nsec.   It  can  be 
quenched  by  KI  so  that  its  lifetime  can  be  made  to  vary  from  18 
to  115  nsec.   Thus  a  whole  series  of  solutions  covering  the 
range  from  0.20  to  115  nsec.  has  been  developed  and  should  be 
of  general  usefulness  in  photochemistry. 

2)  We  have  made  some  preliminary  measurements  with  the  ORTEC 
instrument  with  mixtures  of  substances  both  of  which  fluoresce 
at  about  the  same  wavelength.   To  resolve  the  fluorescences, 
we  can  make  our  measurements  at  different  times  after  the 
excitation  if  the  lifetimes  of  the  substances  differ.   With  such 
pulsed-source  fluorescence  measurements,  we  have  essentially 

the  same  advantage  which  phosphorimetry  has  long  enjoyed;  namely, 
elimination  of  the  scatter,  and  time  resolved  analysis. 

3)  Impurities  in  water  often  are  the  limiting  factor  in  the 
sensitivity  of  fluorometric  procedures.   We  have  long  known 
that  various  plastics  release  such  impurities  into  water,  and 
have  documented  this  in  polyethylene  squeeze  bottles.   We 
measured  the  spectrum  of  the  impurity  emission  as  a  function  of 
duration  of  contact  with  water.   Deionized  and  charcoal-treated 
water  is  free  of  such  contamination.   Tap  distilled  water  is 
also  pure  enough  to  use  for  fluorescence  procedures. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   Our  continuing  interest  in  fluorescence  methodology 
is  consistent  with  the  past  work  of  this  institute  where  the 
spectrof luorometer  was  first  developed  almost  20  years  ago. 
Fluorescence  spectroscopy  has  become  a  widely  used  tool  in 
biomedical  research. 

Proposed  Course:   We  plan  to  do  much  work  with  the  ORTEC  instru- 
ment.  There  are  some  problems  where  it  would  be  advantageous 
to  interface  the  instrument  with  a  computer;  how  this  can  be 
done  is  being  pursued  with  Dr.  R.  L.  Berger.   We  also  want  to 
obtain  an  X-Y  plotter  for  the  multi-channel  analyzer  component 
of  the  ORTEC  and  use  that  in  conjunction  with  our  lifetime 
standards  method.   The  question  of  resolving  multiple  components 
by  time-resolved  fluorometric  analysis  will  receive  attention. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications: 

1.   Chen,  R.  F.:  A  source  of  fluorescent  impurities:  Polyethylene 
containers.  Anal.  Lett.  5:  664,  1972. 


577 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  111 


Chen,  R.  F.:  Fluorescence  Lifetime  Measurements  in 
Biological  Fields,  for  translation  and  publication  in 
Z  Tamura  et.  al.,  editors.  Fluorescence  Spectrophotometry 
(Keiki-bunseki) ,  in  Japanese,  Kodansha,  Ltd.,  publishers, 
Tokyo . 


Si78 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  119 


1 .   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Applications  of  Fluorescence  in  Biochemistry 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-96 

Principal  Investigator:   Raymond  F.  Chen 

Other  Investigators:   Dr.  H.  Pollard,  Dr.  A.  Light 

Cooperating  Units:   Reproduction  Research  Branch,  NICHD 

Laboratory  of  Chemical  Biology,  NIAMD 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   We  wish  to  prove  our  newly  developed  methods  and 
techniques  by  applying  them  to  specific  problems  of  great 
biochemical  interest.   By  so  doing,  we  try  also  to  solve  those 
problems,  which  are  of  importance  in  themselves. 

Methods  Employed:   We  have  used  methods  we  have  previously 
reported  on  for  measuring  fluorescence  and  fluorescence 
polarization.   Measurements  on  proteins  which  cause  much  light 
scatter  were  done  with  horizontally  polarized  light,  a  method 
we  innovated  before.   Stopped-flow  fluorescence  was  performed 
with  a  unit  interfaced  with  the  Aminco-Bowman  fluorometer. 

Major  Findings:   1.   Stopped-flow  fluorescence  has  been  used  to 
investigate  the  re-folding  kinetics  of  bovine  and  other  types 
of  serum  albumin,  which  are  unfolded  at  acid  pH  and  refold  upon 
jumping  the  pH  back  to  neutrality.   We  find  distinct  steps  which 
are  inconsistent  with  the  two-state  (or  all-or-nothing)  theory 
of  native  vs.  denatured  proteins.  A  manuscript  is  under  prepara- 
tion describing  this  work. 

2 .   Work  has  continued  to  extend  our  previous  observations  on 
the  quenching  of  protein  fluorescence  by  Ag"*".   Briefly,  there 
are  two  main  mechanisms  of  this  quenching.   One  depends  on 
collisional  quenching  of  silver  ion  with  tryptophanyl  groups. 
The  second  mechanisms  appears  to  be  eragy  transfer,  since  the 
combination  of  Ag"*"  with  -SH  groups  results  in  an  intense  ultra- 
violet absorption  band  which  can  cause  quenching.   We  have  used 
quenching  by  Ag+  to  do  polarization  of  fluorescence  measurements 
on  a  series  of  protein  solutions,  which  are  partly  quenched. 


3.79 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  119 

In  this  way  the  dependence  of  polarization  on  lifetime  is 
determined;  and,  in  conjunction  with  lifetime  measurements,  can 
permit  the  determination  of  rotational  relaxation  times.   A 
manuscript  has  been  prepared. 

3.  The  use  of  intrinsic  fluorescence  for  depolarization  studies 
has  been  investigated.   When  G.  Weber  first  applied  the 
depolarization  method  to  proteins,  he  used  the  fluorescence  of 
dyes  attached  to  the  protein.   The  intrinsic  fluorescence  of 
proteins  had  not  yet  been  discovered.   Later,  it  was  thought  that 
the  intrinsic  fluorescence  had  too  short  a  lifetime  to  be  used 
in  this  method.   In  fact,  we  find,  with  proteins  of  low  MW  such 
as  RNase,  pepsin,  ovalbumin,  beta  lactoglobulin,  trypsin,  and 
chymotrypsin,  that  usable  Perrin  plots  can  be  obtained  by 
following  the  polarization  of  intrinsic  fluorescence  as  a 
function  of  temperature  or  viscosity.   Altering  the  viscosity 

at  a  constant  temperature  was  found  to  be  the  best  method. 

4.  In  collaboration  with  Dr.  H.  Pollard,  NICHD  we  have  looked 
at  the  spectrum  of  fluorescence  of  human  serum  low  density 
lipoprotein  particles  and  lipid-depleted  derivatives.   The 
fluorescence  changes  markedly  upon  removal  of  cholesterol  and 
phospholipids. 

5.  In  collaboration  with  Dr.  A.  Light,  NIAMD,  we  studied  the 
rate  of  combination  of  fragments  of  staphylococcal  nuclease. 
Fragments  of  this  protein  can  be  produced  by  tryptic  digestion 
or  by  synthesis.  These  fragments  have  no  structure,  but  when 
combined,  they  bind  by  non-covalent  forces  and  assume  the  con- 
formation and  activity  of  the  native  enzyme.   One  fragment  has 
the  single  tryptophan  of  the  protein.  Upon  recombination  of 
fragments,  the  tryptophan  fluorescence  increases  some  three- 
fold.  We  found  that  the  fluorescence  increase  as  a  first-order 
process,  even  though  it  was  obviously  a  second-order  reaction  of 
two  fragments.   The  finding  was  consonant  with  the  fact  that 

the  tryptophan  was  in  only  one  of  the  two  fragments.   A  manuscript 
has  been  prepared. 

Significance  to  biomedical  research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   These  problems  are  of  biochemical  interest,  and  the 
demonstrated  usefulness  of  our  methods  will  be  of  importance  to 
other  workers  in  these  general  areas. 

Proposed  course:   We  wish  to  apply  the  silver  ion  quenching 
studies  to  tyrosyl  fluorescence  and  proteins  containing  only 
tyrosine.   Preliminary  studies  show  that  silver  quenches 
tyrosyl  as  well  as  tryptophanyl  fluorescence.   We  plan  to  collate 
and  report  the  data  on  polarization  using  intrinsic  protein 
fluoresence.   More  stopped-flow  experiments  are  planned  on  the 


SLSO 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  119 

folding  and  unfolding  kinetics  of  various  proteins.   Additional 
improvements  in  the  system  are  contemplated  for  temperature 
variation  and  computerizing  the  output.   Much  time  is  wasted  in 
data  reduction  in  kinetic  studies.   Investigation  of  DNA 
complexes  of  fluorescent  dyes  such  as  acridines  and  quinine  have 
been  performed  by  others,  but  we  wish  to  study  such  systems  with 
the  ORTEC  system,  and  possibly  by  flow-oriented  polarization 
methods. 

Honors  and  Awards:   Invited  lecturer.  Symposium  on  Relaxation 
Methods  in  Molecular  Biology,  Copenhagen,  August  15-17,  1972. 

Publications: 

1.   H.  B.  Pollard  and  R.  F.  Chen:  Fluorescence  and  Circular 
Dichroism  Studies  on  Human  Serum  Low  Density  Lipoprotein 
Particles  and  Lipid-depleted  Derivatives.   J.  Supramolecular 
Struct.,  In  Press. 


S>^1 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  120 

1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Countercurrent  Chromatography:  Liquid-Liquid 

Partition  Chromatography  without  Solid  Support 
(Part  II) 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-101 

Principal  Investigator:   Yoichiro  Ito 

Other  Investigators:   Robert  L.  Bowman 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Development  of  the  countercurrent  chromatographic 
system  using  the  flow- through  coil  planet  centrifuge: 

1.  Analysis  of  the  centrifugal  force  field. 

2.  Prediction  of  the  retention  volume  of  the  solute  peak 
from  the  partition  coefficient. 

3.  Separation  of  dipeptides  by  a  simple  elution. 

4.  Separation  of  dipeptides  by  a  gradient  elution. 

5.  New  Helical  column  configuration  for  separation  of 
macromolecules . 

Methods  Employed  and  Major  Findings: 

1.  The  centrifugal  acceleration  field  produced  by  the  flow  - 
through  coil  planet  centrifuge  is  analyzed  mathematically.   The 
results  clearly  show  that  the  system  gives  a  homogeneous 
acceleration  field  at  all  locations  on  the  coil  holder  with  the 
direction  parallel  to  the  line  drawn  through  the  center  of  the 
revolution  and  the  center  of  the  rotation.   Since  the  centri- 
fugal field  experienced  by  all  parts  of  the  helical  column  as 
it  rotates  and  revolves  is  the  same,  the  helical  column  need 
not  be  located  coaxially  with  the  center  of  revolution. 

2.  One  of  the  advantages  of  the  present  technique  over  the 
conventional  liquid  chromatography  is  that  one  can  predict 


3g<?. 


Serial  No.  NHLI-120 

the  location  of  the  solute  peak  from  the  partition  coefficient 
which  is  determined  with  a  separatory  funnel.   We  have  obtained 
a  formula 

V    =  CK  /  (1+K)k 
R' 
where  Vp'  denote  the  apparent  retention  voliame;  C,  the  column 
capacity;  K,  volume  ratio  of  the  stationary  to  the  mobile  in 
the  equilibrated  column;  and  k,  the  partition  coefficient  of 
solute. 

The  applicability  of  the  above  formula  is  examined  on  the 
elution  of  14  peptide  samples  with  a  n-BuOH/l%CHCl2COOH  (1:1) 
by  using  a  0.55  mm  bore  column  of  70  m  length  spun  at  600  rpm 
with  the  30.7  cm  revolutional  radius  and  by  pumping  the  aqueous 
phase  at  a  rate  of  24  ml/hr .   The  results  show  the  discrepancies 
between  the  measured  and  the  calculated  figures  being  less  than 
10%  and  the  method  should  be  useful  for  practical  purposes. 

3.  In  order  to  demonstrate  the  capability  of  the  method,  seven 
dipeptide  mixtures  are  separated  with  n-BuOH/1%  CHCI2COOH  (1:1) 
phase  system.   A  column  of  140  m  long,  0.55  mm  i.d.  tubing  is 
used  and  a  flow  rate  of  12  ml/hr  is  applied  at  720  rpm  with 
20.2  cm  revolutional  radius.   All  components  are  well  separated 
and  eluted  within  20  hours  at  efficiencies  ranging  from  300  0 
(first  peak)  to  1300  (final  peak)  theoretical  plates. 

4 .  Gradient  elution  is  applied  to  separate  the  above  peptide 
mixture.   An  exponential  gradient  between  the  upper  phases  of 
n-BuOH/CHCl2COOH/  0 . IM  ammonium  formate  (1:0.01:1)  and  of 
n-BuOH/O.lM  ammonium  formate  (1:1)  under  a  similar  running 
condition  by  using  a  70  m  column  at  a  reduced  flow  of  6  ml/hr. 
Despite  the  shorter  column  used,  all  components  are  well 
separated  and  eluted  out  within  8  hours. 

The  gradient  elution  technique  is  also  capable  of  concentrating 
a  minute  amount  of  solute  from  a  large  quantity  of  a  crude 
mixture.   When  the  sample  solution  is  diluted  with  the  mobile 
phase,  10  ml  sample  size  (originally  0.3  ml)  still  yields  sharp 
elution  peaks  for  the  later  peaks  having  partition  coefficients 
less  than  0.3,  where  the  solute  concentration  at  peak  maximum 
is  estimated  as  high  as  10  times  that  in  the  applied  sample 
solution.   The  solute  concentrating  power  becomes  less  efficient, 
if  the  sample  is  dissolved  in  the  stationary  phase.   Similar 
experiments  done  by  diluting  the  sample  with  the  stationary 
phase  show  that  all  peaks  are  evenly  affected  losing  the 
resolution  at  the  sample  size  of  4  ml. 

5.  It  has  been  found  that  low  interfacial  tension  phase  systems 
used  for  separation  of  macromolecules  tend  to  produce  emulsifi- 
cation  in  the  vertical  helical  column.   We  challenge  this 

2  ^W 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  120 
problem  by  modifying  column  configurations  as  follows: 

a.  Vertical  helix  column  for  control. 

b.  Coiled  helix  column:   The  tubing  is  wound  onto  a  flexible 
round  core  which  in  turn  is  coiled  around  the  column  holder  at 
various  angles. 

c.  Flat  coiled  helix  column:   The  tubing  is  wound  onto  a  flat 
flexible  strip  which  is  coiled  onto  the  folder  at  various 
angles. 

Studies  on  phase  distribution  diagrams  of  sec.  -BUOH/H2O  and 
n-BuOH/CH3COOH/H20  (4:1:5)  obtained  from  these  three  types  of 
columns  give  clear-cut  results  that  both  coiled  helix  columns 
mounted  at  60°  show  an  excellent  flat  equilibrium  region  with 
over  4  0%  retention  of  the  stationary  phase,  while  the  conven- 
tional vertical  helix  column  show  emulsif ication  and  loss  of 
the  stationary  phase.   Careful  studies  to  compare  stability  of 
the  retained  stationary  phase  show  that  the  flat  coiled  helix 
column  is  superior  to  the  coiled  helix  column.  Since  the 
efficiencies  yielded  by  three  types  of  the  column  are  very 
similar,  the  flat  coiled  helix  configuration  is  considered  to 
be  most  suitable  for  low  interfacial  tension  phase  systems. 

In  order  to  demonstrate  the  capability  of  the  method,  bovine 
insulin  is  partitioned  with  sec.-BuOH/l%  CHCI2COOH  (1:1)  on  a 
60°  flat  coiled  helix  column  of  0.55  mm  i.d.  and  70  m  length, 
at  720  rpm  with  30.7  cm  revolutional  radius,  the  sample  is 
eluted  out  within  4  hours  at  a  flow  rate  of  6.0  ml/hr.   The 
result  confirms  the  previous  finding  of  countercurrent  distri- 
bution method  by  Craig,  et.  al.  that  the  sample  contains  a 
significant  amount  of  deaminated  form,  which  is  not  detected 
by  either  ultracentifugation  or  electrophoresis. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   The  results  of  the  experiments  demonstrate  that 
the  support-free  liquid-liquid  partition  technique  is  applicable 
not  only  to  low  molecular  weight  substances  but  also  to 
macromolecules  of  biomedical  interest.   The  technique  also 
yields  high  efficiency  in  both  simple  and  gradient  elution  while 
the  retention  volume  of  the  solute  is  easily  predicted  before- 
hand by  measuring  the  partition  coefficient.   The  method  has 
a  capability  of  concentrating  a  minute  amount  of  principle 
from  the  crude  mixture  to  a  degree  as  high  as  10  times,  which 
will  provide  an  ease  in  detection  and  further  use  of  the 
principle  for  various  investigations. 

Proposed  Course:   The  future  plan  may  be: 

1.   Further  improvement  of  the  apparatus. 

3  ^^y 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  120 

2.  Separation  of  cells  and  other  biological  particulates. 

3.  Other  applications  of  biomedical  interest. 
Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications : 

1.  I  to,  I,  and  Bovmian,  R.  L.  :  Countercurrent  Chromatography 
with  the  Flow- through  Coil  Planet  Centrifuge.  J.  Chroma- 
tography Science,  in  press. 


^gS" 


Serial  No.   NHLI-  121 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Countercurrent  Chromatography:  Liquid-Liquid 

Partition  Chromatography  without  Solid  Support 
(Part  I) 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-99 

Principal  Investigator:   Yoichiro  Ito 

Other  Investigators:   Robert  L.  Bowman 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Application  of  polymer  phase  systems  for  separation 
of  macromolecules . 

Method  Employed:   The  elution  centrifuge  has  been  employed  in 
this  study.   Principle  and  design  of  the  apparatus  were 
previously  described. 

In  order  to  investigate  the  behavior  of  the  polymer  phase 
systems  three  types  of  separation  columns  are  made,  each  from  a 
5  m  long,  0.55  mm  I.D.  Teflon  tubing  as  follows: 

1.  Straight  helical  column:   The  tubing  is  wound  onto  rigid 
rod  of  2  mm  diameter  (4  units  connected  in  series)  and  mounted 
onto  the  holder  in  such  a  way  that  the  column  axis  is  nearly 
parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  holder. 

2.  Twisted  column:   The  tubing  is  folded  in  two  and  twisted 
along  its  length  to  make  a  rope-like  structure  in  which  the 
individual  strands  have  the  appearance  of  a  stretched  helix  of 
small  diameter.   The  twisted  tube  is  then  wound  around  the 
holder  as  tightly  as  possible. 

3.  Coiled  helix  column:   The  tubing  is  wound  around  a  flexible 
core  (2  mm  in  diameter)  which  is  in  turn  tightly  coiled  onto 
the  holder. 

Phase  distribution  diagram,  which  indicates  the  percentage  of 
the  retained  stationary  phase  volume  within  the  equilibrated 


<5^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  121 


column  at  a  given  flow  rate,  is  drawn  for  each  type  of  the 
column.   Partition  efficiency  of  these  columns  is  compared 
under  the  optimum  revolutional  speed  given  from  the  phase 
distribution  diagrams. 

Polymer  phase  systems  used  in  this  study  are  composed  of  5% 
(w/w)  dextran  500  (Pharmacia) ,  4%  (w/w)  polyethylene  glycol 
6000  (Union  Carbide) ,  and  lOmM  sodium  phosphate  buffer  at  various 
pH  to  adjust  the  partition  coefficinets  of  samples  such  as 
poly  U,  poly  C,  poly  A,  poly  I,  etc.   The  partition  coefficients 
of  these  samples  on  the  above  phase  systems  have  been  well 
studied  by  Per  Oke  Albertsson  to  give  convenient  references  to 
the  present  study. 

The  following  general  procedures  are  applied  for  partition 
studies.   The  column  is  filled  with  the  lower  phase  (10  mM 
NaH2P04  phase  system)  and  a  sample  solution  (0.1  g%  x  0.15  ml 
dissolved  in  the  same  phase  solvent) is  introduced  at  a  rate  of 
2.7  ml/hr  while  the  column  is  spun  at  1500  rpm  at  18 °C.   Then 
the  column  is  eluted  with  the  upper  phase  of  the  same  solvent 
system  under  the  same  condition  for  about  one  hour.   After 
impurities  such  as  small  molecular  weight  substances  and 
particulates  are  eluted  out,  stepwise  or  gradient  elution  is 
applied  with  the  upper  phase  of  the  desired  phase  composition. 
The  effluent  is  continuously  monitored  with  an  LKB  Uvicord  II 
at  260  nm. 

Major  Findings: 

1.  The  fluctuating  centrifugal  acceleration  field  in  the  elution 
centrifuge  is  reanalyzed  on  a  coordinate  system  fixed  on  the 
column  holder.   The  results  show  that  the  vector  rotates  in  the 
shape  of  figure  eight  with  6  greater  than  0.25  (B=r2/ri,  where 

rx  indicates  the  minimum  distance  between  the  arbitrary  point 
and  revolutional  axis,  and  r2 ,  the  distance  between  the  point 
and  the  rotational  axis) ,  whereas  the  vector  rotates  in  one 
direction  twice  in  one  revolution  with  3  less  than  0.25.   The 
results  suggest  that  with    small  B  values  (less  than  0.25)  the 
centifugal  force  might  spiral  down  the  particulates  or  droplets 
along  the  coiled  tube  in  the  straight  helical  column,  if  both 
handedness  are  matched  together. 

2.  The  above  possibility  is  tested  on  the  two  phase  polymer 
phase  system  by  using  right  and  left  handed  straight  coiled 
columns.   The  results  show  clearly  that  retention  of  the 
stationary  phase,  either  upper  or  lower  phase,  is  exactly  the 
same  in  both  cases,  indicating  no  significance  of  such  rotating 
field  on  retention  of  stationary  phase  under  applied  condition. 


diST 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  121 

3.  Studies  on  phase  distribution  diagrams  gave  the  following 
findings. 

a.  Retention  volume  of  the  stationary  lower  phase  is  always 
greater  than  that  of  the  stationary  upper  phase  in  all  types 
of  the  column.   This  may  be  due  to  the  affinity  of  upper  phase 
to  wall  surface. 

b.  Straight  coiled  column  shows  the  greatest  retention  volume 
of  70%  for  stationary  lower  phase  and  57%  for  stationary  upper 
phase  at  1700  rpm.   On  the  other  hand,  both  twisted  and  coiled 
helix  columns  show  similar  retention  volume  for  either  upper 
or  lower  phase  stationary,  the  figure  being  approximately  40% 
for  lower  phase  and  3  5%  for  upper  phase. 

c.  All  three  types  of  columns  show  flat  portion  of  the  curve 
in  the  wide  range  of  rpm  (1000  to  1700  rpm)  for  stationary 
lower  phase,  indicating  optimum  condition  for  solute  partition- 
ing . 

4.  Partition  efficiency  of  these  columns  are  examined  by 
locally  introducing  a  sample  (poly  U,  0.15  mg) .   A  flow  rate 
of  2.7  ml/hr  is  applied  under  1500  rpm.   When  the  upper  phase 
is  mobile,  the  straight  coiled  column  gives  a  broad  peak  which 
is  substantially  improved  in  the  twisted  column,  whereas  the 
coiled  helix  column  yields  the  sharpest  peak,  indicating  the 
highest  efficiency  among  all.   When  the  lower  phase  is  mobile, 
the  peak  becomes  similar  in  all  three  types  of  the  column  with 
a  moderate  sharpness.   Since  the  lower  phase  is  very  viscous 
and  difficult  to  handle,  further  experiments  are  carried  out 
with  the  coiled  helix  column  by  pumping  the  upper  phase. 

5.  Partition  of  polynucleotides  with  simple  elution:   Using 
the  coiled  helix  column,  each  polynucleotide  sample  is  parti- 
tioned on  phase  systems  of  various  sodium  phosphate  composition 
(  10  mM) .   Poly  U  is  eluted  with  NaH2P04 :  Na2HP04  =  1:1,  poly  C 
and  A  with  Na2P04 :Na3P04  =  7.5:2.5,  and  poly  I  with  Na2HP04: 
Na3P04  =  1:1  volume  ratio,  the  results  being  consistent  with 
the  previous  partition  data  by  Albertsson.   The  results  also 
show  the  evidence  that  the  sample  occasionally  contains  a 
significant  amount  of  impurities,  some  of  which  are  undialysable. 

6.  Partition  of  polynucleotides  with  gradient  elution 
(exponential) .   The  gradient  elution  is  carried  out  between  the 
starting  medium  (NaH2P04)  and  the  ending  medium  (Na3P04)  with 

a  mixing  chamber  of  2  ml  capacity.   The  results  show  the  expected 
elution  pattern  of  each  sample  with  the  peak  location  correspond- 
ing to  its  partition  coefficient.   When  a  mixture  of  two  samples 
are  partitioned,  the  resulted  peak  pattern  clearly  demonstrates 


^SS 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  121 

the  interaction  of  the  polynucleotides  to  form  double  or  triple 
strands. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   The  results  of  the  experiments  indicate  that  the 
polymer  phase  systems  are  also  applicable  to  countercurrent 
chromatography  by  the  elution  centrifuge.   While  the  polymer 
phase  systems  have  a  great  potential  to  separate  macromolecules 
and  particulates  under  the  mildest  condition,  their  high 
viscosity  and  extremely  low  interfacial  tension  (aqueous/ 
aqueous)  makes  it  difficult  to  adopt  the  conventional  liquid 
chromatography,  hence,  the  partition  so  far  entirely  relies 
upon  the  time-consuming,  low  efficiency  extraction  systems. 
The  present  system  yields  the  efficiency  of  less  than  3  0  seconds 
per  transfer  compared  with  several  minutes  per  transfer  in  the 
Albertsson's  thin  layer  countercurrent  distribution  apparatus. 
Furthermore,  the  present  technique  enables  gradient  elution 
and  continuous  monitoring  and  fractionation  with  the  conventional 
elution  systems  used  for  liquid  chromatography. 

Proposed  Course: 

1.  Refinement  of  the  apparatus. 

2.  Separation  of  cells  and  other  biological  particulates  on 
the  polymer  phase  systems. 

3.  Other  interesting  application  with  the  elution  centrifuge. 

Honors  and  Awards:   Invited  to  present  a  paper  at  the  Ninth 
International  Congress  of  Biochemistry  in  Stockholm,  Sweden, 
July,  1973. 

Publications:   None 


^ff 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  122  (c) 

PHS  -  NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Project  Title: 


Development  of  the  Spiral  Coil  Menbrane  Blood 
Oxygenator  and  Systems  for  Long-Term  Temporary 
Support  of  Pulmonary  and  Cardiovascular  Systems 


Previous  Serial  No.:      NHLI-109(c) 
Principal  Investigators:   Theodor  Kolobow 
Other  Investigators: 


Cooperating  Units: 


Edward  Stool,  Gerald  Vurek,  Joseph  Pierce, 
Robert  L.  Bovnnan. 


Laboratory  of  Kidney  and  Electrolyte 
Metabolism 


Project  Description: 

Objectives: 

1.  To  optimize  the  design  of  the  membrane  lung  perfusion  system  for  long- 
term  use  in  the  laboratory  and  in  man.   The  superiority  of  the  membrane  lung 
system  will  be  documented  by  long-term  perfusions. 

2.  Pinhole  formation  in  membranes  has  been  the  single  most  important  cause 
of  membrane  lung  failure.  No  commercial  manufacturer  has  been  able  to 
guarantee  absence  of  pinholes  in  membranes  they  supply.   A  program  was 
instituted  to  devise  methods  to  fabricate  "zero  defect"  silicone  rubber 
membranes,  and  to  procure  membranes  of  various  thicknesses,  and  surface 
characteristics. 

3.  Polymers  of  high  gas  permeabilities  are  commercially  compounded  using 
various  additives  and  fillers.   Tissue  and  blood  compatibility  may  be  signi- 
ficantly improved  if  these  additives  can  be  reduced  or  eliminated.  Membranes 
using  only  pure  silicone  gum  at  the  blood  membrane  interface  will  be  tested 
in  both  an  in  vitro  and  in  vivo  system. 

4.  A  laboratory  study  is  under  way  to  establish  the  relative  importance  of 
temperature  and  perfusate  for  the  successful  long-term  hypothermic  preserva- 
tion of  the  ex  vivo  sheep  heart.   This  study  arises  from  the  observation  that 
there  are  definite  limitations  in  the  present  day  state  of  the  art  to 
preserving  organs  beyond  24  hr  without  functional  impairment  on  reimplantation. 


P.^0 


Serial  No,  NHLI-  122(c) 


Methods  Employed  and  Major  Findings: 

1.  The  membrane  lung. 

The  spiral  membrane  lung  as  now  used  by  various  research  groups  has  been 
independently  evaluated  under  contract  at  the  Utah  Biomedical  Test  facility 
and  at  Brown  University.  The  standard  2-1/2  m^  membrane  lung  has  a  rated 
blood  flow  of  about  3-1/2  1/min  (O2  transfer  60  cc/m^/min,  and  a  CO2  transfer 
of  50  cc/mVmin).  The  performance  of  this  design  appears  to  be  well  above 
the  performance  of  other  stationary  membrane  lung  systems  now  available,  or 
in  the  process  of  being  developed. 

A.  Clinical  applications. 

This  laboratory  has  been  consulted  on  occasions  about  patients  in  acute 
respiratory  failure  both  at  the  Clinical  Center  and  within  the  local  medical 
community.  Of  particular  interest  is  the  case  of  an  11-year  old  boy  with 
ALL  and  acute  respiratory  failure  (presumptively  diagnosed  as  pneumocystic 
carinii  pneumonia)  at  the  Clinical  Center,  whose  condition,  despite  best 
medical  and  surgical  respiratory  care,  became  hopeless.   It  was  then  decided 
to  connect  him  to  an  extracorporeal  membrane  lung  perfusion  system.   For  the 
greater  part  of  the  bypass,  the  major  portion  of  blood  respiratory  gas 
exchange  was  performed  by  the  artificial  lung.   His  pulmonary  function  grad- 
ually improved  and  it  was  possible  to  wean  him  off  the  artificial  lung  after 
9-1/2  days  of  continuous  perfusion.  Pulmonary  function  studies  and  lung 
fields  after  bypass  showed  continued  improvement  and  he  was  discharged  two 
months  after  termination  of  bypass.  He  is  now  attending  school  full  time. 

This  patient  is  the  seventh  survivor  on  record  among  more  than  50 
bypasses  for  pulmonary  assist  with  membrane  lung  blood  oxygenation.  This 
bypass  is  almost  twice  the  longest  perfusion,  with  survival,  reported  to 
date  and  reflects  the  great  future  potential  of  this  treatment  modality. 

B .  Animal  research . 

(1)  Silicone  membranes  from  our  membrane  casting  facility  have  been 
incorporated  into  finished  membrane  lungs  and  tested  in  long-term  perfusions 
in  the  sheep  animal  model.  These  membranes  appear  to  be  superior  to  commer- 
cially available  membranes  in  terms  of  absence  of  pinholes,  excellent  gas 
transfer,  and  little  or  no  change  in  blood  perfusion  pressure. 

(2)  Further  evidence  has  been  accumulated  to  show  that  extreme 
respiratory  alkalosis  (pH  7.9  or  higher)  is  a  major  factor  In  lung  tissue 
injury  (pulmonary  infarction)  under  conditions  where  pulmonary  blood  flow 
has  been  severely  impaired  (such  as  in  pulmonary  embolism,  shock,  etc.). 
Such  pulmonary  lesions  are  avoided  when  COo  enriched  gases  are  inhaled. 

2.  Membrane  production. 

The  laboratory  facility  to  continuously  cast  thin- film  membranes  has  been 
completed  and  performs  to  our  highest  expectations. 


dff/ 


Serial  No.  NHLI- 122(c) 


Silicone  membranes  as  thin  as  10  microns  have  been  successfully  cast 
without  pinholes.   It  has  also  been  possible  to  co-cast  up  to  three  separate 
layers  consecutively,  and  to  reinforce  the  third  layer  with  fabric.   More 
recently,  we  have  shown  that  pure  silicone  gum  without  fillers  can  be  co-cast 
with  a  layer  of  reinforced  gum.   Thus,  blood  will  contact  pure  gum,  rather 
than  gum  with  filler  (see  below  under  hypothrombogenic  membranes). 

It  was  shown  earlier  that  silicone  polymer  crosslinking  can  be  effectively 
performed  with  organic  peroxides  or  with  high-energy  radiation,  both  under 
nitrogen.    Equally  effective  polymer  crosslinking  occurs  also  when  air 
cured  with  organic  peroxides,  provided  it  is  followed  by  ultraviolet  post- 
irradiation  under  nitrogen  (this  latter  treatment  is  effective  for  thin  films 
only,  as  U.  V.  radiation  is  effectively  absorbed  by  thick  films). 

Electron  spin  resonance  spectra  were  studied  after  membrane  crosslinking  by 
irradiation  in  nitrogen  and  in  air.   It  was  shown  that  methyl  and  methylene 
radicals  reacted  rapidly  with  oxygen  to  form  peroxide  radicals.  Thus, 
during  silicone  crosslinking  in  air,  some  radicals  were  consumed  by  the 
reaction  with  oxygen  and  were  not  used  in  the  crosslinking  reaction. 

3.  Hypothrombogenic  surfaces. 

Investigations  concerned  the  thrombogenicity  of  pure  polydimethylsiloxane 
without  the  additives  found  in  medical  grade  silicone  rubber.   This  polymer, 
%rtien  crossl inked  by  ionizing  radiation  in  an  inert  atmosphere,  shows  a 
Lee  White  whole  blood  clotting  time  of  over  45  min  and  a  clotting  time  of  about 
90  min  when  air-blood  interfaces  are  avoided. 

Polymer  deposition  from  solution  appears  to  be  a  feasible  method  for  applying 

this  surface  to  assembled  extracorporeal  devices,  such  as  oxygenators. 

Animal  testing  using  "minilung"  membrane  artificial  lung  indicates  clear 

superiority  of  this  coated  membrane  over  standard  commercial  membranes  in 
regard  to  thromboresistance. 

4.  "Ex  vivo"  organ  preservation  by  hopothermic  perfusion. 

Isolated  hypothermic  organ  perfusion  with  plasma  or  a  synthetic  medium 
is  associated  with  rise  in  perfusion  pressure  and  development  in  interstitial 
edema.   This  study  was  undertaken  to  determine  whether  the  untoward  changes 
were  due  to  hypothermia,  or  the  result  of  improper  perfusion  media.   Donor 
hearts  were  perfused  with  fresh  blood  (5-10°  C)  continuously  obtained  from 
a  donor  animal,  and  upon  perfusion,  reinfused  into  the  donor  animal.   At 
termination  of  preservation,  hearts  were  rewarmed  and  cardiac  function 
determined  in  a  conventional  manner. 

(1)  Preservation  at  5°  C  was  uniformly  unsuccessful  in  6  consecutive  hearts. 

(2)  Preservation  at  10°  C  for  24  hr  resulted  in  4  successful  preservations; 
two  experiments  failed  because  of  technical  difficulties. 

3  Si9A 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  122(c) 

(3)  Preservation  at  10°  C  for  48  hr  resulted  in  two  out  of  two  successful 
preservations o 

(4)  Two  preservations  at  10°  C  for  72  and  96  hr  were  associated  with  a 
sudden  injury  of  the  preserved  heart  appearing  at  about  the  70th  hour  of 
preservation.  This  finding  appears  to  be  based  on  imnunological  rejection. 

In  all  perfusions  at  10°  C  we  have  been  impressed  by  a  lack  of  rise  in 
vascular  resistance  during  the  preservation  time  (except  when  carried  out 
past  70  hr) ,  by  the  limited  or  absent  interstitial  edema,  and  by  the 
surprising  finding  of  electrical  and  mechanical  activity  of  the  preserved 
heart  at  10°  C. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the  Institute: 

We  have  established  in  a  single  clinical  perfusion  that  acute  terminal 
pulmonary  failure  can  be  tided  over  with  the  use  of  extracorporeal  membrane 
lung  blood  gas  exchange.  The  9-1/2  days  duration  of  bypass  suggests  that 
the  artificial  lung  (membrane)  can  be  safely  employed  for  long-term  use  for 
respiratory  assist. 

By  inference,  the  membrane  lung  should  be  considered  safe  and  preferable 
for  short-term  use  as  well,  such  as  in  open  heart  surgery.  As  a  corollary, 
it  also  follows  that  use  of  the  membrane  lungs  for  long-term  cardiopulmonary 
support  is  feasible  and  awaits  application. 

Studies  on  improved  membranes  and  surfaces  are  designed  to  make  long-term 
use  of  these  devices  much  safer,  and  more  efficient. 

Our  work  in  organ  preservation  is  designed  to  establish  parameters  for 
long-term  in  vitro  organ  preservation.  At  the  same  time,  results  are 
directly  applicable  to  organ  culture  and  growth,  tumor  culture  and  growth, 
immunochemistry,  effect  of  cytotoxic  agents  on  organ  growth,  the  artificial 
placenta,  and  others. 

Proposed  Course: 

1.  Clinical  studies  in  long-term  respiratory  assistance  with  an  extra- 
corporeal membrane  lung  will  be  continued.  This  method  is  also  directly 
applicable  to  cardiac  assistance  in  patients  in  need  of  temporary  circula- 
tory support  and  these  studies  will  also  be  pursued. 

2.  Various  silicone  and  silicone  gum  surfaces  will  be  Incorporated  in 
membrane  lungs  and  evaluated  in  the  laboratory,  and  clinically  if  warranted. 

3.  We  will  continue  our  extended  term  extracorporeal  respiratory  blood  gas 
exchange  in  animals.  Our  goal  will  be  to  safely,  and  routinely,  bypass 
animals  while  on  the  membrane  lung  for  periods  up  to  one  month.  It  is 
assumed  that  most  clinical  disease  entities  that  are  to  be  reversible  will 
recover  substantially  within  this  time  period  to  allow  safe  discontinuance 
of  extracorporeal  assist. 

4  3ffZ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-   122(c) 


4.     We  will   continue   to  study  mechanism  of  polydimethylsiloxane   cross- 
linking  by  electron   spin   resonance   spectral   analyses,   and  apply   this 
knowledge   to   preparation  of  thin  and   strong  membranes. 

Publications: 

1.  Kolobow,    T. ,    and   Spragg,    R. :    Dispersion   Casting   of   Zero 
Defect   Silicone    Rubber   Membrane    for   Use    in   the   Membrane 
Lung .       J.    Association    for    the   Advancement   of   Medical 
Instrumentation ,    1973.       In   press. 

2.  Zapol,    W. ,    and   Kolobow,    T. :    Isolated   Extracorporeal 
Placentation   of   the   Fetal   Lamb:    Techniques    and   Observations, 
Mammalian   Fetus   In  Vitro.       In  press. 


9.94 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  123 


1.  Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Blood  Flow  Measurement  Using  Nuclear  Magnetic 
Resonance  Techniques 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-108 

Principal  Investigators:   Vsevold  Kudravcev,  Robert  L.  Bowman 

Other  Investigators:   Anthony  Sances,  Jr. 

Joseph  H.  Battocletti 

Cooperating  Units:   Medical  College  of  Wisconsin 

Milwaukee,  Wisconsin,  on  contract  to  LTD 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   In  addition  to  last  year's  objective  of  developing 
a  nuclear  magnetic  method  of  studying  cerebral  circulation 
non-invasively ,  this  year's  project  includes  the  consideration 
of  capillary  and  shunt  flow  measurement  in  the  human  finger  for 
diagnostic  purposes  (Reynaud's). 

Progress:   The  work  is  divided  between  this  laboratory  and  a 
group,  under  contract  to  this  laboratory,  at  the  Medical  College 
of  Wisconsin  directed  by  A.  Sances.   This  group  conducts  the 
biological  observations  using  our  magnetic  labelling  techniques. 

In  this  laboratory,  the  work  consisted  of  the  following: 

(1)   Instrumentation  development,  (2)  low  magnetic  field  source 
development,  and  (3)  development  of  special  NMR  sensor  probes 
designed  to  perform  in  the  biological  environment. 

Because  of  very  weak  nuclear  induction,  it  is  necessary  to  have 
very  sensitive  low  noise  electronic  devices  to  obtain  useful 
NMR  response  from  flowing  blood  through  skin  and  tissues.   In 
some  cases,  precessing  proton  induction  may  have  a  value  of  only 
.25  microvolts.   To  receive  this  weak  signal,  we  find  it 
necessary  to  use  new,  improved  signal  exciters. 

During  the  last  year,  we  completed  the  experimental  development 
of  the  above  mentioned  devices,  and  are  currently  constructing 
and  evaluating  their  performance. 


rfs' 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  123 

Our  previous  NMR  instrumentation  was  designed  to  use  magnetic 
field  sources  over  300  gauss  in  strength.   To  minimize 
interference  from  proton  spins  distributed  in  the  skin  and 
tissues,  and  to  obtain  a  clear  response  from  flowing  protons  only, 
it  was  determined  that  the  NMR  detector  field  should  be  within  a 
range  of  20-80  gauss  utilizing  practical  moderate  polarizing  field 
values  (100  -500   gauss) .   This  weak  homogeneous  detector  field 
of  20-80  gauss  is  obtained  in  the  simplest  way  by  using  the 
following  electromagnetic  devices:  solenoids,  helmholtz  coils 
and  the  square  field  coil.   After  constructing  and  testing  each 
of  these  field  devices,  we  found  the  square  coil  to  be  most 
suitable  because  it  allowed  us  to  obtain  the  greatest  volume  of 
homogeneous  field  suitable  for  biological  application. 

Several  new  experimental  sensor  probes  suitable  for  finger  blood 
flow  measurement  were  constructed  and  tested  using  our  old  NMR 
instrumentation . 

Because  of  the  limited  densitivity,  of  this  instrumentation  and 
use  of  a  relatively  strong  detector  field,  very  weak  responses 
of  poor  resolution  and  signal  to  noise  ratio  were  obtained. 
These  probes  will  be  evaluated  at  a  later  date  after  construction 
of  new  low  field  instrumentation  is  completed. 

Major  Findings:   A  new  type  of  sensor  proble  consisting  of  two 
induction  coils  placed  "in  line"  was  developed  especially  for 
use  with  the  time  sharing  NMR  detection  method.   One  of  the 
coils  in  this  probe  excites  NMR  response  in  flowing  liquid;  the 
second  coil  placed  downstream  detects  NMR  free  precession. 
Critical  decoupling,  present  in  conventional  cross  coil  NMR 
probes,  does  not  exist  in  this  "in  line"  arrangement.   Probes 
of  this  arrangement  are  easily  placed  for  cerebral  blood  flow 
measurement,  where  cross  coil  probe  placement  is  difficult. 

The  cooperating  laboratory  in  Wisconsin,  supported  by  contract 
by  our  Institute,  constructed  a  pulse-superregenerative  NMR 
detector  -  exciter  using  the  circuit  developed  in  our  laboratory. 
This  detector  was  applied  for  cerebral  blood  flow  measurement 
in  the  macaque  monkey  and  other  blood  flow  experiments.   The 
results  were  reported  at  the  Cerebral  Blood  Flow  Meeting  held 
on  November  16,  1972  in  Washington,  D.  C.   The  laboratory  also 
successfully  repeated  our  experiment  demonstrating  the  possi- 
bility of  NMR  magnetic  label  detection  after  several  time 
constants. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   As  described  in  the  previous  report,  these  non- 
invasive techniques  will  provide  practical  application  in 
vascular  disease  diagnosis  and  therapy  evaluation. 


Af^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI- 123 

Proposed  Course:  Evaluation  of  new  instriimentation  performance; 
cooperation  with  the  Medical  College  of  Wisconsin  for  biomedical 
application. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications : 

1.  Kudravcev,  V.,  and  Bowman,  R.  L.  :   Practical  Aspects  of 
Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance  Applied  to  Blood  Flow  Measure- 
ment.  25th  ACEMB,  Bal  Harbour,  Florida,  October,  1972. 

2.  Battocletti,  J.  H. ,  Linehan,  J.  H. ,  Hosek,  R,  S.,  Sances ,  A., 
Halbach,  R.  E.,  Larson,  H.  D. ,  Itskovitz,  S.  M. ,  Evans, 

R.  L. ,  Bowman,  R.  L. ,  and  Kudravcev,  V.  :  NMR  Blood  Flow 
Measurement  in  an  Isolated  Perfused  Kidney.   Proc.  25th 
ACEMB,  October  1972,  Bal  Harbour,  Florida. 

3.  Ackmann,  J.  J.,  Larson,  S.  J.,  Sances,  A.,  Reigel,  D.  H. , 
Battocletti,  J.  H. ,  Dallmann,  R.  L. ,  Bowman,  R.  L. ,  and 
Kudravcev,  V.:  Computerized  Non-Invasive  Monitoring  of 
the  Trauma  Patient.   25th  ACEMB,  Bal  Harbour,  Florida, 
October  1972. 

4.  Battocletti,  J.  H.,  Linehan,  J.  H. ,  Larson,  S.,  Sances, A, 
Bowman,  R.  L. ,  Kudravcev,  V.,  Genthe ,  W.K. ,  Halbach,  R.  E., 
and  Evans,  S.  M.  :  Analysis  of  a  NMR  Blood  Flowmeter  for 
Pulsatile  Flow.   IEEE  Trans,  on  Biomed.  Eng.,  BME-19 : 
403-7,  November  1972. 

5.  Battocletti,  J.  H. ,  Sances,  A.,  Larson,  S.  J.,  Evans,  S.  M, , 
Bowman,  R.  L. ,  Kudravcev,  V.,  and  Halbach,  R.  E. :  A  Review 
of  NMR  Techniques  Applied  to  Biological  Systems.   Symposium 
and  Workshop  on  the  Effects  of  Low- frequency  Magnetic  and 
Electric  Fields  on  Biological  Communication  Processes  and 
6th  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Neuroelectric  Society.   In  press. 

6.  Battocletti,  J.  H.,  Sances,  A.,  Larson,  S.  J.,  Halbach,  R.E., 
Bowman,  R.  L. ,  Kudravcev,  V.,  and  Evans,  S.  M. :   NMR 
Detection  of  Low  Magnetization  Levels  in  Flowing  Fluids. 
IEEE  Trans-Proc  Magnetics  Society,  In  Press. 


Si97 


Serial  No.   NHLI-124 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Peltier-Seebeck  Equilibrator 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-97 
Principal  Investigator:  Frank  W.  Noble 

Other  Investigators:   Dr.  Robert  L.  Bowman,  Dr.  Robert  L.  Berger 

Dr.  Nadja  Rehak 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  Peltier-Seebeck  Equilibrator  is  a  new  thermal 
element  equivalent  to  an  electrically  adjustable  thermal 
resistor  with  indication  of  heat  flow  through  the  resistor. 

Methods  Employed:   A  switching  system  operated  at  60  Ha  samples 
and  stores  the  Seebeck  voltage  on  the  sensor  during  part  of 
the  cycle,  then  feeds  current  proportional  to  the  stored  Seebeck 
voltage  back  into  the  sensor  during  the  remainder  of  the  cycle, 
causing  the  sensor  to  heat  or  cool  the  sample  by  means  of  the 
Peltier  effect  so  as  to  reduce  the  temperature  difference 
between  the  faces  of  the  sensor.   The  Peltier  current,  propor- 
tional to  the  heat  flow  rate  through  the  sensor,  is  indicated 
on  a  meter  and  can  be  recorded  on  a  strip  chart. 

Major  Findings:   The  PSE  will  make  it  possible  to  measure  heat 
rate  evolved  from  a  sample  without  allowing  the  temperature  to 
rise  appreciably. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   This  property  could  be  useful,  for  instance,  in 
studying  activity  of  bacteria  where  the  rates  are  thought  to  be 
critically  related  to  temperature. 

A  second  and  experimentally  demonstrated  property  of  the  PSE  is 
in  speeding  the  thermal  response  of  calorimeters.   If  heat  is 
introduced  by  means  of  light  absorption  at  the  sensor  surface, 
it  is  possible  to  increase  the  sensor  speed  by  factors  exceeding 
two  hundred.   The  practical  utilization  of  this  property  depends 
upon  the  calorimeter  design,  since  the  sensor  can  pump  only  heat 
it  can  sense. 


Sl^S 


Serial  No.  NHLI-124 

Proposed  Course:   A  theoretical  analysis  of  the  PSE  has  been 
produced  in  draft  form  preliminary  to  publication. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


S^?? 


Serial  No.   NHLI-125 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20013 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Pseudo  Differentiator 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Frank  W.  Noble 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Electronic  differentiation  with  respect  to  time  of 
blood  pressure  and  flow  signals  has  been  used  to  study  the 
performance  of  the  heart.   The  usual  differentiator  tends  to 
increase  the  noise  content  of  the  input  signal,  especially 
frequency  components  which  are  harmonics  of  the  60  Ha  power  line, 

Methods  Employed:   The  Pseudo  Differentiator  samples  the  input 
signal  at  a  3  0  Ha  rate,  phase  locked  to  the  power  line, 
subtracting  the  previous  sample  from  the  present  sample  on  a 
continuing  basis.   Since  the  sample  time  separation  is  constant, 
the  sample  difference  is  proportional  to  the  average  derivative 
throughout  the  sample  interval.   Suitable  filtering  tends  to 
reduce  the  high  frequency  noise  in  general.   In  particular, 
since  the  sampling  is  synchronous  with  the  power  line  at  half 
its  frequency,  the  system  does  not  respond  at  all  to  60  Ha 
or  any  of  its  harmonics. 

Major  Findings:   A  rough  model  operating,  for  convenience,  at 
60  He  has  been  built  and  tested  for  immunity  to  a  hypothetical 
120  He  power  line  frequency.   The  nulls  at  harmonics  of  the 
line  frequency  are  complete  only  at  certain  phase  angles, 
indicating  that  the  switching  time  for  the  mechanical  choppers 
used  is  excessive. 

Proposed  Course:   The  device  will  be  rebuilt  using  fast  solid- 
state  switching  to  eliminate  the  switching-time  artifact 
mentioned  above. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


3,oO 


Serial  No.   NHLT-  126 


1.   Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 
3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Measurement  of  Picomole  Amounts  of  Carbon 
Dioxide 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigator:   Gerald  G.  Vurek 

Other  Investigators:   L.  C.  Stoner 

Cooperating  Units:   Laboratory  of  Kidney  and  Electrolyte 

Metabolism  -  NHLI 

Objectives:   This  project  is  concerned  with  the  development  of 
a  technique  suitable  to  measure  the  total  acid-releasable 
carbon  dioxide  in  nanoliter  amounts  of  kidney  tubule  fluid. 
The  technique  should  have  a  sensitivity  of  4  picomoles  or  less 
and  a  precision  of  5%  or  better. 

Major  Findings:   Other  work  has  established  that  calorimetry  of 
the  heat  released  when  CO2  reacts  with  LiOH  provides  a  sensitive 
and  quantitative  measure  of  the  amount  of  CO2  involved. 
Approximately  0.1  y joule  is  released  per  picomole.   After 
reviewing  the  various  alternatives ,  we  decided  that  the  best 
way  to  make  the  measurement  was  to  allow  the  reaction  to  occur 
in  a  well  insulated,  low  thermal-mass  temperature  measuring 
system.   Thermistor  bridges  can  be  used  to  measure  temperature 
changes  on  the  order  of  2x10"^  C;  if  the  reaction  takes  place 
over  a  ten  second  period,  the  thermal  capacitance  must  be  less 
than  2xl0~2  joule/°C  and  the  thermal  resistance  must  be  at  least 
3xl02''c/watt.   If  the  thermal  mass  can  be  reduced,  the  system 
time  constant  can  be  reduced,  thus  decreasing  the  analysis  time. 
The  work  to  date  has  been  concerned  with  making  a  low  thermal 
mass  system. 

We  use  thermistors  in  the  form  of  flakes  50/ym  thick  by  1  mm 
square.   These  have  been  supported  by  their  25  ym  lead  wires 
and  on  various  substrates  including  cork,  glass,  and  25  ym  silver 
foil.   The  first  was  the  most  sensitive  but  it  was  too  fragile 
and  broke  when  a  flake  of  LiOH  was  placed  on  it.   The  last 
shows  promise  as  it  offers  adequate  stiffness  and  low  thermal 
mass.   The  thermal  resistance  of  the  system  depends  principally 


tol 


Serial  No.  NHLI-  126 


on  conductive  paths.   These  can  be  minimized  by  careful  design 
and  by  using  a  low  thermal  conductivity  carrier  gas.   Xenon 
is  the  best  for  this  purpose,  as  it  has  1/6  the  conductivity 
of  air,  but  Freom  12  (CCI2F2)  is  a  reasonable  alternative 
having  1/3  the  conductivity  of  air  and  1/500  the  cost  of  Xe . 
We  obtained  a  300  uvolt  signal  using  Freom-12  as  a  carrier  to 
introduce  7  nl/sec .  of  CO2  into  the  reaction  chamber,  and  using 
a  PAR  model  121  "lock-in"  A.C.  resistance  bridge  amplifier  to 
extract  the  unbalance  signal  from  a  50  kilo-ohm  thermistor 
half-bridge.   The  short-term  noise  (0.2  Ha  and  above)  was  less 
than  0.2   uVP-P  and  the  drift  was  less  than  0.01  yV/min. 

We  designed  the  CO2  releasing  chamber  to  be  as  compact  as 
possible  in  order  to  keep  the  sample-to-carrier  ratio  as  long 
as  possible.   Carrier  gas  passes  over  a  lyl  container  of 
concentrated  phosphoric  acid,  through  a  Mg(Cl04)2  desiccant,  to 
the  reaction  chamber.   The  sample  is  injected  into  the  acid 
with  a  pipet  inserted  through  a  mercury  drop  seal .   The  mercury 
drop  prevents  gas  from  escaping  from  the  chamber  while  allowing 
easy  access  to  the  acid.   The  total  volume  of  the  gas  compart- 
ment is  estimated  to  be  less  than  50  yl.   We  use  a  low-power 
binocular  microscope  to  perform  the  sample  handling  manipulations 

Initial  tests  have  indicated  the  ultimate  sensitivity  to  be 
about  4  picomoles;  one  test  of  four  successive  pipettings  of 
8  nl  aliquots  of  10  mM  NaHCOs  gave  readings  with  a  relative 
error  of  3  percent. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   This  instrument  will  allow  renal  physiologists  to 
obtain  a  direct  measure  of  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxide 
transported  into  the  lumen  of  various  parts  of  kidney  tubules. 
That  measurement  is  important  in  the  program  of  elucidating 
the  role  of  the  kidney  in  acid-base  control.   Our  particular 
approach,  calorimetry,  offers  sensitivity,  specificity,  and 
economy . 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


30^ 


Serial   No.  •NHLI-127 

1.  Laboratory  of  Technical  Development 

2.  Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  197  2  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Calorimetric  Measurement  of  Carbon  Dioxide 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-107 

Principal  Investigator:   Gerald  G.  Vurek 

Other  Investigators:   Theodor  Kolobow,  Edward  Stool 

Cooperating  Units :   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  objective  of  this  project  is  to  develop  an 
apparatus  suitable  for  measuring  the  partial  pressure  of  carbon 
dioxide  in  blood.   The  use  of  membrane  oxygenators  for  temporary 
pulmonary  support.   The  instrument  is  to  provide  continuous 
indication  of  blood  pC02  without  withdrawal  of  samples  and  with 
good  baseline  and  sensitivity  stability. 

Major  Findings:   The  advantages  of  calorimetry  over  earlier  and 
more  commonly  used  approaches  have  been  confirmed.   Calorimetric 
measurement  of  CO2  offers  reasonable  specificity,  sensitivity 
superior  to  infrared  methods  and  comparable  with  mass  spectro- 
meters, and  freedom  from  shifts  in  the  electrochemical  potential 
drifts  common  to  the  Severinghaus  electrode.   We  had  previously 
shown  that  the  measurement  of  the  heat  released  by  the  reaction 
of  CO2  with  LiOH  was  a  feasible  approach  to  the  problem.   The 
overall  chemical  reaction  exploited  is: 

CO2  +LiOH  ->  Li2C03  +  H2O  +  8.9  x  10^  joules/mole.   Our 
efforts  of  the  last  year  have  been  directed  toward  making  a 
calorimeter  with  appropriate  sensitivity  and  stability  and 
toward  establishing  the  condition  of  the  LiOH  reactant  so  that 
it  can  be  used. 

Calorimeter  design  was  chosen  to  be  as  simple  and  compact  as 
possible  to  be  compatible  with  the  stability  specification.   At 
a  nominal  CO2  flux  of  10  nl/sec,  the  power  to  be  measured  is 
40  y  watts;  this  suggested  that  the  system  should  show  a 
stability  of  one  y  watt  or  better.   A  set  of  thee  concentric 
aluminum  cylinders  forms  the  basic  thermostat  configuration.   At 
the  center  of  the  innermost  cylinder  is  an  aluminum  disc  with  a 
pair  of  16-junction  bismuth-telluride  thermopiles  connected  in 
opposition.   The  LiOH  is  contained  in  a  cup  placed  against  the 


50  3 


NHLI-127 
face  of  one  thermopile.   We  wound  a  heater  element  and  a 
resistance  thennometer  element  around  the  outermost  cylinder  to 
provide  a  constant  temperature  for  the  calorimeter.   The  set  of 
cylinders  is  surrounded  by  polystyrene  foam  and  a  phenolic 
plastic  case.  Both  the  thermopile  preamplifier  and  the  heater  - 
thermostat  amplifier  are  mounted  in  the  case  to  minimize  error 
signals  from  changes  in  ambient  temperature.   The  overall 
dimensions  of  the  case  are  28  cm  long  by  8.8  cm.  dia.   Less  than 
1/2  watt  is  required  to  hold  the  interior  at  37°  when  the 
ambient  is  20°;  we  have  encountered  some  trouble  when  the  ambient 
has  risen  to  29°  because  the  thermostat  amplifier  and  thermopile 
amplifier  contribute  enough  power  to  cause  the  former  to  be 
unneeded  at  such  high  ambients.   It  requires  about  15  minutes 
for  the  calorimeter  to  recover  from  the  thermal  transient 
induced  by  insertion  of  an  absorber  container.   The  calorimeter 
performs  satisfactorily  for  the  purpose  of  CO2  measurement. 

Lithium  hydroxide  was  chosen  because  it  is  available  in  highly 
porous  form  suitable  for  gas  absorption.   It  exists  in  either 
the  hydrated  or  dehydrated  form,  depending  on  the  temperature 
and  pH20.   The  literature  indicates  that  the  material  which 
reacts  with  CO2  is  LiOH.H20;  we  have  confirmed  that  if  the 
material  is  dried  vigorously  at  120°C  over  Mg  (C104)2/  it  does 
not  react  appreciably  with  CO2 .   On  the  other  hand,  if  enough 
water  vapor  is  present  to  convert  all  of  the  LiOH  to  the 
monohydrate,  the  extra  water  vapor  released  by  the  reaction  with 
CO2  causes  the  crystaline  hydrate  to  go  into  solution.   Since 
the  silicone  membrane  we  plan  to  use  to  separate  the  blood  phase 
from  the  carrier  gas  is  more  permeable  to  water  vapor  than  CO2 , 
some  effort  has  been  expended  on  establishing  the  proper 
humidity  of  the  gas  before  it  encounters  the  absorber.   With 
improper  humidif ication ,  the  calorimeter  displays  "overshot". 
Step  changes  in  pC02  are  indicated  initially  as  a  large  power 
change  followed  by  a  slow  fall-off;  the  time  constant  is  20 
minutes  or  so  with  the  steady  state  value  10-20  percent  less 
than  the  initial  peak.   This  "overshot "was  attributed  to  the 
shift  in  equilibrium  in  the  rate  of  formation  of  the  hydrate, 
which  is  exothermic,  or  if  there  is  net  loss  of  water,  endo- 
thermic.   The  literature  indicates  that  if  the  PH2O  is  below 
the  LiOH/LiOH.H20  equilibrium  value,  the  material  will  all  go 
to  the  dehydrated  non-reactive  form.   At  37°  this  is  llT  or 
about  23%  RH.   If  some  CO2  is  present,  it  will  react  with  any 
LiOH.H20  releasing  water  locally  and  using  the  effective 
humidity.   After  considerable  experimentation,  the  best  solution 
seemed  to  be  to  pass  the  gas  over  Mg(CL04)2;  s'^^"  though  this 
reduces  the  water  vapor  to  a  very  low  level,  there  is  enough 
hydrate  present  to  initiate  the  reaction  of  CO2  and  the  release 
water  is  then  adequate  to  sustain  it.   Storage  of  the  LiOH 
container  over  silica  gel  is  not  sufficient  to  prevent  the 
reaction  from  proceeding.   There  remains  problems  of  satisfac- 
tory storage  of  the  LiOH  containers;  as  the  LiOH  comes  from 
its  stock  bottle,  it  is  about  3%  LiOH.H20.   When  this  material 

2  3o</' 


NHLI-127 

is  placed  in  the  calorimeter,  it  takes  about  a  day  to  achieve 
a  stable  hydrate  fraction,  which  is  reflected  in  a  shifting 
baseline  and  falling  sensitivity  over  that  equilibration 
period.   When  the  starting  material  has  been  stored  over  silica 
gel  for  several  days ,  it  shows  a  much  more  rapid  approach  to 
equilibrium.   Not  enough  data  have  been  collected  to  establish 
that  this  is  the  best  approach.   On  the  basis  of  the  work  we 
have  done,  LiOH  seems  appropriate  for  the  calorimetric  approach. 

We  have  designed  a  flow-through  probe  to  sample  the  CO2  in  an 
extracorporeal  blood  flow  system.   This  probe  consists  of  a 
modified  commercial  tubing  connector  made  of  polycarbonate 
plastic.   A  one  cm  length  of  0.06  cm  OD  x  0.03  cm  ID  silicone 
rubber  tube  projects  into  the  blood  flow  path;  CO2  from  the 
blood  passes  through  the  wall  of  the  silicone  rubber  into  a 
stream  of  nitrogen  which  carries  it  to  the  calorimeter.   The 
carrier  gas  passes  down  a  pair  of  1  meter  long  stainless  steel 
tubes  protected  with  a  Teflon  sheath.   In  the  unlikely  event 
the  silicone  rubber  should  break,  carrier  gas  could  enter  the 
circulation;  this  potential  hazard  is  small  since  the  flow  rate 
is  less  than  10  yl/sec.  and  since  the  event  would  be  indicated 
by  a  loss  of  signal  at  the  calorimeter.   A  valve  and  water  trap 
are  included  in  the  instrument  to  give  a  visual  check  of  carrier 
flow.   By  selecting  the  appropriate  valve  position,  the  carrier 
can  be  diverted  from  the  calorimeter  to  the  water  trap  and  the 
appearance  of  bubbles  indicates  carrier  flow.   A  more  fail-safe 
arrangement  could  be  made  using  a  vacuum  system.   The  probe 
has  some  velocity  sensitivity  but  the  sensitivity  stays 
constant  for  flows  over  250  ml/min.  through  a  1  cm  dia.  tube. 
It  is  possible  to  install  a  thermistor  on  the  probe  to  measure 
sample  temperature  and  thus  correct  the  indicated  pC02  to  the 
patient's  temperature. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  the  Program  of  the 
Institute:   Long-term  on-line  monitoring  of  blood  PCO2  is 
becoming  more  useful,  particularly  when  membrane  oxygenators 
are  being  used  for  treatment  of  acute  respiratory  failure.   The 
calorimetric  approach  offers  the  needed  sensitivity  and 
stability  together  with  compactness  and  economy. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


3br 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 
LABORATORY  OF  KIDNEY  AND  ELECTROLYTE  METABOLISM 
NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

The  Laboratory  of  Kidney  and  Electrolyte  Metabolism  has 
made  a  number  of  significant  advances  in  the  elucidation  of 
the  mechanism  of  electrolyte  transport  in  kidney,  toad  bladder, 
avian  erythrocyte,  and  heart  muscle.   Only  the  first  three  will 
be  summarized  in  the  annual  report.   That  concerning  excitation- 
contraction  coupling  in  heart  muscle  is  discussed  in  detail 
in  an  appended  individual  summary. 

Isolated  segments  of  the  mammalian  nephron; 

Studies  of  isolated  segments  of  the  renal  tubule  by  a  micro- 
perfusion  technique  developed  in  this  laboratory  have  been  ex- 
tended in  the  past  year.   The  method  has  been  adapted  to  permit 
analysis  of  the  mechanism  of  water  and  electrolyte  transport  and 
of  the  action  of  diuretic  agents  and  hormones,  not  only  in  the 
proximal  tubule  and  the  cortical  collecting  tubule  of  the  rabbit 
as  previously  reported,  but  also  in  the  distal  nephron  of  the 
amphibian  and  the  thick  ascending  limb  of  the  rabbit. 

The  proximal  tubule  in  the  mammal  reabsorbs  50-70%  of  the 
glomerular  ultrafiltrate  isosmotically .   The  mechanism  by  which 
this  occurs  has  not  been  completely  characterized.   There  is 
considerable  evidence  from  micropuncture  and  microperfusion 
studies  that  has  been  interpreted  as  indicating  that  the  driving 
force  that  creates  the  osmotic  gradient  for  water  flow  is  active 
sodium  transport  with  coupled  passive  flow  of  chloride  along 
the  resultant  electrical  gradient.   Ouabain,  an  inhibitor  of 
active  sodium  transport,  interferes  with  net  absorption  of 
fluid  and  lowers  the  transtubular  potential  difference  from 
-4  mv,  (lumen  negative)  to  0.   Since  the  Cl~  concentration  in 
the  tubule  lumen  increases  above  that  of  bathing  plasma  during 
the  reabsorptive  process  in  vitro,  it  has  been  suggested  that 
diffusive  flux  of  Cl~,  rather  than  active  Na+  transport,  may 
be  the  driving  force  for  fluid  absorption  under  these  circum- 
stances.  We  have  examined  this  thesis  by  studying  the  effects 
of  changes  in  the  composition  of  the  perfusion  solution  on  net 
fluid  absorption  and  the  transtubular  P.D.   We  have  demonstrated 
that  removal  of  HCO3  from  both  lumen  ultrafiltrate  and  bathing 
serum  is  without  effect  on  the  reabsorptive  rate  and  P.D. 
In  contrast,  an  increase  in  the  Cl~  concentration  in  the  lumen 
above  that  of  plasma,  effected  by  removal  of  HCO3,  amino  acids 
and  glucose  from  the  perfusion  solution  alone,  results  in  a 
reversal  of  the  P.D.  (+2  mV,  lumen  +) .   Isosmotic  reabsorption 
persists,  albeit  at  a  reduced  rate.   Similar  results  by  others 
have  been  interpreted  as  supporting  the  view  that  fluid  re- 
absorption  is  now  a  consequence  of  diffusion  of  Cl~  along  its 


3o7 


concentration  gradient  with  associated  passive  flux  of  Na   down 
the  newly  created  electrical  gradient.   Our  results  are  not 
consistent  with  this  interpretation  since  reabsorption  is 
inhibited  by  ouabain  despite  persistence  of  a  Cl~  diffusion 
potential.   Furthermore,  elimination  of  the  Cl~  concentration 
gradient  and  P.D.  by  removal  of  HCO3  from  the  bathing  serum 
as  well,  does  not  reduce  reabsorption  or  affect  the  ouabain 
sensitivity  of  the  process.   Studies  are  now  in  progress  to 
examine  the  role  of  other  solutes  on  the  characteristics  of 
reabsorption  and  the  relationship  between  Na"*"  transport  and  the 
transport  of  amino  acids  and  glucose. 

The  major  regulatory  function  of  the  kidney  is  the 
maintenance  of  the  volume  and  composition  of  the  body  fluids. 
The  thick  ascending  limb  of  the  distal  nephron  serves  an 
important  role  in  this  regard.   It  creates  the  electrolyte 
gradients  within  the  kidney  necessary  for  both  the  conservation 
and  elimination  of  water.   It  has  been  thought  that  dilution 
in  this  segment,  a  consequence  of  the  transfer  of  sodium 
chloride  without  water  from  lumen  into  blood,  was  effected  by 
an  active  sodium  transport  pump  analogous  to  that  in  other 
portions  of  the  kidney  and  in  most  living  cells.   Since  most 
diuretics  were  thought  to  act  by  inhibiting  sodium  transport 
in  this  segment,  thereby  accounting  for  the  increased  urinary 
elimination  of  salt,  it  was  difficult  to  understand  why  these 
drugs  did  not  exert  extrarenal  toxic  effects  by  inhibiting 
sodium  transport  in  other  cells  in  the  body.   It  is  now  apparent 
that  chloride,  not  sodium,  is  actively  transported  in  the  thick 
ascending  limb  and  that  it  is  this  chloride  transport  mechanism 
that  is  specifically  inhibited  by  a  number  of  potent  diuretics. 

As  pointed  out  in  a  previous  report,  sodium  chloride 
without  water  is  absorbed  in  the  thick  ascending  limb  by  a 
process  involving  active  chloride  transport.   This  creates  an 
electrical  gradient,  positive  within  the  lumen,  of  sufficient 
magnitude  to  account  for  coupled  passive  flow  of  sodium. 
Ouabain,  and  three  clinically  effective  diuretics;  mersalyl, 
ethacrynic  acid  and  furosemide  inhibit  Cl~  transport  and  reduce 
the  trans tubular  P.D.  in  the  thick  ascending  limb.   All  three 
diuretics  are  effective  only  when  applied  to  the  lumen  surface 
of  the  nephron.   Mersalyl,  which  binds  to  protein  in  plasma, 
has  little  or  no  effect  when  placed  in  the  serum  bathing  the 
tubule  but  when  added  to  the  perfusion  solution  eliminates 
sodium  chloride  reabsorption  and  reduces  the  potential  differ- 
ence.  These  effects  are  blocked  by  prior  or  simultaneous 
administration  of  p-chloromercuribenzoate ,  a  sulfhydryl 
reactive  agent.   The  effect  of  ethacrynic  acid,  a  drug  presumed 
in  the  past  to  act  by  inhibiting  sulfhydryl  catalyzed  reactions 
in  the  tubule  cell,  is  unaltered  by  p-chloromercuribenzoate. 
On  the  other  hand  the  cysteine  complex  of  ethacrynic  acid,  a 


3oS 


major  urinary  excretory  product,  is  a  considerably  more  potent 
inhibitor  of  chloride  transport  than  is  ethacrynic  acid  alone. 
The  specificity  of  action  of  furosemide  on  active  Cl~  transport 
was  supported  by  the  observation  that  the  drug  is  ineffective 
in  the  cortical  collecting  tubule,  a  segment  in  which  Na"*"  but  not 
Cl~  is  actively  transported.   Amiloride,  on  the  other  hand,  an 
inhibitor  of  sodium  transport  in  other  epithelial  cells, 
produced  a  rapid  decrease  in  the  transport  of  sodixom  and 
potassium  in  the  cortical  collecting  tubule  with  a  concomitant 
reversal  of  the  polarity  of  the  P.D.   The  drug  was  ineffective 
in  the  thick  ascending  limb  however,  lending  credence  to  the 
view  that  the  capacity  to  inhibit  chloride  transport  is  a 
necessary  property  of  a  diuretic  that  acts  in  this  segment  of 
the  nephron . 

Toad  Bladder; 

This  section  of  the  laboratory  continues  to  employ  the 
urinary  bladder  of  the  toad  Bufo  Marinus,  as  a  model  for 
examining  the  effects  of  hormones  and  other  agents  on  the 
transport  of  water  and  electrolytes  across  epithelial  sheets. 
The  bladder  has  been  shown  to  respond  to  a  variety  of  agents 
including  vasopressin  and  aldosterone  with  alterations  in 
transport  analogous  to  those  induced  by  the  same  agents  in 
the  mammalian  kidney.   The  biochemical  events  that  accompany 
changes  in  transport  have  been  the  subject  of  considerable 
study.   As  first  demonstrated  in  this  laboratory  vasopressin 
increases  sodium  transport  and  osmotic  water  flow  in  the 
toad  bladder  via  the  intermediacy  of  cyclic  AMP.   Similar 
changes  in  water  permeability  are  also  induced  in  the 
cortical  collecting  tubule  of  the  rabbit  by  vasopressin  and 
cyclic  AMP.   In  the  past  year  studies  have  been  initiated 
to  investigate  the  relationship  between  the  extent  of  the 
accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  in  isolated  epithelial  cells  of 
the  toad  bladder  and  the  alterations  in  the  physiological 
response  to  antidiuretic  hormone  induced  by  several  naturally 
occurring  agents;  namely,  PGE^,  norepinephrine,  and  calcium. 
We  have  previously  reported  that  prostaglandin  in  low  con- 
centrations interferes  with  the  hydroosmotic  effect  of 
vasopressin  but  not  with  that  of  cyclic  AMP.   Similar  effects 
were  observed  when  norepinephrine  was  added  to  the  bathing 
medium  and  when  the  concentration  of  calcium  in  the  medium 
was  elevated  from  2.5  mM  to  10.   We  had  initially  interpreted 
these  results  as  indicative  of  interference  with  the  capacity 
of  the  enzyme  adenylate  cyclase  to  generate  cyclic  AMP. 
Further  evidence  was  sought  in  support  of  this  view  in  the 
present  studies.   Portions  of  intact  bladders  were  incubated 
for  various  time  periods  with  and  without  appropriate  test 
agents.   At  the  end  of  this  period  the  epithelial  cells  were 
rapidly  separated  from  the  underlying  stroma,  frozen  in  liquid 
nitrogen,  and  their  cyclic  content  measured  by  a  protein 


3o1 


binding  assay  developed  in  the  Laboratory  of  Biochemical  Genetics. 
It  was  noted  that  vasopressin  increased  the  cyclic  content  of 
the  cells  in  a  linear  fashion  for  15  minutes  after  which  the 
content  remained  stable  for  approximately  one  hour.   This  is 
of  interest  since  the  increase  in  sodium  transport  induced  by 
the  hormone  peaks  at  an  earlier  time  and  is  not  maintained  at 
a  maximal  rate  for  the  full  hour.   The  maximal  hydroosmotic 
response  also  occurs  within  less  than  15  minutes  but  is  main- 
tained for  a  longer  period  than  is  sodium  transport.   The 
addition  of  norepinephrine  to  the  bathing  medium  markedly 
decreased  the  vasopressin  induced  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP 
as  did  low  concentrations  (lO'^M)  of  PGE^^,  and  10  mM  calcium. 
This  was  to  be  expected  were  the  associated  inhibition  of 
physiological  response  to  ADH  a  consequence  of  a  decrease 
in  the  generation  and  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  as  originally 
proposed.   A  higher  concentration  of  PGE  (10~^M)  however 
augmented  the  extent  of  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  of  itself 
and  may  reflect  stimulation  of  another  cyclic  nucleotide 
pool  within  the  tissue.   Two  drugs  of  current  interest  were 
also  studied,  chlorpropamide  and  amiloride.   The  first,  a 
sulfonyl  urea  derivative,  effective  in  decreasing  the  polyuria 
of  pituitary  diabetes  insipidus;  the  second,  a  diuretic  that 
increases  sodium  excretion  by  blocking  reabsorption  of 
sodium  across  the  luminal  barrier  of  the  distal  nephron  rather 
than  by  inhibiting  active  sodium  transport  across  the  basal 
surface  of  the  cell.   Chlorpropamide  had  been  shown  in  our 
laboratory  and  elsewhere  to  potentiate  the  hydroosmotic  effect 
of  vasopressin  but  not  that  of  cyclic  AMP.   It  was  without 
effect  on  the  extent  of  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  in  toad 
bladder  epithelial  cells  exposed  to  vasopressin  and  theophylline 
(an  inhibitor  of  the  enzyme  that  degrades  cyclic  AMP  to  an 
inactive  form  in  vivo).   Amiloride,  on  the  other  hand, 
decreased  the  acciomulation  of  cyclic  AMP  induced  by  vasopressin 
and  theophylline. 

Endogenous  cyclic  AMP  is  degraded  within  the  cell  by  a 
cyclic  nucleotide  phosphodiesterase  to  inactive  5~AMP.   The 
diesterase  is  of  importance  in  regulating  the  extent  of 
accumulation  of  the  nucleotide  induced  by  stimulation  of 
adenylate  cyclase,  the  enzyme  that  converts  ATP  to  cyclic 
AMP.   We  had  previously  shown  that  diesterase  activity  is 
altered  by  aldosterone,  and  that  this  may  account  for  the 
permissive  effect  of  the  steroid  on  the  physiologic  response 
of  the  toad  bladder  to  vasopressin  (see  earlier  report) .   It 
is  also  probable  that  cyclic  AMP  diffuses  out  of  cells  in 
vitro  and  that  this  process  may  also  serve  to  regulate  the 
action  of  cyclic  AMP  in  vivo.   As  a  preliminary  approach  to 
an  examination  of  this  hypothesis,  the  extent  of  leakage  of 
endogenous  cyclic  AMP  from  intact  toad  bladders  into  the 
surrounding  bathing  media  was  examined.   It  was  demonstrated 
that  in  the  absence  of  vasopressin  trace  amounts  of  cyclic 


3/0 


AMP  appear  in  the  bathing  medium  within  a  60  minute  period. 
The  addition  of  vasopressin  is  associated  with  a  significant 
increase  in  the  rate  of  leakage  of  cyclic  AMP,  although  the 
concentration  in  the  medium  never  exceeds  that  within  the  cell, 
evidence  that  the  extrusion  process  is  passive.   By  devising 
a  technique  that  permitted  collection  of  samples  of  medium 
from  either  surface  of  the  toad  bladder  it  was  further  es- 
tablished that  the  nucleotide  preferentially  diffused  out 
across  the  blood  surface  of  the  tissue  rather  than  across 
the  urinary  border.   It  was  also  noted  that  the  rate  of 
accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  in  the  bathing  mediiom  from  bladders 
incubated  with  vasopressin  alone  was  greater  or  the  same  as 
that  from  bladders  incubated  with  vasopressin  plus  theophylline, 
despite  a  considerably  higher  intercellular  content  of 
nucleotide  in  the  latter.   It  appears  likely  that  theophylline 
potentiates  the  effect  of  vasopressin  on  both  the  permeability 
responses  and  the  accumulation  of  cyclic-AMP  not  only  by 
limiting  the  breakdown  of  cyclic  AMP  but  also  by  decreasing 
the  permeability  of  the  cell  membrane  to  the  derivative. 

Avian  Erythrocytes ; 

A  number  of  cells  have  the  capacity  to  regulate  their 
volume  in  anisotonic  media.   Duck  erythrocytes,  as  first 
demonstrated  in  this  laboratory,  are  capable  of  reverting 
to  their  original  isotonic  volume  in  either  isotonic  or 
anisotonic  media  following  experimentally  induced  perturbations 
in  size.   Regulation  is  achieved  by  appropriate  changes  in 
cation  content  and  associated  isosmotic  shifts  in  water.   As 
noted  in  an  earlier  report,  the  effector  for  this  process, 
that  is  "the  volxome  controlling  mechanism"  is  resident  in 
the  cell  membrane  and  is  responsible  for  specific  alterations 
in  membrane  permeability  that  lead  to  losses  or  gains  of 
monovalent  cations.   In  a  previous  report  epinephrine  induced, 
cyclic  AMP  dependent,  restitution  of  volume  from  an  initially 
shrunken  state  in  isotonic  media  was  described.   The  present 
studies  were  directed  at  examining  the  characteristics  of 
the  mechanism  of  shrinkage  of  swollen  cells  back  to  their 
original  volume.   Cells  were  prepared  by  a  method  involving 
the  use  of  a  sulfhydryl  reactive  agent  that  so  alters  the 
permeability  of  the  membrane  as  to  permit  rigid  control  of 
the  internal  cation  composition  of  the  erythrocyte.   It  was 
observed  that  swollen  cells  prepared  by  this  method  return 
to  their  original  volume  in  isotonic  media  only  if  the 
potassium  content  exceeds  that  of  the  surrounding  bath. 
This  is  accomplished  by  an  accelerated  diffusive  loss  of 
potassium  with  isosmotic  water  shifts.   The  volume  regulatory 
mechanism  (as  reflected  by  the  enhanced  permeability  to 
potassium)  is  not  inhibited  by  ouabain  though  the  glycoside 
blocks  the  putative  active  sodium  extrusion  pump.   The 


3//' 


latter  had  heretofore  been  considered  the  primary  determinant 
of  both  the  cation  content  and  volume  of  erythrocytes.   Swollen 
cells  prepared  with  a  high  internal  sodium  on  the  other  hand, 
shrink  in  isotonic  media  below  their  original  volume,  and  do 
so  by  a  mechanism  involving  only  the  active  sodium  pump.   This 
is  blocked  either  by  ouabain  or  removal  of  potassium  from  the 
bathing  medium  which  also  interrupts  sodium  extrusion.   The 
results  indicate  that  the  volume  controlling  mechanism  and 
the  sodium  pump  are  independent  effectors  and  are  spatially 
separate.   This  conclusion  was  supported  by  the  results  of 
studies  of  shrinkage  of  swollen  cells  containing  an  excess 
of  both  potassium  and  sodium.   In  these,  sodium  loss  via  the 
pump  was  uninfluenced  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  net 
potassium  loss  through  the  volume  regulatory  system  and  vice 
versa. 


3 /A 


Serial  No.   NHLI-128 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Electrolyte  Transport 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  I,    1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  effect  of  chlorpropamide  on  the  water  permeability 
response  of  the  toad  bladder  to  vasopressin. 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-115 

Principal  Investigators:   Stefan  Zgliczynski,  M.D. 

Joseph  Handler,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Chlorpropamide,  a  sulfonyl  urea  derivative  used  for  the 
management  of  diabetes  mellitus,  has  been  shown  to  be  efficacious  in  the 
management  of  pituitary  diabetes  insipidus.  The  drug  reduces  urine  output 
in  approximately  two-thirds  of  patients  with  this  defect  in  vasopressin 
secretion  (S.  Zgliczynski,  Polish  Arch.  Med.  Wewn.  46:549,  1971).  On  the 
basis  of  earlier  studies  including  those  reported  from  this  laboratory,  it 
is  likely,  but  not  established,  that  chlorpropamide  acts  by  stimulating 
adenylate  cyclase  activity,  thus  increasing  the  intracellular  concentration 
of  cyclic  AMP.  A  recent  report  states  that  although,  as  demonstrated  in 
this  laboratory,  chlorpropamide  alone  enhances  the  water  permeability 
response  of  the  toad  bladder  to  vasopressin,  it  potentiates  the  inhibition 
of  this  response  by  prostaglandin  E^   (PGEj^)  .   It  is  the  purpose  of  this 
study  to  examine  the  effect  of  chlorpropamide  on  the  effectiveness  of  other 
inhibitors  of  the  response  to  vasopressin  and  to  examine  the  effect  of  the 
same  combination  of  agents  on  the  response  to  theophylline,  xdiich  mimics 
vasopressin  by  inhibiting  the  destruction  of  cyclic  AMP  catalyzed  by  the 
enzyme  cyclic  nucleotide  phosphodiesterase.  Finally,  the  effect  of 
chlorpropamide  will  be  examined  on  the  content  of  cyclic  AMP  in  the 
epithelial  cells  of  the  bladder  and  on  adenylate  cyclase  and  cyclic 
nucleotide  phosphodiesterase  activity  of  broken  cell  preparations.   It  is 
anticipated  that  the  results  of  this  study  will  yield  further  insight  into 
the  mechanism  of  action  of  this  drug  in  vasopressin  responsive  tissues. 

Ifethods:   The  water  permeability  response  to  vasopressin,  to  cyclic 
AMP,  and  to  theophylline  is  measured  in  the  presence  or  absence  of  chlor- 
propamide and  one  of  the  inhibitors,  prostaglandin  E-,  (PGE-|^)  ,  epinephrine, 
or  cysteine,  using  the  sac  technique  of  Bentley.   The  cyclic  AMP  content 
of  tichloroacetic  acid  extracts  of  epithelial  cells  scraped  from  toad 

1  3/3 


Serial  No.   NHLI-128 


bladders  incubated  with  some  of  the  foregoing  combination  of  vasopressin, 

theophylline,  and  chlorpropamide  is  measured  using  the  protein  kinase 

binding  assay  of  Oilman.   Adenylate  cyclase  activity  of  the  700  Xg  pellet 

fraction  of  homogenates  of  the  epithelial  cells  is  assayed  using 

5* -adenylylimido-diphophate  (AMP-PNP)  as  substrate  and  alumina  to  separate 

the  cyclic  AMP  formed  in  the  assay  from  the  AMP-PNP.   Cyclic  nucleotide 

phosphodiesterase  activity  is  assayed  by  incubating  homogenates  of 

epithelial  cells  with  various  concentrations  of  3H-cyclic  AMP.   The 

5 '-AMP  formed  is  converted  to  adenosine  by  the  addition  of  5 ' -nucleotidase . 

The  adenosine  is  then  separated  from  cyclic  AMP  and  5 ' -AMP  by  column 

chromatography  using  DEAE  sephadex. 

Major  Findings:   We  have  confirmed  the  earlier  observation  that 
chlorpropamide  increases  the  water  permeability  response  of  the  bladder 
to  vasopressin  and  to  theophylline,  but  not  that  to  cyclic  AMP.   Unexpected 
results  were  obtained  when  similar  experiments  were  performed  in  the 
presence  of  agents  (PGEj^,  epinephrine,  cysteine)  thought  to  inhibit 
adenylate  cyclase  activity  in  situ .   In  the  presence  of  10"'M  PGE]  ,  or 
10"'M  epinephrine,  chlorpropamide  inhibited  the  water  permeability  response 
to  vasopressin.   Chlorpropamide  does  stimulate  the  response  to  vasopressin 
in  the  presence  of  cysteine  and  stimulates  the  response  to  theophylline 
in  the  presence  of  each  of  the  three  inhibitors.   These  results  are  not 
readily  interpretable  in  terms  of  simple  effects  of  each  agent  on  one 
site  in  the  adenylate  cyclase  mediated  response  to  vasopressin.   Direct 
examination  of  the  effect  of  chlorpropamide  on  adenylate  cyclase  activity 
revealed  no  effect  on  the  activity  of  the  enzyme  in  the  absence  or  presence 
of  vasopressin  regardless  of  whether  chlorpropamide  was  added  iri  vitro 
or  the  intact  tissue  had  been  incubated  with  the  drug  before  cell  dis- 
ruption for  the  assay.   10"-%  chlorpropamide  added  in  vivo  or  vitro 
had  no  significant  effect  on  cyclic  nucleotide  phosphodiesterase  activity 
of  epithelial  cell  homogenates.   Finally,  in  preliminary  experiments, 
chlorpropamide  had  no  significant  effect  on  the  cyclic  AMP  content  of 
epithelial  cells  of  bladders  incubated  with  or  without  vasopressin.   Taken 
at  face  value,  the  results  indicate  that  the  effect  of  chlorpropamide 
cannot  be  explained  simply  on  the  basis  of  interaction  with  adenylate 
cyclase.   If  further  studies  support  the  initial  impression  that  the  drug 
does  not  alter  cyclic  AMP  levels  in  the  cells,  an  alternative  hypothesis 
involving  an  effect  at  another  step  in  the  response  to  vasopressin  will 
be  required. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  effect  of  chlorpropamide  in  the 
cyclic  AMP  content  of  bladder  epithelial  cells  will  be  examined  further. 

Honors  and  Awards:  None 

Publications:   None 


3/V 


Serial  No.  NHLI-129 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Electrolyte  Transport 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  A  study  of  the  leakage  of  cyclic  AMP  from  the  toad 
urinary  bladder. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Shigeharu  Urakabe,  M.D. 

Joseph  S.  Handler,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  permeability  and  transport  response  of  the  toad 
urinary  bladder  is  mediated  by  cyclic-AMP  generated  and  accumulated  within 
the  epithelial  cells  of  the  bladder.   In  this  in  vitro  study,  the  loss  of 
cyclic  AMP  from  bladder  cells  into  the  bathing  medium  is  examined.   The 
information  will  be  of  value  in  understanding  the  metabolism  of  cyclic  AMP 
in  this  tissue  and  as  a  guide  to  certain  in  vivo  situations  where  cyclic 
AMP  levels  in  plasma  and  urine  are  determined  to  evaluate  normal  and 
abnormal  endocrine  function  in  mammals. 

Methods:   In  most  experiments  intact  bladders  are  incubated  as  sheets 
of  tissue  in  Ringer's  solution  in  erlenmeyer  flasks.   In  some  experiments 
each  lobe  of  the  bilobed  bladder  is  incubated  as  a  sac  so  that  the  solutions 
bathing  the  mucosal  and  the  serosal  surfaces  can  be  collected  separately. 
The  cyclic  AMP  released  into  the  medium  is  determined  after  proteins  in  the 
medium  are  removed  by  precipitation  with  trichloroacetic  acid  and  the  cyclic 
AMP  separated  by  column  chromotography .   Tracer  3H-cyclic  AMP  is  used  to 
estimate  recovery  of  cyclic  AMP  after  collection  from  the  erlenmeyer  flask. 
In  all  the  experiments,  paired  tissue  from  the  same  animal  is  used  for 
control  and  experimental  preparations. 

Major  Findings:   Under  control  conditions  (normal  Ringer  solution, 
no  added  agent),  approximately  0.20  pmoles  of  cyclic  AMP  per  mg  dry  wt  of 
bladder  leaked  out  of  intact  bladders  in  a  60  min  period.   Five  to  ten 
times  as  much  cyclic  AMP  was  found  in  the  solution  bathing  bladders  exposed 
to  75  mU/ml  of  vasopressin,  virtually  all  of  the  cyclic  AMP  appearing  in 
the  solution  bathing  the  serosal  surface  of  the  bladder.   The  concentration 
of  cyclic  AMP  in  the  medium  was  always  at  least  one  order  lower  than  that 
in  the  epithelial  cells. 

1  3/^" 


Serial  No.   NHLI-129 


The  possibility  that  the  cyclic  AMP  appearing  in  the  serosal  solution 
originated  in  the  smooth  muscle  of  the  bladder  was  evaluated  in  two  sets 
of  experiments  using  the  serosal  supporting  stroma  after  removal  of 
epithelial  cells.   In  the  first,  the  stroma  was  prepared  by  scraping  the 
epithelial  cells  off  the  stroma  with  a  glass  slide.   In  the  second,  the 
stroma  was  prepared  by  incubating  the  intact  bladder  in  a  solution  free  of 
calcium  and  magnesium  and  containing  2  mM  EDTA  and  then  gently  massaging 
the  bladder  to  dislodge  the  epithelial  cells.   Both  cells  and  stroma  were 
then  incubated  further  in  regular  Ringer  solution.   Vasopressin  had  no 
effect  on  the  release  of  cyclic  AMP  from  either  preparation  of  stroma. 
When  cells  prepared  by  the  second  method  were  incubated  with  vasopressin 
their  cyclic  AMP  content  rose  as  did  that  of  their  bathing  medium. 
10  mM  theophylline  alone  has  little  effect  on  the  cell  content  of  cyclic 
AMP  and  did  not  alter  the  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP  in  the  bathing 
medium.   Although  the  combination  of  10  mM  theophylline  plus  75  mU/ml 
of  vasopressin  results  in  cell  cyclic  AMP  levels  about  three  times  greater 
than  75  mU/ml  of  vasopressin,  cyclic  AMP  levels  in  the  medium  bathing 
cells  exposed  to  the  combination  were  the  same  or  lower  than  in  the  medium 
bathing  cells  exposed  to  vasopressin  alone.   In  preliminary  experiments 
under  these  same  conditions  in  \Aich  tracer  cyclic  AMP  was  added  to  the 
bathing  medium  from  the  beginning  of  the  incubation,  over  80%  of  the 
tracer  was  recovered  as  cyclic  AMP,  indicating  that  the  failure  to 
accumulate  cyclic  AMP  in  the  medium  proportional  to  the  accumulation  in 
the  cells  exposed  to  vasopressin  plus  theophylline  may  be  the  result  of 
reduced  leakage  of  cyclic  AMP  out  of  theophylline  treated  cells.   If  this 
interpretation  is  correct,  impairment  of  cell  membrane  permeability  to 
cyclic  AMP  would  be  a  second  mechanism  by  v^ich  theophylline  elevates 
intracellular  cyclic  AMP  levels,  and  indicates  that  theophylline  or 
its  analogs  may  alter  the  relationship  between  the  concentration  of  cyclic 
AMP  in  cells  and  in  urine  and  blood. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   Project  is  completed. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   None 


31^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-130 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Electrolyte  Transport 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Project  Title:   A  study  of  the  concentration  of  cyclic  AMP  in  the  urinary 
bladder  of  the  toad. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Rodney  Omachi,  M.D. 

Dianne  Robbie,  Ph.D. 
Joseph  S.  Handler,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   Previous  studies  in  this  laboratory  have  established  the 
thesis  that  cyclic  AMP  is  the  intracellular  mediator  of  the  action  of 
vasopressin  on  the  toad  urinary  bladder  and  other  tissues  that  respond  to 
the  hormone  with  an  increase  in  permeability  and/or  an  increase  in  the  rate 
of  active  sodium  transport.   In  this  study,  extremely  sensitive  and  reliable 
techniques  for  measuring  small  quantities  of  cyclic  AMP  will  be  utilized  to 
study  further  the  changes  in  the  concentration  of  cyclic  AMP  in  toad  blad- 
ders stimulated  by  vasopressin  in  the  presence  of  other  agents  known  to 
alter  the  permeability  response  to  the  hormone.   It  is  anticipated  that  the 
information  will  afford  a  more  comprehensive  picture  of  the  control  of  the 
permeability  response  to  vasopressin. 

Methods:   Urinary  bladders  of  the  toad  Bufo  marinus  are  dissected  out, 
cut  into  pieces,  incubated  in  amphibian  Ringer's  solution,  and  then  in- 
cubated for  periods  of  3  min  to  60  min  in  Ringer's  solution  containing 
added  agents.   Epithelial  cells  rapidly  scraped  from  the  mucosal  surface 
of  bladders  are  frozen  in  liquid  nitrogen,  thawed  in  cold  8%  trichloro- 
acetic acid  containing  tracer  3H-cyclic  AMP  for  recovery,  and  their  cyclic 
AMP  extracted  at  U°C.      The  protein  is  separated  by  centrifugation  and 
measured  by  the  method  of  Lowry,  et  al.  After  separation  by  column 
chromatography  on  Dowex  AG  50-X8,  cyclic  AMP  is  measured  using  the  protein 
binding  assay  of  Oilman. 

Major  Findings:   In  response  to  15  mU/ml  of  vasopressin,  a  concentration 
that  elicits  a  maximal  sodium  transport  and  water  permeability  response, 

1  3/7 


Serial  No.   NHLI-130 


cyclic  AMP  levels  in  whole  bladders  and  in  epithelial  cells  rise  pro- 
gressively for  15  min  to  mean  values  approximately  double  those  of  control 
tissue.   10  mM  theophylline,  an  inhibitor  of  the  enzyme  that  catalyzes  the 
destruction  of  cyclic  AMP,   causes  a  slight  rise  in  cyclic  AMP  levels  in 
epithelial  cells  from  control  tissue.   Theophylline  augments  greatly  the 
increase  in  cyclic  AMP  levels  elicited  by  vasopressin  and  of  more  importance, 
reduces  the  scatter  in  the  results.   Theophylline  was  therefore  incorporated 
into  subsequent  protocols.   Cyclic  AMP  levels  are  41,  and  166  pmoles  per 
mg  cell  protein  in  bladders  incubated  with  7.5  and  75  mU/ml  of  vasopressin 
and  are  11  pmoles  per  mg  protein  in  control  tissue. 

Three  agents  known  to  inhibit  the  water  permeability  response  to 
vasopressin  were  studied.   Norepinephrine,  irfiich  inhibits  the  increase  in 
water  permeability  produced  by  vasopressin  inhibits  the  cyclic  AMP  response 
by  637o.   Prostaglandin  Ej^  also  inhibits  the  water  permeability  response  to 
vasopressin  in  toad  bladder,  but  by  itself  increases  sodium  transport,  as 
does  vasopressin.   At  the  low  concentration  of  2.5  x  10"°M,  PGE-i  inhibits 
the  cyclic  AMP  response  to  vasopressin  by  75%  without  any  effect  by  itself 
on  cyclic  AMP  levels.  At  a  higher  concentration  of  2.5  x  10"^M,  however, 
PGEn  causes  a  five- fold  increase  in  cyclic  AMP  levels.   This  is  as  great  an 
increase  as  that  produced  by  vasopressin.   Vasopressin  plus  PGE-i  at  the 
high  dose  produces  the  same  increase  in  cyclic  AMP  content  as  vasopressin 
or  PGE]^  alone.   An  increase  in  the  concentration  of  calcium  in  the  Ringer's 
solution  from  2.7  mM  to  10  mM,  which  inhibits  the  water  permeability 
response  to  vasopressin,  inhibits  the  cyclic  AMP  response  to  vasopressin 
by  507o.   The  foregoing  data  are  consistent  with  the  conclusion  that 
norepinephrine,  PGE]^,  and  10  mM  calcium  inhibit  the  physiologic  effects  of 
vasopressin  by  inhibiting  the  accumulation  of  cyclic  AMP,  in  agreement  with 
previous  findings  that  these  agents  do  not  inhibit  the  water  permeability 
response  to  exogenous  cyclic  AMP. 

The  drugs  chlorpropamide  and  amiloride  were  also  investigated. 
Chlorpropamide,  2  mM,  which  enhances  the  water  permeability  response  to 
vasopressin,  does  not  increase  the  cyclic  AMP  response  to  10  mU/ml  of 
vasopressin.   Similarly,  in  the  presence  of  10  mM  theophylline,  1  mM, 
chlorpropamide  does  not  enhance  the  cyclic  AMP  response  to  2.5  mU/ml  of 
vasopressin.   These  results  do  not  support  the  hypothesis  that  chlor- 
propamide affects  adenylate  cyclase  or  phosphodiesterase,  thereby 
potentiating  the  effects  of  vasopressin.   Amiloride,  lO'^M,  which  inhibits 
sodium  transport  in  the  toad  bladder,  probably  by  decreasing  the  entry 
of  sodium  across  the  apical  plasma  membrane,  inhibits  the  cyclic  AMP  re- 
sponse to  vasopressin  plus  theophylline  by  15%  and  20%  at  15  minutes  and 
30  minutes  respectively  (p  <  0.05  and  <  0.01).   The  physiologic  signifi- 
cance of  the  effect  of  amiloride  on  cyclic  AMP  metabolism  remains  to  be 
determined. 


3fg 


Serial  No.    NHLI-130 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  effect  of  other  agents  such  as 
lithium  and  indomethacin  which  are  reputed  to  modify  the  response  of 
the  toad  bladder  to  vasopressin  will  be  examined  and  their  effects  on 
cyclic  AMP  levels  elicited  by  vasopressin  correlated  with  their  effects 
on  the  permeability  response  to  vasopressin. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:      None 


^tf 


Serial   No.     NHLI-13i 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Renal  Mechanisms 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Function  of  the  early  distal  tubule  of  frog 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principal  Investigators:   Larry  C.  Stoner,  Ph.D. 

Maurice  B.  Burg,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

The  amphibian  distal  nephron  is  known  to  dilute  the  urine 
and  is  responsible  for  as  much  as  60%  of  the  total  amphibian 
nephron  NaCl  reabsorption.   Several  investigators  have  reported 
a  lumen  negative  P.D.  for  the  amphibian  distal  nephron.   Pre- 
liminary results  of  this  study  show  that  the  early  distal 
tubule  of  frog,  a  segment  not  previously  studied  because  of  its 
inaccessibility  to  puncture  exhibits  a  lumen  positive  P.D. 

Objectives:   The  objectives  of  this  study  are  to  isolate 
and  characterize  both  the  early  and  late  distal  nephron  segments 
of  frog.   Further,  we  intend  to  explore  the  possible  similar- 
ities between  the  early  distal  segment  and  the  mammalian  thick 
ascending  limb,  another  nephron  segment  characterized  by  lumen 
positive  P.D. 

Methods:  Previously  described  for  use  in  mammalian  tubule 
segments.  For  this  project  a  method  for  dissecting  segments  of 
early  distal  nephrons  from  frog  was  developed. 

Major  findings:   1.   The  most  surprising  observation  is 
that  the  observed  transepithelial  potential  of  this  nephron 
segment  averages  11  mv,  lumen  positive,  a  finding  not  previously 
reported  for  any  nephron  segment  except  the  mammalian  thick 
ascending  limb,  where  the  positive  P.D.  is  taken  as  evidence 
for  the  active  reabsorption  of  Cl~. 

2.   Other  observations  which  suggest  that  this  amphibian 
early  distal  tubule  may  be  homologous  to  the  mammalian  thick 


IM) 


Serial  No.   NHLI-131 

ascending  limb  are : 

a.  P.D.  reversibly  inhibited  by  ouabain. 

b.  P.D.  reversibly  inhibited  by  furoseitiide  (at  low  con- 
centrations this  drug  appears  to  be  very  specific  for  the  thick 
ascending  limb) . 

c.  Perfusion  with  solutions  made  hypotonic  by  the  omission 
of  part  of  the  NaCl  normally  present  results  in  increased  lumen 
positive  P.D.,  suggesting  that  like  the  thick  ascending  limb 
this  segment  is  more  permeable  to  Na  than  CI. 

d.  Insensitive  to  low  concentrations  of  amiloride  a  potent 
inhibitor  of  active  sodium  transport  in  mammalian  cortical 
collecting  tubule  and  other  transporting  epithelia. 

Proposed  course  of  project:   1)  To  further  explore  the 
similarities  of  this  early  segment  of  frog  distal  nephron  to 
mammalian  thick  ascending  limb.   2)  To  confirm  results  of  other 
inveistigators  by  isolating  and  characterizing  the  amphibian 
late  distal  nephron. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications :   None 


3d-l 


Serial  No.  NHLI-132 


1.  Kidney  S.  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Renal  Mechanisms 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Function  of  the  thick  ascending  limb  of  Henle ' s 
loop 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-112 

Principal  Investigators:   Maurice  B.  Burg,  M.D. 

Nordica  Green 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  thick  ascending  limb  of  Henle ' s  loop 
is  a  renal  tubule  segment  of  special  importance  since  it  is 
1)  one  of  the  major  sites  of  NaCl  transport  which  is  responsible 
for  urinary  concentration  and  dilution,  2)  it  is  thought  to  be 
a  major  site  of  action  of  diuretic  drugs.   These  conclusions 
had  been  based  on  indirect  evidence  since  the  segment  is  buried 
within  the  kidney,  inaccessible  to  micropuncture ,  and  had  not 
previously  been  studied  directly.   The  purpose  of  the  present 
investigation  was  to  study  isolated  portions  of  this  segment 
directly  in  vitro  in  order  to  confirm  the  above  conclusions 
and  to  elucidate  the  transport  mechanisms  involved. 

Methods:   Thick  ascending  limbs  of  Henle ' s  loop  were 
dissected  from  rabbit  kidneys  and  perfused  in  vitro.   Electrolyte 
transport  and  the  associated  electrical  phenomena  were  measured 
as  previously  described. 

Major  findings:   We  previously  found  that  net  NaCl  reab- 
sorption  in  this  nephron  segment  is  a  consequence  of  active  CI 
transport  which  causes  the  electrical  P.D.  to  be  positive  in 
the  lumen  and  that  Na  transport  is  largely  or  entirely  passive. 

The  most  effective  known  diuretic  drugs  are  furosemide, 
ethacrynic  acid,  and  the  organic  mercurials  (such  as  mersalyl) . 
On  the  basis  of  previous  clearance  and  micropuncture  studies 
they  were  believed  to  act  in  the  ascending  Henle ' s  loop.   In 
the  present  studies  furosemide  (IO'^m) ,  mersalyl  (3xlO"^M)  and 
ethacrynic  acid  (lO'^M)  in  the  tubule  lumen  each  caused  a  large 

1  3ii 


Serial  No.   NHLI-132 


decrease  (^50%)  in  the  electrical  P.D.  and  net  Cl  flux,  indi- 
cating inhibition  of  active  Cl  transport. 

The  fall  in  P.D.  induced  by  furosemide  in  the  lumen  was 
rapid  (<5  seconds)  and  iiiunediately  reversible,  whereas  furosemide 
(10~^M)  in  the  bath  had  essentially  no  effect,   Furosemide  (and 
the  other  drugs  also)  caused  a  small  decrease  in  Na  and  Cl 
permeability  and  in  the  electrical  conductance,  but  these  effects 
are  considered  to  be  secondary  to  its  most  important  effect 
which  is  inhibition  of  active  Cl  transport. 

A  longer  time  (1  to  10  minutes)  was  required  for  ethacrynic 
acid  and  mersalyl  to  lower  the  P.D.,  and  the  reversal  was  also 
slower.   The  effect  of  mersalyl,  however,  was  immediately 
reversed  by  p-chloromercuribenzoate  in  the  lumen  (lO'^M)  just 
as  the  diuresis  caused  by  mersalyl  is  reversed  by  p- 
chloromercuribenzoate  in  vivo.   In  other  biological  systems 
p-chloromercuribenzoate  and  mersalyl  generally  have  similar  and 
additive  inhibitory  actions.   Uniquely,  in  this  tubule  segment 
they  are  antagonistic.   Therefore,  the  effect  of  mersalyl  on 
the  isolated  tubule  in  vitro  can  be  identified  with  its 
diuretic  effect  in  vivo.   Mersalyl  in  the  bath  did  not  affect 
the  P.D.  except  at  a  high  concentration  (10~'*M)  and  the  effect 
was  not  reversible.   Similarly,  HgCl2f  and  high  concentrations 
of  p-chloromercuribenzoate  in  the  bath,  also  caused  irreversible 
inhibition  of  the  P.D.   We  conclude  that  the  mercurials  have  two 
distinct  effects:   1)  the  diuretic  effect  which  is  caused  by 
specific  organic  mercurials  (e.g.  mersalyl)  at  the  tubule  lumen 
surface,  and  2)  a  non-specific  toxic  effect  caused  by  any  of  the 
mercurials  when  they  gain  access  to  the  cell  interior. 

The  concentration  of  ethacrynic  acid  required  to  inhibit 
the  P.D.  was  high  (>10~  M) .   Ethacrynic-cysteine  complex  (a 
urinary  excretion  product)  inhibited  active  chloride  trans- 
port at  a  lower  concentration  (3xlO~^M)  in  the  lumen  than  did 
ethacrynic  acid  alone,  and  probably  is  the  major  active  form 
of  the  drug.   Ethacrynic  cysteine  in  the  bath  (10~^M)  had  no 
effect.   High  concentrations  of  ethacrynic  acid  (10~^M)  in  the 
bath  caused  irreversible  inhibition  of  the  P.D.,  presumably  a 
toxic  effect.   Serum  in  the  bath  protected  against  this  action 
of  ethacrynic  acid.   We  conclude  that  1)  ethacrynic  acid  is 
converted  into  the  ethacrynic-cysteine  complex  in  vivo.   2)  The 
complex,  which  is  less  toxic  than  ethacrynic  acid  and  a  more 
potent  diuretic  is  secreted  into  tubule  fluid  by  proximal 
txibule  cells.   (Furosemide  and  mersalyl  probably  are  similarly 
secreted  by  proximal  tubules.)   3)  The  ethacrynic-cysteine 
complex  acts  in  the  lumen  of  the  thick  ascending  limb  of  Henle ' s 
loop  to  inhibit  active  Cl  transport  and  to  thereby  diminish 
NaCl  reabsorption.   4)  The  action  of  the  ethacrynic-cysteine 


3^? 


Serial  No.    NHLI-132 

complex  on  the  thick  ascending  limb  is  probably  different  from 
the  previously  described  in  vitro  actions  of  ethacrynic  acid  in 
that  it  does  not  involve  inhibition  of  sulfhydryl  catalyzed 
reactions . 

-3 
High  concentrations  of  hydrochlorothizide  (10   M)  also 

caused  a  small  ('\-20%)  inhibition  of  active  chloride  transport 

in  the  isolated  ascending  Henle ' s  loop.   The  drug  caused  the 

P.D.  to  decrease  whether  present  in  the  lumen  or  bath,  but 

was  more  rapidly  effective  in  the  former. 

-4  -3 

Amiloride  (10   M)  and  acetazolamide  (10   M)  in  the  lumen 

and  bath  had  no  effect  on  the  isolated  ascending  Henle 's  loop, 

although  even  lower  concentrations  inhibit  in  the  other  nephron 

segments . 

Proposed  course  of  the  project:   Completed. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   Burg,  M.  B.  and  Green,  N. :   Function  of  the  thick 
ascending  limb  of  Henle ' s  loop.   Am.  J.  Physiol. 
224:  659-668,  1973. 


32*/ 


Serial  No.         NHLI-133 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Renal  Mechanisms 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  study  of  ion  transport  in  renal  cortical 
collecting  tubules. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-113 

Principal  Investigators:   Larry  C.  Stoner,  Ph.D. 

Maurice  B.  Burg,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   Clifford  Patlak,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:   Dr.  Patlak  is  a  member  of  the  National 

Institute  of  Mental  Health 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  cortical  collecting  tubule  in  addition 
to  regulating  water  reabsorption  by  increasing  its  water  per- 
meability in  response  to  vasopressin  also  actively  reabsorbs  Na 
from  and  secretes  K  into  its  lumen.   The  present  studies  are 
intended  to  expand  our  knowledge  of  transport  properties  of 
these  and  other  ions  in  cortical  collecting  tubule. 

Methods:  are  the  same  as  those  described  previously 
except  that  in  this  study  cortical  collecting  tubules  were 
maintained  at  37''C  instead  of  23''C  used  in  earlier  studies. 

Major  Findings:   1)  Transport  of  Na,  K  ,  and  Cl :   The 
calculation  of  the  net  fluxes  of  Na,  K  and  Cl  from  unidirection- 
al fluxes,  measured  radioisotopically,  show  that  8  pM  cm~-^sec~^ 
of  sodiiom  is  reabsorbed  by  cortical  collecting  tubules  at 
37°C,  a  value  about  1/4  that  of  proximal  tubules  of  rabbit. 
Roughly  three-quarters  of  the  net  Na  reabsorption  is 
accompanied  by  a  net  reabsorption  of  Cl~,  the  remainder  is 
balanced  by  the  secretion  of  K"*". 

The  conclusion  of  earlier  studies  that  Na  and  K  were 
actively  transported  has  been  confirmed  in  this  study  by  com- 
parisons of  the  flux  ratios  and  the  observed  transepithelial 
P.D.   The  analysis  also  suggests  that  net  Cl~  transport  is 
not  passive  but  also  involves  exchange  diffusion.   The  per- 
meability coefficients  and  partial  ionic  conductances  of  Na, 


Sets' 


Serial  No.   NHLI-133 


K  and  CI  have  been  calculated  from  the  unidirectional  flux  data. 
The  relative  permeabilities  in  descending  order  are 
^Cl^^K^^^Na*   ^  comparison  of  partial  ionic  conductances  with 
the  total  tissue  conductance  (measured  electrically)  revealed 
that  the  partial  ionic  conductance  to  CI  was  much  larger  than 
the  total  electrical  conductance.   It  was  concluded  that  80% 
of  the  unidirectional  backflux  of  CI  is  not  electrically  active 
and  is  best  explained  by  the  presence  of  CI  exchange  diffusion. 

2)  Effects  of  diuretics: 

a)  Furosemide  is  a  potent  diuretic  which  inhibits  the 
reabsorption  of  Na  and  CI  in  thick  ascending  limb  of  Henle ' s 
loop.   Concentrations  of  the  drug  10  times  that  which  produced 
a  maximal  response  in  thick  ascending  limb  were  placed  both  in 
the  bath  and  lumen  of  collecting  tubules.   No  effect  was 
observed  either  on  the  P.D.  or  on  the  ability  of  tubules  to 
transport  Na  and  K. 

b)  The  potassium  sparing  diuretic  amiloride  caused  a 
rapid  reversal  of  polarity  of  the  lumen  negative  P.D.  from 
-35  mv  to  +10  mv.   Concomitantly  the  active  transport  of  both 
Na  and  K  (measured  with  radioisotopes)  was  inhibited.   The  drug 
was  found  to  be  effective  only  from  the  lumen  surface  of  col- 
lecting tubules. 

3)  Urinary  acidification  by  cortical  collecting  tubules: 
The  positive  P.D.  which  existed  after  the  inhibition  of  Na  and 
K  transport  by  amiloride  was  of  interest  since  it  was  possible 
that  it  indicated  the  active  transport  of  yet  another  ion. 
Since  reversal  of  the  polarity  of  the  P.D.  was  also  observed 
when  the  presence  of  ouabain  or  replacement  of  sodium  by  choline 
was  used  to  inhibit  sodium  transport,  the  positive  P.D.  was  not 
the  result  of  amiloride  itself.   The  possibility  that  the 
positive  P.D.  was  the  result  of  Cl  transport  was  eliminated  by 
demonstrating  that  amiloride  produced  a  positive  P.D.  when  all 
of  the  Cl  was  replaced  by  sulfate.   The  elimination  of  the 
positive  P.D.  by  acetazolamide ,  a  carbonic  anhydrase  inhibitor 
and    sensitivity  of  the  P.D.  to  the  CO2  tension  of  the  bathing 
medium  suggest  that  the  secretion  of  hydrogen  ion  is  responsible 
for  the  positive  P.D. 

Attempts  to  directly  demonstrate  the  existence  of  and  to 
further  elucidate  the  mechanisms  of  this  urinary  acidification 
process  are  planned. 

4)  When  the  perfusion  solution  (pH=7.4)  of  a  collecting 
tubule  is  exchanged  for  an  acidic  solution  (pH<6.5)  an  increase 
in  the  lumen  negative  P.D.  from  -38  to  -62  is  observed.   From 


3ii 


Serial  No,   NHLI-133 

preliminary  results  of  the  measurements  of  net  fluxes  of  Na  and 
K,  it  appears  that  the  change  in  P.D.  is  associated  with  a 
change  in  the  rate  of  K  secretion  and  that  sodium  reabsorption 
remains  constant.   This  is  the  only  experimental  condition 
found  to  date  which  may  effect  K  secretion  without  changing 
Na  reabsorption. 

Proposed  course  of  project:   Further  experimentation  may 
permit  us  to  define  more  precisely  the  relationship  between  the 
transepithelial  P.D.  and  the  active  transport  of  Na"*",  H"*",  and  K 
in  collecting  tubules  and  the  effects  of  other  drugs  and 
hormones  on  these. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications :   None 


30.7 


Serial  No.   NHLI-134 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Renal  Mechanisms 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Mechanism  of  salt  and  water  transport  by 
proximal  renal  tubules. 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-111 

Principal  Investigators:   Maurice  B.  Burg,  M.D. 

Michael  D.  Lutz,  M.D. 
Jean  Cardinal,  M.D. 
Jack  Orloff,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators :   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  proximal  nephron  isosmotically  reabsorbs 
about  70%  of  the  glomerular  filtrate.   The  mechanisms  by  which 
this  occurs  have  been  only  partially  characterized.   There  is 
a  considerable  body  of  evidence  from  micropuncture  and  micro- 
perfusion  studies  suggesting  that  Na"*"  is  actively  reabsorbed 
against  an  electrical  gradient.   The  transtubular  potential 
difference  (P.D.),  and  the  associated  fluid  reabsorption  is  in- 
hibited by  ouabain  suggesting  an  active  transport  process. 
Recently,  evidence  has  been  presented  indicating  that  the 
electrical  driving  force  and  perhaps  the  mechanism  of  fluid 
transport  is  dependent  upon  the  composition  of  the  luminal 
fluid.   The  present  investigations  are  intended  to  examine 
the  effect  of  luminal  fluid  composition  on  the  transtubular 
P.D.  and  rate  of  fluid  reabsorption,  Jv 

Methods:   previously  described. 

Major  findings:   1)  The  role  of  bicarbonate  in  fluid  trans- 
port has  been  studied  using  HC03-free  ultraf iltrate  of  serum  in 
the  lumen  and  HC03-free  serum  in  the  bath.   The  P.D.  and  Jy, 
under  these  conditions  was  compared  to  those  during  perfusion 
with  otherwise  identical  solutions  containing  25  mM  of  bicar- 
bonate (replacing  CI) .   The  P.D.  and  J^  were  identical  in  the 
two  conditions,  indicating  that  HCO3  is  not  essential  for  fluid 
absorption  or  generation  of  the  electrical  P.D. 


32g 


Serial  No.   NHLI-134 


2)  Since  the  composition  of  the  luminal  fluid  is  changed 
considerably  by  the  transport  processes  as  it  transits  through 
the  proximal  tubule,  we  studied  the  characteristics  of  fluid 
transport  during  luminal  perfusion  with  a  solution  similar  to 
the  fluid  found  by  micropuncture  at  the  end  of  the  proximal 
tubule.   The  perfusate  was  an  artificial  solution  containing 
no  glucose,  amino  acids,  or  bicarbonate  (chloride  concentration 
was  higher  than  the  bath  of  rabbit  serum)  pH  was  6.7.   The 
P.D.  was  +2  mv,  lumen  positive  with  the  artificial  solution  in 
the  lumen  compared  to  -4  mv,  lumen  negative,  with  ultrafiltrate 
of  serum  in  the  lumen.   J^  was  40%  less  with  the  artificial 
solution.   Ouabain,  10~^M,  added  to  the  bath  during  perfusion 
with  the  artificial  solution  resulted  in  a  marked  fall  in  Jv 
with  little  change  in  the  positive  intraluminal  P.D.   Other 
tubules  were  perfused  with  a  similar  lumen  solution  but  with 
HC03-free  serum  in  the  bath  in  order  to  eliminate  the  chloride 
concentration  gradient  across  the  tubule  wall.   The  P.D.  was 
zero,  but  J^  was  the  same  as  with  HCO3  in  the  bath.   Thus  the 
positive  intraluminal  P.D.  is  due  to  the  chloride  concentration 
difference,  but  evidently  neither  the  P.D.  nor  CI  gradient  acts 
as  a  significant  driving  force  for  net  Na  and  fluid  reabsorp- 
tion. 

During  perfusion  in  the  absence  of  a  chloride  concentration 
gradient,  there  was  fluid  reabsorption  without  any  P.D.   Ouabain 
inhibited  J^  under  these  conditions  suggesting  that  active 
electrolyte  transport  is  involved.   The  identity  of  the  activity 
transported  solute  or  solutes  under  these  conditions  remains  to 
be  elucidated. 

Proposed  course  of  study:   The  role  of  various  other  solutes 
in  the  luminal  fluid  in  determining  the  characteristics  of  fluid 
transport  will  be  further  examined,  specifically,  the  relation- 
ship between  Na  transport  and  the  transport  of  glucose  and 
amino  acids . 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   Lutz,  M.D.,  Cardinal,  J.,  and  Burg,  M.B.: 

Electrical  resistance  of  the  renal  proximal 
tubule  perfused  in  vitro.   Am.  J.  Physiol, 
in  press. 


3JLf 


Serial  No.    NHLI-135 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Volume  regulation  in  duck  erythrocytes 

Hormonal  control  of  cation  transport  in  duck 
erythrocytes 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-110 

Principal  Investigator:   Floyd  M.  Kregenow,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Previous  reports  (1970-71)  demonstrated  that  duck  erythro- 
cytes contain  a  "volume  controlling  mechanism"  which  regulates 
cell  size  in  either  isotonic  or  anisotonic  media.   These  cells 
return  to  their  original  isotonic  volume  in  either  hyper-  hypo- 
or  isotonic  medium  from  a  previously  enlarged  or  shrunken  con- 
dition.  The  changes  in  cell  size  involve  alterations  in  cation 
content  and  isomotic  shifts  in  cell  water.   Conceptually  the 
mechanism  contains  a  receptor,  transmitter,  and  effector.   The 
latter,  located  in  the  membrane  is  responsible  for  alterations 
in  membrane  permeability  which  lead  to  the  loss  or  gain  of 
monovalent  cations.   Previous  evidence  (1969-70)  (1970-71) 
(1971-72)  indicated  that  there  are  two  effectors.   One  operates 
when  cells  need  to  lose  cations  (enlarged  cells) ;  while  the 
other  functions  when  cells  must  gain  cations  (shrunken  cells) . 

Objectives:   To  further  characterize  the  "volume  control- 
ling mechanism"  by: 

1)  determining  the  specificity  of  the  "volume  controlling 
mechanism"  and  associated  effector  for  K  when  this  mechanism 
functions  in  enlarged  cells. 

2)  characterizing  the  other  effector  system  responsible 
for  the  cation  movement  and  accumulation  seen  in  shrunken 
cells.   This  system  is  hormonally  controlled  in  isotonic  media 
(norepinephrine)  by  a  process  which  is  mediated  by  CAMP, 
(1969-70)  (1970-71) .   Characterizing  this  system  may  therefore 
aid  in  understanding  other  hormonally  controlled  transport 


33o 


Serial  No.   NHLI-135 

systems  which  utilize  CAMP  as  an  intracellular  mediator. 

Major  Findings:   I.   To  study  the  specificity  of  the  volume 
controlling  mechanism  for  K  when  it  operates  in  enlarged  cells, 
we  prepared  enlarged  cells  with  various  Na  and  K  contents.   The 
procedure  used  to  obtain  these  cells  has  been  described  in  the 
previous  annual  report;  it  is  a  modification  of  a  method  first 
described  by  Garahen  and  Rega  and  has  been  used  previously  in 
non-nucleated  erythrocytes. 

Only  enlarged  cells  containing  a  high  K  content  return  to 
their  original  size  in  the  standard  isotonic  medium.   The  process 
of  regulation  resembles  that  described  previously.   For  the  re- 
gulatory process  is  not  affected  by  the  cardiac  glycoside, 
ouabain.   K  is  lost  from  the  cell  only  if  the  electrochemical 
gradient  is  favorable.   And  tracer  measurements  indicate  that  K 
leaves  the  cell  because  of  a  transient  increase  in  an  apparent 
diffusional  pathway.   Finally,  both  the  increase  in  K  efflux 
and  the  net  K  loss  cease  once  the  cells  reach  their  original 
isotonic  voliime,  despite  the  continued  presence  of  a  steep 
gradient  for  K  loss  across  the  membrane. 

In  contrast,  cells  containing  a  high  Na  content  fail  to  re- 
establish their  original  voliome,  but  shrink  instead  until  an 
apparent  minimal  volume  is  reached  (4/5  of  normal) .   Not  only 
is  the  process  of  cell  shrinkage  different  but  so  is  the  process 
of  cation  removal.   The  cation  pump,  responding  to  an  increase 
in  the  internal  Na  concentration,  removes  the  Na  rather  than  the 
volume  controlling  mechanism.   For  both  cell  shrinkage  and  Na 
loss  are  blocked  by  the  cardiac  glycoside  ouabain,  or  removing 
K  from  the  extracellular  medium,  procedures  known  to  inhibit  the 
cation  pump.   And  Na  leaves  the  cells  now  against  an  electro- 
chemical gradient  rather  than  with  the  gradient. 

The  fact  that  cells  reach  a  minimal  volume  and  shrink  no 
further  is  in  itself  interesting.   It  indicates  that  yet  another 
undescribed  mechanism  is  present  in  these  cells  which  limits 
the  reduction  in  cell  size.   These  cells  have  an  active  cation 
pump  and  an  increased  electrical  potential  (as  indicated  by 
the  chloride  ratio) .   Most  interesting  though,  is  the  presence 
in  these  cells  of  an  enomous  rapid  bidirectional  increase 
in  Na  and  K  movements  which  are  not  unlike  those  associated 
with  the  other  effector  portion  of  the  "volume  controlling 
mechanism" . 

Enlarged  cells  containing  both  Na  and  K  utilize  both 
mechanisms,  (the  cation  piomp  and  volume  controlling  mechanism) 
to  reduce  their  cation  content.   Only  if  Na  is  prevented  from 
leaving  and  there  is  sufficient  K  present  will  these  cells  re- 


33/ 


Serial  No.   Iv;piLI-135 


establish  their  original  size.   Otherwise,  intermediate  cells 

act  as  High  Na  cells,  provided  the  [Na]^,  is  larger  than  normal, 

shrinking  below  the  original  isotonic  volume  until  they  reach 
the  minimal  volume. 

Thus,  these  studies  demonstrate  that  the  cation  pump  and 
one  of  the  effector  portions  of  the  "volume  controlling  mechan- 
ism" function  independently  and  are  spatially  separate  within  the 
membrane.   It  is  still  possible,  however,  for  two  different 
mechanisms  to  use  the  same  membrane  pathway.   Accordingly,  ex- 
periments were  designed  using  enlarged  cells  with  an  inter- 
mediate Na  and  K  content  to  eliminate  this  possibility.   In  these 
cells,  the  rate  of  loss  of  K  through  the  volume  controlling 
mechanism  was  not  influenced  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  Na 
loss  through  the  cation  pump  pathway.   And  visa  versa,  Na  loss 
through  the  cation  pump  pathway  was  not  influenced  by  the 
presence  or  absence  of  net  K  loss  through  the  volume  controlling 
mechanism.   These  results  would  not  be  expected  if  Na  and  K 
were  competing  for  the  same  membrane  pathway  and  they  indicate 
that  the  pathways  for  the  two  mechanisms  are  separate. 

Finally,  experiments  were  performed  using  high  Na  cells, 
^^Na  and  a  low  Na  bathing  medium  which  allows  one  to  say  that  the 
pathway  used  by  the  "volume  controlling  mechanism"  can  not  use  Na. 
That  is  to  say,  there  is  a  specific  relationship  between  the  K 
ion  and  this  pathway  which  does  not  exist  for  the  Na  ion. 

Major  Findings:   II.   It  has  been  suggested  previously 
(Kregenow,  J.  Gen.  Physiol.,  Vol.  58:396,  1971  and  J.  Gen. 
Physiol.  Vol.  61,  April  1973)  that  the  other  effector  asso- 
ciated with  the  volume  controlling  mechanism  represents  a 
Na  &  K  facilitated  diffusion  system.   An  alternate  proposal, 
(Kregenow,  J.  Gen.  Physiol.  Vol.  61,  April  1973)  involves  an 
increase  in  the  electrical  potential  secondary  to  an  increase 
in  K  permeability  (P^)  relative  to  Pel-   The  K  which  accumulates 
through  this  effector  would  do  so  then  in  response  to  the  en- 
hanced electrical  gradient. 

Accordingly,  experiments  were  designed  to  assess  which  of 
these  proposals  were  correct,  if  either.   These  experiments 
utilized  the  fact  that  both  the  ouabain  insensitive  net  K  accumu- 
lation and  the  associated  rapid  bidirectional  Na  and  K  tracer 
movements^ produced  by  this  effector,  depend  on  the  extracellular 
[Na]  and  [K]  (Riddick,  Kregenow,  and  Orloff,  J.  Gen.  Physiol. 
57:752,  1971;  J.  Gen.  Physiol.  58:396,  1971).  We  also  used 
various  pharmacological  agents,  the  hormone  norepinephrine,  and 
cells  in  which  the  SO4  ion  has  completely  replaced  the  CI  ion. 

Studies  to  date  confirm  that  this  effector  is  functionally 


333- 


Serial  No.    NHLI-135 

different.   They  also  indicate,  tentatively,  that  the  first 
proposal  is  correct. 

Proposed  course  of  project:   I.   Manuscript  submitted, 
project  completed.   II.   To  continue  to  pursue  stated  objectives, 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   None 


335 


Serial  No.    NHLI-136 


1.  Kidney  &  Electrolyte  Metabolism 

2.  Exp.  Cardiovascular  Diseases 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NIH 
Individual  Project  Report 
July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Effect  of  cardiac  glycosides  on  the  excitation- 
contraction  system  in  mammalian  skeletal  muscle 

Previous  Serial  Number:   NHLI-119 

Principal  Investigators:   Stephen  Hajdu,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units:   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   In  last  year's  report  (NHLI-119)  a  hypothesis 
was  advanced  for  the  explanation  of  the  excitation  contraction 
coupling  (E-C) ,  a  process  which  transforms  the  action  potential 
into  contraction  in  skeletal  and  heart  muscle.   According  to 
this  theory  the  calcium,  the  actual  propagator  of  this  process, 
originates  from  a  rather  thick  sheath  surrounding  the  muscle 
fiber  immediately  outside  the  electric  membrane.   The  existence 
of  this  layer  around  the  muscle  fiber  containing  the  cardio- 
globulin  system  has  been  histologically  demonstrated  by  immune 
fluorescence.   This  theory  has  it  that  the  cardioglobulins  keep 
up  an  environment  around  the  individual  muscle  fibers  which  con- 
tains calcium  in  considerably  higher  concentration  than  in  the 
space  between  adjacent  fibers.   The  concentration  of  calcium  in 
this  pool  around  the  fibers  is  accurately  set  and  is  independent 
from  the  plasma  calcium.   During  depolarization  of  the  electric 
membrane,  calcium  from  this  pool  freely  enters  the  fiber  and 
triggers  the  actomyosin  into  contraction.   Since  the  cardio- 
globulin-containing  membrane  accumulates  calcium  around  the 
muscle  fiber  in  concentrations  higher  than  in  the  interf ibrillar 
space,  its  function  must  be  that  of  an  active  ion  transport  sys- 
tem.  Due  to  its  exposed  location  as  an  extracellular  structure, 
and  due  to  its  properties  of  taking  up  calcium  from  the  extra- 
cellular space  and  releasing  calcium  into  the  pool  surrounding 
the  fibers  in  two  separate  steps,  this  system  is  ideally  suited 
for  the  study  of  the  basic  properties  of  an  ion  transport  sys- 
tem. 

To  furnish  evidence  that  the  cardioglobulin  membrane 
functions  as  an  active  calcium  transport  system  and  to  under- 


3V 


Serial  No.   NHLI-136 

stand  its  function  in  the  larger  frame  of  E-C  coupling,  the 
following  aspects  of  the  system  were  under  study: 

A.  Three  components  of  the  transport  system  were  isolated 
from  human  blood  plasma  (cardioglobin-A,  -B,  and  -C) .   A  fourth 
component,  which  is  the  product  of  the  muscle  cell  itself, 
complements  the  other  three  into  a  functional  unit.   Extraction 
and  purification  of  this  fourth  component  has  been  delayed  by 
lack  of  time  and  manpower. 

B.  The  energy  for  the  function  of  this  transport  system  is 
provided  from  the  high-energy  phosphate  bond  contained  by  cardio- 
globulin  A.  In  the  absence  of  cardioglobulin  A  the  system  does 
not  function.   No  other  high-energy  phosphate  bond  was  found 
that  would  have  replaced  cardioglobulin  A  as  a  source  of  energy. 
If  cardioglobulin  A  loses  its  high-energy  phosphate,  it  can  be 
recharged  under  controlled  conditions  by  creatine  phosphate. 

C.  The  transport  system  specifically  selects  calcium  among 
the  many  ions  of  the  plasma.   The  selectivity  is  based  on  the 
nuclear  charge  of  the  ions  (2+  only) ,  and  on  the  size  of  the  ions, 
which  should  be  very  clos§  to  a  relative  size  corresponding  to 

an  atomic  radius  of  0.99  A  as  measured  in  crystalline  structures. 
No  other  ion  in  the  blood  plasma  except  calcium  fulfills  this 
requirement.   Among  ions  not  present  in  the  plasma,  cadmivim  is 
the  only  one  that  meets  this  requirement. 

D.  If  the  bond  between  calcium  and  the  carrier  protein 
were  governed  by  the  law  of  mass  action,  as  is  the  case  between 
calcium  and  seriim  proteins,  the  transport  system  would  not  be 
able  to  transport  against  a  chemical  gradient.   It  was  found, 
however,  that  the  bond  in  the  cardioglobulin  C  -  calcium  complex, 
by  adsorbing  8.2  Kcal,  becomes  independent  of  mass  action,  i.e. 
the  calcium  is  taken  up  from  any  concentration  and  released 
against  any  gradient.   Since  on  the  one  hand  ions  in  hydrated 
form  are  generally  not  proportional  to  the  size  measured  in 
dehydrated  form,  while  on  the  other  hand  it  was  found  that  one 
of  the  qualities  of  the  ion  by  which  it  is  selected  by  the  bind- 
ing site  is  a  size  proportional  to  the  dehydrated  size,  at  least 
some  of  the  water  of  hydration  (probably  the  outercoordination 
shell)  should  be  split  off  before  the  ion  can  be  bound.   Split- 
ting off  the  loosely  bound  water  of  calcium,  therefore,  is  the 
means  by  which  the  8.2  Kcal  can  be  put  into  the  bond. 

E.  The  final  requirement  for  an  active  transport  system  is 
that  it  should  be  inhibited  by  any  of  the  biologically  active 
cardiac  glycosides.   This  and  the  mode  of  action  of  cardiac 
glycosides  on  this  transport  system  are  the  subject  of  the 
present  report. 


33r 


Serial  No.   NHLI-136 


Methods  employed:   Since  the  behavior  of  the  cardioglobulin 
membrane  is  only  ideal  in  skeletal  muscle  (impermeable  to 
calcium  by  diffusion,  but  efficiently  transferred  across  the 
membrane  unidirectionally  by  an  active  process) ,  the  experiments 
were  made  on  excised  guinea  pig  diaphragms.   The  handling  of 
isolated  tissues  and  experiments  with    Ca  were  carried  out 
under  the  same  conditions  as  those  described  in  our  earlier 
report  (NHLI-119) . 

Major  findings:   Preliminary  experiments  have  shown  that  the 
cardiac  glycosides  inhibit  the  E-C  coupling  of  skeletal  muscle, 
thus  rendering  the  muscle  inexcitable  in  a  period  of  time  which 
depends  on  the  dose  of  the  glycoside  and  the  concentration  of 
the  calcium  of  the  bathing  medium.   A  100-fold  increase  of  gly- 
coside (1  pg-lOO  ug/ml  strophantidine)  decreases  the  time  re- 
quired for  the  development  of  a  complete  block  from  115  to  15 
min  in  a  calcium-free  medium.   At  2.5  mMol  calcium  the  same 
decrease  is  420  to  180  min.   If  the  same  glycoside  concentration 
is  used  (100  ug/ml)  the  time  required  for  the  development  of  the 
block  decreases  exponentially  as  the  calcium  of  the  bathing 
medium  decreases  (within  the  range  of  0-5  mMol  calcium) .   These 
findings  are  in  good  agreement  with  the  effect  of  glycosides 
found  on  other  transport  system  (K"*")  . 

In  order  to  get  some  insight  into  the  effect  of  glycosides 
on  the  calcium  transport  system  on  the  molecular  level,  the 
effect  of  the  drug  was  studied  on  3  different  states  of  the 
transport  system. 

45 

A.  Effect  of  the  drug  on  the  uptake  of   Ca 

Guinea  pig  diaphragms  deprived  of  calcium  needed  for  E-C 
coupling  were  exposed  to  a  glycoside  for  10  minutes  just  prior 
to  the  uptake  of  '^^Ca.   The  drug  significantly  reduced  the 
capacity  of  the  sites  to  bind  ^^Ca  (479  -    14  cpm/mg  compared  to 
the  control,  which  is  775  i  19). 

45 

B.  Effect  of  cardiac  glycosides  on   Ca  held  by  the 

E-C  coupling  system 

Diaphragms  in  which  the  calcium  used  for  E-C  coupling  was 
tagged  with  ^^^^  i^  a  preliminary  step  showed  that  at  the  time 
of  the  addition  of  the  drug  there  is  a  release  of  a  small  but 
significant  amount  of  calcium,  with  a  corresponding  increase  of 
contractile  activity.   This  effect  of  the  glycoside,  however, 
is  temporary  (5-15  min)  and  independent  from  the  dose  of  the 
glycoside,  since  the  same  amount  of  ^^Ca  was  released  by  4  yg/ml 
ouabain  as  by  1000  pg/ml. 

45 

C.  The  effect  of  cardiac  glycosides  on  the  release  of   Ca 

3  35^ 


Serial  No.  NHLI-136 
45, 


Ca-tagged  diaphragms  were  prepared  in  advance  and  the 
release  of  calcium  was  achieved  either  by  electric  stimulation, 
or  by  use  of  5  mg/ml  caffein.   ^S^a  release  was  compared  in  the 
presence  or  absence  of  4  yg/ml  ouabain.   Contractile  activity 
and  ^^ca  release  were  both  greatly  diminished  (caffein)  or 
completely  abolished  (electric  stimulation) . 

The  effect  of  glycosides  on  this  transport  system  allows 
some  conclusions  to  be  drawn  as  to  their  action  on  transport 
systems  in  general.   The  antagonistic  effect  of  the  transported 
ions  (calcium  in  this  case,  potassivim  in  the  case  of  potassium 
transport)  on  glycoside  action  can  be  explained  as  follows :   The 
transport  system  exists  in  two  different  states,  one  in  which 
the  transported  ion  is  attached  to  the  system,  and  the  other  in 
which  the  ion  is  released  and  the  system  returns  empty  towards 
the  low-ionic  side  of  the  membrane.   If  a  glycoside  can  attach 
itself  to  the  transport  system  only  in  the  latter  case,  the 
higher  the  concentration  of  the  transported  ion,  the  smaller  the 
chance  for  a  glycoside  to  find  an  empty  transport  site .   Thus 
there  is  direct  competition  between  a  glycoside  and  the  trans- 
ported ion  for  the  same  transport  unit. 

The  inhibiting  effect  of  the  cardiac  glycosides  on  the 
calcium  transport  system  of  skeletal  muscle  has  thus  been  es- 
tablished.  We  obtained  the  final  requirement,  namely  that  the 
cardioglobulins  embedded  in  a  membrane  around  the  muscle  fiber 
are  parts  of  an  active  transport  system.   The  general  depressing 
effect  of  the  glycosides  on  every  process  studied  on  this  system 
(uptake,  holding  the  release  of  calcium) ,  however,  suggests 
that  while  there  is  no  doubt  that  the  drug  affects  some  vital 
point  of  the  transport  mechanism,  it  is  probably  not  a  direct 
effect  on  those  functions  which  we  were  able  to  study. 

Proposed  course  of  project:   Since  the  molecular  site  of 
action  of  cardiac  glycosides  has  not  been  identified  in  the 
above  studies ,  experiments  using  the  individual  components  of 
the  cardioglobulins  will  be  designed  for  possible  elucidation 
of  this  long-standing  question.   Experimentation  is  already  in 
progress  to  extend  the  effect  of  cardiac  glycosides  demonstrated 
on  skeletal  muscle  to  similar  functions  of  the  mammalian  heart. 
The  observation  of  the  paradox  that  the  most  positive  inotropic 
drugs  of  the  heart,  the  cardiac  glycosides,  elicit  the  most 
negative  inotropic  effect  in  skeletal  muscle,  reveals  basic 
differences  between  the  two  kinds  of  muscle.   If  these  differ- 
ences can  be  elucidated  on  the  basis  of  this  new  model  of  E-C 
coupling,  this  will  reinforce  our  hypothesis. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 


337 


Serial  No.    NHLI-136 

Publications:   Leonard,  E.  J.,  Coe ,  J.  E.,  and  Hajdu,  S.: 

Product  of  anti-cardioglobulin-B  antibody  in 
the  bullfrog.   Circ.  Res,  in  press. 


356" 


Annual  Report  of  the 
Section  on  Pulmonary  Biochemistry 

Pulmonary  Branch 

National  Heart  and  Lung  Institute 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


The  connective  tissue  of  the  lung  is  fundamental  for  lung  structure  and 
mechanical  properties.   In  himian  pulmonary  disease  there  is  a  broad  spectrum 
of  connective  tissue  involvement  from  an  excess  of  collagen  in  the  fibrotic 
interstitial  disorders  to  an  apparent  loss  or  destruction  of  connective 
tissue  in  the  emphysematous  disorders.   The  overall  objective  of  this  work  is 
to  understand  the  control  of  connective  tissue  synthesis  in  the  lung  so  as  to, 
ultimately,  learn  to  selectively  inhibit  connective  tissue  synthesis  in  the 
fibrotic  disorders  and  to  promote  lung  growth  in  the  emphysematous  disorders. 
The  primary  goals  for  the  first  year  were  to  understand  the  composition  of 
collagen  in  animal  and  human  lungs;  to  develop  in  vitro  systems  to  study  the 
synthesis  of  collagen  in  the  lung  and  to  develop  animal  models  of  lung  growth. 
All  three  objectives  have  been  achieved;  a  summary  of  the  ongoing  projects 
begun  in  July  1972  are  as  follows : 

I.  Composition  of  Lung  Collagen 

Both  rabbit  and  human  fetal  lung  collagen  are  composed  of  two  primary 
structures,  a-j^  and  a.2   chains.   These  have  been  extensively  characterized  by 
chromatographic  and  electrophoretic  techniques  and  their  amino  acid  composition 
has  been  determined.   The  ratio  of  a,/a2  in  the  hximan  fetus,  however,  is 
usually  (approximately  3.5)  suggesting  lung  collagen  is  a  mixture  of  types 
of  collagen  or  that  there  are  (similar  to  the  maturation  of  globins)  primitive 
and  adult  forms  of  lung  collagen. 

II.  Synthesis  of  Lung  Collagen  In  Vitro 

Conditions  have  been  developed  to  study  the  in  vitro  synthesis  of 
collagen  in  hviman  and  rabbit  lung  tissue  slices.   The  collagen  product  has 
been  identified  by  carboxjnnethycellulose  chromatography,  SDS-acrylamide  gels, 
acid  pH  gels,  hydroxyproline  content  and  sensitivity  to  collagenase.   This 
system  has  been  used  to  examine  the  types  of  collagens  synthesized  in  small 
quantities  of  human  lung.   In  addition,  a  cell- free  system  has  been  developed 
from  rabbit  lung.  A  portion  of  the  sjmthesized  product  has  been  identified 
as  collagen. 

III.  Animal  Models  of  Lung  Growth 

A.  Protein  Synthesis  During  Development.  The  in  vitro  tissue-slice 
system  has  been  used  to  examine  collagen  and  non-collagen  protein  synthesis 
during  rabbit  lung  development.  From  fetal  to  adult  life  there  is  a  6-fold 
increase  in  lung  collagen  content  (yg/mg  dry  wt) ,  yet  at  least  a  10-fold 
decrease  in  the  rate  of  collagen  synthesis.  Non-collagen  protein  synthesis 
decreases  only  31-fold,  suggesting  that  a  greater  percentage  of  the  protein 
synthesizing  activity  of  the  lung  is  applied  toward  collagen  synthesis  early  in 


35f 


life  compared  to  later  in  development. 

B.   Lung  Growth  Following  Pneumonectomy.   The  same  system  has  been  used 
to  examine  protein  synthesis  in  rabbit  lung  following  pneumonectomy.   At  2 
months,  paired  litter  mates  undergo  either  pneumonectomy  or  sham  thoracotomy. 
Four  weeks  later,  the  remaining  lung  in  the  pneumonectomized  group  is  two  to 
four  times  the  control  in  terms  of  dry  weight,  DNA  content  and  protein  content. 
Preliminary  evidence  suggests  increases  in  rates  of  collagen  synthesis  as 
well.   This  model  will  be  utilized  to  study  lung  growth  on  several  levels. 


3v^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-137(c) 

1.  Pulmonary  Branch 

2. 

3.   Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   Sites  of  Action  and  Physiologic  Importance  of  Some  Mediators 
of  the  Type  I  Allergic  Reaction  in  Man 

Previous  Serial  Number:   None 

Principle  Investigator:   Harold  H.  Newball,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  Clifford  A.  Hall,  M.D. 
Harry  R.  Keiser,  M.D. 
Marion  E.  Webster,  Ph.D. 
John  J.  Pisano,  Ph.D. 
Claude  J.  Lenfant,  M.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  Experimental  Therapeutics  Branch,  NHLI 

Project  Description: 

Ob j  ectives :   The  Type  I  allergic  reaction  in  man  as  exemplified  by  the  acute 
asthmatic  attack  is  thought  to  be  mediated  by  several  agents  including: 
histamine,  bradykinin,  and  prostaglandin  Fort'   ^^  sites  of  action  of  these 
agents  and  their  relative  physiologic  importance  will  influence  the  type  and 
mode  of  therapy  of  the  asthmatic  patient.   We  are  presently  studying  the 
relative  effects  and  sites  of  action  of  bradykinin  and  histamine  on  the 
respiratory  system  of  normal  subjects  and  asthmatics.  We  are,  in  addition, 
investigating  the  effects  of  these  agents  on  the  in  vitro  human  bronchial 
smooth  muscle,  and  the  antigen-antibody  induced  release  of  mediators  from  the 
passively  sensitized  lung. 

Methods :  Normal  and  asthmatic  subjects  have  been  given  intravenous  injections 
of  histamine  and  bradykinin.   The  effects  of  these  agents  on  the  various  sites 
of  the  respiratory  triee  were  evaluated  with  conventional  respiratory  physiologic 
techniques.   The  antigen-antibody  induced  release  of  mediators  from  passively 
sensitized  lung  has  been  described  by  Dr.  Marion  E.  Webster  (Principle  Investi- 
gator) NHLI-187(C). 

Major  Findings :   Bradykinin  in  vivo  (1  yg/Kg)  and  in  vitro  has  no  physiolog- 
ically  significant  effect  on  normal  human  bronchi.   The  asthmatic  bronchi 
in  vivo  responds  to  intravenous  bradykinin  by  dilation.   This  probably 
represents  secondary  bronchodilation  from  bradykinin  induced  adrenaline  release 
by  the  adrenals.   Both  normal  and  asthmatic  subjects  show  evidence  of  brady- 
kinin induced  alveolar  duct  constriction. 

1  3V/ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-137(c) 


Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Since  bradykinin 
appears  to  have  important  physiologic  effects  only  on  the  alveolar  ducts, 
therapeutic  modalities  will  be  directed  at  this  site  of  the  respiratory  tree. 
If  bradykinin  releases  adrenaline  in  asthmatics  as  suggested  by  our  data,  the 
reported  elevated  blood  kinin  in  asthmatics  might  cause  a  continuous  release 
of  adrenaline  which  may  contribute  to  the  "epinephrine  fast"  condition  seen 
during  the  severe  asthmatic  attack.   All  of  the  commonly  used  bronchodilators 
act  through  the  6-2  receptor,  which  is  unresponsive  in  the  "epinephrine  fast" 
condition.   This  suggests  the  need  for  developing  bronchodilators  that  act  by 
mechanisms  other  than  the  stimulation  of  the  6-2  receptor. 

Proposed  Course  to  Project:   Alveolar  duct  constriction  was  previously  con- 
sidered unimportant  as  a  cause  of  the  symptom  complex  observed  during  the 
acute  asthmatic  attack.  We  will  attempt  to  confirm  the  physiologic  implication 
of  alveolar  duct  constriction  by  rapid  freezing  techniques.   We  will  also 
investigate  the  relative  importance  of  the  various  mediators  in  the  asthmatic 
patient.   The  studies  of  antigen-antibody  induced  release  of  mediators  from 
passively  sensitized  human  lung,  will  also  be  continued. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:   Newball,  H.  Arterial  Blood  Samples  Should  be  Stored  in  Ice 
for  Gas  Analysis.   JAMA,  Feb.  5,  1973,  223:  696. 


3/3> 


Serial  No.     NHLI-138 


1.  Pulmonary  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Pulmonary  Biochemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Models  of  Lung  Growth 

Previous  Serial  Nvunber:  None 

Principle  Investigators:   Ronald  G.  Crystal,  M.D. 

Kathryn  H.  Bradley,  M.S. 
Sally  D.  McConnell,  M.S. 
Morton  Cowan,  M.D. 

Other  Investigators:  None 

Cooperating  Units :  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   In  order  to  approach  the  problem  of  control  of  structural  protein 
synthesis  in  the  lung  it  is  necessary  to  have  methods  to  "turn  on  or  off"  the 
synthesis  of  these  proteins.   Two  approaches  are  being  used:   (1)  studying 
normal  development  of  structural  protein  synthesis  in  the  developing  lung  and 
(2)  examination  of  "compensatory"  lung  growth  following  unilateral  pneumonectomy. 
In  the  first,  the  synthesis  of  collagen  decreases  as  aging  progresses,  in  the 
second,  the  total  synthetic  activity  of  the  lung  is  markedly  stimulated. 

Methods :  (A)  Protein  synthesis  during  lung  development.  Conditions  have  been 
developed  so  that  in  vitro  collagen  and  non-collagen  protein  synthesis  in 
lung  slices  is  linear  for  more  than  5  hours.  Rabbit  lungs  obtained  from  fetal 
through  adult  ages  are  used  under  these  conditions.  Following  incubation^DNA, 
total  protein,  dry  weight,  l^C-hydroxyproline ,  ^^c-hydroxyproline,  l^C-proline 
non-collagen  protein,  soluble  -'-^C-proline  and  soluble  ^^c-proline  are  measured 
in  the  tissue  slice.  Rates  of  synthesis  of  collagen  and  non-collagen  proteins 
are  calculated  and  compared  on  the  basis  of  DNA  and  specific  activity  of 
isotope  in  the  tissue. 

(B)  Lung  growth  following  pneumonectomy.   Two-month-old  rabbits  undergo 
unilateral  pneumonectomy  while  litter  mate  controls  undergo  sham  thoracotomy. 
Four  weeks  later,  the  animals  are  sacrificed  and  examined  as  explained  above. 

Major  Findings (A)Protein  synthesis  during  lung  development.   The  amount  of 
collagen  per  unit  weight  increases  6-fold  from  fetal  to  adult  life.  Yet  the 
rate  of  collagen  S3mthesis  per  cell  markedly  decreases  (more  than  10-fold) 
while  the  rate  of  non-collagen  protein  synthesis  decreased  at  a  slower  rate 

1  3^2 


Serial  No.   NHLI-138 


(less  than  3-fold).   The  relative  proportion  of  protein  synthesis  directed 
toward  collagen  synthesis  in  the  newborn  is  5  times  that  of  the  adult, 
suggesting  that  during  periods  of  rapid  lung  growth,  an  increased  proportion 
of  the  protein  synthesizing  machinery  in  the  lung  is  directed  toward  collagen 
synthesis. 

(B)  Lung  growth  following  pneumonectomy.   Four  weeks  following  pneumon- 
ectomy, the  remaining  lung  increases  2-4  times  in  dry  weight,  protein,  collagen  & 
total  DNA.   The  rate  of  protein  (collagen  and  non-collagen)  synthesis  is 
variably  increased,  but  when  considered  on  the  basis  of  the  total  lung,  the 
amount  of  protein  being  synthesized  is  2  to  4  times  the  control. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program;   These  two  models 
provide  a  means  to  study  the  lung  during  periods  of  "turning  off"  or  "turning 
on"  of  protein  synthesis.   Through  a  comprehensive  approach  at  several  bio- 
chemical levels  it  should  be  possible  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the 
control  of  structural  and  nonstructural  protein  synthesis  in  the  lung.   This 
has  obvious  applications  to  the  control  of  fibrosis  in  the  interstitial 
disorders.   An  understanding  of  lung  growth  will  hopefully  provide  mechanisms 
to  approach  the  regeneration  of  physiological  functional  alveolar  units  in  the 
emphysematous  disorders. 

Proposed  Course  to  Project:   (A)  The  study  of  protein  synthesis  during  lung 
development  is  almost  complete.   The  next  steps  include: 

(1)  Isolation  and  separation  of  individual  lung  cells  into  homogenous 
populations  to  facilitate  identification  of  those  cells  responsible  for 
synthesis  of  specific  proteins. 

(2)  Extension  of  these  findings  to  the  cell-free  protein  synthesizing 
system  to  study  the  control  of  synthesis  of  specific  proteins  at  the  trans- 
lational,  and  eventually  the  transcriptional  level. 

(B)  The  study  of  lung  growth  following  pneumonectomy  has  just  begun. 
Studies  are  in  progress  to  more  closely  define  the  pattern  of  lung  growth 
following  pneumonectomy  including  structural  and  nonstructural  protein 
synthesis,  DNA  synthesis,  tRNA,  ribosomal  RNA  and  specific  mRNA  synthesis. 
It  may  be  possible  to  identify  "lung  growth  factors"  in  the  serum  of  post- 
pneumonectomy  animals,  analogous  to  similar  findings  following  hepatectomy. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:  Crystal,  R.  G. ,  Bradley,  K.  H. ,  and  McConnell,  S.  D.  Changes 
in  Lung  Collagen  Synthesis  with  Age.  Am.  Rev.  Resp.  Disease. 
(In  Press) . 


3<^</^ 


Serial  No.     NHLI-139 


1.  Pulmonary  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Pulmonary  Biochemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Mechanism  of  Collagen  and  Non-Collagen  Protein  Synthesis  in 
Rabbit  Lung  Cell-Free  Systems 

Previous  Serial  Number;   None 

Principle  Investigators:   Ronald  G.  Crystal,  M.D. 

James  F.  Collins,  Ph.D. 
Kathryn  H.  Bradley,  M.S. 

Other  Investigators :   None 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:  While  tissue-slice  systems  are  adequate  for  preliminary  identi- 
fication of  protein  synthesis  products,  it  does  not  have  the  potential  to 
understand  the  molecular  basis  of  biochemical  events.   As  a  primary  goal  of 
this  laboratory  is  to  understand  and  control  the  mechanisms  of  lung  growth,  it 
is  necessary  to  develop  systems  in  which  specific  identification  of  control 
mechanisms  can  be  identified.   For  this  reason,  a  cell-free  protein  synthesizing 
system  is  desirable  and  affords  an  opportunity  to  understand  the  synthesis  of 
the  lung  structural  proteins  at  several  levels. 

Methods :   Techniques  have  been  developed  to  isolate  the  protein  synthesizing 
machinery  from  the  cells  of  fetal,  young  and  adult  rabbits.  Using  conventional 
techniques  we  have  isolated  poljrribosomes ,  elongation  factors,  synthetases  and 
post  translational  enzjmes  (i.e.,  proline  hydroxylase,  necessary  to  hydroxy late 
proline  incorporated  into  collagen  chains  during  synthesis) .   These  have  been 
used  with  initiation  factors  and  tRNA  isolated  from  rabbit  reticulocytes  to 
complete  the  cell-free  system.   Identification  of  collagen  is  complex  in  a 
cell-free  system,  but  a  rapid  assay  using  purified  bacterial  collagenase  has 
been  used  with  success . 

Major  Findings:   The  cell-free  system  derived  from  the  lung  is  very  active  in 
synthesizing  protein.  While  only  1-2%  of  the  entire  protein  synthesizing 
machinery  in  the  lung  is  directed  toward  collagen  synthesis,  this  can  be 
enriched  to  15-20%  by  isolating  polyribosomes  from  the  large  pieces  of  endo- 
plasmatic  reticulum  recovered  following  homogenization  of  the  lung.   The 
"initiation"  of  new  protein  synthesis  on  these  pol3rribosomes  can  be  accomplished 
with  "initiation"  factors  from  the  rabbit  reticulocyte,  further  suggesting 
that  the  translational  mechanisms  of  protein  synthesis  in  varied  mammalian 

1  3^C 


Serial  No.   NHLI-139 


cells  are  probably  universal.   Preliminary  studies  have  yielded  intact 
ribosomal  RMA  from  the  lung  with  early  evidence  as  to  the  isolation  of  lung 
collagen  mRMA. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   At  each  stage  of 
development  of  the  other  projects  in  this  laboratory,  the  cell-free  system  can 
be  applied  to  understand  the  control  of  synthesis  of  structural  and  nonstructural 
proteins  in  the  lung.   Once  the  normal  mechanisms  are  identified,  comparison 
with  human  pathology  will  be  made.   For  example,  identification  of  a  specific 
collagen  mRNA  in  a  certain  fibrotic  disease  of  the  lung  may  help  identify  the 
primary  pathology.   In  addition,  the  cell-free  system  is  readily  adaptable  to 
studying  control  mechanisms,  such  as  the  possible  inhibition  of  collagen 
synthesis  in  the  fibrotic  disorders  while  non-collagen  synthesis  is  not 
disturbed. 

Proposed  Course  to  Project:   A  homogenous  cell-free  system  from  the  lung 
synthesizing  collagen  will  be  established.  As  we  develop  techniques  to  identify 
other  proteins  synthesizing  in  the  lung,  this  will  be  applied  to  the  cell-free 
system.   Techniques  will  be  developed  to  establish  cell-free  system  from  lung 
cells  cultured  from  human  biopsy  material.   Investigations  will  concentrate  on 
identifying  the  molecular  mechanisms  controlling  lung  growth  in  health  and 
disease. 

Honors  and  Awards :   None 

Publications:  None 


3<^ 


Serial  No.   NHLI-140(c) 

1.  Pulmonary  Branch 

2.  Section  on  Pulmonary  Biochemistry 

3.  Bethesda,  Maryland 

PHS-NHLI 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:   The  Composition  and  Synthesis  of  Collagen  in  Human  Lung 

Previous  Serial  Nximber:  None 

Principle  Investigators:   Ronald  G.  Crystal,  M.D. 

Kathryn  H.  Bradley,  M.S. 

Other  Investigators:   None 

Cooperating  Units :   None 

Project  Description: 

Objectives:   The  connective  tissue  of  the  lung  is  fundamental  for  lung 
structure  and  mechanical  properties.   In  addition,  the  interstitial  lung 
diseases,  many  of  which  result  in  pulmonary  fibrosis,  represent  approximately 
20%  of  lung  diseases.   Almost  nothing  is  known  about  the  composition  of  lung 
collagen  nor  its  synthesis  and  regulation.  With  the  ultimate  aim  being  an 
ability  to  control  pulmonary  fibrosis  through  molecular  mechanisms,  our 
laboratory  is  developing  a  baseline  of  information  regarding  collagen  compo- 
sition and  synthesis  in  the  human  lung. 

Methods :   Lung  tissue  is  obtained  from  fetuses  following  therapeutic  abortion 
or  from  patients  undergoing  thoracotomy.   Methods  have  been  developed  to 
extract  intact  collagen  chains  from  human  lung  sequentially  with  1  M  NaCl,  0.5 
acetic  acid  or  5  M  guanidine.   Identification  of  collagen  is  done  by  carbo- 
cjnnethylcellulose  chromatography,  SDS-acrylamide  gels,  acid  pH  gels,  sensi- 
tivity to  collagenase  and  hydroxyproline  content.   The  chromatography  and  gel 
techniques  allow  determination  of  the  relative  amounts  of  ai   and  a2  chains. 
Conditions  have  been  developed  to  use  small  amounts  (125  mg  wet  weight)  of 
human  lung  to  synthesize  collagen  in  vitro. 

Maj  or  Findings :   Both  a^  and  a2  chains  have  been  isolated  and  purified  from 
human  fetal  lung;  increasing  amounts  are  extracted  with  the  sequential 
extraction.   The  two  chains  have  certain  differences  in  specific  amino  acids 
yet  are  remarkably  similar  in  amino  acid  to  newborn  human  skin.   Since  all 
mammalian  tropocollagens  (the  basic  unit  of  collagen  macro-structure) 
molecules  known  are  always  in  the  form  ia.j)20i.2   or  (aj)^,   it  is  expected  that 
there  will  be  either  Zaj^   chains  for  every  a2  chains  or  all  a^   chains .   The 
extracted  collagens  have  an  (X-^/a.2   ratio  of  approximately  3.5.   This  suggests 
a  heterogenous  mixture  of  (at  least  two)  types  of  collagen  of  the  forms 
(a2^)20t2+  (012^)3.   Human  fetal  lung  slices  synthesize  a-,  and  a2  chains  in  vitro 
in  the  same  ratio.   This  suggests  the  collagen  in  human  fetal  lung  represents 


j/r 


Serial  No.    NHLI-140(c) 


a  mixture  of  primitive  fetal  with  adult  collagen  or  a  mixture  of  different 
forms  of  collagen  in  different  structures  of  the  lung. 

Significance  to  Biomedical  Research  and  Institute  Program:   Pulmonary  fibrosis 
is  a  common  and  serious  form  of  lung  disease.   Through  the  techniques  developed 
in  the  past  year,  we  should  be  able  to  define  the  composition  of  collagen  in 
normal  human  lung  during  development.   With  this  baseline,  it  should  be 
possible  to  categorize  the  fibrotic  lung  disorders  on  the  basis  of  the  kinds 
of  collagens  that  are  synthesized,  in  the  same  manner  that  the  hemoglobin, 
immunoglobulin  and  lipoprotein  disorders  have  been  characterized. 

Proposed  Course  of  Project:   The  heterogenic ity  of  collagen  in  human  lung  will 
be  defined.   Attempts  will  be  made  to  identify  the  cell  types  synthesizing 
different  collagens.   Once  the  normal  patterns  of  collagen  synthesis  are 
defined,  the  fibrotic  disorders  will  be  examined.   We  are  establishing  a 
tissue  culture  laboratory  so  that  human  lung  fibroblasts  may  be  cultured  from 
biopsy  material  and  studied  in  regards  to  collagens  being  synthesized. 

Honors  and  Awards:   None 

Publications:   Crystal,  R.  G.   Collagen  Synthesis  in  the  Mammalian  Lung. 
J.  Clin.  Invest.,  June  1973. 

Bradley,  K.  H.  and  Crystal,  R.  G.   Collagen  Composition  and 
Synthesis  in  the  Human  Fetal  Lung.   J.  Clin.  Invest.  (Submitted) 


5^^ 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF  THE 

LABORATORY  OF  CHEMISTRY 

NATIONAL  HEART  AND  LUNG  INSTITUTE 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

During  the  past  year  the  Laboratory  has  engaged  in  a  wide  variety  of 
analyses  of  structures  of  natural  products  brought  to  us  by  investigators 
both  within  and  outside  of  NIH.  Mass  spectrometry  and  nmr  remain  the  most 
heavily  used  techniques  and  in  contrast  to  previous  years,  nmr  is  employed 
at  an  earlier  stage  of  isolation.  In  the  past,  mass  spectrometry  was  our 
work  horse  technique  in  such  investigations  because  so  little  sample  was 
required;  nmr  was  necessarily  reserved  for  later  stages  when  milligrams  had 
been  acquired  by  tedious  purification  procedures.  Unfortunately,  by  this  time 
the  structure  was  often  known  from  other  data.  Nmr  spectrometry  was  therefore 
mainly  of  use  in  elucidating  the  structures  of  synthetic  products  which  were 
obtainable  in  larger  quantities. 

Our  Digilab  Fourier  transform  apparatus  has  changed  all  this.  Thus, 
we  have  been  able  to  obtain  satisfactory  spectra  on  quantities  as  little  as 
50  pg  collected  from  gas  chromatographs.  Avoiding  contamination  of  the  sample 
and  solvents  used  in  workup  is  the  major  problem  remaining  and  further  work 
will  be  done  to  improve  such  procedures.  Several  examples  are  listed  below, 
wherein  this  approach  has  proved  very  successful  (phosphonoglycons, 
7-oxycholesterol  derivatives  in  disease  states,  etc.). 

A  further  advantage  of  the  Fourier  transform  system  is  that  we  can 
efficiently  study  the   C  nmr  spectra  of  compounds  at  the  10  mg  level. 
Considerable  effort  has  been  spent  this  year  on  acquiring  experience  in  this 
area  since  it  holds  great  promise  for  straightf«prward  structure  analyses  as 
well  as  disclosing  subtle  interactions  between   C-labelled  substrates  (e.g. 
sphingomyelin)  and  proteins.  Phosphorus  nmr  is  another  area  of  investigation 
improved  by  Fourier  methods,  and  we  have  been  able  to  investigate  phosphorus 
compounds  in  straight  serum  as  well  as  elucidating  the  structures  of  several 
new  phosphorus  analogues  of  amino  acids. 

Our  involvement  with  the  Division  for  Computer  Research  continues  to  be 
strong  since  it  is  our  conviction  that  the  complexity  of  most  modern 
instrumentation  requires  that  the  instrument  be  both  run  and  analyzed  largely 
by  computer  methods;  To  this  end,  we  have  acquired  a  GT-40  interactive 
ocilloscope  system  which  will  enable  us  to  transfer  data  directly  to  and  from 
the  PDP-10  from  our  remote  location.  Most  of  the  members  of  the  Laboratory 
by  now  have  become  familiar  with  the  PDP-10  time-share  concept.  In  this 
connection  the  NHLI-DCRT  mass  spectral  search  routine  has  been  enthusiasti- 
cally accepted  by  many  biochemists  at  NIH,  in  the  USA  ('^20  users/day),  and 
soon  it  will  be  transferred  to  the  International  General  Electric  Timeshare 
network  under  the  auspices  of  the  Aldermaston  (England)  Mass  Spectrometry 
Data  Center. 


3^f 


We  have  further  committed  ourselves  to  the  task  of  computer  searching  of 
data  files  and  literature  in  general  through  a  computerized  microfiche  system. 
At  present  this  applies  only  to  mass  spectra  and  x-ray  crystallography.  In 
the  latter  case,  all  of  the  existing  X-ray  literature  can  be  rapidly 
searched  by  input  of  structure  to  obtain  references  to  that  particular 
compound.  We  hope  to  extend  these  methods  first  to  enable  search  by 
structure  or  activity  of  Chemical  Abstracts  for  Compounds  of  Biological 
Activity  (CBAC  File)  and  later  to  as  much  chemical  information  as  possible. 

Further  activities  in  collaboration  with  DCRT  include  the  use  of  mass 
spectral  and  other  types  of  data  to  classify  drugs  according  to  their 
physiological  activities  by  the  use  of  artificial  intelligence  methods.  In 
this  way  we  have  found  that  sedatives  and  tranquilizers  separate  into  two 
domains  using  this  approach,  and  it  will  shortly  be  applied  to  the  extensive 
list  of  compounds  which  require  testing  for  anti -cancer  activity. 

In  this  connection,  our  Laboratory  has  spent  a  great  deal  of  effort  in 
bringing  the  newly  acquired  Finnigan  GC-MS  into  useful  operation.  Problems 
remain,  but  the  end  is  in  sight. 

Some  time  has  been  spent  on  becoming  acquainted  with  electrochemical 
analytical  methods  since  they  seem  to  have  such  promise  in  the  biological 
area  and  an  apparatus  is  being  built  specifically  for  the  analysis  of 
dopamine  and  norepineephrine  in  urine. 

Our  X-ray  crystal lographic  facility  under  Dr.  J.  V.  Silverton  is  in 
full  operation  at  the  present  and  a  wide  variety  of  problems  have  been  solved, 
ranging  from  theoretical  studies  on  small  strained  ring  compounds  and  the 
conformation  of  the  drug  viminol  to  studies  on  the  validity  of  bi layer  models 
of  LDH  obtained  from  small -angle  scattering. 

In  the  area  of  natural  products,  work  continues  on  insect  trail  and 
alarm  substances  because  of  their  basic  biochemical  interest  and  unusual 
structures.  An  attempt  has  been  made  to  isolate  an  active  plant  principle 
responsible  for  its  bitter  taste  to  PTC-negative  individuals  because  of  its 
possible  importance  in  genetic  studies. 

We  have  completed  construction  of  the  field  desorption  mass  spectrometer 
source  mentioned  last  year,  and  it  will  be  installed  shortly.  Hopefully  this 
will  extend  our  ability  to  obtain  mass  spectra  on  nonvolatile  substances  of 
biological  origin. 

In  the  past  year,  either  alone  or  in  collaboration  with  others,  members 
of  our  Laboratory  have: 

1.  Applied  chemical  ionization  mass  spectrometry  to  a  wide  variety  of 
compounds  in  projects  throughout  NIH.  For  the  most  part,  this  has  been  done 
as  a  service  to  the  groups  involved  and  proof  that  our  efforts  developing 
chemical  ionization  mass  spectrometry  were  not  misspent  is  evidenced  by  the 
NIAMDD's  acquisition  of  their  own  chemical  ionization  mass  spectrometer. 


3SV 


2.  Made  extensive  use  of,  and  modified,  the  DCRT-NHLI  mass  spectral 
search  routines  now  used  by  several  hundred  investigators  throughout  the 
USA  and  even  in  foreign  countries  (S.  Heller,  DCRT). 

3.  Used  the  above  mass  spectral  search  routine  to  develop  new  correla- 
tions in  mass  spectrometry  of  general  application.  Using  the  file  in 
combination  with  Euclidean  distance  artificial  intelligence  routines,  we  have 
grouped  the  mass  spectral  file  into  certain  classes  of  chemical  structure. 

4.  Identified  phenol  and  benzaldehyde  as  unusual  components  of  the 
defensive  secretion  of  a  millipede.  Identified  the  mold  metabolite  mellein 
and  methyl  anthranilate  as  caste-specific  compounds  in  male  carpenter  ants 
(M.  Blum,  Univ.  of  Georgia). 

5.  Helped  to  elucidate  the  structure  of  the  reaction  product  of  N-acetyl- 
1-lysine  with  pyridoxal  methyl  chloride,  a  fluorescent  probe  used  for  locating 
and  characterizing  functional  groups  in  lysine  containing  proteins  (E.  Miles, 
NIAMDD). 

6.  Proved,  in  contrast  to  an  earlier  report,  that  plasticizers  do  not 
occur  at  appreciable  levels  in  human  blood  under  ordinary  circumstances. 

7.  Identified  skatole  and  tridecene  as  a  defensive  substance  in  a 
chrysopid  secretion  (M.  Blum). 

8.  Identified  the  hormone  sensitive  lipase  inactivator  as  ascorbic 
acid  (S.  Tsai,  NHLI). 

9.  Elucidated  the  structures  of  2-aminoethylphosphonic  acid  and  1- 
hydroxy-2-aminoethylphonosphonic  acid  as  the  major  polysaccharide  constituents 
of  amoeba  plasma  membrane  (E.  Korn,  NHLI). 

10.  Studied  the  methane  chemical  ionization  mass  spectrometry  of  a 
series  of  flavanoids  (D.  Kingston,  Univ.  of  Virginia). 

11.  Completed  an  nmr  study  of  the  reaction  of  formaldehyde  with  the 
imidazole  side  chain  of  histidine  as  a  model  for  the  inactivation  of  imidazole 
containing  proteins  by  formaldehyde  (M.  A.  Marino,  Univ.  of  Chicago). 

12.  Designed  and  constructed,  with  the  help  of  our  shop  a  field 
desorption  source  for  the  MS-9  mass  spectrometer. 

13.  Elucidated  the  structure  of  a  series  of  cholesterol  stearate-oleates 
oxygenated  in  the  7-position.  These  substances  were  unusual  lipids  forired 

in  a  diseased  state  of  several  individuals  (G.  Assmann,  NHLI). 

14.  Continued  work  on  the  elucidation  of  the  cord  factor  (BCG)  and  a 
related  acyl  sugar  sulfate  (M.  Goren,  National  Jewish  Hospital,  Colo,  and 
E.  Ribi,  Rocky  Mountain  Laboratories,  Colo.). 


3^1 


15.  Initiated  work  on  the  so-called  cross-legs  factor,  found  to  be  a 
glyceryl  galactosyl  phosphoryl  ethanolemine  responsible  for  the  inhibition 
of  mating  in  drosophilla  (E.  Levenbrook,  NIAMDD). 

16.  Elucidated  the  structure  of  a  new  amino  acid  (a-amino  6-hydroxy 
hexanoic  acid)  found  in  Crotolaria  spp  (E.  Pant,  Univ.  of  Allahabad,  India). 

17.  Worked  on  the  structure  of  an  unusual  new  alkaloid  found  in  a 
species  of  melochia  tomentosa.  The  structure  appears  to  be  a  highly 
aromatic  polynuclear  ring  compound  (G.  Kapadia,  Howard  Univ.). 

18.  Developed  and  utilized  a  program  for  searching  a  microfiche  file 
of  mass  spectra  directly  by  computer  (S.  Heller,  DCRT). 

19.  Elucidated  the  structures  of  several  metabolites  of  the  plasticizer 
dioctyl  phthalate,  using  GC-MS  (E.  Rubin,  Johns  Hopkins). 

20.  Prepared  a  tabulation  of  the  Merck  Index  by  molecular  weight  for 
use  in  mass  spectrometry. 

21.  Designed  and  constructed  a  device  for  preparing  small  quantities 
of  distilled  diazamethane  without  resorting  to  distillation. 

22.  Conducted  an  X-ray  crystal lographic  analysis  of  the  analgesic 
viminol  to  determine  the  details  of  its  steric  configuration  in  connection 
with  theories  on  drug  activity. 

23.  Using  high  pressure  liquid  chromatography,  studied  the  constituents 
of  acacia  villosa  krameria  ixina.  These  plants  contain  tannens  which  are 
strongly  carcinogenic  (G.  Kapadia). 

24.  Studied  the  constituents  of  the  fruits  of  anti-desmabunius  in  an 
attempt  to  isolate  the  substance  responsible  for  the  bitter  taste  in  PTC- 
negative  individuals  (R.  Henkin,  NHLI). 

25.  Studied  the  constituents  of  bencasia  bisbida,  isolating  tetrahydro- 
amentoflavone,  a  hitherto  unknown  biflavonyl. 

13 

26.  Studied  the   C  nmr  of  the  4  diastereoisomers  of  3-methylcyclo- 

hexanediols  dnd-jtheir  benzoates  in  an  effort  to  correlate  their  stereo- 
chemistry with  •^C  chemical  shift  (H.  Ziffer,  NIAMDD). 

1  3 

27.  Studied  the   C  spectra  of  steroids  related  to  five  vinyl  norcho- 

lestane-3-one  to  assess  interactions  in  certain  steroids  (H.  Ziffer,  J.  Seeman, 
NIAMDD). 

28.  Studied  aspects  of  the  biosynthesis  of  phenalenone  pigments  of 
licantus  through  proton  decoupling  and  relaxation  studies  (U.  Weiss,  NIAMDD; 
J.  M.  Edwards,  Univ.  of  Conn.). 


5<ri 


29.  Analyzed  the  complex  proton  spectrum  of  phenol  and  its  anion  in 
order  to  study  changes  in  chemical  shifts  of  the  aromatic  protons  on  conversion 
to  the  anionic  form. 

30.  Determined  that  the  triterpenoid  products  of  callotropsis  are  a 
and  B  amyrin  and  3-epimoritinol  (R.  Pant,  Univ.  of  Allahabad). 

13 

31.  Studied   C  enriched  peptides  to  determine  changes  in  conformation 
with  pH.  In  certain  cases  separate  resonances  are  observed  for  complexed  and 
uncomplexed  species. 

32.  Studied  the  phosphorus  nmr  of  samples  of  HDL  and  LDL  and  observed 
quantitative  differences  in  the  types  of  phospholipid  present  in  the  two 
materials(G.  Assmann,  NHLI). 

33.  Studied  the  phosphorus  nmr  of  a  patient  with  periodic  high  phosphorus 
levels  using  phosphorus   P  nmr.  Definite  differences  were  observed  in 
comparison  with  normal  individuals  (W.  Miller,  NIAMDD). 

34.  Determined  the  structures  of  a  series  of  phenol  and  p-anisyl 
borneols  using   C  nmr. 

35.  Determined  by  X-ray  crystallography  the  structure  of  [1,4,2,2] 
propel  lane  and  [3,2,2]propellane,  disproving  Wybergs  contention  that  the 
bonds  should  be  in  one  hemisphere.  Further  X-ray  studies  in  this  area  are 
being  initiated. 

36.  Developed  and  utilized  cathode-ray  oscilloscope  techniques  to 
display  directly  X-ray  crystal lographic  data  on  the  adage  computer. 

37. p  ysicig  ^^ray  crystallography,  determined  the  structure  of  tetracyclo 
[5.5.1 .O'.O'^']  tridecane-4,8,12-trione  to  a  high  degree  of  accuracy. 

38.  Worked  on  the  structure  of  [3.3.3]propellane  dione.  This  work 

is  still  in  progress;  non-standard  techniques  must  be  used  (U.  Weiss,  NIAMDD). 

39.  Developed  methods  to  evaluate  by  Fourier  transformation  methods, 
models  of  LDH  bilayers  proposed  by  Luzzote,  et  al . ,  from  small  angle 
scattering  methods. 


3^3 


Serial  No.    NHLI-141 

1.   Laboratory  of  Chemistry 

2. 

3.   Bethesda,  Maryland 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 


Project  Title:  A  Study  of  Organic  and  Bio-organic  Systems  by 

Magnetic  Resonance. 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI  30 

Principal  Investigator:  E.  A.  Sokoloski,  B.  S. 

Other  Investigators:  None 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 


Nuclear  Magnetic  Resonance  Spectroscopy  offers  a  technique  to  study 
biochemical  and  organic  material  in  solution.   The  technique  has  been 
applied  during  the  past  year  to  a  wide  variety  of  such  materials. 

BIOCHEMICAL  APPLICATIONS 

Carbon-13  spectroscopy  allows  observation  of  the  backbone  of  biochemical 
systems  and  is  well  suited  to  the  study  of  protein  complexes.   The  lack  of 
sensitivity  can  be  overcome  by  enrichment  of  selective  sites. 

Dr.  I.  Chaiken  (NIAMDD) ,  by  solid  phase  synthesis  techniques,  has  accomplished 
enrichment  in  two  biochemical  systems.   PH  versus  Carbon-13„shif t  data  has 
been  obtained  on  (His   -C   .    .9) »  syn(l-15)peptide,  (His   -C   .    _„. 
SRNase-S' -complex.   Material  approximately  .QOIM,  90%  enriched  were  run  in 
2  ml  HO — D„0+5%  Pdioxane  in  an  8mm/12mm  coaxial  cell  system,  each  titration 
point  needing  approximately  16  hours  scan  time.   The  peptide  gave  a  smooth 
titration  curve  with  PKA  =  6.0.   The  complex  showed  considerable  scattering 
of  data  points  and  no  conclusions  are  yet  possible  for  the  inconsistencies. 
Further^ experiments  are  planned.   The  peptide-protein  complex  pair 
(gly  -C  ^   )  syn(l-15)  peptide  and  (gly  -C   „   )  SRNase-S'  complex  have 
also  been  finder  study.   Although  lack  of  material  has  limited  the  amount  of 
data  obtained,  separate  resonances  for  complexed  and  uncomplexed  species 
have  been  observed  at  one  of  the  enriched  sites.   The  hint  of  considerable 
information  from  this  system  is  seen  for  the  near  future. 


3Cs: 


Serial  No.  NHLI-141 


STRUCTURAL  DETERMINATION  BY  CARBON-13  SPECTROSCOPY 

In  collaboration  with  Dr.  G.  Lyle  of  the  University  of  New  Hampshire 
a   C  study  at  natural  abundance  of  a  series  of  phenyl  and  P-anisyl 
borneols  has  been  undertaken  in  order  to  determine  the  site  of  attachment 
of  the  aromatic  nuclei  on  the  borneol  backbone.   Other  data  suggest  either 
carbon  4  or  6  as  the  most  likely  site. 


The  CMR  spectra  in  each  case  showed  3  quaternary  carbons  dictating 
substitution  at  the  C-4  position.   The  previously  unpublished  chemical 
shift  data  should  add  to  the  limited  amount  of  such  data  currently 
available. 

Carbon-13  shift  data  was  also  obtained  on  a  series  of  cyclohexanediols 
synthesized  by  Dr.  H.  Ziffer.   In  collaboration  with  Dr.  R.  J.  Highet  of 
this  Laboratory,  this  work  has  provided  reference  data  which  should  prove 
interesting  to  the  general  scientific  community. 

BIOCHEMICAL  AND  CLINICAL  APPLICATION  OF  PHOSPHORUS  NUCLEAR  MAGNETIC  RESONANCE 

Phosphorus-31  another  nucleus  directly  observable  by  nmr,  has  been 
studied  extensively  during  the  past  year.   Material  obtained  from  amoeba 
plasma  membrane  has  been  shown  to  contain  2  aminoethylphosphonic  acid  and 
l-hydroxy-2-aminoethylphosphonic  acid.   The  downfield  position  of  the 
phosphorus  resonances  relative  to  phosphate  confirmed  that  they  contained 
carbon-phosphorous  bonds.   Mass  spectral  data  obtained  by  Dr.  H.  M.  Pales 
and  proton  nmr  together  with  chemical  evidence  enabled  the  final  structural 
determination  to  be  made. 

31 
The  binding  of  the  dinucleotide  UPCA  to  RNase  was  carried  out  using   P 

nmr.   Titration  of  the  dinucleotide  with  increasing  amounts  of  RNase  gave  an 

extrapolated  shift  of  2  ppm.  for  completely  bound  dinucleotide.   PH 

titration  data  on  the  dinucleotide  alone  and  in  the  presence  of  protein 

showed  a  pH  dependent  effect  at  PK  =  5.1  demonstrating  that  hydrogen  ion 

migration  from  active  histidine  residues  12  and  119  (PKA's  6.5  and  6.0) 

to  the  phosphonate  of  the  dinucleotide  is  not  observed. 


3£Z, 


Serial  No.  NHLI-141 


Samples  of  HDL  and  LDL  obtained  by  DR.  G.  Assmann  are  also  the  subject 
of  phosphorus  nmr  study.   Spectra  obtained  showed  quantitative  differences 
in  the  types  of  phospholipid  present  in  the  two  materials.   Recombination 
experiments  may  shed  further  light  on  the  lipid-protein  interaction. 

Samples  obtained  by  Dr.  W.  Miller  from  a  patient  who  periodically  has 
exhibited  elevated  phosphorus  levels  have  been  examined  by   P  nmr. 
Resonances  were  obtained  for  the  PO,  anion  and  phospholipids  at  physiological 
concnetration  by  scanning  for  periods  of  16  hours.   The  concentration 
difference  between  normal  and  elevated  was  observable  by  this  technique, 
suggesting  that   P  nmr  may  have  application  for  selective  clinical  problems. 

MICRO  STRUCTURAL  DETERMINATION 

Micro  Proton  Magnetic  Resonance  was  used  to  characterize  material 
isolated  from  the  Carpenter  Ant  (Camponotus  Herculeanus)  by  workers  at 
the  University  of  Georgia.   Two  hundred  microgram  quantities  were  examined 
in  the  Fourier  transform  mode  giving  spectra  sufficiently  resolved  in  less 
than  8  hours  of  scan  time.   Mass  spectral  data  in  combination  with  pmr 
enabled  the  structure  to  be  determined  as  mellein. 


Honors  and  Awards :  None 

Publications : 

Korn,  E.  D.,  Dearborn,  D.  G.,  Fales,  H.  M. ,  and  Sokoloski,  E.  A. 
Phosphoglycan — A  Major  Polysaccharide  constituent  of  the  Amoeba 
Plasma  Membrane.   J.  Biol.  Chem.  248,  2257,  1973. 


srr 


Serial  No.  NHLI-142 

1.   Laboratory  of  Chemistry 

2. 

3.   Bethesda,  Maryland  20014 


PHS-NIH 

Individual  Project  Report 

July  1,  1972  through  June  30,  1973 

Project  Title:  Mass  Spectrometry  and  Structure  of  Natural 

Products 

Previous  Serial  Number:  NHLI-35 

Principal  Investigator:  H.  M.  Fales,  Ph.D. 

Other  Investigators:  G.  W.  A.  Milne,  Ph.D. 

Cooperating  Units:  None 

Project  Description: 

The  compound  isolated  from  urine  of  cancer  victims  (C.  Levy,  NCI, 
Baltimore) was  found  to  consist  mostly  of  citric  acid.   The  important  amine 
component  is  present  in  much  smaller  amounts  than  previously  thought. 

The  chemical  ionization  quadrupole  system  has  presented  certain 
difficulties  because  of  source  design  and  it  cannot  be  yet  considered  fully 
operational.   Modifications  in  the  computer  software  recently  received  should 
help  in  achieving  routine  operation. 

The  commercial  pyrolysis  system  for  use  with  the  LKB  GC-MS  has  not 
yet  proved  successful  and  is  still  being  modified  to  achieve  the  necessary 
degree  of  temperature  control. 

Interactions  with  the  Suburban  Hospital  emergency  toxicology  center, 
set  up  by  NIMH  after  an  earlier  study  in  NHLI ,  continue,  and  the  feasability 
of  operation  with  a  quadrupole  using  hydrog